L23 30H

MAN Diesel
GenSet Index
L23/30H
Text Index Drawing No.
Engine data 500/600
Warning Description A500

Main data for engine Description 500.00 (11H)
Introduction Description 500.01 (02)
Safety Description 500.02 (02)
Cross section Description 500.05 (06H)-f
Cross section Description 500.05 (06H)-s
Key for engine designation Description 500.10 (02)
Designation of cylinders Description 500.11 (03)
Engine rotation clockwise Description 500.12 (02)
Code identification for instruments Description 500.20 (03)
Introduction to plant maintenance program Description 500.24 (03)
Planned maintenance programme Description 500.25 (19H)
Planned maintenance programme Description 500.25 (21H)
Operation data and set points Description 500.30 (55H)
Green Passport Description 500.33 (01)
Data for pressure and tolerance Description 500.35 (29H)
Data for pressure and tolerance Description 500.35 (22H)
Data for tightening torque Description 500.40 (21H)
Data for tightening torque Description 500.40 (22H)
Declaration of weight Description 500.45 (01H)
Ordering of spare parts Description 500.50 (02)
Service letters Description 500.55 (01)
Conversion table Description 500.60 (01)
Basic symbols for piping Description 500.65 (01)
Operation of engine 501/601
Operating Description 501.01 (01H)

Out of service Description 501.05 (01H)
Starting-up after out of service periods Description 501.10 (01H)
Guidelines for longterm low-load operation on HFO Description 501.15 (03)
Guidelines regarding MAN Diesel GenSets operating on low Description 501.16 (01)
sulphur fuel oil
Performance and condition 502/602
Engine performance and condition Description 502.01 (01H)

Evaluation of reading regarding combustion condition Description 502.02 (01H)
Condensate amount Description 502.05 (03)
Engine performance data Working card 502-01.00 (01H)
Trouble shooting 503/603
Starting failures Description 503.01 (02)

Faults in fuel oil system Description 503.02 (01H)
Disturbances during running Description 503.03 (01H)
Ignition in crankcase Description 503.04 (03)
Trouble shooting guide for centrifugal by-pass filter Description 503.05 (01H)
Trouble shooting guide for turbine starter Description 503.06 (01H)
Trouble shooting for cooling water system Description 503.09 (03)
Trouble shooting for lubricating cooler Description 503.10 (01)
Media specification 504/604
Quality of lube oil (SAE30) for heavy fuel oil operation (HFO) Description 504.01-12
MAN Diesel
Index GenSet
L23/30H
Quality of lube oil (SAE30) for operation on gas oil and diesel oil Description 504.01-13
(MGO/MDO)
Lubricating points Description 504.05 (01H)
Lubricating oil in base frame Description 504.06 (16H)
Lubricating oil in base frame Description 504.06 (17H)
Specific lubricating oil consumption - SLOC Description 504.07 (03)
Quality of heavy fuel oil (HFO) Description 504.20-08
Quality of marine diesel fuel (MDO) Description 504.20-09
Quality of gas oil / diesel fuel (MGO) Description 504.20-10
Analysis data Description 504.27 (02)
Fuel oil cleaning Description 504.30 (01)
Fresh water system treatment Description 504.40 (02)
Cylinder head 505/605
Cylinder head Description 505.01 (01H)

Dismantling of cylinder head Working card 505-01.00 (01H)
Inspection of inlet valve, exhaust valve and valve guide Working card 505-01.05 (01H)
Reconditioning of valve spindle seat and valve seat ring Working card 505-01.10 (01H)
Valve rotator Working card 505-01.15 (01H)
Replacement of valve guide Working card 505-01.20 (01H)
Indicator valve Working card 505-01.26 (01H)
Replacement of sleeve for fuel injector Working card 505-01.30 (01H)
Replacement of valve seat ring Working card 505-01.35 (01H)
Mounting of cylinder head Working card 505-01.40 (01H)
Inspection of cylinder head cooling water space Working card 505-01.45 (01H)
Cylinder head Plate 50501-10H
Valve spindles and valve gear Plate 50502-01H
Indicator valve Plate 50508-01H
Cylinder head, top cover Plate 50510-01H
Piston/connecting rod 506/606
Piston, connecting rod and cylinder liner Description 506.01 (01H)

Dismounting of piston and connecting rod Working card 506-01.00 (01H)
Separation of piston and connecting rod Working card 506-01.05 (01H)
Piston Working card 506-01.10 (01H)
Connecting rod Working card 506-01.15 (01H)
Criteria for replacement of connecting rod big-end and main bearing Working card 506-01.16 (01H)
shells
Mounting of piston and connecting rod Working card 506-01.20 (01H)
Tightening and check of connecting rod screws Working card 506-01.25 (01H)
Hydraulic tightening of connecting rod screws Working card 506-01.25 (04H)
In-situ inspection of connecting rod big-end bearing Working card 506-01.30 (01H)
Inspection and honing of cylinder liner Working card 506-01.35 (01H)
Replacement of cylinder liner Working card 506-01.40 (01H)
Grinding of seal face on cylinder liner and cylinder head Working card 506-01.45 (01H)
Dismounting of piston and cylinder liner at low overhaul height Working card 506-01.50 (01H)
Piston and connecting rod Plate 50601-01H
Piston and connecting rod Plate 50601-02H
Piston and connecting rod (hydraulic tightening) Plate 50601-05H
Piston and connecting rod (hydraulic tightening) Plate 50601-06H
Cylinder liner Plate 50610-01H
Camshaft 507/607
MAN Diesel
GenSet Index
L23/30H
Camshaft and camshaft drive Description 507.01 (01H)

Check of camshaft and camshaft drive Working card 507-01.00 (01H)
Inspection and replacement of camshaft bearing Working card 507-01.05 (01H)
Adjustment of camshaft Working card 507-01.20 (01H)
Intermediate wheel Plate 50701-01H
Camshaft and camshaft bearing Plate 50705-07H
Camshaft and camshaft bearing Plate 50705-17H
Operating gear 508/608
Operating gear for valves and fuel injection pumps Description 508.01 (06H)
Inspection of valve roller guide Working card 508-01.00 (07H)
Inspection of fuel injector pump roller guide Working card 508-01.05 (01H)
Control and adjustment of valve clearance Working card 508-01.10 (01H)
Roller guide and push rods Plate 50801-07H
Control/safety 509/609
Control and safety systems Description 509.01 (01H)

Instrument and automatics Description 509.05 (01H)
Lambda controller Description 509.10 (09H)
Starting box Description 509.35 (01H)
Converter for engine.- and turbocharger RPM signal Description 509.40 (01H)
Functional test and adjustment of safety, alarm and monitoring Working card 509-01.00 (01H)
equipment
Function test and adjustment of overspeed trip Working card 509-01.05 (01H)
Adjustment and test of ON/OFF pressostate Working card 509-05.00 (01H)
Adjustment and test of ON/OFF thermostate Working card 509-05.01 (01H)
Function and test of level switch (LAL 25) Working card 509-05.02 (01H)
Adjustment and test of analogous pressure transmitter Working card 509-05.03 (01H)
Adjustment and test of analogous temperature transmitter Working card 509-05.04 (01H)
Adjustment of lambda controller Working card 509-10.00 (13H)
Governor and governor drive Plate 50901-21H
Regulating device Plate 50902-06H
Regulating device Plate 50902-07H
Overspeed device Plate 50903-02H
Instrument panel Plate 50905-07H
Instruments Plate 50907-17H
Thermometer Plate 50907-09H
Pick-up Plate 50908-02H
Lambda controller Plate 50910-02H
Prelubricating oil alarm (LAL 25) Plate 50919-01H
Level switch in oil sump (LAL/LAH 28) Plate 50920-13H
Level switch in oil sump (LAL 28) Plate 50920-14H
Level switch in oil sump (Dipstick only) Plate 50920-15H
Fuel oil leakage alarm (LAH 42) Plate 50925-08H
Local starting box - No 1 Plate 50935-11H
Local starting box - No 2 Plate 50935-12H
Local starting box - No 2 (incl. high lub. oil temp.) Plate 50935-13H
Engine control box Plate 50936-13H
Terminal box Plate 50936-20H
APM motor control Plate 50948-01
Converter Plate 50956-01
MAN Diesel
Index GenSet
L23/30H
Crankshaft 510/610
Crankshaft and main bearings Description 510.01 (01H)

Checking of main bearing alignment (deflection) Working card 510-01.00 (04H)
Checking of main bearing alignment (autolog) Working card 510-01.00 (05H)
Inspection of main bearing shells Working card 510-01.05 (01H)
Inspection of guide bearing shells Working card 510-01.10 (01H)
Vibration damper Working card 510-04.00 (01H)
Crankshaft Plate 51001-04H
Coupling for central driven lubricating oil pump Plate 51002-01H
Resilient gear wheel Plate 51002-02H
Flywheel with flexible coupling and gear rim Plate 51003-01H
Flywheel with gear rim Plate 51003-02H
Flywheel with gear rim Plate 51003-24
Torsional vibration damper Plate 51004-01H
Tuning wheel Plate 51004-02H
Engine frame/Oil pan 511/611
Engine frame and base frame Description 511.01 (01H)

Functional test of crankcase safety relief valves Working card 511-01.00 (10H)
Frame with main bearings Plate 51101-09H
Frame with main bearings Plate 51101-10H
Mounting of pumps Plate 51102-05H
Front cover for lubricating oil pump Plate 51102-10H
Mounting of pumps Plate 51102-11H
Covers on frame Plate 51106-17H
Turbocharger 512/612
Turbocharger system Description 512.01 (01H)

Cleaning the turbocharger in service, water washing of compressor Description 512.05 (01)
Cleaning the turbocharger in service, dry cleaning - turbine side Description 512.10 (02H)
Cleaning the turbocharger in service, water washing - turbine side Description 512.15 (01H)
Overhaul of charging air cooler Working card 512-01.00 (01H)
Water washing of compressor side Working card 512-05.00 (01)
MAN Diesel
GenSet Index
L23/30H
Water washing of compressor side - TC type NR15/R Working card 512-05.05 (01H)
Water washing of compressor side - TC type NR20/R Working card 512-05.05 (02H)
Water washing of turbine side Working card 512-15.00 (01H)
Charging air cooler - Freshwater Plate 51201-02H
Exhaust pipe arrangement Plate 51202-01H
Exhaust pipe arrangement Plate 51202-02H
Turbocharger arrangement Plate 51203-09H
Water washing of compressor side Plate 51205-01
Steam trap Plate 51208-01H
Blowgun for dry cleaning of turbocharger Plate 51210-01
Compressed air system 513/613
Compressed air system Description 513.01 (05H)

Air filter Working card 513-01.21 (02)
Overhaul, test and inspection of turbine starter Working card 513-01.30 (01H)
Main starting valve Working card 513-01.40 (01H)
Check of compressed air piping system Working card 513-01.90 (01H)
Turbine starter Plate 51309-01H
Main starting valve Plate 51310-01H
Muffler Plate 51312-01H
Emergency starting valve Plate 51313-01H
Starting valve Plate 51314-01H
Main stop valve Plate 51315-03
Air strainer Plate 51316-01H
Safety valve Plate 51319-01H
ON-OFF valve for jet system Plate 51320-01H
Air filter Plate 51321-03
Pressure reduction valve Plate 51322-02H
Fuel oil system 514/614
Internal fuel oil system Description 514.01 (01H)

Fuel injection pump and fuel injection pipe Working card 514-01.05 (12H)
Fuel injection valve Working card 514-01.10 (02H)
Fuel oil split filter Working card 514-01.15 (01H)
Check of fuel oil piping system Working card 514-01.90 (01H)
Adjustment of the maximum combustion pressure Working card 514-05.01 (01H)
Fuel oil feed pump Working card 514-10.00 (01H)
Fuel injection pump Plate 51401-10H
Fuel injection valve Plate 51402-16H
Fuel injection valve Plate 51402-17H
Fuel injection valve - NICO Plate 51402-18H
Fuel injection valve - NICO Plate 51402-19H
Fuel oil filter duplex Plate 51403-03H
Fuel injection pipe Plate 51404-01H
Fuel oil feed pump Plate 51410-01H
Pipes on cylinder section Plate 51430-01H
MAN Diesel
Index GenSet
L23/30H
Lubricating oil system 515/615
Internal lubricating oil system Description 515.01 (11H)

Lubricating oil cooler Description 515.06 (01H)
Centrifugal by-pass filter Description 515.15 (01H)
Lubricating oil pump, engine driven Working card 515-01.00 (01H)
Prelubricating pump Working card 515-01.05 (08)
Lubricating oil filter Working card 515-01.10 (01H)
Lubricating oil, thermostatic valve Working card 515-01.20 (01H)
Check of lubricating oil piping system Working card 515-01.90 (01H)
Lubricating oil cooler Working card 515-06.00 (02H)
Centrifugal by-pass filter Working card 515-15.00 (01H)
Lubricating oil pump (central driven) Plate 51501-01H
Lubricating oil pump (central driven) Plate 51501-02H
Lubricating oil pump (gear driven) Plate 51501-10H
Lubricating oil filter (type A) Plate 51502-07H
Lubricating oil filter (suppl. for plate 51502-06H/07H) Plate 51502-02H
Lubricating oil thermostatic valve Plate 51503-01H
Prelubricating oil pump with el-motor Plate 51504-02H
Prelubricating oil pump with el-motor Plate 51504-08H
Lubricating oil cooler Plate 51506-01H
Combined lubricating oil cooler Plate 51506-02H
Centrifugal by-pass filter Plate 51515-01H
Hand wing pump Plate 51525-01H
Lubricating oil separator Plate 51530-04H
Cooling water system 516/616
Cooling water system Description 516.01 (01H)

Cooling water thermostatic valve Description 516.04 (01H)
Check of cooling water system Working card 516-01.90 (04H)
Cooling water, thermostatic valve Working card 516-04.00 (01H)
Cooling water thermostatic valve Plate 51604-01H
High temperature fresh water pump Plate 51610-01H
High temperature fresh water pump Plate 51610-02H
Low temperature fresh water pump Plate 51610-05H
Low temperature fresh water pump Plate 51610-13H
Pipes on cylinder head Plate 51625-01H
Preheater - fresh water Plate 51635-04H
Specific plant information 519/619
Resilient mounting of generating sets Description 519.03 (07H)

Fitting instruction for resilient mounting of GenSets Working card 519-03.00 (27H)
Replacement of conicals Working card 519-03.05 (01H)
Replacement of conicals Working card 519-03.05 (05H)
Maintenance of conicals Working card 519-03.10 (01H)
Maintenance of conicals Working card 519-03.10 (05H)
Flexible external connections Plate 51902-01H
MAN Diesel
GenSet Index
L23/30H
Conical element Plate 51903-01H

Conical element Plate 51903-06H
Tools 520/620
Introduction to spare part plates for tools Description 520.01 (01H)

Function of the hydraulic tools Working card 520-01.05 (02)
Application of hydraulic tools for connecting rod Working card 520-01.06 (03H)
Application of hydraulic tools for cylinder head and main bearing Working card 520-01.06 (04H)
Hand lever pump Working card 520-01.07 (01)
Maintenance of hydraulic tools Working card 520-01.10 (01H)
Tightening with torque spanner Working card 520-01.15 (01H)
Tool combinations for tightening of connecting rod screws Working card 520-01.20 (01H)
Max. pressure indicator Working card 520-01.25 (01H)
Tools for cylinder head Plate 52005-04H
Tools for piston, connecting rod and cylinder liner Plate 52006-06H
Tools for operating gear for inlet, exhaust valves and fuel injection Plate 52008-04H
pumps
Tools for control and safety system, automatics and instruments Plate 52009-02H
Tools for crankshaft and main bearing Plate 52010-04H
Tools for fuel oil system and injection equipment Plate 52014-03H
Tools for lubricating oil cooler Plate 52015-01H
Hydraulic tools Plate 52021-10H
Tools for low overhaul height, piston, cylinder liner and connecting Plate 52050-02H
rod
Engine data
500/600
MAN Diesel
Description
Page 1 (1) Warning A500
General
Warning !
(Marine engines only)
It is important that all MAN Diesel engines are oper-

ated within the given specifications and performance
tolerances specified in the engines' Technical Files
and are maintained according to the MAN Diesel
maintenance instructions in order to comply with
given emissions regulations.
In accordance with Chapter I of the Code of Federal

Regulations, Part 94, Subpart C, §94.211 NOTICE
is hereby given that Chapter I of the Code of Fed-
eral Regulations, Part 94, Subpart K, §94.1004
requires that the emissions related maintenance of
the diesel engine shall be performed as specified in
MAN Diesel instructions including, but not limited
to, the instructions to that effect included in the
Technical File.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.16 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Page 1 (1) Main Data for Engine 500.00
Edition 11H
L23/30H
Cycle : 4-stroke
Configuration : In-line
Cyl. Nos. available : 5-6-7-8
Power range : 650-1280 kW (885-1740 BHP)
Speed : 720/750/900 rpm
Bore : 225 mm
Stroke : 300 mm
Stroke/bore ratio : 1.33:1
Piston area per cyl. : 398 cm2
Swept volume per cyl. : 11.9 ltr.
Compression ratio : 13:1
Max. combustion pressure : 130 bar*
Turbocharging principle : Constant pressure system and intercooling
Fuel quality acceptance : HFO up to 700 cSt/50° C (BSMA 100-M9)
Power lay-out MCR version
Speed rpm 720 750 900
Mean piston speed m/sec. 7.2 7.5 9.0
Mean effective pressure bar 18.2 18.1 17.9
Max. combustion pressure bar 130 130 130*

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Power per cylinder kW/cyl. 130 135 160

BHP/cyl. 175 185 217
Overload rating (up to 10%) allowable in 1 hour for every 12 hours
Power per cylinder kW/cyl. 145 150 175

BHP/cyl. 190 205 239
*For L23/30H-900 rpm version a pressure of 135 bar measured at the indicator cock correspond to
130 bar in the combustion chamber.
05.17 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Introduction 500.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 02
General
Description
This instruction book serves the purpose to provide Reliable and economical operation of the plant is
general information for operation and maintenance, conditional upon its correct operation and mainte-
and to describe the design. It can also be used as nance in accordance with MAN B&W Diesel A/S'
a reference when ordering spare parts. instructions. Emissions related maintenance of the
diesel engine shall be performed as specified in MAN
B&W Diesel A/S' instructions and any additional
instructions to that effect included in the Technical
File. Consequently, it is essential that the engine
room personnel are fully acquainted with the con-
tents of this book and, in respect of instructions on
emissions related maintenance of the diesel engine,
also the additional instructions to that effect set out
Section 505-519
Spare parts plates in the Technical File.
The book is a basic instruction manual for the particu-

Working card lar engine supplied, with plant-adapted information
such as basic media-system drawings, electrical
wiring diagrams and test bed reports.
Description
The first five sections (500-504) of the book serve

as a guide to engine operation, and the next fifteen
sections (505-519) contain technical descriptions,
spare parts illustrations with appurtenant parts lists,
as well as working cards.
The last section (520) comprises tools.
The engine is divided into a number of main com-

Fig. 1 Structure of instruction book.
ponents/assemblies, each of which is described in
a section of this book (section 505-519).
Each of these sections starts with technical de-

scriptions of the systems/components, followed by
working cards and the spare parts illustration plates
and parts lists.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.36 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Safety 500.02
Page 1 (2)
Edition 02
General
General Spares
Proper maintenance, which is the aim of this book, Large spare parts should, as far as possible, be placed
is a crucial aspect of achieving optimum safety in well strapped near the area of use and should be
the engine room. The general measures mentioned accessible by crane. The spare parts should be well-
here should, therefore, be a natural routine for the preserved against corrosion and protected against
entire engine room staff. mechanical damage. Stock should be checked at
intervals and replenished in time.
Cleanliness
Light
The engine room should be kept clean above and
below the floor plates. If grit or sand blows into the Ample working light should be permanently installed
engine room while the ship is in port, the ventilation at appropriate places in the engine room, and port-
should be stopped and ventilating ducts, skylights, able working light in explosion-proof fittings should
and doors in the engine room should be closed. be available everywhere.
In particular, welding or work which causes the

spreading of grit and chips must be avoided near Freezing
the engine, unless this is closed or covered, and the
turbocharger air intake filters are covered. If there is a risk of damage due to freezing when the
plant is out of service, engines, pumps, coolers and
The exterior of the engine should be kept clean and pipe systems should be emptied of cooling water.
the paintwork maintained, so that leakages can
easily be detected.
Warning
Fire Opening of cocks may cause discharge of hot liquids

or gases. Dismantling of parts may cause springs
If the crankcase is opened before the engine is cold, to be released.
welding and the use of naked light will involve the risk
of explosions and fire.The same applies to inspection The removal of fuel valves (or other valves in the
of oil tanks and the space below the cooler. Attention cylinder head) may cause oil to run down to the
should furthermore be paid to the danger of fire when piston crown, and if the piston is hot an explosion
using paint and solvents with a low flash point. Porous may then blow out the valve.
insulating material drenched with oil from leakages
is easily inflammable and should be renewed. See When testing fuel valves with the hand pump do not
also: "Ignition in Crankcase" in section 503. touch the spray holes, as the jet may pierce the skin.
Consider beforehand which way the liquids, gases
or flames will move, and keep clear.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Order
Hand tools should be placed to be easily accessible Crankcase Work

on tool boards. Special tools should be fastened to
tool panels (if supplied) in the engine room close Check beforehand that the starting air supply to the
to the area of use. No major objects may be left engine is shut off.
unfastened, and the floor and passages should be
kept clear.
01.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.02 Safety Description

Page 2 (2)
Edition 02
General
Feeling Over Turning
Whenever repairs or alterations have been made After prolonged out-of-service periods or overhaul
to the running gear, apply the "feel-over sequence" work which may involve a risk of accumulation of liquid
until it is ensured that there is no undue heating, oil- in the combustion spaces, turning should always be
mist formation, blow-by, or failure of cooling water or effected through at least two complete revolutions.
lubricating oil systems.
Check and Maintain

Feel-over Sequence
Lubricating oil condition, filter elements and meas-
Feel over after 5-15 and 30 minutes' idle running and uring equipment, see "Planned Maintenance Pro-
finally when the engine is running at full load. See gramme".
also "Operation" in the section 501.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Cross Section 500.05
Page 1 (1) Edition 06H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
99.40 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Cross Section 500.05
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
99.40 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 500.10
Page 1 (1) Key for Engine Designation Edition 02
General
Engine Type Identification
The engine types of the MAN B&W programme are identified by the following figures:
6 L 28/32 H MCR
No of cylinders
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
12, 16, 18
Engine Type
L : In-line
V : V-built
Cyl. diam/stroke
16/24 : 160/240
21/31 : 210/310
23/30 : 225/300
27/38 : 270/380
28/32 : 280/320
32/40 : 320/400
Design Variant
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Rating
MCR : Maximum continuous rating

ECR : Economy continuous rating
04.08 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 500.11
Page 1 (1) Designation of Cylinders Edition 03
General
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 500.12
Page 1 (1) Engine Rotation Clockwise Edition 02
General
Direction “Clockwise” of diesel engine seen from flywheel end
Engine
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Alternator
98.18 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Code Identification for Instruments 500.20
Page 1 (2) Edition 03
General
Explanation of Symbols
TI Measuring device
40 Local reading
Temperature Indicator
No. 40 *
Measuring device
PI Sensor mounted on engine/unit
22 Reading/identification mounted in a panel on the engine/unit
Pressure Indicator
No. 22 *
Measuring device
TAH Sensor mounted on engine/unit
12 Reading/identification outside the engine/unit
Temperature Alarm High

No. 12 *
Measureing device
PT Sensor mounted on engine/unit
22 Reading/identification in a panel on the engine/unit and reading/indication outside
the engine/unit
Pressure Transmitting
No. 22 *
* Refer to standard location and text for instruments on the following pages.
Specification of letter code for measuring devices

1st letter Following letters
F Flow A Alarm
L Level D Differential
P Pressure E Element
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
S Speed, System H High

T Temperature I Indicating
U Voltage L Low
V Viscosity S Switching, Stop
X Sound T Transmitting
Z Position X Failure
V Valve, Atuator
04.36 - ES1
MAN Diesel
500.20 Code Identification for Instruments

Description
Edition 03 Page 2 (2)
General
Standard Text for Instruments
Diesel Engine/Alternator
LT Water System
01 inlet to air cooler 04 inlet to alternator 07 inlet to lub. oil cooler
02 outlet from air cooler 05 outlet from alternator 08 inlet to fresh water cooler (SW)
03 outlet from lub. oil cooler 06 outlet from fresh water cooler (SW) 09
HT Water System
10 inlet to engine 14 inlet to HT air cooler 17 outlet from fresh water cooler
10A FW inlet to engine 14A FW inlet to air cooler 18 inlet to fresh water cooler
11 outlet from each cylinder 14B FW outlet from air cooler 19 preheater
12 outlet from engine 15 outlet from HT system 19A inlet to prechamber
13 inlet to HT pump 16 outlet from turbocharger 19B outlet from prechamber
Lubricating Oil System

20 inlet to cooler 24 sealing oil - inlet engine 28 level in base frame
21 outlet from cooler / inlet to filter 25 prelubricating 29 main bearings
22 outlet from filter / inlet to engine 26 inlet rocker arms and roller guides
23 inlet to turbocharger 27 intermediate bearing / alternator bearing
Charging Air System

30 inlet to cooler 34 charge air conditioning 38
31 outlet from cooler 35 surplus air inlet 39
32 jet assist system 36 inlet to turbocharger
33 outlet from TC filter / inlet to TC compr. 37 charge air from mixer
Fuel Oil System

40 inlet to engine 44 outlet from sealing oil pump 48
41 outlet from engine 45 fuel-rack position 49
42 leakage 46 inlet to prechamber
43 inlet to filter 47
Nozzle Cooling System

50 inlet to fuel valves 54 58 oil splash
51 outlet from fuel valves 55 valve timing 59 alternator load
52 56 injection timing
53 57
Exhaust Gas System

60 outlet from cylinder 64 68
61 outlet from turbocharger 65 69
62 inlet to turbocharger 66
63 compustion chamber 67
Compressed Air System

70 inlet to engine 74 inlet to reduction valve 78 inlet to sealing oil system
71 inlet to stop cylinder 75 microswitch for turning gear 79
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
72 inlet to balance arm unit 76 inlet to turning gear

73 control air 77 waste gate pressure
Load Speed
80 overspeed air 84 engine stop 88 index - fuel injection pump
81 overspeed 85 microswitch for overload 89 turbocharger speed
82 emergency stop 86 shutdown 90 engine speed
83 engine start 87 ready to start
Miscellaneous
91 natural gas - inlet to engine 94 cylinder lubricating 97 remote
92 oil mist detector 95 voltage 98 alternator winding
93 knocking sensor 96 switch for operating location 99 common alarm
04.36 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Introduction to Planned Maintenance Programme 500.24
Page 1 (2)
Edition 03
General
General The front page indicates the following:
The overhaul intervals are based on operation on 1) Safety regulations, which MUST be carried out
a specified fuel oil quality at normal service output, before the maintenance work can start.
which means 70-100% of MCR.
2) A brief description of the work.
In the long run it is not possible to achieve safe and
optimum economical running without an effective 3) Reference to any work which must be carried
maintenance system. out before the maintenance work can start.
The structure and amount of information in the main- 4) Related procedures - indicates other works,
tenance programme mean that it can be integrated in depending on the present work - or works
the entire ship's/power station's maintenance system which it would be expedient to carry out.
or it can be used separately.
5) Indicates x number of men in x number of hours
The core of the maintenance system is the key dia- to accomplish the work.
gram, see pages 500.25 and 500.26, indicating the
inspection intervals for the components/systems, The stated consumption of hours is only intended
so that the crew can make the necessary overhauls as a guide.
based on the engines' condition and/or the time
criteria.
The maintenance system is divided into 2 main

groups:
a. Major overhaul / inspection (page 500.25):

These works are to be carried out during major
overhauls and inspections of the engine.
1
7
b. Duty during operation (page 500.26): indicated
the works to be carried out by the personnel
2
during the daily operation of the engine.
The stated recommended intervals are only for 3

guidance as different service conditions, the quality 8
of the fuel oil and the lubricating oil, treatment of
4
the cooling water, etc., will decisively influence the
actual service results and thus the intervals between
necessary overhauls.
5
9
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Experience with the specific plant/personnel should

6
be used to adjust the time between overhauls. It
should also be used to adjust the timetable stated
for guidance in the working cards.
Working Cards Fig. 1 Instruction guide for working cards.
Each of the working cards can be divided into two: a

front page and one or several pages describing and
illustrating the maintenance work.
98.19 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.24 Description
Edition 03
Introduction to Planned Maintenance Programme Page 2 (2)
General
Experience with the specific station/personnel may 8) Various requisite hand tools.
lead to updating.
9) Indicates the components/parts which it is
6) Refers to data required to carry out the work. advisible to replace during the maintenance
work. Please note that this is a condition for
7) Special tools which must be used. Please note the intervals stated.
that not all tools are standard equipment.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.19 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.25
Page 1 (4) Planned Maintenance Programme Edition 19H
L23/30H
900 RPM
Time Between Overhaul
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
● = Overhaul to be carried out
Description
3rd month
Card
Check new/
200
6000
12000
24000
Monthly
Weekly
50
2000
after hours
■
Daily
= Check the condition
No
Operating of Engine:
Readings of data for engine and alternor, with refe-

rence to "Engine Performance Data", section 502.01 ..... ■ 502-01.00
Cylinder Head:
Inlet and exhaust valve - overhaul and regrinding of

spindel and valve seat ..................................................... ● 505-01.10
Inspection of inlet, exhaust valves and valve guide ......... ■ 505-01.05
Check of valve rotators' rotation during engine rotation .. ■ 505-01.05
Sleeve for fuel injector ..................................................... ■ 505-01.30
Safety valve - overhaul and adjustment of opening
pressure .......................................................................... ■ 505-01.25
Indicator valve ................................................................. ■ ■ 505-01.26
Cylinder head cooling water space - inspection .............. ■ 505-01.45

Cylinder head nut - retightening ...................................... 200 505-01.40
Piston, Connecting Rod and Cylinder Liner:
Inspection of piston ......................................................... ■ 506-01.10

Piston ring and scraper ring ............................................ ● 506-01.10
Piston pin and bush for connecting rod - check of

clearance ......................................................................... ■ 506-01.15
Connecting rod - measuring of big-end bore ................... ■ 506-01.15
Inspection of big-end bearing shells ................................ ■ 506-01.16
Connecting rod - retightening .......................................... 200 ■ 506-01.25

Cylinder liner - cleaning, honing and measuring ............. ● 506-01.35
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Cylinder liner removed - check the water space and

wear ring in frame ............................................................ ■ 506-01.40
Camshaft and Camshaft Drive:
Camshaft - inspection of gear wheels, bolts, connections

etc. ................................................................................... 200 ■ 507-01.00
Camshaft bearing - inspection of clearance .................... ■ 507-01.05
Camshaft adjustment - check the condition..................... ■ 507-01.20
Lubrication of camshaft bearing - check.......................... ■ 507-01.00
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.25 Description
Edition 19H Planned Maintenance Programme Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
900 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
3rd month
Description
Check new/
50
2000
6000
Monthly
Card
200
24000
Weekly
12000
after hours
■
Daily
No
Operating Gear for Inlet Valves, Exhaust Valves and

Fuel Injection Pumps:
Roller guide for valve gear ............................................... ■ 508-01.00

Valve gear - valve bridge, spring, push rod, etc............... ■ 508-01.10
Roller guide for fuel injection pump ................................. ■ 508-01.05
Roller guide housing ........................................................ ■ 508-01.10

Inlet and exhaust valve - check and adjustment of valve
clearance ......................................................................... ■ 508-01.10
Lubricating of operating gear - check .............................. ■ 508-01.00

508-01.05
Control and Safety System, Automatics and

Instruments:
Safety, alarm and monitoring equipment ........................ ■ 509-01.00
Lambda controller - adjustment ....................................... ■ 509-10.00
Governor - check oil level, see governor instruction

book, section 509 ............................................................ ■
Crankshaft and Main Bearing:
Checking of main bearings alignment, (autolog) ............. ■ 510-01.00

Inspection af main bearing .............................................. ■ 510-01.05
Inspection of guide bearing ............................................. ■ 510-01.10
Vibration damper - check the condition ........................... ■ 510-04.00

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Lubricating of gear wheel for lub. oil pump and cooling

water pump etc. ............................................................... ■
Counterweight - retightening, see page 500.40............... 900* ■
Main- and guide bearing cap - retightening ..................... 200 ■ 510-01.05

510-01.10
* If screw can be tightened then the screw have to be
loosened and retightened after page 500.40.
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.25
L23/30H
900 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
3rd month
Description
50
2000
6000
200
24000
Weekly
12000
Card
Monthly
Check new/
Daily
after hours
■ = Check the condition
No
Engine Frame and Baseframe:
Holding down bolts - retightening, see page 500.40 ....... 200 ■

Bolts between engine frame and base frame -
retightening, see page 500.40 ......................................... 200 ■
For flexible mounted engines - check anti-vibration

mountings ........................................................................ 200 ■ 519-03.00
Safety cover - function test .............................................. ■ 511-01.00
Turbocharger System:
Wet cleaning of turbine side ............................................ ● 512-15.00

Water washing of compressor side ................................. ● 512-05.00
Cleaning of air filter - compressor side (see turbo-

charger instruction book) .................................................
Turbocharger complete - dismantling, cleaning, inspec-
tion etc. (see turbocharger instruction book) ...................
Charging air cooler - cleaning and inspection ................. ■ 512-01.00
Charging air cooler housing - draining............................. ●

Exhaust pipe - compensator ............................................ ■
Compressed Air System:
Air starter motor - dismantling and inspection ................. ■ 513-01.30

Function test - main starting valve, starting valve, main
valves and emergency start valve ................................... ■ 513-01.40
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Dirt separator - dismantling and cleaning ........................ ●

Muffler - dismantling and cleaning ................................... ●
Compressed air system - draining ................................... ● 513-01.90

Compressed air system - check of the system ................ ■ 513-01.90
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.25 Description
L23/30H
900 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
3rd month
Description
Check new/
Card
Monthly
50
2000
6000
200
24000
Weekly
12000
after hours
■
Daily
No
Fuel Oil System and Injection Equipment:
Fuel oil filter - dismantling and cleaning .......................... ● 514-01.15

Fuel oil feed pump ........................................................... ● 514-10.00
Fuel oil injection pump - dismantling and cleaning .......... ● 514-01.05
Fuel injection valve - adjustment of opening pressure .... 200 ■ 514-01.10

Fuel oil high-pressure pipe - dismantling and check ....... ■ 514-01.05
Adjustment of the maximum combustion pressure.......... ● 514-05.01
Fuel oil system - check the system.................................. ■ 514-01.90

Nozzle cooling system - check the system if installed ..... ■ 514-01.90
Fuel oil - oil samples after every bunkering, see sec.504
Lubricating Oil System:
Lubricating oil pump - engine driven ............................... ■ 515-01.00

Lubricating oil filter - cleaning and exhange .................... ● 515-01.10
Lubricating oil cooler ....................................................... ● 515-06.00
Prelubricating pump - el.-driven ...................................... ■ 515-01.05

Thermostatic valve .......................................................... ■ 515-01.20
Centrifugal filter - cleaning and exhange of paper ........... ● 515-15.00
Hand pump ...................................................................... ● 515-10.00

Lubricating oil - oil samples, see section 504 .................. ■
Lubricating oil system - check the system ....................... ■ 515-01.90
Cooling Water System:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Cooling water pump - engine-driven (sea water and

fresh water)...................................................................... ■ 516-04.00
Cooling water system - check the system ....................... ■ 516-01.90
Cooling water system - water samples, see sec. 504 ...... ■ ■
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.25
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
●
3rd month
= Overhaul to be carried out
Description
Monthly
200
8000
16000
32000
Weekly
50
2000
Card
Check new/
Daily
after hours
No
Operating of Engine:
Readings of data for engine and alternator with refe-

rence to "Engine Performance Data", section 502.01 ..... ■ 502-01.00
Cylinder Head:
Inlet and exhaust valve - overhaul and regrinding of

spindle and valve seat ..................................................... ● 505-01.10
Inspection of inlet, exhaust valves and valve guide ......... ■ 505-01.05
Check of valve rotators' rotation during engine rotation .. ■ 505-01.05
Sleeve for fuel injector ..................................................... ■ 505-01.30
Safety valve - overhaul and adjustment of opening
pressure .......................................................................... ■ 505-01.25
Indicator valve ................................................................. ■ ■ 505-01.26
Cylinder head cooling water space - inspection .............. ■ 505-01.45

Cylinder head nut - retightening ...................................... 200 505-01.40
Piston, Connecting Rod and Cylinder Liner:
Inspection of piston ......................................................... ■ 506-01.10

Piston ring and scraper ring ............................................ ● 506-01.10
Piston pin and bush for connecting rod - check of

clearance ......................................................................... ■ 506-01.15
Connecting rod - measuring of big-end bore ................... ■ 506-01.15
Inspection of big-end bearing shells ................................ ■ 506-01.16
Connecting rod - retightening .......................................... 200 ■ 506-01.25

Cylinder liner - cleaning, honing and measuring ............. ● 506-01.35
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Cylinder liner removed - check the water space and

wear ring in frame ............................................................ ■ 506-01.40
Camshaft and Camshaft Drive:
Camshaft - Inspection of gear wheels, bolts, connections

etc. ................................................................................... 200 ■ 507-01.00
Camshaft bearing - inspection of clearance .................... ■ 507-01.05
Camshaft adjustment - check the condition..................... ■ 507-01.20
Lubrication of camshaft bearing - check.......................... ■ 507-01.00
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.25 Description
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
Description
3rd month
Check new/
Card
Monthly
50
2000
8000
after hours
200
32000
Weekly
16000
Daily
No
Operating Gear for Inlet Valves, Exhaust Valves and

Fuel Injection Pumps:
Roller guide for valve gear ............................................... ■ 508-01.00

Valve gear - valve bridge, spring, push rod, etc............... ■ 508-01.10
Roller guide for fuel injection pump ................................. ■ 508-01.05
Roller guide housing ........................................................ ■ 508-01.10

Inlet and exhaust valve - check and adjustment of valve
clearance ......................................................................... ■ 508-01.10
Lubricating of operating gear - check .............................. ■ 508-01.00

508-01.05
Control and Safety System, Automatics and

Instruments:
Safety, alarm and monitoring equipment ........................ ■ 509-01.00
Lambda controller - adjustment ....................................... ■ 509-10.00
Governor - check oil level, see governor instruction

book, section 509 ............................................................ ■
Crankshaft and Main Bearing:
Checking of main bearings alignment, (autolog) ............. ■ 510-01.00

Inspection af main bearing .............................................. ■ 510-01.05
Inspection of guide bearing ............................................. ■ 510-01.10
Vibration damper - check the condition ........................... ■ 510-04.00

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Lubricating of gear wheel for lub. oil pump and cooling

water pump etc. ............................................................... ■
Counterweight - retightening, see page 500.40............... 900* ■
Main- and guide bearing cap - retightening ..................... 200 ■ 510-01.05

510-01.10
* If screw can be tightened then the screw have to be
loosened and retightened after page 500.40.
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.25
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
Description
3rd month
Card
Check new/
50
2000
8000
200
32000
Weekly
16000
Monthly
after hours
Daily
No
Engine Frame and Baseframe:
Holdingdown bolts - retightening, see page 500.40 ........ 200 ■

Bolts between engine frame and base frame -
retightening, see page 500.40 ......................................... 200 ■
For flexible mounted engines - check anti-vibration

mountings ........................................................................ 200 ■ 519-03.00
Safety cover - function test .............................................. ■ 511-01.00
Turbocharger System:
Wet cleaning of turbine side ............................................ ● 512-15.00

Water washing of compressor side ................................. ● 512-05.00
Cleaning of air filter - compressor side (see turbo-

charger instruction book) .................................................
Turbocharger complete - dismantling, cleaning, inspec-
tion etc. (see turbocharger instruction book) ...................
Charging air cooler - cleaning and inspection ................. ■ 512-01.00
Charging air cooler housing - draining............................. ●

Exhaust pipe - compensator ............................................ ■
Compressed Air System:
Air starter motor - dismantling and inspection ................. ■ 513-01.30

Function test - main starting valve, starting valve, main
valves and emergency start valve ................................... ■ 513-01.40
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Dirt separator - dismantling and cleaning ........................ ●

Muffler - dismantling and cleaning ................................... ●
Compressed air system - draining ................................... ● 513-01.90

Compressed air system - check of the system ................ ■ 513-01.90
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.25 Description
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
overhauled parts
Working
Observations
Description
3rd month
Check new/
Card
Monthly
50
2000
8000
200
32000
Weekly
16000
after hours
■
Daily
No
Fuel Oil System and Injection Equipment:
Fuel oil filter - dismantling and cleaning .......................... ● 514-01.15

Fuel oil feed pump ........................................................... ● 514-10.00
Fuel oil injection pump - dismantling and cleaning .......... ● 514-01.05
Fuel injection valve - adjustment of opening pressure .... 200 ■ 514-01.10

Fuel oil high-pressure pipe - dismantling and check ....... ■ 514-01.05
Adjustment of the maximum combustion pressure.......... ● 514-05.01
Fuel oil system - check the system.................................. ■ 514-01.90
Fuel oil - oil samples after every bunkering, see sec.504
Lubricating Oil System:
Lubricating oil pump - engine-driven ............................... ■ 515-01.00

Lubricating oil filter - cleaning and exhange .................... ● 515-01.10
Lubricating oil cooler ....................................................... ● 515-06.00
Prelubricating pump - el. driven ....................................... ■ 515-01.05

Centrifugal filter - cleaning and exhange of paper ........... ● 515-15.00
Hand pump ...................................................................... ● 515-10.00

Lubricating oil - oil samples, see section 504 .................. ■
Lubricating oil system - check the system ....................... ■ 515-01.90
Cooling Water System:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Cooling water pump - engine-driven (sea water and

fresh water)...................................................................... ■ 516-04.00
Cooling water system - check the system ....................... ■ 516-01.90
Cooling water system - water samples, see sec. 504 ...... ■ ■
06.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Operation Data & Set Points 500.30
L23/30H
Acceptable
value at shop
Normal Value at Full load test or after Alarm Set point Autostop of engine
repair
Temp. before cooler SAE 30 TI 20 60-75° C <75° C TAH 20 90° C

(outlet engine) SAE 40 TI 20 65-82° C <82° C TAH 20 100° C
Temp. after cooler SAE 30 TI 22 45-65° C <65° C TAH 22 75° C TSH 22 85° C
(inlet engine) SAE 40 TI 22 50-72° C <72° C TAH 22 85° C TSH 22 95° C
Pressure after filter (inlet eng) PI 22 3.1-4.5 bar >4.0 bar PAL 22 3 bar PSL 22 2.5 bar
Elevated pressure i.g. when
centrifugal filter installed PI 22 4.1-5 bar >4.5 bar PAL 22 4 bar PSL 22 2.5 bar
Pressure drop across filter PDAH 21-22 0.5-1 bar <0.5 bar PDAH 21-22 1.5 bar
Prelubricating pressure PI 25 0.1-0.5 bar >0.2 bar LAL 25 level switch
Pressure inlet turbocharger PI 23 1.5 ±0.2 bar >1.5 bar
Lub. oil, level in base frame LAL 28 low level
LAH 28 high level
Temp. main bearings TE 29 75-85° C <85° C TAH 29 95° C
Fuel Oil System
Pressure after filter MDO PI 40 2.5-5 bar PAL 40 1.5 bar

HFO PI 40 5-16 bar (A) PAL 40 4 bar
Leaking oil LAH 42 leakage
Press. nozz. cool. oil, inlet eng. PI 50 2-3 bar PAL 50 1.5 bar (B)
Temp. nozz. cool. oil, outlet eng. TI 51 80-90° C (B)
Cooling Water System
Press. LT-system, inlet engine PI 01 1-2.5 bar (D) >1.3 bar PAL 01 0.4 bar + (C)
Press. HT-system, inlet engine PI 10 1.5-4.6 bar >1.8-<6 bar PAL 10 0.4 bar + (C)
Temp. HT-system, inlet engine TI 10 60-75° C
Temp. HT-system, outl. cyl.units TI 11 70-85° C <85° C
Temp. HT-system, outlet engine TAH 12 90° C TSH 12 95° C
TAH 12-2 93° C
Temp. raise across cyl. units max. 10° C
Exhaust Gas and Charge Air
Exh. gas temp. before TC TI 62 425-475° C* TAH 62 550° C

TI 62 460-520° C** TAH 62-2 600° C
Exh. gas temp. outlet cyl. TI 60 280-390° C* TAH 60 450° C
TI 60 320-420° C**
Diff. between individual cyl. average TAD 60 average (F)
±25° C ±50° C
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Exh. gas temp. after TC TI 61 275-350° C* TAH 61 500° C

TI 61 320-390° C**
Ch. air press. after cooler PI 31 2-2.5 bar
Ch. air temp. after cooler TI 31 35-55° C <55° C TAH 31 65° C
Compressed Air System
Press. inlet engine PI 70 7-9 bar >7.5-<9 bar PAL 70 7 bar
Specific plants will not comprise alarm equipment and autostop for all parameters listed above. For specific plants additional parameters
can be included. For remarks to some parameters, see overleaf.
* for 720/750 rpm ** for 900 rpm.
08.23 - ES1
MAN Diesel
500.30 Operation Data & Set Points Description

Edition 55H Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Acceptable
value at shop
Normal Value at Full load test or after Alarm Set point Autostop of engine
repair
Speed Control System

Engine speed
Mechanical
Elec. SI 90 720 rpm 820 rpm SAH 81 815 rpm SSH 81 825 rpm
Mechanical SSH 81 815 rpm
Mechanical SSH 81 850 rpm
SSH 81 1015 rpm
Turbocharger speed SI 89 (G) SAH 89 (E)
Remarks to individual Parameters E. Limits for Turbocharger Overspeed Alarm

(SAH 89)
A. Fuel Oil Pressure, HFO-operation
Engine type 720 rpm 750 rpm 900 rpm
When operating on HFO, the system pressure must
5L23/30H 55,290 55,290 –
be sufficient to depress any tendency to gasification
6L23/30H 55,290 55,290 42,680
of the hot fuel.
7L23/30H 42,680 42,680 42,680
8L23/30H 42,680 42,680 42,680
The system pressure has to be adjusted according
to the fuel oil preheating temperature.
B. Nozzle Cooling Oil System F. Exhaust Gas Temperatures
The nozzle cooling oil system is only applied for The exhaust gas temperature deviation alarm is
stationary engines. normally ±50° C with a delay of 1 min., but at start-
up the delay is 5 min. Furthermore the deviation
C. Cooling Water Pressure, Alarm Set Points limit is ±100° C if the average temperature is below
200° C.
As the system pressure in case of pump failure will
depend on the height of the expansion tank above G. Turbocharger Speed
the engine, the alarm set point has to be adjusted
to 0.4 bar plus the static pressure. Normal value at full load of the turbocharger is de-
pendent on engine type (cyl. no) and engine rpm.
D. Press. LT -system, inlet engine (PI 01) The value given is just a guide line. Actual values
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
can be found in the acceptance test protocol.

With two-string cooling water system the normal
value can be higher, max. 4.0 bar.
08.23 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
"Green Passport" 500.33
General
List of potentially hazardous materials of MAN four-
stroke diesel engines that are relevant to be delivered
to recycling facilities according to IMO resolution
A.962(23) Adopted on 5 december 2003.
Asbestos
Type of asbestos Materials Location Approximate quantity/volume
- - None
Plastic Materials
Type Location Approximate quantity/volume
Copolymer, based on acrylnitrile and O-rings (Inside engine) *)
butadiene: NBR
Copolymer, based on vinylidene-fluoride O-rings (Inside engine) *)
and hexafluoro-propene: FPM
FPI 155, Flame retardant according to Cable jacket < 100 m
IEC 332-3 cat. 3
Materials containing PCBs, PCTs, PBBs at levels of 50 mg/kg or more

None
Gases sealed in the machinery

Argon Exhaust thermometers *)
Chemicals in engine
Anti-seize Compounds Used on high temperature screws *)
Engine Additives None
Water Treatment: Nitrite-borate inhibitor Fresh water system See instruction manual
Other Substances in engine

Fuel oil Engine F.O. pipe system < 0,020 m3
Lubricating oil Engine frame See instruction manual
Filter cartridge Lub. oil filter on engine 2 pcs. 1)
Filter cartridge Lub. oil filter on engine/filter candles 2 pcs./48 pcs. 2)
Mercury None
Lithium battery (if installed) Electronic cabinet 1 pcs.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Lead Pb - for soldering circuit board Electronic cabinet < 10 g/engine 2)
*) The component is most likely bound in an alloy or present at a very low concentration
1
) only valid for GenSets
2
) only valid for Propulsion engines
07.36 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.35
Page 1 (1) Data for Pressure and Tolerance Edition 29H
L23/30H
Section Description mm. / bar
505 Maximum inner diameter, valve guide 14.25 mm.

For grinding of valve spindle and valve seat ring
(see also working card 505-01.10)
Minimum height of valve head, inlet valve and exhaust valve, "H" 1 5.0 mm.
Maximum height of spindle above cylinder head, "H" 2 83.3 mm
506 Piston and piston ring grooves (see working card 506-01.10)
Clearance in big-end bearing 0.15-0.20 mm
Clearance between connecting rod bush and piston pin 0.15-0.25 mm
Maximum clearance between connecting rod bush and piston pin 0.35 mm
Maximum ovalness in big-end bore (without bearing) 0.08 mm
New cylinder liner, inside diameter 225,000-225,046 mm.
Maximum inside diameter cylinder liner, max. ovalness 0.1 mm 225.50 mm
507 Clearance between camshaft and camshaft bearing 0.11-0.20 mm

Maximum clearance between camshaft and camshaft bearing 0.35 mm
Clearance between teeth on intermediate wheel 0.2-0.3 mm.
508 Valve clearance, Inlet valve (cold engine 15 - 55°C) 0.50 mm.
Valve clearance, Exhaust valve (cold engine 15 - 55°C) 0.90 mm.
Maximum clearance between rocker arm bush and rocker arm shaft 0.30 mm.
509 Clearance between pick-up and impulse wheel 1 ±0.3 mm
510 Deflection of crankchaft (autolog) (see working card 510-01.00)

Clearance between crankshaft and sealing ring, (upper and lower part) 0.30 - 0.40 mm.
Clearance in main bearing 0,2-0,3 mm
Clearance in connecting rod bearing 0.13 - 0.29 mm
Clearance in guide bearing (axial) 0.15 - 0.44 mm
Maximum clearance in guide bearing (axial) 0.8 mm
Clearance between bearing and gearwheel shaft:
Clearance when new bearings are mounted 0.085-0.135
Maximum clearance 0.185
514 Maximum combustion pressure at full load 130 ± 3 bar

Individual cylinders; admissible deviation from average ± 3 bar
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
A change of the height of the thrust piece spacer ring of 0.10 mm

will change the maximum pressure by 1 bar
1° turning of camshaft gear wheel changes max. pressure by approx 3 bar
Measurement "X" between thrust piece and roller guide housing 5.5 ± 2.5 mm
1.5 mm
For L23/30H 900 rpm version a pressure of 135 bar measured at the
indicator cock correspond to 130 bar in the combustion chamber
Opening pressure of fuel valve 320 bar
08.03 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.35
Page 1 (1) Data for Pressure and Tolerance Edition 22H
L23/30H
Section Description mm. / bar
505 Maximum inner diameter, valve guide 14.25 mm.

For grinding of valve spindle and valve seat ring
(see also working card 505-01.10)
Minimum height of valve head, inlet valve and exhaust valve, "H" 1 5.0 mm.
Maximum height of spindle above cylinder head, "H" 2 83.3 mm
506 Piston and piston ring grooves (see working card 506-01.10)
Clearance in big-end bearing 0.15-0.20 mm
Clearance between connecting rod bush and piston pin 0.15-0.25 mm.
Maximum ovalness in big-end bore (without bearing) 0.08 mm.
New cylinder liner, inside diameter 225,000-225,046 mm.
Maximum inside diameter cylinder liner, max. ovalness 0.1 mm 225.50 mm
507 Clearance between camshaft and camshaft bearing 0.11-0.20 mm

Maximum clearance between camshaft and camshaft bearing 0.35 mm
Clearance between teeth on intermediate wheel 0.2-0.3 mm.
508 Valve clearance, Inlet valve (cold engine 15 - 55°C) 0.50 mm.
Valve clearance, Exhaust valve (cold engine 15 - 55°C) 0.90 mm.
Maximum clearance between rocker arm bush and rocker arm shaft 0.30 mm.
509 Clearance between pick-up and impulse wheel 1 ±0.3 mm
510 Deflection of crankchaft (autolog) (see working card 510-01.00)

Clearance between crankshaft and sealing ring, (upper and lower part) 0.30 - 0.40 mm.
Clearance in main bearing 0,2-0,3 mm
Clearance in guide bearing (axial) 0.15 - 0.44 mm
Maximum clearance in guide bearing (axial) 0.8 mm
Clearance between bearing and gearwheel shaft:
Clearance when new bearings are mounted 0.085-0.135
Maximum clearance 0.185
514 Maximum combustion pressure at full load 130 ± 3 bar

Individual cylinders; admissible deviation from average ± 3 bar
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
A change of the height of the thrust piece spacer ring of 0.10 mm

will change the maximum pressure by 1 bar
1° turning of camshaft gear wheel changes max. pressure by approx 3 bar
Measurement "X" between thrust piece and roller guide housing 5.5 ± 2.5 mm
1.5 mm
For L23/30H 900 rpm version a pressure of 135 bar measured at the
indicator cock correspond to 130 bar in the combustion chamber
Opening pressure of fuel valve 350 bar
06.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 500.40
Page 1 (1) Data for Tightening Torque Edition 21H
L23/30H
720/750 rpm
Tightening
Section Description Thread Torque Pressure Lubricant
Nm bar
505 Cylinder cover stud (in frame) Stud M48 200 Loctite 243
Nut for cylinder cover stud Nut M45 750 Oil/Molykote
(Unimol gl 82)
Cooling jacket cylinder cover Screw 22 –
506 Connecting rod (see section 506) Molykote

Connecting rod screw Stud M 33 x 2 (Unimol gl 82)
(hydraulic tightening) Nut M 33 x 2 750 –
507 Camshaft assembly Nut M12 50 –

Intermediate wheel shaft Nut M 20 x 1.5 250 –
Intermediate wheel gear Nut M 12 40 –
Gear wheel on camshaft Screw M 12 50 –
508 Housing for valve gear Screw M 12 60 –

Valve gear bracket rocker arm Nut M 16 150 –
510 Main bearing stud (in frame) Stud M 48 200 Loctite 243
Nut for main bearing stud Nut M 45 x 3 750 Molykote
(Unimol gl 82)
Main bearing side screw Screw M 24 300 –
Counterweight on crankshaft Screw M 30 x 2 200 –
+ 60° turn
Vibrationdamper on crankshaft Nut M 27 400 –

Frame / baseframe Nut M 24 500 –
Flywheel mounting (fitted bolt) Nut M 20 140 –
Gear rim on flywheel Screw 34 –
Gear wheel on crankshaft Nut M 10 40 –
514 Fuel pump distribution piece Screw M8 25 - 30 –

Fuel pump top flange (barrel) Screw M 10 55 - 65 –
Fuel pump caviation plugs Plug M 20 x 1.5 100-120 –
Fuel pump mounting
(bottom flange) Screw M 16 150 –
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fuel valve (nozzle nut) Nut M 26 x 1.5 100 - 120 –

Fuel valve mounting Nut M 16 40 –
Fuel valve (cap nut) Nut 70 –
Fuel valve adjusting (lock nut) Nut 100 –
High pressure pipe Nut M 18 x 1.5 40 –
515 Gear wheel on lub. oil pump Nut 300 –
519 Conical elements mounting

Upper mounting Screw M 24 150 –
Lower mounting Nut M 24 200 –
07.10
MAN Diesel
Description 500.40
Page 1 (1) Data for Tightening Torque Edition 22H
L23/30H
900 rpm
Tightening
Section Description Thread Torque Pressure Lubricant
Nm bar
505 Cylinder cover stud (in frame) Stud M48 200 Loctite 243
Nut for cylinder cover stud Nut M45 750 Oil/Molykote
(Unimol gl 82)
Cooling jacket cylinder cover Screw 22 –
506 Connecting rod (see section 506) Molykote

Connecting rod screw Stud M 33 x 2 (Unimol gl 82)
(hydraulic tightening) Nut M 33 x 2 750 –
507 Camshaft assembly Nut M12 85 –

Intermediate wheel shaft Nut M 20 x 1.5 250 –
Intermediate wheel gear Nut M 12 40 –
Gear wheel on camshaft Screw M 12 50 –
508 Housing for valve gear Screw M 12 60 –

Valve gear bracket rocker arm Nut M 16 150 –
510 Main bearing stud (in frame) Stud M 48 200 Loctite 243
Nut for main bearing stud Nut M 45 x 3 750 Molykote
(Unimol gl 82)
Main bearing side screw Screw M 24 300 –
Counterweight on crankshaft Screw M 30 x 2 200 –
+ 60° turn
Vibrationdamper on crankshaft Nut M 27 400 –

Frame / baseframe Nut M 24 500 –
Flywheel mounting (fitted bolt) Nut M 20 140 –
Gear rim on flywheel Screw 34 –
Gear wheel on crankshaft Nut M 10 40 –
514 Fuel pump distribution piece Screw M8 25 - 30 –

Fuel pump top flange (barrel) Screw M 10 55 - 65 –
Fuel pump caviation plugs Plug M 20 x 1.5 100-120 –
Fuel pump mounting
(bottom flange) Screw M 16 150 –
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fuel valve (nozzle nut) Nut M 26 x 1.5 100 - 120 –

Fuel valve mounting Nut M 16 40 –
Fuel valve (cap nut) Nut 70 –
Fuel valve adjusting (lock nut) Nut 100 –
High pressure pipe Nut M 18 x 1.5 40 –
515 Gear wheel on lub. oil pump Nut 300 –
519 Conical elements mounting

Upper mounting Screw M 24 150 –
Lower mounting Nut M 24 200 –
07.10
MAN Diesel
Description 500.45
Page 1 (1) Declaration of Weight Edition 01H
L23/30H
Section Component Plate No. Item No. Weight in Kg.
505 Cylinder Head, complete 50501-50502 250

50508-50510
506 Piston, complete 50601 081 45

Piston Pin 50601 019 19
Connecting Rod, complete without bearing 50601 068 95
Cylinder Liner, complete 50610 018 100
Cooling Water Jacket 50610 055 33
507 Camshaft, section 50705 014,026,038 29
508 Housing for Roller Guide 50801 016 17
509 Governor, complete 50901 021,104,116 28
511 Main Bearing Cap 51101 108 75

Guide Bearing Cap 51101 300 85
Front cover 51102 019 164
End cover, complete 51106 237 179
512 Turbocharger, complete See special

instruction
Intermediate piece 51202 181 9
Air Cooler 51203 054 450
Inlet Bend 51203 138 93
513 Air Starter 51309 756 40
514 Fuel Injection Pump 51401 381 15

Fuel Injection Valve 51402 177 5
Fuel Oil Feed Pump 51410 290 22
515 Lubricating Oil Pump 51501 330 45

Thermostatic Valve 51503 115 29
Prelubricating Oil Pump, incl. el-motor 51504 242 20
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Centrifugal Filter 51515 337 24
516 Thermostatic Valve 51604 114 29

Cooling Water Pump 51610 201 30
97.06 - ES0U
MAN Diesel
Description
Ordering of Spare Parts 500.50
Page 1 (2)
Edition 02
General
When spare parts are ordered (or referred to in These data are necessary to ensure supply of the
correspondence, etc.) the following data must be correct spare parts for a particular engine, even
indicated for the engine concerned: though the spare part illustrations contained in this
book may not always be in complete accordance with
• Name of customer/ship the individual components of a specific engine.
• IMO number
• Engine Type Note: For ordering of spare parts for governor, turbo-
• Engine no charger and alternator, please see the special chapter
• Built by in the instruction book for these components.
• Plate number
• Item no
• Description
• Qty.
Information found on page 500.15 or on the nameplate of the engine(s)
Example: Name of customer/ship IMO no Eng. type Eng. no Built by

DANYARD 705 L9007489 5L28/32H 20433 MAN Holeby
Information found on each plate:
Plate no Edition Item no Description Qty.

50601 13H 10 Piston ring 10 pcs
Pla
Page te
1 (2)
Piston
and Conn
ecting
Rod
60601-
13H
L/V28/
08
32H
09
10
11
12
01
02
03
04
05
7
60
8
60
9
60
06
0
61
611
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
13
2
61
07
3
61
4
91.4
61
6 - ES
0S
14
5
61
6
61
7
61
8
61
9
61
0
62
07.04
MAN Diesel
Description
Ordering of Spare Parts 500.50
Page 2 (2)
Edition 02
General
Name of customer/ship IMO no
Engine type Engine number Built by
Plate no Ed. no Item no Description Qty.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.04
MAN Diesel
Description
Service Letters 500.55
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01
General
Description
In order to ensure the most efficient, economical and Since new service letters might be of great impor-
up-to-date operation of our engines, we regularly send tance to the operation of the plant, we recommend
out "Service Letters" containing first-hand information that engine staff file them as supplements to the
regarding accumulated service experience. relevant chapters of this instruction book.
The service letters can either deal with specific

engine types, or contain general instructions and
recommendations for all engine types, and are used
as a reference when we prepare up-dated editions
of instruction books.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.40 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Conversion Table 500.60
General
Basic Sl Units Velocity, Speed (m/s) (3.6 km/h = 1 m/s)
Quantity Name Symbol 1 kn (knot) = 1 nautical mile/h 1.852 km/h = 0.5144 m/s
Cincerning other conversions, see table for length
length metre m
mass kilogram kg
time second s Density
electric current ampere A
absolute temperature* kelvin K 1 lb/cub. ft 16.02 kg/m3
amount of substance mole mol
luminous intensity candela cd
Force (1 kg m/s2 = 1 N)
* Also named "thermodynamic temperature"
1 kp (kilopound)* 9.807 N
Supplementary SI Units 1 poundal** 138.3 x 10-3 N
1 lbf (pound force) 4.448 N
Quantity Name Symbol
* Can occasionally be found stated as kgf (kilogram force).
plane angle radian rad Standard acceleration of free fall gn = 9.80665 m/s2
solid angle steradian sr ** Unit of force in the ft-lb-s system
Additional SI Units Stress ( 1 N/m2 = 10 -6 N/mm2)
Quantity Name Symbol Definition 1 kp/mm2 = 100 kp/cm2 9.807 N/mm2

1 lbf/sq. in (psi) = 0.07031 at 6.895 x 10-3 N/mm2
time minute min 1 min = 60 s
time hour h 1h = 60 min
plane angle degree ° 1° = (p/180) rad Dynamic viscosity (N s/m2)
volume litre l 1l = 1 dm3
pressure bar bar 1 bar = 105 Pa 1 kp s/m2 9.807 N s/m2 = 98.07 P (poise)
1 poundal s/sq.ft 1.488 N s/m2
1 lbf/sq.ft 47.88 N s/m2
Length (m)
poise is a special name taken from the CGS system. 1 P = 0.1 Pa s
1 in (inch) 25.40 mm = 0.0254 m 1 cP = 1 mPa s = 10-3 Pa s
1 ft (foot) = 12 inches 0.3048 m
1 yd (yard) = 3 ft = 36 inches 0.9144 m Kinematic viscosity (m2/s)
1 statute mile = 1760 yds 1609 m
1 n mile (international nautical mile) 1852 m 1 sq.ft/s 92.90 x 10-3 m2/s = 92.90 x 103 cSt *
* 1 cSt (centi stokes) = 10-6 m2/s. Stokes is a special name

SI Prefixes taken from the CGS system. 1 St = 10-4 m2/s
Factor Prefix Symbol Factor Prefix Symbol Energy, Work (1 Nm = 1 J, Wh)
1018 exa E 10-1 deci d 1 cal I.T* 4.187 J*

1015 peta P 10-2 centi c 1 kpm 9.807 J
1012 10-3 2.648 x 106 J = 0.7355
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
tera T milli m 1 hph (metric) kWh

109 giga G 10-6 micro μ 1 ft. lbf 1.356 J
106 mega M 10-9 nano n 1 hph (UK, US) 2.685 x 106J = 0.7457 kWh
103 kilo k 10-12 pico p 1 BTU (UK, US) 1.055 x 103J = 1.055 KJ
102 hecto h 10-15 femto f
10 deca da 10-18 atto a * Exact value: 4.1868 J
I.T. = International Steam Table
Area (m2)
1 sq. in (square inch) 0.6452 x 10-3 m2

1 sq. ft (square foot) 92.90 x 10-3 m2
04.37 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.60 Conversion Table Description

General
Power (1 kg m2/s3 = 1 N m/s = 1 J/s = 1 W) Specific heat capacity (J/(kg K))
1 kpm/s 9.807 W 1 kcalI.T./(kg x °C) 4.187 x 103 J/(kg K)

1 hp (metric) = 75 kpm/s 735.5 W = 0.7355 kW 1 BTU*/(lb x °F) = 1 kcalI.T. /(kg °C) 4.187 x 103 J/(kg K)
1 kcalI.T./h 1.163 W
1 ft lbf/s 1.356 W * British Thermal Unit (see table for energy conversions)
1 hp (UK, US) = 550 ft.lbf/s 745.7 W
1 BTU/h 0.2931 W
Heat conductance (W/(m K))
Moment of Force, Torque (kg m2/s2 = Nm) 1 calI.T./(cm x s x °C) 418.7 W/(m K)
1 kcalI.T./(m x h x °C) 1.163 W/(m K)
Can easily be derived from the above tables. 1 BTU*/(ft x h x °F) 1.731 W/(m K)
* British Thermal Unit (see table for energy conversions)

Moment of Inertia (kg m2)
1 GD2 (old notation) = 4 x I* kg m2 Heat transmission (W/(m2 K))

1 WR2 (old notation)* = 1 x I* kg m2
1 calI.T./(cm x s x °C) 41.87 x 103 W/(m2 K)
*I = ∫ dmr x r 2
mr = mass at the radius r 1 kcalI.T./(m" x h x °C) 1.163 W/(m2 K)
G = W = mass in kg D = Diameter of gyration 1 BTU*/(ft2 x h x °F 5.678 W/(m2 K)
R = Radius of gyration
Specific fuel oil consumption (SFOC)

Specific fuel consumption* (g/kWh)
Reference conditions
1 g/hph (metric) 1.360 g/kWh Specific fuel oil consumption values refer to brake power,
and the following reference conditions:
* See also table for specific fuel oil consumption values
Reference conditions (ISO)
Temperature difference (K) Blower inlet temperature 25°C 298 K

Blower inlet pressure 1000 mbar
1 °C (Celsius) 1K Charge air coolant temperature 25°C 298 K
1 °F (Fahrenheit) 5/9 K Fuel oil lower calorific value (10200 kcal/kg) 42707 kJ/kgk
Temperature levels (K)

(see "Derived SI Units with special Names)
t °C (Celsius) tc + 273.15 = K
t°F (Fahrenheit) 5/9(tf - 32) + 273.15 = K
Celsius from Fahrenheit: tc = 5/9(tf - 32)
Fahrenheit from Celcius: tf = 9/5 x tc + 32
Derived Si Units with Special Names

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Quantity Name Symbol Expressed in basic,

supplementary or
derived SI units
frequency hertz Hz 1 Hz = 1 s-1

force newton N 1N = 1 kg m/s2
pressure, stress pascal Pa 1 Pa = 1 N/m2*
energy, working quantity of heat joule J 1J = 1 Nm
power watt W 1W = 1 J/s
electric potential (DC) volt V 1V = 1 W/A
temperature Celsius °C 1°C = 1 k**
* For mechanical stresses N/mm2 is widely used. 1 N/mm2 = 106 N/m2

** t (°C) = T(K) - T0(K), where T0 = 273.15 K
04.37 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Conversion Table 500.60
General
Volume (1 m3 = 1000 l)
1 cub. in (cubic inch) 16.39 x 10-6 m3

1 cub. ft (cubic foot) 28.32 x 10-3 m3 = 28.32 l
1 gallon* (imperial, UK) 4.546 x 10-3 m3 = 4.546 l
1 gallon* (US) 3.785 x 10-3 m3 = 3.785 l
1 barrel (US petroleum barrel) = 42 gallon (US) 0.1590 m3
1 bbl (dry barrel, US) 0.1156 m3
1 register ton = 100 cub. ft 2.832 m3
* 1 gallon = 4 quarts = 8 pints
Mass (kg)
1 lb (pound mass) = 16 ozs (ounces) 0.4536 kg

1 cwt (UK) (hundredweight) = 112 lbs 50.80 kg
1 long ton (UK) = 20 cwt = 2240 lbs 1.016 metric tons = 1016 kg
1 short ton (UK) = 2000 lbs 0.907 metric tons = 907 kg
1 slug* 14.59 kg
* Unit and mass in the ft-lb-s system
Pressure
(1 N/m2 = 1 Pa, 1 bar = 105 Pa, 1 mbar = 10-3 bar)
1 kp/cm2 = 1 at = 0.9678 atm 98.07 x 103 Pa = 0.9807 bar

1 at = 735.5 mm Hg* = 10 m H2O** (T = 277 K)
750 mm Hg* 105 Pa = 1 bar
1 mm Hg* (T = 273 K) 133.3 Pa = 1.333 mbar
1 mm H2O** (T = 277 K) 10-4 at = 9.807 Pa = 98.07 x 10-3 mbar
1 in Hg* (T = 273 K) 3386 Pa = 33.86 mbar
1 in H2O** (T = 277 K) 249.1 Pa = 2.491 mbar
1 atm (standard atmosphere) 760 mm Hg, 1.013 x 105 Pa = 1013 mbar
1 atm = 1.033 at
1 lbf/sq.in (psi) 6895 Pa = 68.95 mbar
* Mercury. 1 mm Hg = 1 Torr
Values in table provided gn = 9.80665 m/s2
** Water column (WC)
Some physical data in SI units
Nomenclature
t = temp. in °C ΔK = temperature difference
r = density in kg/m3 Cp = heat capacity in J/(kg DK)
t ρ Cp t Cp
range
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Water 18 999 4.18 x 103

Lubricating oil (approx.)* 15 900 1.96 x 103
Atmospheric air (dry) (p=1 bar) 0 1.276 998 0-150 1005
Exhaust gas 200-400 1080
* Viscosity: 100-140 cSt at 40°C
750 mm Hg = 1 bar = 105 Pa
1 atm (standard pressure at sea level) = 760 mm Hg = 1013 mbar
Gas constant for air and exhaust gas = 287 J/(kg x K)
Water, heat of evaporation 100°C 1.013 bar 2.256 x 106 J/kg
Fuel oil. Lower calorific value 41-43 x 106 J/kg
ISO 3046/1-1986 standard reference fuel 43 x 106 J/kg
Diesel engine reference fuel (see below)
04.37 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Page 1 (3) Basic Symbols for Piping 500.65
Edition 01
General
No Symbol Symbol designation No Symbol Symbol designation

2.14 Spectacle flange
1. GENERAL CONVENTIONAL SYMBOLS
1.1 Pipe 2.15 Orifice
1.2 Pipe with indication of direction of flow 2.16 Orifice
1.3 Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps 2.17 Loop expansion joint
1.4 Appliances 2.18. Snap coupling
1.5 Indicating and measuring instruments 2.19 Pneumatic flow or exhaust to atmosphere
1.6 High-pressure pipe

3. VALVES, GATE VALVES, COCKS AND FLAPS
1.7 Tracing 3.1 Valve, straight through
1.8 Enclosure for several components as-sem- 3.2 Valve, angle

bled in one unit
3.3 Valve, three-way
2. PIPES AND PIPE JOINTS
2.1 Crossing pipes, not connected 3.4 Non-return valve (flap), straight
2.2 Crossing pipes, connected 3.5 Non-return valve (flap), angle
2.3 Tee pipe 3.6 Non-return valve (flap), straight screw

down
2.4 Flexible pipe 3.7 Non-return valve (flap), angle, screw down
2.5 Expansion pipe (corrugated) general 3.8 Safety valve
2.6 Joint, screwed 3.9 Angle safety valve
2.7 Joint, flanged 3.10 Self-closing valve

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
2.8 Joint, sleeve 3.11 Quick-opening valve
2.9 Joint, quick-releasing 3.12 Quick-closing valve
2.10 Expansion joint with gland 3.13 Regulating valve
2.11 Expansion pipe 3.14 Ball valve (cock)
2.12 Cap nut 3.15 Butterfly valve
2.13 Blank flange 3.16 Gate valve
05.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
500.65 Basic Symbols for Piping

Description
Page 2 (3)
Edition 01
General
No Symbol Symbol designation No Symbol Symbol designation

3.17 Double-seated changeover valve
4. CONTROL AND REGULATION PARTS
3.18 Suction valve chest 4.1 Fan-operated
3.19 Suction valve chest with non-return valves 4.2 Remote control
3.20 Double-seated changeover valve, straight 4.3 Spring
3.21 Double-seated changeover valve, angle 4.4 Mass
3.22 Cock, straight through 4.5 Float
3.23 Cock, angle 4.6 Piston
3.24 Cock, three-way, L-port in plug 4.7 Membrane
3.25 Cock, three-way, T-port in plug 4.8 Electric motor
3.26 Cock, four-way, straight through in plug 4.9 Electromagnetic
3.27 Cock with bottom connection 4.10 Manual (at pneumatic valves)
3.28 Cock, straight through, with bottom conn. 4.11 Push button
3.29 Cock, angle, with bottom connection 4.12 Spring
3.30 Cock, three-way, with bottom connection 4.13 Solenoid
3.31 Thermostatic valve 4.14 Solenoid and pilot directional valve
3.32 Valve with test flange 4.15 By plunger or tracer
3.33 3-way valve with remote control (actuator)

5. APPLIANCES
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
3.34 Non-return valve (air) 5.1 Mudbox
3.35 3/2 spring return valve, normally closed 5.2 Filter or strainer
3.36 2/2 spring return valve, normally closed 5.3 Magnetic filter
3.37 3/2 spring return valve contr. by solenoid 5.4 Separator
3.38 Reducing valve (adjustable) 5.5 Steam trap
3.39 5.6 Centrifugal pump

On/off valve controlled by solenoid and pilot
directional valve and with spring return
05.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Basic Symbols for Piping 500.65
General
No. Symbol Symbol designation No. Symbol Symbol designation

5.7 Gear or screw pump
6. FITTINGS
5.8 Hand pump (bucket) 6.1 Funnel / waste tray
5.9 Ejector 6.2 Drain
5.10 Various accessories (text to be added) 6.3 Waste tray
5.11 Piston pump 6.4 Waste tray with plug
5.12 Heat exchanger 6.5 Turbocharger
5.13 Electric preheater 6.6 Fuel oil pump
5.14 Air filter 6.7 Bearing
5.15 Air filter with manual control 6.8 Water jacket
5.16 Air filter with automatic drain 6.9 Overspeed device
5.17 Water trap with manual control

7. READING INSTR. WITH ORDINARY DESIGNATIONS
5.18 Air lubricator 7.1 Sight flow indicator
5.19 Silencer 7.2 Observation glass
5.20 7.3 Level indicator

Fixed capacity pneumatic motor with direc-
tion of flow
5.21 Single acting cylinder with spring returned 7.4 Distance level indicator
5.22 Double acting cylinder with spring returned 7.5 Recorder
5.23 Steam trap

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
05.02 - ES0
Operation of engine
501/601
MAN Diesel
Description
Operating 501.01
Page 1 (2)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Preparations for Starting 4. Check the pressure in the starting air receiver(s)
and open the starting air supply (blow-off water, if any,
The following describes what to do before starting, and drain the starting air system before opening.
when the engine has been out of service for a lon-
ger period of time, or if major overhauls have been 5. Regulating gear - please check:
made.
- that all fuel pumps are set at index "0" when
1. Check the oil level in the base frame (or in the regulating shaft are in STOP position.
the lub. oil tank, if the engine is with dry sump), air
lubricator and in the govenor. - that each fuel pump can be pressed by hand
to full index when the regulating shaft are in STOP
Start-up the prelubricating pump. position, and that the pumps return automatically to
the "0" index when the hand is removed.
The engine shall be prelubricated at least 2 minutes
prior to start. - that the spring-loaded pull rod is working cor-
rectly.
Check oil pressures before and after the filter.
- that the stop cylinder for regulating the shaft
2. Open the cooling water supply, start separate works properly, both when stopping normally and at
cooling water pumps where installed, and check the overspeed and shut down.
cooling water pressure.
- that testing is made by simulating these situa-
Note: To avoid shock effects owing to large tempe- tions.
rature fluctuations just after the start, it is recom-
mended: 6. Open the indicator valves and turn the engine
some few revolutions, check that no liquid is flowing
a) to preheat the engine. Cooling water of at least out from any of the indicator valves during the tur-
60 °C should be circulated through the frame and ning.
cylinder head for at least 2 hours before start:
Slow-turning must always be carried out, before the
- either by means of cooling water from engines engine is started after prolonged out of-service pe-
which are running or by means of a built-in preheater riods and after overhauls, which may involve a risk
(if installed). of liquid having collected in the cylinders.
or 7. Close the indicator valves.
b) When starting without preheated cooling water, 8. Disengage the turning gear, if fitted. Check that
the engine must only be started on MDO (Ma-rine it is locked in the "OUT" position.
Diesel Oil).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
The engine should not be run up to more than 50% Starting

load to begin with, and the increase to 100% should
take place gradually over 5 to 10 minutes. 1. Start the engine by activating the start but-
tom.
Note: When starting on HFO (Heavy Fuel Oil), only
item "a" applies. 2. Check the lubricating oil pressure, cooling
water pressure, fuel oil feed pressure. Check that
3. Open the fuel oil supply to the feed pump. the prelubricating oil pump is stopped.
Starting on HFO: circulate preheated fuel through the 3. Check that all alarms are connected.
pumps until correct working temperatures have been
obtained. This normally takes 30-60 minutes. See also "checks after starting-up".
96.02 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
501.01 Description
Edition 01H
Operating Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Testing during Running 9. To ensure full operational liability, the condition
of the engine should be continuously observed in
When the engine is running, the planned maintenance order for preventive maintenance work to be carried
programme and the following should be checked: out before serious breakdowns occur.
1. The lubricating oil pressure must be within

the stated limits and must not fall below the stated Stopping
minimum pressure. The paper filter cartridges must
be replaced before the pressure drop across the filter 1. Before stopping, it is recommended to run the
reaches the stated maximum value, or the pressure engine at reduced load, or to idle for about 5 minutes
after the filter has fallen below the stated minimum for cooling-down purposes.
value. Dirty filter cartridges cannot be cleaned for
re-use. 2. The engine is stopped by keeping the fuel pump
delivery rate at "0", by turning the "load- limit" knob
2. The lubricating oil temperature must be kept on the governor to "0", or by activating the remote
within the stated limits indicated on the data sheet. stopping device.
3. The fuel oil pressure must be kept at the stated

value, and the filter must be cleaned before the Start and Stop on HFO
pressure drop across the filter reaches the stated
maximum value. Start and stop of the engine should take place on
HFO in order to prevent any incompatibility problems
4. The cylinder cooling water temperature must be by change-over to MDO.
kept within the limits indicated and the temperature
rise across the engine should not exceed 10°C. MDO should only be used in connection with main-
tenance work on the engine or longer periods of
5. The cooling water temperature at the charging engine standstill.
air cooler inlet should be kept as low as possible;
however, not as low as to produce condensation Before starting on HFO the engine must be properly
water in the charging air space. preheated as described in "Preparations for Star ting"
and as described below.
Adjustment takes place in the external system outside
the engine, and the amount of cooling water must Stopping the engine on HFO is no problem, but it
be adjusted so that the temperature rise across the should be ensured that the temperature of fuel pipes
charging air cooler is 3 - 5 °C. are not reduced to a level below the pour point of
the fuel, otherwise, reestabilishing of the circulation
6. The exhaust gases should be free from smoke might cause problems.
at all loads. For normal exhaust temperatures, see
the test report from shop and sea trials.
Starting on MDO
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
7. Keep the charging air pressure and tempera-

ture under control. For normal values, see the test For starting on MDO there are no restrictions except
report from shop and sea trials. lubricating oil viscosity may not be higher than 1500
cSt (5° C SAE 30, or 10° C SAE 40).
8. Recharge the starting air receivers when the
pressure has dropped to about 20 bar. Stop rechar- Initial ignition may be difficult if the engine and am-
ging at 30 bar. bient temperatures are lower than 5° C and 15° C
cooling water temperature.
96.02 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Out-of Service 501.05
Page 1 (2)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
1. Stand-by Engines 4.3. Open up all filters to check that filter elements
are intact. Filter cartridges in the lub. oil filter is to be
During engine standstill in stand-by position the replaced before start, after repair, or after excessive
media cooling water and fuel oil should be con- differential pressure. After removal, dirty elements
tinuously circulated at temperatures similar to the can be examined for particles of bearing metal at
operation conditions. the bottom of the paper lamella. (the elements can
not be used again).
The engine shall be prelubricated 2 minutes prior
to start, if there is not intermittent or continuous pre- 4.4. Check the cylinder walls.
lubricating installed. intermittent prelub. is 2 min
every 10 minutes. 4.5. Take deflection measurements of the crank-
shaft.
2. Maintenance during Standstill 4.6. A lubricating oil sample should be sent to a

laboratory for immediate analysis.
In periods during stand-still of the engine (not in
stand-by position) it is recommended to start the 4.7. Drain plugs are unscrewed from the bottom of
prelubricating oil pump minimum 10 minutes once turbochargers, or the drain cock is opened. If drain
every week and totum the engine during the prelu- facilities are installed in the exhaust gas system this
bricating period by 2-3 revolutions. should be opened.
3. Laid-up Vessels 5. Work during Repairs
During the lay-up period (and also when laying-up the The following should be made during major re-
vessel) we recommend that our special instructions pairs.
for preservation of the engines are followed.
5.1. Retighten all bolts and nuts in the crankcase
and check their locking devices. Also, retighten
4. Work before Major Repairs foundation bolts.
4.1 After stopping the engine, while the oil is still 5.2. Check the various gear wheel drives for the
warm, start the el-driven prelub. pump, open up the camshaft(s).
crankcase and camshaft housings and check that
the oil is flowing freely from all bearings. Also, take 5.3. Remedy leakages of water and oil in the en-
off the top covers on the cylinder heads and make gine, and blow through blocked-up drain pipes.
sure that oil is not supplied for lubrication of rocker
arms, as non-return valves are fitted which do not 5.4. Drain starting air pipes of water.
open until the oil pressure at the inlet to the rocker
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
arms exceeds 1 bar. 5.5. Empty the oil sump of lubricating oil and remove
the sludge, if not done within a period of one year.
After overhaul of pistons, bearings, etc. this check Clean the sump very thoroughly and subsequently
should be repeated before starting the engine. coat with clean lubricating oil.
4.2. After stopping the prelub. pump, check the

bottom of the oil sump for fragments of babbitt from 6. Work after Repairs
bearings
6.1. If an opening-up of engine or lubricating oil
system may have caused ingress of impurities,
cleaning should be carried out very carefully before
starting the engine.
96.02 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
501.05 Description
Edition 01H
Out-of Service Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The differential pressure across the lub. oil filter 6.7 b) Adjustment speed: Switch-in the alternator
must be watched very carefully after cleaning and on the switchboard and set the load to about 40%.
starting-up the engine. Be sure to replace filter cart- On reaching normal oil temperatures in governor
ridges in due time. and engine, increase the load instantly to about 80%
(by starting the major pump or compressor). This
6.2. After restoring normal lubricating oil circulation, must not cause the frequency to fall by more than
turn the engine at least two revolutions by means of some 8%, and the engine must return to a constant
the turning rod to check the movability of the relevant no rpm after about 3 seconds (although this rpm
parts of the engine. will be a little lower than before owing to the speed
droop of
6.3. Close the drain cocks in the turbocharger (or the governor). If the engine is operated in parallel
in the exhaust gas system, if mounted). with other engines, an even sharing of load shall
be established within about 3 seconds. If the gov-
6.4. Lubricate thebearings and rod connections in ernor reacts too slowly, compensating adjustment
the manoeuvring gear. Disconnect the governor and is effected as indicated in Woodward's instruction
move the rod connections by hand to check that the manual (Compensating Adjustment).
friction in bearings and fuel pumps is sufficiently low.
If repair of bearings or alignment of engine has been Note: It is a condition for this test that the engine
made, check no 1, 2, and 5 should be repated. and turbocharger are in perfect operating condition,
so that possible sources of error immediately can
6.5. Checks to be made just before starting of the be eliminated
engine are mentioned under 501.01.
6.7 c) Hunting: Run the engine at synchronous
6.6. Add cooling water and check the leakage rpm, and without load. Provided the governor oil is
pressure system on at the upper and lower cy-linder warm, the regulating lever must not perform any
liner sealings and at cooling water connections. major periodical movments, and neither must there
be any variation in the engine speed. If that is the
6.7. Check the governor as follows: case, repeat the compensating adjustment accord-
Start up the engine and run it at the synchronous ing to Woodward's instruction manual.
number of revolutions.
6.7 d) Speed droop: in case of unsatisfactory
6.7 a) Speed-setting: Before switching-in the load sharing between two ore more engines this
alternator on the switchboard please check that the can be rectified by increasing the speed droop of
servomotor adjusts the rpm with a suitable quick- the engine that is subject to the greatest load (or
ness after actuation of the synchronizer knob on the by reducing the setting of the other engines).
switchboard. The range from - 5% to + 5% from the
syn-chronous rpm should be tested. The setting should not normally be increased beyond
70 on the scale, and satisfactory parallel operation
can generally be obtained at settings between 40
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
and 60.
96.02 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Starting-up after Out of Service Periods 501.10
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
The following enumerate checks are to be made After the last feel-over, repeat check 4 page 501.05,
immediately after starting, during load increase, see also Ignition in Crankcase page 503.04 in
and during normal running. section 503.
In the following it is assumed that the engine has After repair or renewal of cylinder liners, piston
been out of service for some time, for instance due rings or bearings, allowance must be made for a
to repairs and that checks during out of service running-in period, i.e. the engine load should be
periods have been carried out as described in the increased gradually as indicated in the tables below.
previous chapter. The engine output is determined on the basis of the
fuel index and the load on the electric switchboard.
When starting after such an out-of-service period, the The turbocharger speed gives some indication of
following checks must be made in the stated order the engine output, but is not directly proportional to
in addition to normal surveillance and recording. the output throughout the service period.
Begin the starting-up sequence at a reduced engine

1. To be Checked immediately after Starting: speed, e.g. 400 rpm, until it can be known for cer-
tain that there are no hot spots in the engine. Then,
1.1. Check that the turbocharger is running. increase the speed to the normal rpm and connect
to the switchboard and put on load.
1.2. Check that the lubricating oil pressure is in
order. The load increase during the starting-up sequence
may, for instance, be:
1.3. Check that all cylinders are firing (see exhaust
temperatures). 25 % load for 2 hours
50 % load for 2 hours
1.4. Check that everyting is normal for the engine 75 % load for 2 hours
speed, fuel oil, cooling water and system oil. 100 % load may be put on.
1.5. Check by simulation of the overspeed shut- The pump index indicated in the tables has been
down device that the engine stops. The overspeed given as a percentage of the index at full load. To
setting should be according to " Set Points and enable the index to be read directly off the fuel pumps,
Operation Data " section 500. the following formula can be employed:
I = I% x IF
2. To be Checked during Starting-up, but only 100
if Required after Repairs or Alterations:
IF = Index at full load (from testbed table)
2.1. If the condition of the machinery is not well-
known, especially after repairs or alterations, the I% = Index expressed as % of full load index
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
"feel-over sequence" should always be followed, (stated in the preceding starting-up

i.e.: sequence).
After 5-15 and 30 minutes' idle running, open the Following the alteration of the pump index of the
crankcase and the camshaft housing and perform one or two cylinders concerned it must be checked
feel-over on the surfaces of all moving parts where that when in STOP position the governor is able to
friction may arise and cause undue heating. move all the fuel pumps to an average pump index
not exceeding 2 or 3.
Feel: Main, crankpin, (alternator), and camshaft
bearings, piston pins, cylinder liners, roller guides After completing the starting-up sequence, make
and gear wheels. sure that all fuel pumps are set at the same index
and that the governor can cause all fuel pumps to
move to "0" index.
96.30 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Guidelines for Longterm Low-Load Operation on HFO 501.15
General
Part load/low load operation and turbocharger. HFO-operation at loads lower than
20% MCR should therefore only take place within
In certain ship and power station operation modes the certain time limitations according to the curves.
diesel generating sets are exposed to part load/low
load operation. After a certain period of HFO-operation at loads lower
than 20% MCR, a change to MDO should take place
During manoeuvring of the ship all diesel generating in order to prevent further retardation of the engine
sets are often started up for safety reasons, result- performance condition. Alternatively, the engine load
ing in low should be raised to 70% MCR over a period of 15
load operation of all the engines. During harbour stay minutes and maintained here for some time in order
one diesel generator could be low-loaded when only to burn off the carbon deposits, thus re-establishing
hotel purposes are consuming electricity. adequate performance condition. After such a "clean
burning period" low load operation on HFO can be
Island mode operation of diesel generating sets in continued.
power stations is frequently exposed to low load
operation like on a ship. However, the operator must be aware of the fact
that fouling in the combustion air inlet channels,
At part load/low load it is important to maintain if any, will not be cleaned at high load operation.
constant media temperatures, i.e. for cooling water, Extensive low load running can therefore result in
lubricating oil and fuel oil in order to ensure adequate the need for manual cleaning of the combustion air
combustion chamber temperature and thus complete inlet channels.
combustion.
If special application conditions require continuous
At loads lower than 20% MCR there is a risk of time HFO-operation at loads lower than 20% MCR and
dependant retardation of the engine performance occasionally performed "clean-burning" periods are
condition due to fouling of the exhaust gas channels inconvenient or impossible, special equipment and
and combustion air channels, combustion chambers arrangements must be established.
Load %
20
Admissible low-load operation Necessary operating period
(load percent/period) on HFO. with min. 70% load after low-
load operation on HFO.
15 Running-up period to 70%

load: approx. 15 min.
a b 70% load
10 HFO or MDO
08028-0D\H5250\94.08.12
5
a b
Operating period (h) Operating period (h)

Example: a) with 10% load 19 hours maximum operation on HFO admissible, then change-over to MDO
or b) operate engine for approx. 1.2 hours with 70% rating minimum, in order to burn off residues.
Afterwards low load operation on HFO can be continued.
Fig 1 Low-load operation.
08.20 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description Guidelines Regarding MAN DIesel GenSets Operating 501.16

Page 1 (1) on Low Sulphur Fuel Oil Edition 01
General
Exhaust emissions from marine diesel engines have Low sulphur distillates
been the focus of recent legislation. Apart from nitrous
oxides (NOx), sulphur oxides (SOx) are considered In general our GenSet is developed for continuous
to be the most important pollution factor. A range of operation on HFO as well as on MDO/MGO. Occa-
new regulations have been implemented and others sionally changes in operation mode between HFO
will follow (IMO, EU Directive, and CARB). These and MDO/MGO are considered to be within normal
regulations demand reduction of SOx emissions operation procedures for our engine types and do
by restricting the sulphur content of the fuel. That is thus not require special precautions.
to say sulphur limits for HFO as well as mandatory
use of low sulphur distillate fuels for particular ap- Running on low sulphur fuel (< 0.1% S) will not
plications. This guideline covers the engine related cause problems, but please notice the following
aspects of the use of such fuels. restrictions:
Low sulphur HFO In order to avoid seizure of the fuel oil injection
pump components the viscosity at engine fuel oil
From an engine manufacturer’s point of view there inlet must be > 1.5 cSt (except for L32/40 - required
is no lower limit for the sulphur content of HFO. We viscosity at engine fuel oil inlet > 2.0 cSt). In order
have not experienced any trouble with the currently achieve this it may be necessary to install a fuel oil
available low sulphur HFO, that are related to the cooler, when the engine is running on MGO. This is
sulphur content or specific to low sulphur HFO. This both to ensure correct viscosity and avoid heating
may change in the future if new methods are applied up the service tank, which is important as the fuel
for the production of low sulphur HFO (desulphuriza- oil injection pumps are cooled by the fuel.
tion, uncommon blending components). MAN Diesel
will monitor developments and inform our customers When operating on MDO/MGO a larger leak oil
if necessary. amount from fuel oil injection pumps and fuel oil
injection valves can be expected compared to op-
If the engine is not operated permanently on low eration on HFO.
sulphur HFO, then the lubricating oil should be se-
lected according to the highest sulphur content of In order to carry out a quick change between HFO
the fuels in operation. and MDO/MGO the change over should be carried
out by means of the valve V1-V2 installed in front
of the engine.
For the selection of the lubricating oil the same ap-

plies as for HFO. For temporary operation on distillate
fuels including low sulphur distillates nothing has to
be considered. A lubricating oil suitable for operation
on diesel fuel should only be selected if a distillate
fuel is used continuously.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.12 - ES1
Performance and
condition
502/602
MAN Diesel
Description
Engine Performance and Condition 502.01
L23/30H
V28/32S
Performance Data and Engine Condition An increase of charge air temperature involves a cor-
responding increase of the exhaust gas temperature
During operation small alterations of the engine level in a ratio of about 1:1.5, i.e. 1°C higher charge
condition continuously take place as a result of com- air temperature causes about 1.5°C higher exhaust
bustion, including fouling of airways and gasways, gas temperature.
formation of deposits, wear, corrosion, etc. If conti-
nuously recorded, these alterations of the condition Reduction of the charge air pressure results in a
can give valuable information about the operational corresponding reduction of the compression pres-
and maintenance condition of the engine. Continual sure and max. combustion pressure. When checking
observations can contribute to forming a precise the max. pressure adjustment of the engine, it is
and valuable basis for evaluation of the optimal therefore to be ensured that the existing charge air
operation and maintenance programmes for the pressure is correct.
individual plant.
The injected amount of fuel is equivalent to supplied
We recommend taking weekly records of the most energy and is thus an expression of the load and
important performance data of the engine plant. Du- mean pressure of the engine. The fuel pump index
ring recording (working card 502-01.00 can be used), can therefore be assumed to be proportional to the
the observations are to be continually compared in mean pressure. Consequently, it can be assumed
order to ascertain alterations at an early stage and that the connected values of the pump index are
before these exert any appreciable influence on the proportional to the load.
operation of the plant.
The specific fuel consumption, SFOC (measured by
As a reference condition for the performance data, weight) will, on the whole, remain unaltered whether
the testbed measurements of the engine or possibly the engine is operating on HFO or on MDO, when
the measurements taken during the sea trial at the considering the difference in calorimetric combustion
delivery of the ship can be used. If considerable value. However, when operation on HFO, the combi-
deviations from the normal condition are observed, nation of density and calorific value may result in an
it will, in a majority of cases, be possible to diagnose alteration of up to 6% in the volumetric consumption
the cause of such deviations by means of a total at a given load. This will result in a corresponding
evaluation and a set of measurements, after which alteration in the fuel pump index, and regard should
possible adjustment/overhauls can be decided and be paid to this when adjusting the overload preven-
planned. tative device of the engine.
Abrasive particles in the fuel oil result in wear of fuel

Evaluation of Performance Data pumps and fuel valve nozzles. Effective treatment
of the fuel oil in the purifier can limit the content of
For example, fouling of the air side of the air cooler abrasive particles to a minimum. Worn fuel pumps
will manifest itself in an increasing pressure drop, will result in an increase of the index on account of
lower charge air pressure and an increased exhaust an increased loss in the pumps due to leakage.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
temperature level (with consequential influence on

the overhaul intervals for the exhaust valves). When evaluating operational results, a distinction
is to be made between alterations which affect the
Fouling of the turbine side of the turbocharger will, whole engine (all cylinder units) and alterations
in its first phase, manifest itself in increasing turbo- which occur in only one or a few cylinders. Deviations
charger revolutions on account of increased gas occuring for a few cylinders are, as a rule, caused
velocity through the narrowed nozzle ring area. In by malfunctioning of individual components, for
the long run, the charging air quantity will decrease example, a fuel valve with a too low opening pressure,
on account of the greater flow resistance through the blocked nozzle holes, wear, or other defects, an inlet
nozzle ring, resulting in higher wall temperatures in or exhaust valve with wrongly adjusted clearance,
the combustion chambers. burned valve seat etc.
02.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
502.01 Engine Performance and Condition Description

L23/30H
V28/32S
The operational observations supplemented by Normally, the fuel nozzle temperature will be higher
the daily routine monitoring contribute to ensuring than the approx. 180°C, at which cold corrosion
that faulty adjustments and other deviations in the starts to occur.
performance of individual components are observed
in time to avoid operational disturbances and so Abrasive particles in the fuel oil involve a heavier wear
that normal routine overhauls can be carried out as of the fuel valve needle, seat, and fuel nozzle holes.
scheduled. Therefore, abrasive particles are, to the greatest pos-
sible extent, to be removed at the purification.
If abnormal or incomprehensible deviations in the
operation are recorded, expert assistance for the
evaluation of these should be obtained. Exhaust Valves
The overhaul intervals of exhaust valves is one of the

Turbochargers key parameters when reliability of the entire engine is
to be judged. Operation on HFO has a negative effect
Service experience has shown that the turbine side on these intervals. The performance of the exhaust
is exposed to increased fouling when operating on valves is therefore extremely informative.
HFO.
Especially under favourable conditions, fuel quali-
The rate of fouling and thereby the influence on the ties with a high vanadium and sodium content will
operation of the engine is greatest for small turbo- promote burning of the valve seats. Combinations of
chargers where the flow openings between the guide vanadium and sodium oxides with a corrosive effect
vanes of the nozzle ring are relatively small. Deposits will be formed during the combustion. This adhesive
especially occur on the guide vanes of the nozzle ring ash may, especially in the case of increased valve
and on the rotor blades. In the long run, fouling will temperatures, form deposits on the seats. An increa-
reduce the efficiency of the turbocharger and thereby sing sodium content will reduce the melting point and
also the quantity of air supplied for the combustion thereby the adhesive temperature for the ash, which
of the engine. A reduced quantity of air will result in will involve a greater risk for deposits. This condition
higher wall temperatures in the combustion spaces will be especially unfavourable when the weight ratio
of the engine. Na increases beyond 1:3.
Va
Detailed information and instructions regarding
water washing of the turbocharger are given in the The exhaust valve temperature depends on the actual
section 512. maintenance condition and the load of the engine.
With correct maintenance, the valve temperature is
kept at a satisfactory low level at all loads. The air
Fuel Valves supply to the engine (turbocharger/air cooler) and the
maximum pressure adjustment are key parameters
Assuming that the fuel oil is effectively purified and in this connection.
that the engine is well maintained, the operational
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
conditions for the fuel valves and the overhaul in- It is important for the functioning of the valves that the
tervals will not normally be essentially altered when valve seats are overhauled correctly in accordance
operating on HFO. with our instructions.
If, for any reason, the surface temperature of the fuel The use of rotocaps ensures a uniform distribution
valve nozzle is lower than the condensation tempe- of temperature on the valves.
rature of sulphuric acid, sulphuric acid condensate
can form and corrosion take place (cold corrosion).
The formation of sulphuric acid further depends on
the sulphur content in the fuel oil.
02.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Engine Performance and Condition 502.01
L23/30H
V28/32S
Air Inlet Valves Engine Room Ventilation, Exhaust System
The operational conditions of the air inlet valves are Good ventilation of the engine room and a suita-
not substantially altered when using residual fuel. ble location of the fresh air intake on the deck are
important. Seawater in the intake air might involve
corrosive attack and influence the overhaul intervals
Fuel Pumps for the exhaust valves.
Assuming effective purification of the fuel oil, the The fresh air supply (ventilation) to the engine room
operation of the fuel pumps will not be very much is to correspond to approximately 1.5 times the air
affected. consumption of the engines and possible boilers
in operation. Sub-pressure in the engine room will
The occurrence of increasing abrasive wear of plun- involve an increased exhaust temperature level.
ger and barrel can be a consequence of insufficient
purification of the fuel oil, especially if using a fuel The exhaust back-pressure measured after the
which contains residues from catalytic cracking.Water turbochargers at full load should not exceed 250-
in the fuel oil involves an increased risk of cavitation 300 mm water gauge. An increase of the exhaust
in connection with pressure impulses occurring at the back-pressure will also involve an increased exhaust
cutting-off of the fuel pump. A fuel with a high asphalt valve temperature level.
content has deteriorating lubricating properties and
can, in extreme cases, result in sticking of the fuel
pump plungers.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description Evaluation of Readings Regarding 502.02

Combustion Condition
L23/30H
PRESSURE DROP
INCREASING
(limit 50%)
Air filters
fouled.
PRESSURE DROP
INCREASING
(limit 50%)
Air side of
cooler fouled.
ALL CYLINDERS
Exhaust temp. increasing:
TEMP. DIFFERENCE
Air system fouled
TOO LARGE
(Air filter-blower-cooler).
Water flow too small
Exhaust system fouled
(nozzle ring, turbine wheel).
TEMP. DIFFERENCE
TOO LARGE
Air cooler fouled.
ONE CYLINDER DECREASING CHARGE AIR

E x h a u s t t e m p. i n - PRESSURE:
creasing: Fuel valve Decreasing air amount.
needs overhaul. Fouled turbocharger,
Compression too low air filter or charge
owing to leakage of air cooler (air side).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
exhaust valve or piston

ring blow-by.
Pcomp and Pmax are measured by means
of max. pressure gauge.
Pcomp too low: Leaky combustion chamber,
charging air pressure too low.
See also:
Pmax too low:
P comp too low, ignition too late. Engine Performance
and condition 501.01
92.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Condensate Amount 502.05
General
Fig. 1 Nomogram for calculation of condensate amount.
General Then normally, the air cannot absorb the same

amount of water as before.
There is always a certain amount of water in air.
When the air is saturated with aqueous vapour, the Condensation of water in the engine's charge air
humidity is said to be 100% and there is as much receiver is consequently dependent on the humidity
water in the air as it can absorb without condensing. and the temperature of the ambient air. To find out
The amount of water in kg/kg air can be found from if condensation in the charge air receiver will occur
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
the diagram. The ability to absorb water depends on the diagram can be used.
the pressure and temperature of the air.
Example:
Amount of Condensation Water in the Charge Diesel engine 1000 kW

Air Receiver Ambient air condition:
air temperature 35 C
Both higher pressure and lower temperature reduce relative air humidity 90 %
the ability to absorb water. A turbocharged diesel Charge air temperature 50 C
engine takes air from outside, compresses and Charge air pressure 2.6 bar
cools the air.
04.31 - ES2
MAN Diesel
502.05 Condensate Amount

Description
General
As a guidance, an air consumption of 8.2 kg/kWh (Le) Amount of Condensate Water in Air Tanks
at full load can be used for MAN B&W engines.
The volume of condensate in the air tank is determi-
Solution according to diagram: ned by means of the curve at the bottom to the right
of the diagram, representing an operating pressure
Water content of air (I) 0.033 kg/kg of 30 bar.
Max. water cont. of air (II) 0.021 kg/kg
Example:
Amount of condensate in charge air receiver.
Amount of condensate in air tank.
= (I-II) x le x P
= (0.033 - 0.021) x 8.2 x 1000 = 123 kg/h Volumetric capacity of tank (V) 4000 dm³
Temperature in tank (T) 40 °C=313K
Internal press. of tank (p) 30 bar
Draining of Condensation Water = 31 x 105 N/m²(abs.)
Gas constant for air (R) 287 Nm/kg.K
This phenomenon will occur on all turbocharged Ambient air temperature 35 °C
engines. For MAN B&W Four-stroke engine, there Relative air humidity 90 %
is no risk with a small amount of water in the charge Weight of air in tank
air receiver. But if the charge air receiver is filled with
water, there is a risk of getting water into the cylinder. pxV 31 x 105 x 4
This water have to be drained away. As standard a m= = = 138 kg
RxT 287 x 313
valve is mounted on the charge air receiver/cooler
on the engine. This valve is to be used for draining
of the water. If there is a great amount, the valve can Solution acc. to above diagram:
be left half-open. If the amount is small, the charge
air receiver can be drained periodically. Water content of air (l) 0.033 kg/kg
Max. water cont. of air (lll) 0.0015 kg/kg
Amount of condensate in air tank
= (I - III) x m
= (0.033 - 0.0015) x 138 = 4.35 kg
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
04.31 - ES2
MAN Diesel
Working Card 502-01.00

Page 1 (4) Engine Performance Data Edition 01H
L23/30H
Safety precautions: Special tools:
Stopped engine Plate no. Item no. Note.

Shut-off starting air
Shut-off cooling water 52005-01 109 Max. pressure
Shut-off fuel oil indicator
Shut-off cooling oil
Stopped lub. oil circul.
Description: Hand tools:
Measuring of engine performance data.
Starting position:
Engine is running.
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Man power: Replacement and wearing parts:
Working time : ½ hour Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35)

Data for torque moment (Page 500.40)
Declaration of weight (Page 500.45)
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
502-01.00 Working Card

Edition 01H Engine Performance Data Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Engine Performance Data
M/V Engine Type Engine No Date/Year Hour Total Engine
1 2 3 4 5 6 Running Hours
Engine RPM Fuel Type Turbocharger Turbocharger

7 8 Visc. Density 9 Type Serial No 10 RPM
Switchboard
Effect (kW) Voltage (V) Current (A) cos ϕ /kVAr
11 12 13 14
Cylinder Data
Ave-
15 Cylinder No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16 rage
17 Fuel Pump Index
18 Maximum Pressure (bar)
19 Compress. Pressure (bar)
20 Exhaust Temp. (° C)
21 Cooling Water (°C)
Turbocharger
Temp. inlet blower (° C) Pressure before blower (mmWC) Temp. after blower (° C)
22 23 24
∇
Press. air cooler (mmWC) Temp. charge air (° C) Press. charge air (bar)
25 26 27
Temp. exhaust gas before TC (° C) Temp. exhaust gas after TC (° C) Press. exhaust gas after TC (mmWC)
28 29 30

Temp. after engine (° C) Press. before filter (bar) Press. after filter (bar)
31 32 33
Temp. inlet engine (° C) Press. before TC (bar)
34 35 36
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Cooling Water System

LT temp. inlet air cooler (° C) LT temp. outlet air cooler (° C) LT press. inlet air cooler (bar)
37 38 39
LT temp. inlet lub. oil cooler (° C) LT temp. outlet lub. oil cooler (° C) LT temp. inlet alternator (° C)
40 41 42
LT temp. outlet alternator (° C) HT FW temp. inlet engine (° C) HT FW press. inlet engine (bar)
43 44 45
Fuel Oil System

Fuel oil temp. inlet engine (° C) Fuel oil press. before engine (bar)
46 47
Sign.
48 49 50
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (4) Engine Performance Data Edition 01H
L23/30H
Instruction for Filling in the Diagram "Engine 13. Current (A) - can be read on the switch-
Performance Data" board.
The numbers in the instruction are commensurate 14. Cos ϕ/kVAr - can be read on the switch-
with the numbers in the diagram. board.
The automatic symbols mentioned in the instruction

(TI 01, TI 03, PI 01 etc) refer to the diagrams prin- Cylinder Data
ted in the instruction books for specified plants and
page 500.20. 15. Cylinder No. - can be read on engine plate.
A/B is used for V-engines.
Engine Performance Data 16. Average for all engine cylinders for point: 17-
18-19-20-21.
1. Name of ship, if stationary name of plant.
17. Fuel pump index - can be read on each of
2. Engine type. the high pressure fuel oil injection pumps.
3. Engine No. 18. Max pressure (bar) can be read for each
cylinder by means of indicator or Pmax gauge.
4. Date/year of observations.
19. Compression pressure (bar) - can be read for
5. Hour, time of observations. each cylinder by means of the indicator measure-
ment, which is carried out during idling by nominal
6. Total engine running hours - engineer's log- RPM.
book.
20. Exhaust temperature (°C)
7. Engine revolutions per minute (RPM) - can be - thermometer TI 60.
read on tachometer SI 90.
21. Water outlet cylinder (°C) (jacket cooling)
8. Fuel oil type: the viscosity must be stated (in - thermometer TI 11.
cSt) and the temperature by which the viscosity has
been measured, f.inst. 180 cSt/50°C. Density must
be stated: g/cm³. Turbocharger
9. Turbocharger: type and serial number are 22. Thermometer inlet blower (°C) can be read
stated on the rating plate of turbocharger and page by means of a thermometer placed in the engine
500.00. room near the air filter of the TC.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
10. Turbocharger revolutions per minute (RPM) 23. Pressure before blower (mmWC) - can be
- can be read on the tachometer SI 89. read by means of a mmWC instrument placed in
the engine room near the TC.
Switchboard. 24. Temperature after blower (°C) - can be read

by means of a thermometer TI 30.
11. Alternator output (kW) - can be read on the
main switchboard. 25. Δ Pressure air cooler (mm/WC).
12. Voltage (V) - can be read on the switch- 26. Charge air temperature (°C). Temperature of
board. the charge air in the charge air receiver.
- thermometer TI 31.
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Engine Performance Data Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
27. Pressure charge air (bar). Pressure of the 39. Low temperature (LT) cooling water pressure
charge air in the charge air receiver. (sea, raw or fresh) at inlet charge air cooler (bar)
- pressure gauge PI 31. - pressure gauge PI 01.
28. Gas before temperature exhaust TC (°C) 40. Low temperature (LT) cooling water tempera-
- thermometer TI 62. ture (sea, raw or fresh) at inlet lub. oil cooler (°C)
29. Exhaust gas temperature after TC (°C)
- thermometer TI 61. 41. Low temperature (LT) cooling water tempera-
ture (sea, raw or fresh) at outlet lub. oil cooler °C)
30. Exhaust gas pressure after the TC (bar) - thermometer TI 03.
- pressure gauge PI 61.
42. Low temperature (LT) cooling water tempera-
ture (sea, raw or fresh) at inlet alternator (°C)
Lubricating Oil System - thermometer TI 04.
31. Lub. oil inlet cooler temperature (°C) 43. Low temperature (LT) cooling water tempera-
- thermometer TI 20. ture (sea, raw or fresh) at outlet alternator (°C)
32. Lub. oil pressure before the filter (bar)
- pressure gauge PI 21. 44. High temperature (HT) fresh water tempera-
ture (FW) at inlet engine (°C)
33. Pressure of the lub. oil after the filter (bar) - thermometer TI 10.
- Pressure gauge PI 22.
45. High temperature (HT) fresh water tempera-
The filter element should be replaced with a pres- ture (FW) of outlet engine (°C)
sure drop across the filter of 1.5 bar (see section - thermometer TI 10.
615).
34. Lub. oil inlet engine temperature (°C) Fuel Oil System
46. Fuel oil temperature at inlet engine (°C)
35. Lub. oil pressure before the turbocharger - thermometer TI 40.
(bar).
- pressure gauge PI 23. 47. Fuel oil pressure before engine (bar)
- pressure gauge PI 40.
Cooling Water System 48.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

ture (sea, raw or fresh) at inlet charge air cooler 49.
(°C)
50. Signature.
ture (sea, raw or fresh) at outlet charge air cooler
(°C)
96.37 - ES0U-G
Trouble shooting
503/603
MAN Diesel
Description
Starting Failures 503.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 02
General
Trouble Possible cause Troubleshooting
Engine turns as soon as shut- Faults in electrical system. Check electrical parts.
off valve is opened, without
start button being activated.
Engine does not turn when Air pressure in starting air Start compressors, re-charge
start button is activated. receiver too low. air receiver.
Main valve(s) closed. Open valve at receiver and stop

valve interposed in line between
receiver and engine.
Pinion does not engage with Check the air starter.

the flywheel.
Air motor runs, pinion engages Check the air motor for broken
but does not rotate. shafting, bearing or clutch
jaws,
see Working Card 513-01.30.
Faults in electrical system. Check electrical parts.
Engine turns too slowly or ir- Worn air motor parts. Remove and disassemble the
regularly when start button is air motor. Examine all parts
activated. and replace any that are worn
or damaged. Use the guidelines
for determining unserviceable
parts, see Working Card 513-
01.30.
Start valve is sticking in closed Check start valve.

position.
Low air pressure. Raise the air receiver pres-

sure.
Air starter works, but the drive Clutch or drive shaft broken. Dismantle the air starter and
shaft does not rotate. repair it.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
04.31 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Faults in Fuel Oil System 503.02
Page 1 (3)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Trouble Possible Cause Trouble Shooting
Engine turns on starting air, but Sluggish movement of manoeuve- Lubricate and mobilize rod con-
ignition fails. Fuel pumps are not ring gear. nections in manoeuvering gear.
actuated.
Governor setting incorrect. Adjust governor, see special in-
struction manual.
Overspeed stop tripped. Cancel overspeed stop.
Piston in stop cylinder is actuated. Check that piston is not sticking.

Check that pressure in cylinder is
relieved. Check that the over-
speed trip is not actuated.
Piston in stop cylinder is actuated Check pressures and tempera-tu-

owing to uncancelled shutdown res. Check for faults in shut-down
function (1). devices.
Failures in governor. Check that governor is working

properly. For further fault location,
see special instr. manual.
Incorrect adjustment of manoeuve- Check rod connec. Check that

ring gear. fuel pump index is corresponding
to "Adjustments after trials" in
testbed chart.
Incorrect adjustment of limiter Adjust setting of limiter cylinder.

cylinder.
Engine turns on starting air, but Fuel oil service tank empty. Pump oil into the tank.
no fuel is injected owing to failu-
res in fuel system. Air in fuel pumps and fuel injection Vent the fuel pumps with fuel
valves (2). with-out air bubbles appears.
If ignition fails in just one cyl.,
vent the re-spective fuel injection
valve. If igni-tion still fails, install a
spare valve before attempting to
start the engi-ne again.
Worn-out fuel pump. Change fuel pumps.
Defective fuel injection valves or Change defective fuel valves.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
valve nozzles (4).
Too low pressure before fuel injec- Increase the fuel oil feed pump
tion pumps (3). pressure.
Engine turns on starting air, fuel Water in the fuel. Drain off water and repeat venting
is injected, but ignition fails. of fuel pumps.
Fuel valves or nozzles defective (4). Change defective fuel valves,

see Working Card 514-01.10.
Cont.
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
503.02 Faults in Fuel Oil System Description
L23/30H
Compression during start too low Check intake and exhaust valve
(5). for tight closing. Check cyl. wear
and piston rings.
Incorrect timing of camshaft (6). Check fuel pump timing advance,

and fuel valve opening pressure
as well as camshaft adjustment.
First ignitions are too violent (sa- Oil has collected on piston crown Slow turning with open indicator
fety valves are opening). Engine (7). valves. To locate defective fuel
runs erratically. val-ve, remove oil.
Sluggish movement of manoeuve- Lubricate and mobilize rod

ring gear. connections and bearings in
manoeuvering gear.
Fuel pump index too high. Check rod connection is manoeu-

vering gear. Check that governor
is working properly. Limiter cylin-
der to be set lower.
Remarks
1) If the shutdown function is due to overspeed, 4) If the fuel is forced into the cylinder through
the shutdown impulse is cancelled by setting the a defective fuel valve or through worn-out atomizer
overspeed governor and thus venting the stop cy- holes, no or too sluggish atomization may prevent
linder. ignition, possibly followed by too violent ignition.
2) Whenever air is present in the fuel oil system 5) To obtain ignition temperature in the cylinders,
repeat venting of fuel pumps. The cause may be the compression pressure during starting should
that a fuel valve is kept in open position (spindle be normal, see the testbed report. This can be
sticking or spring broken). Heating of fuel to a too checked by measuring the compression pressure
high temperature may have a similar effect owing during starting. Cylinders having too low compres-
to formation of gas in the fuel. If a sticking valve sion should be inspected.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
is found, it should be changed and overhauled. It

should be cheked that no oil has collected on the
piston crown. Air in the fuel oil system may also be 6) Major alterations of the combustion charac-
the result of the fuel oil feed pump suckingin air teristics of the fuel may demand adjustment of the
through a defective stuffing box or a leaky seal. timing of the fuel pumps. One or more camshaft
sections may be incorrectly fitted (after dismantling).
Too high opening pressure of the fuel valves will also
3) If the fuel oil pressure drops, the filter may be delay the injection.
clogged up, or the by-pass at the feed pump may
have opened.
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Faults in Fuel Oil System 503.02
Page 3 (3)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
7) Oil on the piston crown will in most cases have If a repair cannot be made on the spot, it is decided
leaked down from a defective fuel valve. As these oil if running may continue, with or without the defective
accumulations are dangerous, the leakage should charger blanked off.
be found and remedied before the engine is started
again. When continuing the running with the turbocharger
out of operation, the engine output must be redu-
ced. The exhaust temperature must not exceed
Turbocharger Failure the normal valve, for full load running with an intact
turbocharger. For further details see the separate
If heavy vibrations, bearing failure or other trouble turbocharger instr. manual.
arise in a turbocharger, the engine load must be
reduced until the vibrations cease. When possible,
the engine is stopped in order to locate and remedy
the fault (see turbocharger instr. manual).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.27- ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Disturbances during Running 503.03
Page 1 (3)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Exhaust temperature(s) (All cyls.) Increased charging air See Working Card 512-01.00.
increase(s) temperature due to ineffective air
coolers.
(All cyls.) Fouling or air and gas Reduce load and water-wash tur-
passages. bine. Clean air filters and coolers.
(All cyls.) Insufficient cleaning of See Description 504.25.

fuel oil or changed combustion
characteristics.
(All cyls.) Wrong position of cam- Check Pmax. Check camshaft ad-
shaft (maladjustment). justment.
(single cyls.) Fuel valve or valve See Working Card 514-01.10.

nozzle defective.
(Single cyls.) Leaky exhaust Check the valve clearance.

valves (1). Repla-ce cyl. head with defective
valve.
(Single cyls.) Blow-byleaky com- See Working Card 506-01.00.

bustion chamber (2).
(Single cyls.) Damaged fuel Replace the single camshaft

pump cam. section.
Exhaust temperature(s) (All cyls.) Decreased charging air Check that thermostatic valve
decrease(s) temperature. (by-pass valve) in cold water
system is working properly and
correctly set.
(Single cyls.) Air in fuel pump(s) Venting of fuel pump(s) until fuel
and fuel injection valve(s). without air bubbles appears.
Check feed pump pressure.
(Single cyls.) Spindle in fuel valve Change and overhaul defective

sticking (3). fuel valve.
(Single cyls.) Fuel pump plunger Change fuel pump plunger/barrel

sticking or leaking. assembly.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Engine RPM decreases Pressure before fuel pumps too Raise fuel oil feed pump pressure
low. to normal. Check filter.
Fuel valve or fuel pump defective. Change defective valve or pump.
Water in the fuel. Drain off water and vent the fuel
pumps.
Governor defective (4). Replace defective governor.
Increased internal friction in See "Ignition in Crankcase".

engine (5).
Cont.
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
503.03 Disturbances during Running

Description
Page 2 (3)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Engine stops. Shutdown. Check pressure and temperatures.

If OK, check for faults in shut-
down devices. See also Starting
Failures.
Smoky exhaust. Turbine RPM lagging behind en- Reasonably smoke is normal when
gine RPM. RPM increases; no measures cal-
led for. If smoky exhaust during
normal running, clean turbine(s)
and check valves.
Air supply too low. Fouling of air and gas passages,

see section 512.
Fuel valves or nozzles defective. See Working Card 514-01.10.
"Trumpets" at nozzle holes. Failure Overhaul fuel valves.

of cooling (especially during hea-
vy-oil operation) (6).
Exhaust valve knocking. Adjusting screw for valve setting Inspect and replace defective
loose. Push rod thrust disc da- parts as necessary.
maged.
Rising cooling water tempera- Pump stopped. Increased friction Stop the engine. Check the
ture. (7). cooling water. Find cause of incre-
ased friction and remedy fault.
Lubricating oil pressure fails. Lubricating oil pump defective. Stop the engine. For further
Filters/cooler fouled. details, see "Ignition in crankcase".
See also Working Card 515-01.00
for lub. oil pump and Working
Card 515-01.10 for the lub. oil filter
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Remarks
1) This manifests itself by the exhaust tempe- 2) Blow-by means a serious danger of piston
rature rising and falling of the compression and seizure, and the engine must, if possible, be stop-
maximum combustion pressure of the respective ped and the piston in question pulled. If this is not
cylinder dropping. possible, the fuel pump index must, as described
above, be moved to stop. Leaky piston rings will
To limit the damage to the valves these should be normally result in a heavy excess pressure in the
changed immediately, if possible, or the fuel pump crankcase.
of the cylinder concerned should be put out of
operation by moving the index to stop and locking
it in this position.
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Disturbances during Running 503.03
Page 3 (3)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
3) If this happens the fuel pump barrel and 6) If the cooling water temperature for the entire
plunger must be changed, and if, it is necessary engine has risen to 90-100° C, it should be checked
to increase the fuel pump index by more than 10 whether steam has developed by opening the test
index degrees, to obtain full load of the respective cocks, if fitted on the discharge from cylinders. If
cylinder, the fuel pump is worn out in most cases. this is the case, there is no water on the cooling
Usually this is confirmed by inspection of the fuel surfaces, which may therefore be heated unduly.
pump plunger on which the helical cut-off edge will To avoid heat stresses arising in cylinder liners and
show a pitted and corroded area where material is cylinder heads, if the water returns too early, the
plucked out. In that case the pump can be provided engine should be stopped and left to cool, while
with a new barrel and plunger. the discharge valve is closed. After 15 minutes it
is opened a little to allow the water to rise slowly in
the cooling jackets. Check filling at test cocks. Make
4) The governor will not reduce the fuel pump crankcase inspection to ascertain that internal water
delivery to zero in case of, for instance, failure of leakage has not arisen. Remember slow turning with
the governor oil pump, but the engine speed will open indicator valves at subsequent starting-up.
start fluctuating.
When the governor is defective the engine is pro- 7) If the lubricating oil pressure drops below the
tected against racing by the overspeed trip, i.e. the minimum mentioned in "Data" find the cause of the
engine is stopped automatically in case of excessive pressure drop and remedy the defect before re-st-
speed. It is therefore, essential, that the overspeed arting the engine. Feel over 5-15-30 minutes after
trip is kept in perfect order. Regarding governor starting, and again when full load is obtained. See
failure, see special instruction book. section 502.
5) Usually a bearing failure will not slow down the

engine appreciably, but the seizure of a piston in
the cylinder liner might do so. Repair is necessary
before starting the engine again. Feelover and look
out for oil mist.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.37 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description 503.04
Page 1 (1) Ignition in Crankcase Edition 03
General
Cause 1) Stop the Engine
During running the atmosphere in the crankcase 2) Leave the engine room. Shut doors and keep
contains the same gases (N2-O2-CO2) in the same away from them. Make ready fire-fighting equip-
proportions as in the ambient air, but an intense ment.
spray of oil drops is slung around everywhere. If
undue friction, and thus heating, arises between Warning: Do not open crankcase until 10 minutes
sliding surfaces, or heat is otherwise transmitted to after stopping the engine. When opening up, keep
the crankcase, the heated surface will cause eva- clear of possible flames. Do not use naked light and
poration of the lubricating oil splashed onto it. When do not smoke.
the oil vapours condense they form milky white oil
mist which can ignite. Such ignition may be caused 3) Cut off starting air.
by the same "hot spot" that produced the oil mist. Set the control panel in "Blocking Mode" see
If a large quantity of oil mist has developed before description 501.01.
ignition, the burning may cause considerable pres- Take off all doors on one side of the crank-
sure rise in the crankcase, forcing the relief valves case.
to open. In a few cases, presumably when the whole
crankcase has been filled with oil mist, a subsequent 4) Locate the hot spot. Powerful lamps should be
explosion has thrown off the crankcase doors and employed at once (in explosion-proof fittings).
caused fire in the engine room. Feel over all sliding surfaces (bearings, liners,
pistons, roller guides, etc.).
Every precaution should therefore be taken to (A)
avoid "hot spots" and (B) discover oil mist in time. Look for squeezed-out bearing metal and discol-
oration by heat (blistered paint, burnt oil, heated
steel).
"Hot spots" in Crankcase
5) Prevent further heating, preferably by making
Overheating of bearings is a result of inadequate or a permanent repair. Special attention should be
failing lubrication, possibly caused by pollution of paid to ensuring lubricating oil supply and the
the lubricating oil. satisfactory condition of the frictional surfaces
involved. It is equally important to replace filter
It is therefore important that the lubricating oil filtration elements in time.
equipment is in perfect condition. Filter cartridges may
not be used again if they have been removed from 6) Start electrically driven lubricating oil pump
the filter. Checking of the oil condition by analysis is and check oil flow from all bearings and spray
recommended. pipes in crankcase while turning the engine
through at least two revolutions.
7) Stop and feel over. Look out for oil mist.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Oil Mist in Crankcase
The presence of oil mist may be noted at the vent Especially the frictional surfaces that caused the
pipe which is usually fitted to the top of the engine heating should be felt over (5-15-30 minutes after
frame. starting, and again when full load is obtained). Sec-
tion 501.10.
Measures (in case of white oil mist).
8) If it has not been possible to locate the hot spot,
Warning: Keep away from doors and relief valves on step 7 should be intensified and repeated until
crankcase. Do not stay unnecessarily in doorways the cause of the oil mist has been found and
near the doors of the engine room casing. remedied. In very rare cases oil mist could be
due to "atomization" of lubricating oil by the
action of an air jet (for instance blow-by, or
blow-by through cracked piston).
00.12 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Trouble Shooting Guide for Centrifugal By-pass Filter 503.05
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Tabulated below are the corresponding remedial

actions to be taken, if the following faults are obser-
ved:
Oil leakage through cover nut. Missing or damaged O-ring (see Replace O-ring.
Item 291, Plate 51515).
Seal face damaged. Replace O-ring.
Excessive vibrations. Rotor out of balance owing to un-

even build-up of deposit on rotor
walls resulting from:
Missing or damaged O-ring (see Replace O-ring.

Item 230, Plate 51515), allowing
leakage.
O-ring seat on rotor joint faces Replace rotor assembly.

damaged.
Rotor assembly inadequately Tighten and bring to notice of main-

tightened. tenance staff.
Standtube incorrectly seated or Re-fit or replace if damaged.

damaged.
Dirt deposit not completely remo- Clean and bring to notice of main-
ved. tenance staff.
Rotor castings distorted through Replace rotor assembly.

maltreatment.
Rotor assembly components fitted Follow sequence in Working Card

in wrong sequence. 515-15.00 in section 515.
Bushes loose or worn in tube as- Fit new bearing tube assembly.
sembly.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.30 - ES0U
MAN Diesel
Description 503.06
Page 1 (2) Trouble Shooting Guide for Turbine Starter Edition 01H
L23/30H
Trouble Possible Cause, see working card Trouble Shooting
Motor will not run. No air supply. Check for blockage or damage to
air supply lines or tank.
Damaged motor assembly (12). Inspect motor assembly and power

train and repair power train or re-
place motor assembly, if necessary.
Foreign material in motor and/or Remove motor assembly and piping

piping. and remove the blockage.
Blocked exhaust system. Remove housing exhaust cover (1)

and check for blockage.
Defective control or relay valve. Replace control valve or relay valve.
Loss of power. Low air pressure to starter. Check air supply.
Restricted air supply line. Check for blockage or damage to

air lines.
Relay valve malfunctioning. Clean or replace lines or relay

valve. Lubricate relay valve.
Exhaust flow restricted. Check for blocked or damaged

piping. Clean or replace piping.
Check for dirt or foreign material
and clean or remove. Check for
ice build-up. Melt ice and reduce
moisture build-up to starter.
Damaged motor assembly. Replace motor assembly.
Drive (57) will not engage. No pressure to drive housing port. Check air supply.
Internal drive housing ports Remove blockage.

blocked.
Fluid in drive unit components. Remove fluid.
Damaged or worn piston assembly Replace damaged or worn parts.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
(54), O-rings or seals.
O-rings and seals dry. Relubricate O-rings and seals.
Motor runs, pinion engages, but Damaged or broken drive train. Disassemble drive train and replace
does not rotate flywheel. worn or damaged parts.
Excessive butt engagement. Damaged drive pinion (63) or Inspect drive pinion and flywheel
flywheel. and replace, if necessary.
Damaged starter drive (57) com- Inspect drive components and

ponents. replace worn or damaged parts.
Cont. ....
96.38 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
503.06 Description
Edition 01H
Trouble Shooting Guide for Turbine Starter Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Trouble Possible Cause, see working card Trouble Shooting
Low air pressure. Check air supply.
Wrong drive pinion. Replace with proper drive pinion.
Oil blowing out of exhaust. Oil in air supply line. Inspect air line and remove source
of oil.
Splash deflector retaining screw (5) Install splash deflector retaining

or pipe plug missing. screw or pipe plug.
Worn or damaged rotor seals or Replace static seals on outside of

static O-rings. motor or send motor to Ingersoll
Rand to be rebuilt.
Oil leaking from gear case (28). Worn or damaged O-rings. Replace O-rings.
Loose joints. Make sure that joints fit properly

and starter assembly cap screws
are tightened to 60 ft-lb (81 Nm)
torque. Make sure all seals and
O-rings fit and seal properly at their
perimeters. If they do not replace
with new seals and O-rings.
Excessive high-speed operation. Operate according to recommen-

dations.
High number of start cycles. Replace worn components.
Loose or leaking pipe plugs (10) Tighten or replace pipe plugs using
or (11). Ingersoll-Rand No SMB-441 pipe
sealant.
Splash deflector retaining screw Tighten splash deflector retaining

loose or pipe plug missing. screw or replace pipe plug.
Air or gas leakage. Loose joints. Make sure that joints fit properly
and starter assembly cap screws
are tightened to 60 ft-lb (81 Nm)
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
torque. Make sure all seals and

O-rings fit and seal properly at their
perimeters. If they do not, replace
with new seals and O-rings.
Excessive high-speed operation. Operate according to recommen-

dations.
High number of start cycles. Replace worn components.
Loose or leaking pipe plugs. Tighten or replace pipe plugs.
Splash deflector retaining screw Tighten splash deflector retaining

loose or pipe plug missing. screw or replace pipe plug.
96.38 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Trouble Shooting for Cooling Water System 503.09
Page 1 (1)
Edition 03
General
Description The pump bearings are lubricated automatically with

oil from the lubricating oil system of the engine.
The built-on fresh water pumps in the high and low
temperature circuits are of the centrifugal type. They If the pump leaks and the shaft sealing rings are
are mounted in the front end box and are driven worn, it is recommended to replace the shaft seal,
through the gearing. see Working card 516-02.00.
Oil or water flows out of the inspec- Worn rotating sealing. See working card 502-05.00.
tion holes.
The pump does not work after start. Pump draws in air at suction side. Check packings and pipes for tightness.
The system is not filled-up. Check the level in the expansion tank.
Air cannot escape on delivery side. Vent the system.
Leaking shaft seal. Check the shaft seal.
Pump capacity drops after normal Air leakages from shaft seal. Overhaul the shaft seal.
operation.
Fouled impeller. Clean the impeller.
Pump does not give maximum Suction valve not fully open. Open the suction valve.
delivery.
Defective seals. Replace the seals.
Worn impeller and worn wear rings. Overhaul the pump.
Note: Running trouble with the pump, apart from

mechanical faults, is most often due to leaks in the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
suction line. It is therefore essential that all packings

and gaskets are in order and that they are renewed
when necessary. Even a tiny hole in the suction line
will reduce the pump capacity.
98.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 503.10
Page 1 (2) Trouble Shooting for Lubricating Oil Cooler Edition 01
General
Trouble Shooting Fatigue fracture will normally necessitate replace-
ment of all plates and gaskets as there may be a
It is necessary to replace damaged plates or ga- risk of fatigue fracture in all the material.
skets. In case of corrosion, all plates must be examined
carefully!
First examine the external conditions around the Concerning the work to be carried out see Working
plate heat exchanger in order to localize the cause card 515-06.00.
of the damage. Do this very carefully.
Visible Leakage
Leakage. Too high pressure. Reduce the pressure to the correct work-
ing pressure, see page 500.30 "Operating
Data & Set Points".
Leakage. Insufficient tightening. Tighten up the plate heat exchanger, but

(Phase 1) not below the minimum dimension and
never when the plate heat exchanger is
under pressure or over 40°C.
If the plate heat exchanger is still leaky,

proceed to phase 2.
Leakage. Fouled or deformed plates. Separate the plate heat exchanger and
(Phase 2) Inelastic or deformed gaskets. check if the plates are deformed or
fouled.
Check that the gaskets are elastic and
non-deformed, and that the faces of the
joints are clean.
Replace deformed plates and gaskets,
if any.
Before assembling clean all plates and
gaskets very carefully.
Assemble the plate heat exchanger and
start it up again.
Note: Even tiny impurities such as sand
grains may cause leakage.
Leakage. Gaskets. Separate the plate heat exchanger.

(Even after tightening of the plate heat Clean the plates very carefully.
exchanger to minimum dimension.) Replace the gaskets.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

start it up again.
Leakage. Defective gasket or badly corroded Separate the plate heat exchanger.
(Through the drain holes of the gas- plate. Replace defective plates and gaskets,
kets.) if any.
start it up again.
98.20 - ESO
MAN Diesel
503.10 Description
Edition 01 Troubleshooting for Lubricating Oil Cooler Page 2 (2)
General
Non-Visible Leakage
Reduced heat transmission and/or Fouled plates or choked plate chan- Separate the plate heat exchanger and
increasing pressure drop. nels. check if the plates are fouled.
Clean the plates very carefully.
start it up again.
Leakage. Holes in plates. A suspected leakage can be localized in

(The fluids get mixed.) Corrosion or fatigue fracture. the following way:
(Phase 1) Remove one of the lower pipe connec-
tions.
Then put the opposite side under pres-
sure.
If the medium continues to run out of the
lower pipe connections after the pressure
has stabilized one or several plates are
leaking.
Close down the plate heat exchanger.
Separate the plate heat exchanger and
check the plates very carefully.
Check suspected plates with a dye pen-
etrant.
Check defective plates and gaskets.
Before assembling, clean all plates and
gaskets.
check to find more defective plates, if any,
by putting one side under press.
Start up again.
Leakage. Holes in plates. Close down the plate heat exchanger.

(The fluids get mixed.) Corrosion or fatigue fracture. Separate the plate heat exchanger.
(Phase 2) Put all plates to dry. Suspend the plates
in the plate heat exchanger again and
tighten it.
Circulate medium at full capacity on one
plate side (every second plate channel).
Keep the other plate channels unpres-
surised and free from liquid!
Stop the circulation after a few minutes
of operation and open the plate heat ex-
changer again. Take care to avoid water
spraying onto the dry plate side!
By a careful study of the plates it will be
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
possible to find moist areas, if any, on the

otherwise dry plate sides.
Check these areas with a dye penetrant!
Replace defective plates and gaskets.
Before assembling, clean all plates and
gaskets.
check to find more defective plates, if any,
by putting one side under press.
Start up again.
If the unit is still leaking, check all plates
with a dye penetrant!
98.20 - ES0
Media specification
504/604
MAN Diesel
Description Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for 504.01

Page 1 (4) Heavy Fuel Oil Operation (HFO) Edition 12
L23/30H
The specific power output offered by today’s Die- Bright stocks, if contained, must neither adversely
sel engines and the use of fuels which more and affect the thermal nor the oxidation stability.
more often approach the acceptable limit in quality
increase the requirements placed on the lube oil The base oil must meet the limit values given in
and make it imperative that the lube oil is chosen Table 1, particularly as concerns its ageing tenden-
carefully. Medium-alkaline lube oils have proven cies.
to be suitable for lubricating the running gear, the
cylinders, the turbocharger and for the cooling of Medium-alkaline lube oil
the pistons. Medium-alkaline oils contain additives
which, amongst other things, provided them with a The finished oil (base oil with additives) must dem-
higher neutralising capacity than blended (HD) en- onstrate the following characteristics.
gine oils have.
Additives
No international specifications exist for medium-al-
kaline lube oils. An adequately long trial operation The additives must be dissolved in the oil and must
in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions be of such a composition that an absolute minimum
is therefore necessary. of ash remains as residue after combustion, even
though the engine were run on distillate fuel tem-
Only lube oils, which have been approved by MAN porarily. The ash must be soft. If this prerequisite
Diesel, are to be used. These are listed in Table 5. is not complied with, increased deposits are to be
expected in the combustion spaces, especially the
Requirements exhaust valves and the inlet housing of the turbo-
chargers. Hard additive ash promotes pitting on
Base oil the valve seats, as well as burnt-out valves and in-
creased mechanical wear in the cylinder liners.
The base oil (medium-alkaline lube oil = base oil +
additives) must be a narrow distillation cut and must Additives must not facilitate clogging of the filter el-
be refined in accordance with modern procedures. ements, neither in their active nor in their exhaust-
ed state.
Properties/characteristics Unit Test method Limit values

Structure preferably paraffin–basic
Behaviour in cold, still flows ASTMD2500 15
°C
Flash point (as per Cleveland) ASTMD92 > 200
Ash content (oxide ash) ASTMD482 < 0.02
Coke residue (as per Conradson) ASTMD189 < 0.50
Aging tendency after being MAN Diesel

heated up to 135 °C for 100 hrs. ageing cabinet *
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Weight
nheptane insolubles ASTMD4055 or
% < 0.2
DIN 51592
Evaporation loss <2
Drop test (filter paper) Must not allow to recognize precipitation of
MAN Diesel test
resinous or asphaltlike ageing products
Table 1 Lube oil (HFO operation) - specified values

* in-house method
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.01 Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Description

Edition 12 Heavy Fuel Oil Operation (HFO) Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Detergency Lube oil selection
The detergency must be so high that coke and tar-

like residues from fuel combustion must not build- Engine SAE–Class
up. The lube oil must be able to avoid fuel derived 23/30H, 28/32H, 23/30A, 28/32A
deposits. At cooling water temperatures > 32° C
30
a SAE40 oil can be used.
Dispersancy In this case please contact MAN Diesel
Table 2 Viscosity (SAE class) of lube oils
The dispersancy must be selected such that com-
mercially available lube-oil cleaning equipment can
remove the detremental contaminations from the
used oil, i.e. the used oil must have good separat- Neutralisation property (BN)
ing and filtering properties.
Medium-alkaline lube oils having differently high
Diesel-Performance levels of neutralisation capacity (BN) are available
on the market. According to the present-day state
The Diesel performance (without taking the neu- of knowledge, operating conditions to be expected
tralisation ability into consideration) must, at least, and BN can be correlated as shown in Table 3. The
comply with MIL-L-21014 D resp. API-CD. operating resulting will in the essence be the deci-
sive criterion as to which BN will ensure the most
Neutralisation capacity economic mode of engine operation.
The neutralisation capacity (ASTM-D2896) must Operation on low sulphur fuel

be so high that the acidic products of combustion
are neutralised at the lube oil consumption rate that In order to meet the emission regulations, fuels
is specific for the engine. The reaction time of the with different sulphur content are used today. In en-
additives must be matched to the process in the vironmental sensitive areas (SECA) a low sulphur
combustion chamber. Hints concerning the selec- fuel must be used. Outside the SECA a fuel with
tion of the BN are given in Table 3. a high sulphur content can be used. In this case
the lube oil BN should be selected to meet the re-
Evaporation tendency quirements of the operation on high sulphur fuel.
Only for permanent operation on low sulphur fuel,
The tendency to evaporate must be as low as pos- the lube oil with the lower BN should be selected.
sible, otherwise the oil consumption is adversely Ultimately, the operating results are the decisive
affected. criterium as to which content of additives ensures
the most economic mode of engine operation.
Further conditions
Speed governor
The lube oil must not form a stable emulsion
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
with water. Less than 40 ml emulsion are ac- In case of mechanic-hydraulic governors with sep-
ceptable in the ASTM-D1410 test after one hour. arate oil sump, multi grade oil 5W-40 is preferably
The foaming behaviour (ASTM-D892) must meet used. If this oil is not available as refill, an oil 15W-
the following conditions: after 10 minutes < 20 ml. 40 may exceptionally be used. In this context it is
The lube oil must not contain agents to improve vis- not important, if multi grade oils based on synthetic
cosity index. Fresh oil must not contain any water or or mineral oil are used.
other contamination.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for 504.01

Page 3 (4) Heavy Fuel Oil Operation (HFO) Edition 12
L23/30H
approx. BN (mg Engines / Operating conditions

KOH/g oil)
Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) of poor quality (ISOFDMC) or heavy fuel oil with a sulphur content
20
of <0.5 %.
23/30H and 28/32H in general. 23/30A, 28/32A and 28/32S under normal operating
conditions.
30 16/24, 21/31, 27/38, 32/40, 32/44CR, 40/54, 48/60 and 58/64 and 51/60DF in pure HFO
mode only if fuel sulphur content is < 1.5 %.
51/60DF in alternating mode (HFO/Gas).
23/30A, 28/32A and 28/32S in case of severe operating conditions and in case of necessity
regarding oil life and engine cleanliness.
40
16/24, 21/31, 27/38, 32/40, 32/44CR, 40/54, 48/60 and 58/64 and 51/60DF in pure HFO
mode generally, provided the sulphur content is >1.5%.
32/40, 32/44CR, 40/54, 48/60, and 58/64 if BN 40 is inadequate in terms of oil life or engine
50
cleanliness (high sulphur content of the fuel, very low lube oil consumption.
Table 3 Determining the Base Number for operating conditions
The oil quality specified by the manufacturer is to Oil in service

be used for the remaining equipment fitted to the
engine. There are no defined oil change intervals for MAN
Diesel medium-speed engines. The oil has to be
Lube-oil additives analysed on a regular basis. As long as the oil char-
acteristics are within the specified limits of Table 4
It is not allowed to add additives to the lube oil, or the oil is suitable for further use. An oil sample has
mixing the different makes (brands) of the lube oil, to be analysed every 1-3 months (see maintenance
as the performance of the carefully matched pack- plan). The quality of the oil can only be maintained
age of additives which is suiting itself and adapted if the oil is cleaned by an appropriate device (e.g.
to the base oil, may be upset. Also, the lube oil separator).
company (oil supplier) is no longer responsible for
the oil.
Selection of lube oils / warranty
Most of the mineral oil companies are in close and

permanent consultation with the engine manufac-
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
turers and are therefore in a the position to quote

the oil from their own product line that has been
approved by the engine manufacturer for the given
application. Independent of this release, the lube
oil manufacturers are in any case responsible for
quality and performance of their products. If you
have further questions, we are more than willing to
provide you with further information.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.01 Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Description

Edition 12 Heavy Fuel Oil Operation (HFO) Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
Limit value Method
Viscosity at 40 °C 75 160 mm2/s ISO 3104 or ASTM D445
Base Number (BN) min. 50% of fresh oil BN ISO 3771
Flash Point (PM) min. 185 °C ISO 2719
Water Content max. 0.2% (for a short period max. 0.5%) ISO 3733 or ASTM D1744
nHeptan Insoluble max. 1.5% DIN 51592 or IP 316
dependent upon the engine type and

Metal Content
operating condition
only for guidance

Fe max. 50 ppm
Cr max. 10 ppm
Cu max. 15 ppm
Pb max. 20 ppm
Sn max. 10 ppm
Al max. 20 ppm
Si max. 10 ppm
Table 4 Limit value
Examinations Note!
We carry out the investigations on lube oil in our MAN Diesel SE do not take any responsibility
laboratories for our customers. A representative for difficulties that might be caused by these
sample of about 0.5 litre is required for the exami- oils!
nation.
Manufacturer Base Number [mg KOH/g]
20 30 40
AGIP Cladium 300 - SAE30 Cladium 400 - SAE30
BP Energol ICHFX 203 Energol ICHFX 303 Energol ICHFX 403
CASTROL TLX Plus 203 TLX Plus 303 TLX Plus 403
CEPSA Troncoil 3030 Plus Troncoil 4030 Plus
CHEVRON Taro 20DP30 Taro 30DP30 Taro 40XL 30

(TEXACO, CALTEX)
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
EXXON MOBIL Mobilgard M 330 Mobilgard M 340

EXXMAR 30 TP 30 EXXMAR 40 TP 30
PETROBRAS Marbrax CCD320 Marbrax CCD330 Marbrax CCD340
REPSOL Neptuno NT 2030 Neptuno NT 3030 Neptuno NT 4030
SHELL Argina S 30 Argina T 30 Argina X30
TOTAL Lubmarine Aurelia XL 3025 Aurelia XL 3030 Aurelia XL 3040

Aurelia TI 3030 Aurelia TI 3040
Table 5 Lubricating oils (SAE30), which have been approved for the use in MAN Diesel
fourstroke engines running on heavy fuel oil
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Operation on 504.01

Page 1 (4) Gas Oil and Diesel Oil (MGO/MDO) Edition 13
L23/30H
The specific power output offered by today’s Die- Blended lube oils (HD-oils)
sel engines and the use of fuels which more and
more often approach the limit in quality increase The base oil for which additives have been mixed
the requirements placed on the lube oil and make (blended lube oil) must demonstrate the following
it imperative that the lube oil is chosen carefully. characteristics:
Blended lube oils (HD oils) have proven to be suit-
able for lubricating the running gear, the cylinder, Additives
the turbocharger and for the cooling of the pistons.
Blended lube oils contain additives which, amongst The additives must be dissolved in the oil and must
other things, provide them with sludge carrying, be of such a composition that an absolute minimum
cleaning and neutralisation capabilities. of ash remains as residue after combustion. The
ash must be soft. If this prerequisite is not complied
Only lube oils, which have been released by MAN with, increased deposits are to be expected in the
Diesel, are to be used. These are listed in Table 3. combustion chamber, especially at the outlet valves
and in the inlet housing of the turbochargers. Hard
Specifications additive ash promotes pitting on the valves seats,
as well as burnt-out valves and increased mechani-
Base oil cal wear.
The base oil (blended lube oil = basic oil + addi- Additives must not facilitate clogging of the filter el-
tives) must be a narrow distillation cut and must ements, neither in their active nor in their exhaust-
be refined in accordance with modern procedures. ed state.
Bright stocks, if contained, must neither adversely
affect the thermal nor the oxidation stability. The Detergency
base oil must meet the limit values as specified in
Table 1, particularly concerning the ageing stabil- The detergency must be so high that coke and tar-
ity. like residues from fuel combustion must not build-
up.
Characteristic features Unit Test method Limit value

Structure preferably paraffinbasic
Behaviour in cold, still flows ASTM–D2500 15
°C
Flash point (as per Cleveland) ASTM–D92 > 200
Ash content (oxide ash) ASTM–D482 < 0.02
Weight %
Coke residue (as per Conradson) ASTM–D189 < 0.50
Ageing tendency after being MAN Diesel

heated up to 135 °C for 100 hrs. ageing cabinet *
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
n–heptane insolubles ASTM–D4055

Weight % < 0.2
or DIN 51592
Evaporation loss Weight % < 2
Drop test (filter paper) Must not allow to recognise precipitation of
MAN Diesel test
resin or asphaltlike ageing products
Table 1 Lube oil (MGO/MDO) - specified values

* in-house method
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.01 Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Operation on Description

Edition 13 Gas Oil and Diesel Oil (MGO/MDO) Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Dispersancy Blended grade
The dispersancy must be selected such that com- Blended lube oils (HD oils) corresponding to inter-
mercially available lube-oil cleaning equipment can national specifications MIL-L 2104 or API-CD, and
remove the detrimental contamination from the having a Base Number (BN) of 10 – 16 mg KOH/g
used oil, i.e. the oil must have good separating and are recommended by us (Designation for armed
filtering properties. forces of Germany: O-278).
Neutralisation capacity The content of additives included in the lube oil de-
pends upon the conditions under which the engine
The neutralisation capacity (ASTM-D2896) must is operated, and the quality of fuel used. If marine
be so high that the acidic products which result dur- Diesel fuel is used, which has a sulphur content of
ing combustion are neutralised. The reaction time up to 2.0 weight % as per ISO-F DMC, and coke
of the additives must be matched to the process in residues of up to 2.5 weight % as per Conradson,
the combustion chamber. a BN of approx. 20 is preferred. Ultimately, the op-
erating results are the decisive criterion as to which
Evaporation tendency content of additives ensures the most economic
mode of engine operation.
The tendency to evaporate must be as low as pos-
sible, otherwise the oil consumption is adversely Speed governor
affected.
In case of mechanic-hydraulic governors with sep-
Further conditions arate oil sump, multi grade oil 5W-40 is preferably
used. If this oil is not available for topping-up, an oil
The lube oil must not form a stable emulsion with 15W-40 may exceptionally be used. In this context
water. Less than 40 ml emulsion are acceptable in it makes no difference whether multicoloured oils
the ASTM-D1410 test after one hour. based on synthetic or mineral oil are used. (Desig-
nation for armed forces of Germany: O-236)
The foaming behaviour (ASTM-D892) must meet
the following conditions: after 10 minutes < 20ml. The oil quality specified by the manufacturer is to
be used for the remaining equipment fitted to the
The lube oil must not contain agents to improve vis- engine.
cosity index. Fresh oil must not contain any water or
other contamination. Lube-oil additives
Lube oil selection It is not allowed to add additives to the lube oil, or
mixing the different makes (brands) of the lube oil,
as the performance of the carefully matched pack-
age of additives which is suiting itself and adapted
Engine SAE–Class
to the base oil, may be upset. Also, the lube oil
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
23/30H, 28/32H, 23/30A, 28/32A company (oil supplier) is no longer responsible for
At cooling water temperatures > 32° C
30
the oil.
a SAE40 oil can be used.
In this case please contact MAN Diesel
Table 2 Viscosity (SAE class) of lube oils
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Operation on 504.01

Page 3 (4) Gas Oil and Diesel Oil (MGO/MDO) Edition 13
L23/30H
Selection of lube oils / warranty
Approved SAE30 lube oils
Most of the mineral oil companies are in close and Manufacturer Base Number
permanent consultation with the engine manufac- 10161) [mgKOH/g]
turers and are therefore in a position to quote the oil
AGIP Cladium 120 SAE 30
from their own product line that has been approved
Sigma S SAE 30 2)
by the engine manufacturer for the given applica-
tion. Independent of this release, the lube oil manu- BP Energol DS 3153
facturers are in any case responsible for quality and
performance of their products. If any questions, we CASTROL Castrol MLC 30
Castrol MHP 153
are more than willing to provide you with further in-
Seamax Extra 30
formation.
CHEVRON Taro 12 XD 30
Oil in service (Texaco, Caltex) Delo 1000 Marine SAE 30
EXXON MOBIL Exxmar 12TP30

There are no defined oil change intervals for MAN
Mobilgard 312
Diesel medium-speed engines. The oil has to be Mobilgard ADL 30 2)
analysed on a regular basis. As long as the oil char- Delvac 1630
acteristics are within the specified limits of Table 4,
the oil is suitable for further use. An oil sample has PETROBRAS Marbrax CCD310
to be analysed every 1-3 months (see maintenance
Q8 Mozart DP30
plan). The quality of the oil can only be maintained
if the oil is cleaned by an appropriate device (e.g. REPSOL Neptuno NT 1530
separator).
SHELL Gadinia 30
Sirius FB 30 2)
Examinations
Sirius/Rimula X30 2)
Gadinia AL30
We carry out the investigations on lube oil in our
laboratories for our customers. A representative STATOIL MarWay 1530
sample of about 0.5 litre is required for the exami- MarWay 1030
nation.
TOTAL Lubmarine Disola M3015
1) If Marine Diesel fuel of poor quality (ISO-F- Table 3 Lubricating oils (SAE30) which have been approved
DMC) is used, a Base Number (BN) of ap- for the use in MAN Diesel four-stroke engines running on gas oil
prox. 20 is of advantage. and Diesel oil
2) If the sulphur content of the fuel is < 1 %.
MAN Diesel SE do not take any reponsibility for dif-

ficulties that might be caused by these oils.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.01 Quality of Lube Oil (SAE30) for Operation on Description

Edition 13 Gas Oil and Diesel Oil (MGO/MDO) Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
Limit value Method
Viscosity at 40 °C 75 160 mm2/s ISO 3104 or ASTM D445
Base Number (BN) min. 50% of fresh oil BN ISO 3771
Flash Point (PM) min. 185 °C ISO 2719
Water Content max. 0.2% (for a short period max. 0.5%) ISO 3733 or ASTM D1744
nHeptan Insoluble max. 1.5% DIN 51592 or IP 316
dependent upon the engine type and

Metal Content
operating condition
only for guidance

Fe max. 50 ppm
Cr max. 10 ppm
Cu max. 15 ppm
Pb max. 20 ppm
Sn max. 10 ppm
Al max. 20 ppm
Si max. 10 ppm
Table 4 Limit value
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 504.05
Page 1 (1) Lubricating Points Edition 01H
L23/30H
Lubricating Oil Types Used in the Engine.
Description Lub. Oil Type
Engine system lubricating oil SAE 30 oil according to lubricating oil specification on page 504.01.
Turbocharger Engine system lubricating oil.
Governor See governor instruction in section 509.
Air lubricator SAE 10W non-detergent oil.
Alternator See special instructions in section 518 or separate instruction.
Hydraulic tools Hydraulic oil or turbine oil (with a viscocity of about SAE 20).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.02 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Page 1 (1) Lubricating Oil in Base Frame 504.06
Edition 16H
L23/30H
Type L23/30H 5 cyl. 6 cyl. 7 cyl. 8 cyl.
Min. level alarm H2 (mm) 200 200 200 200
Max. level alarm H3 (mm) 250 250 250 250

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Min. litre H2 291 344 397 450
Max. litre H3 373 441 509 577
06.39 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Lubricating Oil in Base Frame 504.06
L23/30H
900 rpm
Type L23/30H 6 cyl. 7 cyl. 8 cyl.
Min. level H2 (mm) 275 275 275
Max. level H3 (mm) 325 325 325

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Min. litre H2 540 685 706
Max. litre H3 657 814 859
06.39 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 504.07
Page 1 (2) Specific Lubricating Oil Consumption - SLOC Edition 03
General
Engine type RPM SLOC [g/kWh]
L16/24 1000/1200 0.4 - 0.8
L21/31 900/1000 0.4 - 0.8
L23/30H 720/750/900 0.6 - 1.0
L27/38 720/750 0.4 - 0.8
L28/32H 720/750 0.6 - 1.0
V28/32H 720/750 0.6 - 1.0
V28/32S 720/750 0.4 - 0.8
L32/40 720/750 0.8 - 1.0
Please note that only maximum continuous rating A2:

(PMCR (kW)) should be used in order to evaluate the Lubricating oil evaporation
SLOC. Lubricating oil leakages
Lubricating oil losses at lubricating oil filter
Please note, during engine running-in the SLOC may exchange
exceed the values stated.
The lubricating oil density, ρ @ 15°C must be known
The following formula is used to calculate the in order to convert ρ to the present lubricating oil
SLOC: temperature in the base frame. The following formula
is used to calculate ρ:
SLOC [g/kWh] =
ρlubricating oil [kg/m3] =
(lubricating oil added - A1 - A2 [dm ]) * ρlubricating oil [kg/m ]
3 3
run.hrs period * PMCR [kW] ρlubricating oil @15°C [kg/m3] – 0,64 * (tlubricating oil [°C] – 15)
In order to evaluate the correct engine SLOC, The engine maximum continuous design rating (PMCR)
the following circumstances must be noticed and must always be used in order to be able to compare
subtracted from the engine SLOC: the individual measurements, and the running hours
since the last lubricating oil adding must be used
A1: in the calculation. Due to inaccuracy *) at adding
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Desludging interval and sludge amount from the lubricating oil, the SLOC can only be evaluated
lubricating oil separator (or automatic lubricating oil after 1,000 running hours or more, where only the
filters). The expected lubricating oil content of the average values of a number of lubricating oil addings
sludge amount is 30%. are representative.
The following does also have an influence on Note *)

the SLOC and must be considered in the SLOC A deviation of ± 1 mm with the dipstick measurement
evaluation: must be expected, witch corresponds uptill ± 0.1
g/kWh, depending on the engine type.
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 504.07
Page 2 (2) Specific Lubricating Oil Consumption - SLOC Edition 03
General
Plant / Ship
Lube oil consumption
Engine type:___________________ Engine # :__________________
Lube oil brand/type:__________________________________________
Density @15 C:_____________ [kg/m3]
Date Run. hrs Add. Lube oil A1 + A2 L.O.Temperature SLOC Remarks

[h] [dm³] [dm³] [°C] [g/kWh]
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Quality of Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) 504.20
Page 1 (10) edtion 08
General
Prerequisites Several international specifications for heavy fuel
oils are existing. The most important specifications
MAN Diesel four-stroke engines can be operated are ISO 8217-2005 and CIMAC-2003. These two
on any crude-oil based heavy fuel oil meeting the specifications are more or less equivalent. Table
requirements listed in Table 3-24, Page 3-37 , pro- 2 CIMAC Recommendations for residual fuels for
vided the engine and the fuel treatment plant are diesel engines (as bunkered) shows the specifi-
designed accordingly. In order to ensure a well-bal- cations CIMAC-2003. All qualities of these specifi-
anced relation between the costs for fuel, spare cations up to K700 can be used provided the fuel
parts and maintenance and repair work, we recom- treatment system is designed for these fuel grades
mend bearing in mind the following points. e.g. fuels with a maximum density of 1010 kg/m3
can only be used with modern separation.
Heavy fuel oil (HFO)
Important
Provenance/refining process
Fuel oil characteristics as stated in analysis results
The quality of the heavy fuel oil is largely deter- - even if they meet the above mentioned require-
mined by the crude oil grade (provenance) and the ments - may be not sufficient for estimating the
refining process applied. This is the reason why combustion properties and the stability of the fuel
heavy fuel oils of the same viscosity may differ con- oil. This means that service results depend on oil
siderably, depending on the bunker places. Heavy properties which cannot be known beforehand.
fuel oil normally is a mixture of residue oil and distil- This especially applies to the tendency of the oil to
lates. The components of the mixture usually come form deposits in the combustion chamber injection
from state-of-the-art refining processes such as system, gas passages and turbines. It may, there-
visbreaker or catalytic cracking plants. These proc- fore, be necessary to rule out some oils that cause
esses may have a negative effect on the stability of difficulties.
the fuel and on its ignition and combustion proper-
ties. In the essence, these factors also influence the Blends
heavy fuel oil treatment and the operating results of
the engine. The admixing of engine oils (ULO:used lube oil), of
non-mineral oil constituents (such as coal oil) and
Bunker places where heavy fuel oil grades of stand- of residual products from chemical or other proc-
ardised quality are offered should be given prefer- esses (such as solvents, polymers or chemical
ence. If fuels are supplied by independent traders, waste) is not permitted. The reasons are, for ex-
it is to be made sure that these, too, keep to the ample: the abrasive and corrosive effects, the ad-
international specifications. The responsibility for verse combustion properties, a poor compatibility
the choice of appropriate fuels rests with the en- with mineral oils and, last but not least, the nega-
gine operator. tive environmental effects. The order letter for the
fuel should expressly mention what is prohibited,
Specifications as this constraint has not yet been incorporated in
the commonly applied fuel specifications.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fuels that can be used in an engine have to meet

specifications to ensure a suitable quality. The limit- The admixing of engine oils (ULO: used lube oil)
ing values for a heavy fuel oil are listed in Table 1 to the fuel involves a substantial danger because
Fuel oil specifications and associated characteris- the lube oil additives have an emulsifying effect
tic values. and keep dirt, water and catfines finely suspended.
Therefore, they impede or preclude the necessary
Please note the entries in the last column of Table cleaning of the fuel. We ourselves and others have
1 Fuel oil specifications and associated character- made the experience that severe damage induced
istic values, because they provide important back- by wear may occur to the engine and turbocharger
ground information. components as a result.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.20 Quality of Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO)

Description
edtion 08 Page 2 (10)
General
A fuel shall be considered to be free of used lube The admixing of chemical waste materials (such as
oil (ULO) if one or more of the elements Zn, P and solvents) to the fuel is for reasons of environmen-
Zn are below the specific limits (Zn: 15 ppm; P: tal protection prohibited by resolution of the IMO
15 ppm; Ca: 30 ppm). Marine Environment Protection Committee of 1st
January 1992.
Fuelsystem related characteristic values

Viscosity mm2/s max.
700 »Viscosity/injection viscosity«
(at 50° C) (cSt)
Viscosity max.
55 »Viscosity/injection viscosity«
(at 100° C)
Density g/ml max.
1.010 »Heavy fuel oil treatment«
(at 15° C)
Flash point °C min.
60 »Flash point (ASTMD93)«
Pour point max.

»Low temperature behaviour
(summer)
30 (ASTM D97)«, and »Pump
ability«
Pour point max.

»Low temperature behaviour
(winter)
30 (ASTM D97)«, and »Pump
ability«
Engine–related characteristic values

Carbon max.
residues 22 »Combustion properties«
(Conradon)
Sulphur % wt. 5
»Sulphuric acid corrosion«
4.5 in marine operation
Ash
0.20 »Heavy fuel oil treatment«
Vanadium mg/kg
600 »Heavy fuel oil treatment«
Water % vol.
Sediment % wt.
0.1
(potential)
Supplementary characteristic values
Aluminium mg/kg max.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

and silicon
Asphalts % wt. 2/3 of carbon residues
»Combustion properties«
(Conradson)
Sodium mg/kg Sodium < 1/3 vanadium,
»Heavy fuel oil treatment«
sodium < 100
Cetane number of low–viscosity constituent minimum
»Ignition quality«
35
Fuel free of admixtures not based on mineral oil, such as coal oils or vegetable oils;
free of tar oil and lubricating oil (used oil), free of any chemical waste and of solvents or
polymers
Table 1 Fuel oil specifications and associated characteristic values
08.19 - ES1
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Characteristics Unit Limit CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC CIMAC Test method
A30 B30 D80 E 180 F 180 G 380 H 380 K 380 H 700 K 700 reference
08.19 - ES1
Table 2
Description
Page 3 (10)
Density at 15 ûC kg/m3 max. ISO 3675 or
MAN Diesel
960.0 975.0 980.0 991.0 991.0 1010.0 991.0 1010.0

ISO 12185
Kinematic mm2/s1) max.

viscosity 30.0 80.0 180.0 380.0 700.0 ISO 3104
at 50 ûC
min.2)
22.0 ISO 3104
Flash point °C max.

60 60 60 60 60 ISO 2719
Pour point (upper) °C max.

winter quality max. 0 24 30 30 30 30 ISO 3016
summer quality 6 24 30 30 30 30 ISO 3016

Carbon residue % max.
(m/m) 10 14 15 20 18 22 22 ISO 10370
Ash % max.
0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.15 ISO 6245
(m/m)
Water % max.
(V/V) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ISO 3733
Sulfur 3) % max. ISO 14596

(m/m) 3.5 4.00 4.50 4.50 4.5
or ISO 8754
Vanadium mg/kg max. ISO 14596
150 350 200 500 300 600 600
CIMAC Recommendations for residual fuels for diesel engines (as bunkered)
or IP 501
Total sediment % max. ISO
potential (m/m) 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Quality of Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO)
103072
Aluminium plus mg/kg max.
silicon 80 80 80 80 80 ISO 10478
Used lubricating The fuel shall be free of ULO. A fuel shall be considered to be free of ULO if one ore more of the elementsl Zinc,
oil (ULO) Phosphorus and Calcium are below or at the specified limits. All three elements must exceed the same limits
before a fuel shall be deemed to contain ULO.
Zinc mg/kg 15 IP501 or IP470

Phosphorus mg/kg 15 IP501 or IP500
Calcium mg/kg 30 IP501 or IP470
1) 1 mm2/s = 1cSt
2) Fuels with density close to the maximum, but with very low viscosity, may exhibit poor ignition quality.
edtion 08
504.20
3) A sulphur limit of 1,5% mm will apply in SOx Emission Control Areas designated by the IMO, when its relevant Protocol comes into force. There may be local variations.
General
MAN Diesel

Description
General
Leaked oil collectors The specified injection viscosity of 12-14mm2/s (for
GenSets 16/24, 21/31, 23/30H, 27/38 and 28/32H:
Leaked oil collectors into which leaked oil and resi- 12 - 18 cSt) and/or fuel oil temperature upstream
due pipes as well as overflow pipes of the lube oil of the engine should be adhered to. Only then will
system, in particular, must not have any connection an appropriate atomisation and proper mixing,
to fuel tanks. Leaked oil collectors should empty and hence a low-residue combustion be possible.
into sludge tanks. Besides, mechanical overloading of the injection
system will be prevented. The specified injection
Supplementary remarks viscosity and/or the necessary fuel oil temperature
upstream of the engine can be seen from the vis-
The following remarks are thought to outline the re- cosity/temperature diagram.
lations between heavy fuel oil grade, heavy fuel oil
treatment, engine operation and operating results. Heavy fuel oil treatment
Selection of heavy fuel oil Trouble-free engine operation depends, to a large

extent, on the care which is given to heavy fuel oil
Economic operation on heavy fuel oil with the limit treatment. Particular care should be taken that in-
values specified in Table 1, is possible under nor- organic, foreign particles with their strong abrasive
mal service conditions, with properly working sys- effect (catalyst residues, rust, sand) are effectively
tems and regular maintenance. Otherwise, if these separated. It has shown in practice that with the
requirements are not met, shorter TBO’s (times aluminium and silicon content > 15 mg/kg abrasive
between overhaul), higher wear rates and a higher wear in the engine strongly increases.
demand in spare parts must be expected. Alterna-
tively, the necessary maintenance intervals and the The viscosity and density will influence the clean-
operating results expected determine the decision ing effect, which has to be taken into consideration
as to which heavy fuel oil grade should be used. when designing and setting the cleaning equip-
ment.
It is known that as viscosity increases, the price ad-
vantage decreases more and more. It is therefore • Settling tank
not always economical to use the highest viscosity
heavy fuel oil, which in numerous cases means the The heavy fuel oil is precleaned in the settling tank.
lower quality grades. This precleaning is all the more effective the lon-
ger the fuel remains in the tank and the lower the
Heavy fuel oils ISO-RM A/B 30 or CIMAC A/B 30 viscosity of the heavy fuel oil is (maximum preheat-
ensure reliable operation of older engines, which ing temperature 75° C to prevent formation of as-
were not designed for the heavy fuel oils that are phalt in the heavy fuel oil). One settling tank will
currently available on the market. ISO-RMA 30 or generally be sufficient for heavy fuel oil viscosity
CIMAC A30 with a low pour point should be pre- below 380mm2/s at 50° C. If the concentration of
ferred in cases where the bunker system cannot be foreign matter in the heavy fuel oil is excessive,
heated. or if a grade according to ISO-F-RM, G/H/K380 or
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
H/K700 is preferred, two settling tanks will be re-

Viscosity/injection viscosity quired, each of which must be adequately rated to
ensure trouble-free settling within a period of not
Heavy fuel oils if having a higher viscosity may be less than 24 hours. Prior to separating the content
of lower quality. The maximum permissible viscosity into the service tank, the water and sludge have to
depends on the existing preheating equipment and be drained from the settling tank.
the separator rating (throughput).
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
General
• Separators pable of separating water up to a heavy fuel oil density
of 1.01 g/ml at 15° C.
A centrifugal separator is a suitable device for ex-
tracting material of higher specific gravity, such as Table 3, shows the demands made on the separa-
water, foreign particles and sludge. The separators tor. These limit values which the manufacturers of
must be of the self-cleaning type (i.e. with automati- these separators take as a basis and which they
cally induced cleaning intervals). also guarantee.
Separators of the new generation are to be used ex- The manufacturer’ specifications have to be ad-
clusively; they are fully efficient over a large density hered to in order to achieve an optimum cleaning
range without requiring any switchover, and are ca- effect.
Marine and stationary appli-

cation; connected in parallel
1 separator for
100% throughput
1 separator (standby) for

100% 100% 100% throughput
Figure 1 Heavy fuel oil cleaning/separator arrangement
Layout of the separators is to be in accordance with lected, it can be expected that the results given in
the latest recommendations of the separator manu- Table 3, for water and inorganic foreign particles in
facturers, Alfa Laval and Westfalia. In particular, the the heavy fuel oil are reached at the entry into the
density and viscosity of the heavy fuel oil are to be engine.
taken into consideration. Consulting MAN Diesel is
required if other makes of separators come up for The results obtained in practical operation reveal
discussion. that adherence to these values helps to particularly
keep abrasive wear in the injection system and in
If the cleaning treatment prescribed by MAN Die- the engine within acceptable limits. Besides, opti-
sel is applied, and if the correct separators are se- mal lube oil treatment must be ensured.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Definition Particle size Quantity
Inorganic foreign particles < 20 mg/kg

< 5 μm
incl. catalyst residues Al+Si content <1 5 mg/kg
Water < 0.2 % by volume
Table 3 Obtainable contents of foreign matter and water (after separation)
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel

Description
General
• Water • Ash
Attention is to be paid to very thorough water sep- Heavy fuel oils with a high ash content in the form
aration, since the water is not a finely distributed of foreign particles such as sand, corrosion and
emulsion but in the form of adversely large droplets. catalyst residues, promote the mechanical wear in
Water in this form promotes corrosion and sludge the engine. There may be catalyst fines (catfines)
formation also in the fuel system, which has an ad- in heavy fuel oils coming from catalytic cracking
verse effect on the delivery and atomisation and processes. In most cases, these catfines will be
thus also on the combustion of the heavy fuel oil. aluminium silicate, which causes high wear in the
If the water involved is sea water, harmful sodium injection system and in the engine. The aluminium
chloride and other salts dissolved in the water will content found multiplied by 5 - 8 (depending on
enter the engine. the catalyst composition) will approximately cor-
respond to the content of catalyst materials in the
The water-containing sludge must be removed from heavy fuel oil.
the settling tank prior to each separating process,
and at regular intervals from the service tank. The • Homogeniser
venting system of the tanks must be designed in
such a way that condensate cannot flow back into If a homogeniser is used, it must not be installed
the tanks. between the settling tank and the separator on any
account, since in that case, harmful contaminants,
• Vanadium/sodium and in particular seawater, cannot be separated out
sufficiently.
Should the vanadium/sodium ratio be unfavour-
able, the melting temperature of the heavy fuel oil Flash point (ASTMD-93)
ash may drop into the range of the exhaust valve
temperature which will result in high-temperature National and international regulations for transport,
corrosion. By precleaning the heavy fuel oil in the storage and application of fuels must be adhered to
settling tank and in the centrifugal separators, the in respect of the flash point. Generally, a flash point
water, and with it the water-soluble sodium com- of above 60° C is specified for fuels used in Diesel
pounds can be largely removed. engines.
If the sodium content is lower than 1/3 of the vadi- Low temperature behaviour (ASTM D-97)
um content, the risk of high-temperature corrosion
will be small. It must also be prevented that sodium • Pourpoint
in the form of sea water enters the engine together
with the intake air. The pour point is the temperature at which the fuel
is no longer fluid (pumplike). Since many of the low-
If the sodium content is higher than 100 mg/kg, an viscosity heavy fuel oils have a pour point greater
increase of salt deposits is to be expected in the than 0° C, too, the bunkering system has to be pre-
combustion space and in the exhaust system. This heated unless fuel in accordance with CIMAC A30
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
condition will have an adverse effect on engine op- is used. The entire bunkering system should be de-
eration (among others, due to surging of the turbo- signed so as to permit preheating of the heavy fuel
charger). oil to approx. 10° C above the pour point.
Under certain conditions, high-temperature corro-

sion may be prevented by a fuel additive that raises
the melting temperature of the heavy fuel oil ash
(also refer to “Additives to heavy fuel oils”.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
General
Pump ability Preheating of the charge-air in the part-load range
and output reduction for a limited period of time
Difficulties will be experienced with pumping if the are possible measures to reduce detrimental influ-
fuel oil has a viscosity higher than 1,000mm2/s (cSt) ences of fuel of poor ignition qualities. More effec-
or a temperature less than approx. 10° C above the tive, however, are a high compression ratio and the
pour point. Please also refer to “Low temperature in-service matching of the injection system to the
behaviour (ASTM D-97)”. ignition qualities of the fuel oil used, as is the case
in MAN Diesel trunk piston engines.
Combustion properties
The ignition quality is a key property of the fuel. The
An asphalt content higher than 2/3 of the carbon reason why it does not appear in the international
residue (Conradson) may lead to delayed combus- specifications is the absence of a standardised
tion, which involves increased residue formation, testing method. Therefore, parameters such as the
such as deposits on and in the injection nozzles, Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index (CCAI) are
increased smoke formation, reduced power and in- resorted to as an aid, which are derived from de-
creased fuel consumption, as well as a rapid rise of terminable fuel properties. We have found this to
the ignition pressure and combustion close to the be an appropriate method of roughly assessing the
cylinder wall (thermal overloading of the lube oil ignition quality of the heavy fuel oil used.
film). If the ratio of asphaltenes to carbon residues
reaches the limit value 0.66, and the asphaltene A test instrument utilising a constant-volume
content also exceeds 8 %, additional analyses of combustion technology (FIA fuel ignition analy-
the heavy fuel oil by means of thermogravimetric ser) has been developed and is currently be-
analysis (TGA) must be performed by MAN Diesel ing evaluated at a number of testing laboratories.
to evaluate the usability. This tendency will also be The ignition quality of a fuel is determined as an ig-
promoted by the blend constituents of the heavy nition delay in the instrument that is converted to an
fuel oil being incompatible, or by different and in- instrument-related cetan number (FIA-CN or ECN).
compatible bunkering being mixed together. As a It has been observed that fuels with a low FIA ce-
result, there is an increased separation of asphalt tan number or ECN could, in some cases, lead to
(also see “Compatibility”). operational problems.
Ignition quality As the fluid constituent in the heavy fuel oil is the
determining factor for its ignition quality and the vis-
Cracked products which nowadays are preferred as cous constituent is decisive for the combustion qual-
low-viscosity blend constituents of the heavy fuel ity, it is the responsibility of the bunkering company
oil in order to achieve the specified reference vis- to supply a heavy fuel oil grade of quality matched
cosity may have poor ignition qualities. The cetane to the Diesel engine. Please refer to Figure 2.
number of these constituents should be > 35. An in-
creased aromatics content (above 35 %) also leads
to a decrease in ignition quality.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fuel oils of insufficient ignition qualities will show

extended ignition lag and delayed combustion,
which may lead to thermal overloading of the oil
film on the cylinder liner and excessive pressures in
the cylinder. Ignition lag and the resultant pressure
rise in the cylinder are also influenced by the final
temperature and pressure of compression, i.e. by
the compression ratio, the charge-air pressure and
charge-air temperature.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel

Description
General
16/24 1
20/27
21/31 32/44CR
V D CCAI 23/30 32/36 40/54
1 800 800 25/30 32/40 48/60
27/38 40/45 52/55B
28/32 52/55A 58/64
820
810
840
820
2
860
830
3 880 A
840
4 900
5 850
920
940 860
10 2
960 870 B
20
980 880
30
50 1000 890
100 1020
900
200 C
1040
400 910
1000
920
5000
930
20000
50000
Figure 2 Nomogram for the determination of CCAI assignment of CCAI ranges to engine types
V Viscosity mm²/s (cSt) at 50° C

D Density [kg/m³] at 15° C
CCAI Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
A Normal operating conditions

B Difficulties may be encountered
C Problems encountered may increase up to engine damage after a short time of operation
1 Engine type
2 The combining straight line across density and viscosity of a heavy fuel oil results in CCAI.
CCAI can also be calculated with the aid of the following formula:
CCAI = D - 141 log log (V+0.85) - 81
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
General
Sulphuric acid corrosion The use of fuel additives during the guarantee pe-
riod is rejected as a matter of principle.
The engine should be operated at the cooling water
temperatures specified in the operating manual for Additives currently in use for Diesel engines are
the respective load. If the temperature of the com- listed in Table 4, together with their supposed ef-
ponent surface exposed to the acidic combustion fect on engine operation.
gases is below the acid dew point, acid corrosion
can no longer be sufficiently prevented even by an
alcaline lubricating oil. Precombustion • Dispersants/stabilisers
• Emulsion breakers
If the lube oil quality and engine cooling meet the • Biocides
respective requirements, the BN values (see “Qual-
ity of lube oil (SAE40) for heavy fuel oil operation Combustion • Combustion catalysts (fuel
(HFO)”) will be adequate, depending on the sulphur economy, emissions)
concentration in the heavy fuel oil. Postcombustion • Ash modifier (hot corrosion)
• Carbon remover (exhaust
Compatibility
system)
The supplier has to guarantee that the heavy fuel Table 4 Additives to heavy fuels Classification/
oil remains homogenous and stable even after effects
the usual period of storage. If different bunker oils
are mixed, separation may occur which results in
sludge formation in the fuel system, large quantities Low sulphur HFO
of sludge in the separator, clogging of filters, insuf-
ficient atomisation and high–residue combustion. From an engine manufacturer‘s point of view there
is no lower limit for the sulphur content of HFO. We
In such cases, one refers to incompatibility or insta- have not experienced any trouble with the currently
bility. The heavy fuel oil storage tanks should there- available low sulphur HFO, that are related to the
fore be emptied as far as possible prior to rebunker- sulphur content or specific to low sulphur HFO.
ing in order to preclude incompatibility. This may change in the future if new methods are
applied for the production of low sulphur HFO (de-
Blending heavy fuel oil sulphurization, uncommon blending components).
MAN Diesel will monitor developments and inform
If, for instance, heavy fuel for the main engine and our customers if necessary.
gas oil (MGO) are blended to achieve the heavy
fuel oil quality or viscosity specified for the auxil- If the engine is not operated permanently on low
iary engines, it is essential that the constituents are sulphur HFO, then the lubricating oil should be se-
compatible (refer to “Compatibility above). lected according to the highest sulphur content of
the fuels in operation.
Additives to heavy fuel oils
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
MAN Diesel engines can be economically operated

without additives. It is up to the customer to decide
whether or not the use of an additive would be ad-
vantageous. The additive supplier must warrant
that the product use will have no harmful effects on
engine operation.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel

Description
General
Examinations Analyse samples
Sampling The samples received from the bunkering company

are frequently not identical with the heavy fuel oil
To be able to check as to whether the specification bunkered. It is also appropriate to verify the heavy
indicated and/or the stipulated delivery conditions fuel oil properties stated in the bunker documents,
have been complied with, we recommend a mini- such as density, viscosity. If these values should de-
mum of one sample of each bunker fuel to be re- viate from those of the heavy fuel oil bunkered, one
tained, at least during the guarantee period for the runs the risk that the heavy fuel oil separator and
engine. In order to ensure that the sample is rep- the preheating temperature are not set correctly for
resentative for the oil bunkered, a sample should the given injection viscosity. The criteria for an eco-
be drawn from the transfer pipe at the start, at half nomic engine operation with regard to heavy fuel oil
the time and at the end of the bunkering period. and lubricating oil may be determined with the help
“Sample Tec”, supplied by Messrs Mar-Tec, Ham- of the MAN Diesel Fuel and Lube Analysis Set.
burg is an appropriate testing kit for taking samples
continuously during the bunkering. Our department for fuels and lube oils (Augsburg
Works, Department GQC) will be glad to furnish
further information if required.
Analysis of fuel oils are carried out by our chemical

laboratory for customers. For examination a sample
of approx. 0.5 litre is required.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Quality of Marine Diesel Fuel (MDO) 504.20
General
Other designations Specification
Diesel Fuel Oil, Diesel Oil, Bunker Diesel Oil, Ma- The usability of a fuel depends upon the engine
rine Diesel Fuel. design and available cleaning facilities as well as
on the conformity of the key properties with those
Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) is offered as heavy distil- listed in the table below which refer to the condition
late (designation ISO-F-DMB) or as a blend of distil- on delivery.
late and small amounts of residual oil (designation
ISO-F-DMC) exclusively for marine applications. The key properties have been established to a
The commonly used term for the blend, which is of great extent on the basis of ISO 8217-2005 and
dark brown to black colour, is Blended MDO. MDO CIMAC-2003. The key properties are based on the
is produced from crude oil and must be free from test methods specified.
organic acids and any non-mineral oil products.
Property/feature Unit Test method Designation

Specification ISOF DMB DMC
Density at 15° C kg/m3 ISO 3675 900 920
Cinematic viscosity at 40° C mm2/s cSt ISO 3104 >2.5 < 11 >4 < 14
Pour Point winter quality ISO 3016 <0 <0
summer quality °C <6 <6
Flash point Pensky Martens ISO 2719 > 60 > 60

Total content of sediments % by weight ISO CD 10307 0.10 0.10
Water content % by weight ISO 3733 < 0.3 < 0.3
Sulphur content % by weight ISO 8754 < 2.0 < 2.0
Ash content % by weight ISO 6245 < 0.01 < 0.03
Coke residue (MCR) % by weight ISO CD 10370 < 0.30 < 2.5
Cetane number ISO 5165 > 35 > 35

Copperstrip test ISO 2160 <1 <1
Vanadium content DIN 51790T2 0 < 100
mg/kg
Content of aluminium and silicon ISO CD 10478 0 < 25
1)
Visual inspection
Other specifications:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
British Standard BS MA 100 –1987 Class M2 Class M3

ASTM D 975 2D 4D
ASTM D 396 No. 2 No. 4
Table 1 Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) – key properties to be adhered to
1)
With good illumination and at room temperature, appearance
of the fuel should be clear and transparent.
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.20 Quality of Marine Diesel Fuel (MDO) Description

General
Supplementary information Sea water, in particular, tends to increase corrosion

in the fuel oil system and hot corrosion of exhaust
At transshipment facilities and in transit MDO is valves and in the turbocharger. It is also the cause
handled like residual oil. Thus, there is the possibil- of insufficient atomization and thus poor mixture
ity of oil being mixed with high-viscosity fuel oil or formation and combustion with a high proportion of
Interfuel, for example with remainders of such fuels combustion residues.
in the bunkering boat, which may adversely affect
the key properties considerably. Solid foreign matter increase the mechanical wear
and formation of ash in the cylinder space.
The fuel shall be free of used lubricating oil
(ULO). A fuel shall be considered to be free of If the engine is mainly run on Blended MDO i.e.
ULO if one or more of the elements Zn, P and ISO-F-DMC, we recommend to provide a centrifu-
Ca are below the specified limits (Zn: 15 ppm; gal separator upstream of the fuel oil filter. Sepa-
P: 15 ppm; Ca: 30 ppm). rator throughput 65 % with relation to the rated
throughput. Separating temperature 40 to 50 °C.
The Pour Point indicates the temperature at which Solid particles (sand, rust, catalyst fines) and water
the oil will refuse to flow. The lowest temperature can thus largely be removed and the intervals be-
the fuel oil may assume in the system, should lie tween cleaning of the filter elements considerably
approx. 10° C above the pour point so as to ensure extended.
it can still be pumped.
Investigations
A minimum viscosity at the fuel injection pump is re-
quired to ensure a sufficient lubricity. Therefore the Fuel analyses are carried out in our chemical labo-
temperature of the fuel must never exceed 60° C. ratory for our customers. For examination a sample
of approx. 0.5 litre is required.
If Blended MDOs (ISO-F-DMC) of differing bunker-
ing are being mixed, incompatibility may result in
sludge formation in the fuel system, a large amount
of sludge in the separator, clogging of filters, insuf-
ficient atomization and a large amount of combus-
tion deposits. We would therefore recommend to
run dry the respective fuel storage tank as far as
possible before bunkering new fuel.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Quality of Gas Oil / Diesel Fuel (MGO) 504.20
General
Other designations Specification
Gas oil, Marine Gas Oil (MGO), High Speed Diesel Suitability of the fuel depends on the conformity
Oil. with the key properties as specified hereunder, per-
taining to the condition on delivery.
Diesel fuel is a medium class distillate of crude oil
which therefore must not contain any residual com- On establishing the key properties, the standards
ponents. of DIN EN 590 and ISO 8217-2005 (Class DMA),
as well as CIMAC-2003 were taken into considera-
tion to a large extent. The key property ratings refer
to the testing methods specified.
Property/feature Unit Test method Characteristic value
Density at 15° C ≥ 820.0

kg/m3 ISO 3675
≤ 890.0
≥ 1.5
Cinematic viscosity / 40° C mm2/s (cSt) ISO 3104
≤ 6.0
Filter ability1)
in summer ≤0
DIN EN 116
in winter °C ≤ 12
Flash point AbelPensky in closed

ISO 1523 ≥ 60
crucible
Distillation range up to 350° C % by volume ISO 3405 ≥ 85
Content of sediment (Extraction method) % by weight ISO 3735 ≤ 0.01
Water content % by volume ISO 3733 ≤ 0.05
Sulphur content ISO 8754 ≤ 1.5
Ash ISO 6245 ≤ 0.01

% by weight
Coke residue (MCR) ISO CD 10370 ≤ 0.10
Cetane number ISO 5165 ≥ 40 2)
Copperstrip test ISO 2160 ≤1
Other specifications:
British Standard BS MA 1001987 M1

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
ASTM D 975 1D/2D
Table 1 Diesel fuel oil (MGO) key properties to be adhered to
1)
Determination of filter ability to DIN EN 116 is comparable to
Cloud Point as per ISO 3015.
2)
L/V 20/27 engines require a cetane number of at least 45
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
504.20 Quality of Gas Oil / Diesel Fuel (MGO) Description

General
Supplementary information A minimum viscosity at the fuel pump is required to

ensure a sufficient lubricity. The required maximum
Using fuel oil temperature to keep the viscosity before the fuel
pump above 2 mm2/s is dependent on the fuel vis-
If, in case of stationary engines a distillate intended cosity. But in all cases the temperature of the fuel
for oil firing (for instance Fuel Oil EL to DIN 51603 before the injection pump must not exceed 50° C.
or Fuel Oil No 1 or No 2 according to ASTM D-
396, resp.), is used instead of Diesel fuel, adequate Investigations
ignition performance and low-temperature stability
must be ensured, i.e. the requirements as to prop- Fuel analysis are carried out in our chemical labo-
erties concerning filter ability and cetane number ratory for our customers at cost price. For examina-
must be met. tion a sample of approx. 0.5 litre is required.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.19 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Description 504.27
Page 1 (4) Analysis Data Edition 02
General
Comments on Analysis Data for Fuel Oils Asphaltenes also influences the lubricating properties
of the fuel oil and, in extreme cases, high asphalteness
Carbon Residue content may lead to fuel injection pump sticking.
The carbon residue of a fuel oil indicates its coke- Fuel oils with a high asphalteness content will have
forming tendency and can be used to determine the a tendency to form sludge, especially if the water
tendency to form deposits in the combustion chamber content is also high. The asphaltenes content of a
and gasways. The higher the carbon residue value, fuel oil is influenced by pre-treatment. The heaviest
the higher the fouling tendency. semi-solid asphaltenes, and asphaltenes bound to
water as sludge, can be separated by centrifuging.
Some changes in the combustion process, requir-
ing adjustment of the maximum pressure, may also
be attributed to a high carbon residue content. The Diesel Index
value is measured by standardized tests, such as
the Conradson or Ramsbottom tests which give Diesel index is a calculated value to determine the
similar results. ignition quality of a fuel oil. The ignition quality is re-
lated to the hydrocarbon composition, paraffin being
The non-vaporized residue from the carbonizing test of high quality, n-heptanes of moderate quality and
consists of carbonaceous material and inorganic im- aromatics of low quality.
purities and is expressed as percentage weight of the
fuel sample tested. Carbon residue and asphaltenes With certain exceptions the properties of the aniline
content generally move in parallel, both in relation to point and the specific gravity reflect the hydrocarbon
the carbon-to-hydrogen ratio, with increasing values composition of a fuel oil, and are therefore used in
for a higher ratio. the following simple formula as an expression of
ignition quality:
The carbon-to-hydrogen ratio and thus also the
carbon residue depends on the source of the crude Diesel index = (aniline point °F x API gravity) x
oil and the type of refinery processing used. 0.01.
The effect of carbon residue is impossible to coun- The aniline point is the lowest temperature at which
teract by pre-treatment of the fuel oil, as centrifuging equal volumes of the fuel and aniline become just
only influences solid inorganic contaminants and miscible. The test relies on the fact that aromatic
hard asphalts, which are only small amounts of the hydrocarbons mix completely with aniline at compara-
percentage weight called carbon residue. tively low temperatures, whereas paraffins require
considerably higher temperatures before they are
completely miscible.
Asphaltenes
A high aniline point thus indicates a highly paraffinic
Asphaltenes is defined as the part of a fuel oil sam- fuel, and consequently a fuel oil of good ignition qual-
ple which is insoluble in heptane. The content of ity. Similarly, a high API gravity number denotes a
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
asphalteness is expressed as percentage weight of low specific gravity and high paraffinicity, and again
the fuel oil sample tested. a good ignition quality.
Asphaltenes, which is aromatic, slow-burning, semi- The diesel index provides a reasonable idea of the
solid hydrocarbon compounds dispersed in the fuel ignition quality, but generally gives figures slightly
oil, has a similar effect on the combustion process above the cetane number.
to the carbon residue, the main impact being fouling
of gasways. The stability of the fuel oil is related to Fuel oils with poor ignition quality and a low diesel
the asphaltenes content. index might in particular cause problems in starting
diesel engines and running at low load.
02.16 - ES0 - G
MAN Diesel
504.27 Description
Edition 02 Analysis Data Page 2 (4)
General
In addition to starting difficulties, a prolonged ignition Especially if the weight ratio of sodium to vanadium
delay may give rise to alternations in the maximum exceeds 1:3, ash with a very low melting point and
pressure, leading to increased mechanical or ther- stiction temperature is formed, giving rise to high
mal load. temperature corrosion of exhaust valves and deposit
formation in turbochargers.
Furthermore, fuel oils with poor ignition quality may
cause retarded combustion and subsequent fouling It is possible to reduce the tendency for formation
of gasways. of detrimental vanadium-sodium ash by effective
centrifuging, which will remove sodium salts to-
gether with water. If a very low content of sodium is
Sulphur ensured, a relatively high vanadium content might
be acceptable.
Sulphur is present in fuel oil, mainly as organic
compounds, the amount present being expressed
as percentage weight of an oil sample tested. If free Water
sulphur is present it may cause corrosion in the fuel
system. The main problem caused by sulphur is low The water content of fuel oil is measured by a
temperature corrosion. During combustion, sulphur standardized distillation test and is expressed as
oxides are produced in the form of gases. Since percentage volume of the sample tested. Water in
humidity is also present sulphur and sulphuric acid the fuel oil may lead to several detrimental effects
may be formed on components in the combustion on the fuel oil system, and corrosion and cavitation
chamber and in the gasways, where the temperature of fuel injection pumps and fuel valves, and cause
is below that of the dew point for sulphuric acid. fouling of exhaust systems and turbochargers.
The detrimental effect of sulphur in fuel oil is coun- Due to its content of sodium, salt water in combina-
teracted by maintaining an adequate temperature of tion with vanadium contributes to the formation of
the combustion chamber components and by using low-melting corrosive ash, which attacks exhaust
alkaline lubricating oil to neutralize the sulphuric acid valves and turbochargers. When it disturbs the fuel
produced during combustion. atomization, water will lead to poor combustion,
resulting in higher heat load on the combustion
chamber components.
Vanadium and Sodium
It is possible to reduce the water content of a fuel oil
Vanadium and sodium are constituents of the ash primarily by centrifuging, and this should be done
content. The amounts of these are measured by to the widest possible extent in order to avoid the
analyzing the residue from the combustion test used detrimental effects of water in the fuel oil.
for determination of the ash content. The amount of
vanadium and sodium present is expressed in ppm,
parts per million, by weight in relation to the fuel oil Ash
sample being tested for ash content. Vanadium de-
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
rives from the crude oil itself and, being oil soluble, Ash content is a measure of the non-combustible
cannot be removed from the fuel oil by conventional material present in the fuel oil. The ash content is
pre-treatment. Sodium derives from the crude oil, and determined by a combustion test and it is expressed
also from contamination with salt water during storage as a percentage weight residue from complete com-
and transport of the fuel oil. Sodium is water- soluble bustion of the oil sample tested.
and, regardless of derivation, tends to combine with
the water present in the fuel oil. Ash-forming materials are present in the fuel oil as
natural components of crude oil and due to external
Owing to its water solubility, it is possible to remove contamination of the fuel oil.
or reduce the amount of sodium present in the fuel
oil. During combustion, corrosive ash is formed from
vanadium and sodium.
02.16 - ES0 - G
MAN Diesel
Description 504.27
Page 3 (4) Analysis Data Edition 02
General
Ash-forming materials exist both as solid contami- Viscosity of Marine Gas Oil (MGO) and Marine
nants and in soluble compounds. The solid contami- Diesel Oil (MDO) are expressed in centistokes (cSt)
nants may lead to abrasive wear in the fuel injection at 40° C.
system. Ash formed during combustion may lead to
abrasive as well as corrosive wear of combustion Viscosity is an important parameter in connection with
chamber components and give rise to formation of pumping, pre-treatment and injection of fuel oil, since
detrimental deposits. It is therefore essential, to the the possibility and efficiency of these processes to a
greatest possible extent, to reduce the amount of large extent depend on adequate viscosity.
ash-forming materials by centrifuging.
Adjustment of viscosity to adequate values is possible
Solid contaminants such as sand, rust, certain by taking advantage of the interdependence between
metal oxides and catalyst fines can be removed by the temperature and viscosity index of the fuel oil.
centrifuging, and the same goes for water-soluble
salts such as sodium. The nominal viscosity of a fuel oil is the factor de-
termining the preheating temperatures necessary to
Some of the components included in the ash content obtain adequate viscosity for pumping, centrifuging
have been found to be particularly harmful and are and injection of the fuel oil, and thus also the factor
therefore stated individually in the analysis data. determining the capacity of the preheating equipment
in the fuel oil system.
Silicium and Aluminium Oxides

Density
Residual fuels produced by refineries using fluid
catalytic cracking may be contaminated by catalyst Density is defined as the mass of a unit volume
particles in the form of silicium and aluminium oxides. and is expressed in g/cm³ at a temperature of 15°C
Any catalyst particles are shown by the ash content (59°F).
value. Separate values for silicium oxide content and
aluminium oxide content are measured by analyzing Specific gravity is the ratio of the mass of a given
the ash content. volume of liquid at 60°F (15.6°C) and the mass of
an equal volume of water at the same temperature.
The amount of silicium and aluminium oxides is ex- For a given liquid, the specific gravity will generally
pressed in ppm in relation to the weight of the original give the same numerical value as the density.
fuel oil sample being tested for ash content.
API gravity is an arbitrary scale calibrated in de-
As catalyst particles are very hard and abrasive, grees and related to specific gravity by the following
they can cause extreme mechanical wear of the fuel formula:
injection system, cylinder liners and piston rings. 141.5
° API gravity = specific gravity/50°F + 131.5
Catalyst particles, being solid and insoluble, can be
removed from the fuel oil. The guidelines for dimen-
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
sioning the centrifuge size are based on the fact As the formula indicates, the API gravity is in inverse
that approx. 1/3 of the catalyst particles in terms of proportion to density and specific gravity.
weight is removed.
Density is an important parameter in the centrifuging
process, where separating water and water-dissolved
Viscosity impurities from the fuel oil is based on the difference
in densities. If the density of the fuel oil approaches
Basically viscosity is a measure of the internal friction that of water, centrifuging thus becomes less effec-
or resistance of a liquid to flow. tive, necessitating a reduced flow rate and therefore
increased centrifuge capacity.
02.16 - ES0 - G
MAN Diesel
504.27 Description
Edition 02 Analysis Data Page 4 (4)
General
The water separation ability of fuel oil is increased Pour Point
by preheating the fuel oil prior to centrifuging since
the densities of fuel oil and water change with the The pour point is the lowest temperature at which an
temperature at different rates, thus making it possible oil will flow or can be poured. The pour point is meas-
to optimize density differences. ured under specific test conditions. Fuel oil must be
stored, handled and pumped at temperatures above
To some extent the quality of a fuel oil can be judged the pour point to avoid wax crystallization, which may
by the density, since this is directly proportional to the result in precipitation in storage tanks, blocking of
carbon-to-hydrogen ratio, which again is in direct pro- filters and pipe lines and prevention of pumpability.
portion to aromativity, carbon residue and asphaltene Normally, the pour point of residual fuel oil does not
content, but in reverse ratio to calorific value. create any problems, since the temperature needed
to reduce the viscosity to pumpable levels will be
adequately in excess of the pour point.
Analysis Data for Fuel Oils

Flash Point
Carbon Residue % weight
Asphaltenes % weight The flash point of an oil is defined as the temperature
Diesel Index at which it gives off sufficient vapour to create an
Engine- FIA
Relevant Ash % weight
inflammable mixture with air. This mixture will ignite
Properties Sulphur % weight or flash under the influence of an open flame, but
Water % volume will not support combustion itself. The flash point of
Vanadium ppm fuel oil is normally tested by the Pensky-Martens
Sodium ppm closed-up method.
Silicium Oxide ppm
Aluminium Oxide ppm
In order to provide a sufficient margin of safety from
Viscosity cSt/50°C fire risk during storage, handling and transportation,
Installation- Density g/ml fuel oils for shipboard use must meet the classifica-
Relevant Flash Point °C tion societies' requirements of flash point, limited to
Properties Pour Point °C
a minimum of 60°C (140°F).
Table 2 Analysis data for fuels.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.16- ES0 - G
MAN Diesel
Description 504.30
Page 1 (2) Fuel Oil Cleaning Edition 01
General
Purification Recommendations Especially for fuels above 180 cST/50°C (1500 sec.
RW/100°F) the highest possible temperature of 98°C
Fuel oils are always contaminated and should there- (208°F) should be maintained in the centrifuge oil
fore be cleaned thoroughly of solid as well as liquid preheater.
contaminants before use. The solid contami-nants
in the fuel are mainly rust, sand, dust and re-finery The fuel is kept in the centrifuge for as long as pos-
catalysts. Liquid contaminants are mainly water, i.e. sible by adjusting the flow rate through the centrifuge
either fresh water or sea water. so that it corresponds to the amount of fuel required
by the engine without excessive re-circulating. Con-
The impurities can cause damage to fuel injection sequently, the centrifuge should operate for 24 hours
pumps and fuel valves, result in increased cylinder a day except during necessary cleaning.
liner wear and cause the exhaust valve seats to
deteriorate. Increased fouling of gasways and tur- Taking today's fuel qualities into consideration the
bocharger blends may also result from the use of need to clean centrifuges ("shooting frequency")
inadequately cleaned fuel oils. should not be underestimated. Correct choice and
adjustment of the regulating screws and/or the grav-
Effective cleaning can only be ensured by means ity discs are of special importance for efficient water
of a centrifuge. We recommend that the capacity removal. The centrifuge manual states the disc or
of the centrifuges installed be at least according to screw adjustment which should be chosen on the
the centrifuge maker's recommendations. To obtain basis of the specific gravity of the fuel.
optimum cleaning it is of the utmost importance to
operate the centrifuge with as low a viscosity of the Normal practice is to have at least two centrifuges
fuel oil as possible and to allow the fuel oil to remain available for fuel cleaning. Results from experimen-
in the centrifuge bowl for as long as possible. tal work on centrifuges, treating today's qualities of
residual fuel, have shown that the best cleaning ef-
fect, especially as regards removal of catalyst fines,
is achieved when the centrifuges are operated in
Cleaning of HFO by Centrifuging
series, in purifier/clarifier mode.
Single centrifuge as purifier.
Operating Therefore series operation of centrifuges to ensure
options Two centrifuges in parallel.
Two centrifuges in series. maximum safety is a fully accepted alternative to the
previously recommended parallel operation, provided
Optimum Operating Configurations the operating capacity of each individual centrifuge
can handle the total amount of fuel required by the
Water content Parallel operation engine, without exceeding the flow rate recommended
below 1 % Purifier / Purifier by the centrifuge maker for the operating mode in
Normal question.
or
conditions
Density at 15°C Series operation
below 0.991 Purifier + Clarifier If the centrifuge capacity installed is on the low side,
corresponding to the specific viscosity of the fuel
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Water content oil used, and if more than one centrifuge is avail-
below 1 % Parallel operation able, parallel operation may be considered in order
to obtain an even lower flow rate. However, in view
Extreme Density at 15°C Purifier / Purifier of the above results and recommendations serious
conditions below 0.991 consideration should be given to installing new equip-
ment in accordance with today's fuel qualities and
High content Series operation flow recommendations.
of catalyst fines Purifier + Clarifier
Table 1. Cleaning of HFO.
97.40 - ES0
MAN Diesel
504.30 Description
Edition 01 Fuel Oil Cleaning Page 2 (2)
General
To determine centrifuging capacity we generally

advise to follow the recommendations of the cen- Flow Rate
trifuge maker, but the curves in fig. 1, can be used Related to Rated Capacity of Centrifuge
as a guideline. %
100
A homogenizer may be installed in the fuel oil sys- 80

tem as a supplement to the centrifuges in order to 60
homogenize possible water and sludge still present 40
in the fuel after centrifuging. 20
Separation Temperature
°F °C
212 100
194 90
176 80
158 70
140 60
122 50
104 40
100
15 25 45 75 130 cSt/80°C
Log scales 30 60 80 180 380 600 cST/50°C
200 400 600 1500 3500 6000 sec. RI/100°F
Fig. 1 Flow rate through centrifuge related to nominal capa-

city of centrifuge.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.40 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Page 1 (5) Freshwater System Treatment 504.40
Edition 02
General
Protection against Corrosion in Freshwater Cleaning agents emulsified in water as well as slightly
Cooling System alkaline cleaning agents can be used for the degrea-
sing process, whereas ready-mixed cleaning agents
The engine fresh water must be carefully treated, which involve the risk of fire must obviously not be
maintained and monitored so as to avoid corrosion used. For descaling with acid, especially products
or the formation of deposits which can result in insuf- based on amino-sulphonic acid, citric acid, and tar-
ficient heat transfer, it is necessary to treat the cooling taric acid are recommendable, as these acids are
water. MAN B&W recommend that this treatment is usually obtainable as solid substances, easily soluble
carried out according to the following procedure: in water, and do not emit poisonous vapours.
The cleaning agents should not be directly admixed,

– Clean the cooling water system. but should be dissolved in water and then added to
the cooling water system.
– Fill up with deionized or distilled cooling water
(for example from the freshwater generator) Normally, cleaning can be executed without any dis-
with corrosion inhibitor added. mantling of the engine. We point out that the water
should be circulated in the engine to achieve the
– Carry out regular checks of the cooling water best possible result.
system and the condition of the cooling wa-
ter. As cleaning can cause leaks to become apparent in
poorly assembled joints or partly defective gaskets,
inspection should be carried out during the cleaning
Observance of these precautions, and correct venting process. The acid content of the system oil should
of the system, will reduce service difficulties caused also be checked immediately after cleaning, and 24
by the cooling water to a minimum. hours afterwards.
Cleaning of the Cooling Water System Cooling Water - Inhibitors
Before starting the inhibition process, any existing The filling-up with cooling water and the admixture
deposits of lime or rust, or any oil sludge, should be of the inhibitor is to be carried out directly after the
removed in order to improve the heat transfer and to cleaning in order to prevent formation of rust on the
ensure uniform protection of the surface by means cleaned surfaces.
of the inhibitor.
Raw Water
The cleaning should comprise degreasing to remove
oil sludge, and descaling with acid afterwards to The formation of lime stone on cylinder liners and in
remove rust and lime deposits. cylinder heads may reduce the heat transfer, which
will result in unacceptably high temperatures in the
Ready-mixed cleaning agents, specially made for material.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
cleaning the cooling water system, can be obtained

from companies specializing in cooling water treat- Therefore, it is recommended that deionized or distil-
ment. These companies offer assistance and control led water (for example from the freshwater genera-
of the treatment in all major ports. A number of these tor) is used as cooling water. However, on account
companies are mentioned on the enclosed list. We of its lack of hardness, this water will be relatively
point out that the directions given by them should corrosive, and a corrosion inhibitor should therefore
be closely followed. It is of particular importance to always be added.
flush the system completely after cleaning.
00.11- ES1
MAN Diesel
504.40 Freshwater System Treatment Description

Page 2 (5)
Edition 02
General
If deionized or distilled water cannot be obtained, Checking of the Cooling Water System and
normal drinking water can be used in exceptional the Cooling Water during Service
cases. If so, the total hardness of the water must
not exceed 9° dH (German hardness degrees). The If the cooling water is contaminated during service,
chloride, chlorine, sulphate, and silicate contents sludge or deposits may form. The condition of the
are also to be checked. These contents should not cooling water system should therefore be regularly
exceed the following values: checked, especially if deionized or distilled water is
not used. If deposits are found in the cooling spaces,
Chloride 50 ppm (50 mg/litre) these spaces or, if necessary, the entire system
Chlorine 10 ppm (10 mg/litre) should be cleaned.
Sulphate 100 ppm (100 mg/litre)
Silicate 150 ppm (150 mg/litre) According to experience, a zinc galvanized coating
in the freshwater cooling system is often very suscep-
There should be no sulphide and ammonia content. tible to corrosion, which results in heavy formation of
Rain water must not be used, as it may be heavily sludge, even if the cooling water is correctly inhibited.
contaminated. The initial descaling with acid will, to a great extent,
remove the galvanized coating. Generally, therefore,
It should be noted that softening of water does not we advise against the use of galvanized piping in the
reduce its sulphate and chloride contents. freshwater cooling system.
Corrosion Inhibitors The quality of the cooling water is to be checked re-

gularly, if possible once a week. Basically the inhibitor
To protect freshwater cooling systems in marine concentration, the pH value and the chloride concen-
diesel engines against corrosion, various types of tration should be in accordance with limits stated by
inhibitors are available. inhibitor manufacturer. For this purpose the inhibitor
manifactures normally supply simple test kits.
Generally, only nitrite-borate based inhibitors
are recommended. As a general guidance values the pH value should be
7-10 measured at 20° C and the chloride concentra-
A number of the products marketed by major compa- tion should not exceed 50 ppm (50 mg/litre).
nies are specified on the enclosed list, together with
the necessary dosages and admixing procedures. The water sample for these tests is to be taken from
We recommend that these directions are strictly the circulating system, and not from the expansion
observed. tank or the pipe leading to it.
Treatment of the cooling water with inhibting oils is not The concentration of inhibitor must under no
recommended, as such treatment involves the risk of circumstances be allowed to fall below that
oil adhering to the heat transmitting surfaces. recommended by the producer, as this would
increase the risk of corrosion.
Chromate inhibitors must not be used in plants
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
connected to a freshwater generator. A clear record of all measuring results should be kept,
so that the actual condition and trend of the system
Evaporated cooling water is to be replaced with may be currently ascertained and evaluated.
noninhibited water, whereas a loss of water through
leakage must be replaced with inhibited water. A sudden or gradual increase in the chloride content
of the cooling water may be indicative of salt water
When overhauling individual cylinders, a new dosage leakages. Such leakages are to be traced and repai-
of inhibitor must, if necessary, be added im-mediately red at the first opportunity.
after completing the job.
00.11- ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Edition 02
General
A chloride content in the cooling water higher than The cooling water system must not be kept under
the 50 ppm specified might, in exceptional cases pressure.
be tolerated. However, in that case the upper limit
specified by the individual inhibitor supplier must Check, and repair any leaks.
not be exceed.
Drain the system and fill up completely with clean
A clear record of all measuring results should be kept, tap water, in order to flush out any oil or grease from
so that the actual condition and trend of the system the tank.
may be currently ascertained and evaluated.
Circulate the water for 2 hours, and drain again.
A sudden or gradual decrease in pH value, or an
increase of the sulphate content, may indicate ex-
haust gas leakage. The pH value can be increased Descaling with Acid Solution
by adding inhibtor; however, if major quantities are
necessary, the water should be replaced. Fill up with clean tap water and heat to 70-75° C.
Every third month a cooling water sample should be Dissolve the necessary dosage of acid compound
sent ashore for laboratory analysis, in particular to in a clean iron drum with hot water.
ascertain the contents of inhibtor, sulphate, and iron,
as well as the total salinity of the water. Fill the drum half up with water and slowly add the
acid compound, while stirring vigorously. Then fill the
drum up completely with hot water while continuing
Cleaning and Inhibiting Procedure to stir (e.g. using a steam hose).
The engine must not be running during the cleaning Be careful - use protective spectacles and
procedure, as this may involve the risk of overheating gloves.
when draining.
For engines which have been treated before the trial
trip, the lowest concentration recommended by the
Degreasing supplier will normally be sufficient.
Use clean tap water for filling-up. The cooling water For untreated engines, a higher concentration - de-
in the system can be used, if it does not contain pending on the condition of the cooling system - will
inhibitors. normally be necessary.
Heat the water to 60° C and circulate the water Drain some water from the system and add the acid
continuously. solution via the expansion tank.
Drain to lowest water level in expansion tank. The cooling water system must not be put under
pressure.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Add the amount of degreasing chemical specified

by the supplier, preferably from the suction side of Keep the temperature of the water between 70° C
the freshwater pump. and 75° C, and circulate it constantly. The duration
of the treatment will depend on the degree of foul-
Drain to lowest water level in the expansion tank ing. Normally, the shortest time recommended by
directly afterwards. the supplier will be sufficient for engines which are
treated before the trial trip. For untreated engines,
Circulate the cleaning chemical for the period speci- a longer time must be reckoned with. Check every
fied by the supplier. hour, for example with pH-paper, that the acid in the
solution has not been used up.
00.11- ES1
MAN Diesel
504.40 Freshwater System Treatment Description

Page 4 (5)
Edition 02
General
A number of descaling preparations contain colour Adding of Inhibitors
indicators which show the state of the acid solution.
If the acid content is exhausted, a new acid solution Fill up the cooling water system with water from the
can be added, in which case, the weakest recom- evaporator to the lowest water level in the expan-
mended concentration should be used. sion tank.
The solubility of acids in water is often limited. Weight out the quantity of inhibitors specified by the
Therefore if, in exceptional cases, a large amount is supplier and dissolve in a clean iron drum with hot
required, descaling can be carried out in two stages water from the evaporator.
with a new solution of compound and clean water.
Normally the supplier will specify the maximum Add the solution via the expansion tank to the system.
solubility. Then fill up to normal water level with water from the
evaporator.
After completing the descaling, drain the system and
flush with water. Acid residues can be neutralized Allow the engine to run for not less than 24 hours to
with clean tap water containing 10 kg soda per ton ensure that a stable protection of the cooling surfa-
of water. Circulate the mixture for 30 minutes, then ces is formed.
drain and flush the system.
Subsequently, test the cooling water with a test
The cooling water system must not be put under kit (available from the inhibitor supplier) to ensure
pressure. that an adequate inhibitor concentration has been
obtained.
Continue to flush until water used is neutral (pH
approx. 7). This should be checked every week.
The acid content of the system oil is to be checked

directly after the descaling with acid, and again 24
hours afterwards.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.11- ES1
MAN Diesel
Description
Edition 02
General
Nitrite-borate corrosion inhibitors
for cooling water treatment
Maker's minimum
Company Name of Inhibitor Delivery Form Recommended
Dosage*
Castrol Limited Castrol Powder 3 kg/1000 l

Swindon Solvex WT4
Wiltshire, England Castrol Liquid 20 l/1000 l
Solvex WT2
Drew Ameriod DEWT-NC Powder 3.2 kg/1000 l

Marine Liquidewt Liquid 8 l/1000 l
Boonton, N.J./U.S.A Maxiguard Liquid 16 l/1000 l
Houseman Scandinavia Cooltreat 651 Liquid 5 l/1000 l

3660 Stenløse
Denmark Cooltreat 652 Liquid 5 l/1000 l
Nalfleet Marine Chemicals Nalfleet EWT Liq

Northwich, (9-108) Liquid 3 l/1000 l
Cheshire CW8DX, England Nalfleet EWT 9-131C Liquid 10 l/1000 l
Nalfleet EWT 9-111 Liquid 10 l/1000 l
Nalcool 2000 Liquid 10 l/1000 l
Rohm & Haas RD11 DIA PROSIM Powder 3 kg/1000 l

(ex Duolite) RD25 DIA PROSIM Liquid 50 l/1000 l
Paris, France
Unitor Rochem Dieselguard NB Powder 3 kg/1000 l

Marine Chemicals Rocor NB Liquid Liquid 10 l/1000 l
Oslo, Norway
* Initial dosage may be larger
The list is for guidance only and must not be consid- The suppliers are listed in alpabetical order.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
ered complete. We undertake no responsibility for

difficulties that might be caused by these or other Suitable cleaners can normally be supplied by
water inhibitos/chemicals. these firms.
00.11- ES1
Cylinder head
505/605
MAN Diesel
Description
Cylinder Head 505.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Cylinder Head Inlet and Exhaust Valves
The individual cast-iron cylinder heads, one for each The inlet and exhaust valve spindles are identical
cylinder unit, are equipped with a centrally situated and therefore interchangeable.
fuel injection valve, two inlet valves, two exhaust
valves and one indicator cock. The valve spindles are made of heat-resistant ma-
terial. Hard metal is welded on to the valve spindle
The head has a thick, bore-cooled flame plate for seats.
satisfactory control of mechanical and thermal loads
and stress. The valve spindles are fitted with valve rotators
which turn the spindles a little each time the valves
The cylinder head is attached by means of 4 nuts open.
and 4 studs screwed into deep bosses in the engine
frame top plate. The nuts are tightened by means The cylinder head is equipped with replaceable
of hydraulic tools. seat rings for inlet and exhaust valves.
The seating surfaces are hardened in order to mi-

nimize wear and prevent dent marks, on the inlet
seat by induction hardening, on the exhaust seat
by hard metal armouring.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Dismantling of Cylinder Head Edition 01H
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate no Item no Note

Shut-off cooling water 52021 011 Oil injector,
Shut-off fuel oil 52021 011 (Complete)
Shut-off cooling oil 52021 501 4 pieces
Stopped lub. oil circul. 52021 513 1 piece
52021 155
52005 014
52021 251 Hydraulic tools
Description:
Dismantling of cylinder head for inspection

and/or overhaul.
Hand tools:
Starting position: Ring and open-end spanner, 17 mm.

Ring and open-end spanner, 19 mm.
Cooling water has been drained from engine. Ring and open-end spanner, 27 mm.
Allen key, 8 mm.
Related procedure:
Dismounting of piston and connecting

rod 506-01.00
Dismounting and inspection of inlet valve,
exhaust valve and valve guide 505-01.05
Dismantling, overhaul and test
pressure of fuel oil valve 514-01.10
Manpower:
Replacement and wearing parts:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 hour

Capacity : 2 men Plate no Item no Qty/
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Dismantling of Cylinder Head Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Draining of cooling water, disconnection of
pipes etc.
1) Open the drain cock and vent cock for cool-

ing water.
2) Take off the top cover.
3) Take off the front cover which gives access to

the injection pump.
4) Disconnect the fuel oil high-pressure pipe.
5) Disconnect the rocker arm lubricating oil pi-

pe.
6) Remove the thermometer attachment bran-

ch (cooling water outlet pipe).
Fig 2
7) Remove the exhaust pipe flange screws.

Mounting of Lifting Tool with the Fuel Injection
8) Remove the cylinder head nuts, see Fig 1, Valve is Removed from the Cylinder Head.
by means of hydraulic jacks. See working card 520-
01.05. 12) Mount the two-distance pieces to the studs.
13) Mount the lifting tool by means of the two nuts.

See Fig 3.
Fig 1
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Mounting of Lifting Tool while the Fuel Injection

Valve is Placed in the Cylinder Head.
9) Disconnect the two nuts which is holding down

the fuel injection valve. Fig 3
10) Remove the two distance pieces.

14) Attach the hook to the lifting tool and lift the
11) Mount the lifting tool by means of the two nuts. cylinder head away.
See Fig 2.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Page 1 (3) Inspection of Inlet Valve, Exhaust Valve and Valve Guide 505-01.05
Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52005 014
Shut-off fuel oil 52005 051
Shut-off cooling oil 52005 254/301 Extra tools
Stopped lub. oil circul. 52005 553
Description:
Dismounting of inlet and exhaust valve, inspec-

tion of valve guide and mounting of inlet and
exhaust valve. Hand tools:

Small screwdriver.
Starting position: Measuring tools.
Cylinder head, dismantled from

engine 505-01.00
Related procedure:
Reconditioning of valve spindle seat

and valve seat ring 505-01.10
Valve rotator 505-01.15
Replacement of valve guide 505-01.20
Replacement of valve seat ring 505-01.35
Mounting of cylinder head 505-01.45
Manpower: Replacement and wearing parts:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
60501 363 4/cyl.
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
505-01.05 Inspection of Inlet Valve, Exhaust Valve and Valve Guide Working Card
L23/30H
Dismantling of Inlet and Exhaust Valve Spind-
les
1) Land and fasten the cylinder head upon the

special work table and remove the lifting tool.
Or as an Alternative:
Land the cylinder head on the floor upon wooden

supports and remove the lifting tool.
2) Mount the supporting devices for the valve

spindle heads on the work table.
Or as an alternative: Fig 2.
Place wooden blocks under the valve spindle 9) Remove valve rotator and springs.
heads.
10) Remove the supporting devices under the
3) Turn back the rocker arm and remove the work table and take out the valve spindle.
11) Repeat point 4 - 10 to remove the two other

valve spindles.
A
B Inspection of Valves/Valve Seats
A slight grinding of valve/valve seat can be carried

out by means of the handle as shown, see fig 3.
If the valve seat is heavily burnt or scarred, it should

be ground using the valve seat grinder, see working
card 505-01.10.
Fig 1.
spring-loaded valve bridge over the valve spind-

les.
4) Mount the tool for mounting af valves, see fig

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
2.
5) Compress the valve springs by tightening nut

A, see fig 1.
6) Remove the cone rings, see fig 2.
7) Release the springs again. Fig 3.
8) Remove nut A and traverse B, see fig 1.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Inspection of Inlet Valve, Exhaust Valve and Valve Guide Edition 01H
L23/30H
Inspection of Valve Guide
Too much clearance between valve spindle and

spindle guide may cause: Max inner diameter,
see page 500.35.
- increased lub. oil consumption.
- fouling up of the spindle guide and thus give
the risk of a sticking valve spindle.
Too much clearance also means insufficient guid-

ance of the valve spindle, and thus bad alignment
between spindle head and valve seat ring.
In connection with overhaul of the cylinder head, the

valve spindle guides should be cleaned, inspected
and measured for wear.
If the inner diameter of the valve spindle guide

exceeds the tolerance, see page 500.35, the valve
spindle guide must be replaced. See working card
505-01.20.
Mounting of Valve Spindle

Fig 4.
12) For mounting of valve spindle follow the in-
structions in point 4 - 10 in reversed order.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card Reconditioning of Valve Spindle Seat 505-01.10

and Valve Seat Ring
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52005 408 Grinding machine
Shut-off fuel oil for valve spindle.
Shut-off cooling oil 52005 350 Grinding machine
Stopped lub. oil circul. for valve seat ring
(extra tools).
Description:
Reconditioning of valve spindle seat and valve

seat ring, with special grinding machine.
Hand tools:
All the hand tools and new stones are included

in the tools box for grinding machine.
Starting position:
Valve spindle has been removed 505-01.05
Related procedure:
Mounting of valve spindle 505-01.05

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 6 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
505-01.10 Reconditioning of Valve Spindle Seat Working Card
Page 2 (3)
Edition 01H and Valve Seat Ring
L23/30H
Reconditioning of Valve Seat Ring However, when the seat "S" has been ground to such
an extent that the recess "R" disappears, see fig 1,
Reconditioning of valve seat rings by machining is the valve seat ring has to be scrapped and a new one
carried out by means of a grinding machine, the must be installed, see working card 505-01.35
pilot spindle of which is to be mounted in the valve
spindle guide. For operation of the grinding machine,
see separate instructions. Reconditioning of Valve Spindle
Reconditioning by machining is carried out with the

Grinding of Valve Seats valve spindle being rotated in a turning lathe and a
special grinding machine mounted on the tool post
Grinding of valve seat rings should be carried out of the turning latch.
according to the following sequence:
1) Grind the seating surface with a feed at an Grinding of Valve Spindle

angle "A" of 30° ± 0,10°.
0.
For operation of the grinding machine, see separa-
2) Continue the grinding until a clean and uniform ted instructions.
surface condition has been obtained.
1) Grind the seating surface with a feed at an
0.
3) Carry out the final grinding with a feed in the angel "A" of 30° ± 0,25°.
direction inside and outwards. Normally, the best
surface quality is obtained this way. 2) Continue the grinding until a clean and uniform
surface condition has been obtained.
3) Check the height "H"1 after completing the

grinding, see fig 2.
"A" 30 ± 0,10°
0
"R" "H"1 has as a minimum to be as indicated on page

500.35.
"S"
If measured to be less, the spindle has to be scrap-

ped.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1. Valve Seat Ring
"H"1
Scrapping of Valve Seat Rings
0
"A" 30° ± 0,25°
Normally, the valve seat ring can be reconditioned
several times.
Fig 2. Valve Spindle
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card Reconditioning of Valve Spindle Seat 505-01.10

and Valve Seat Ring
L23/30H
4) After assembling the valves, check - on account
of the valve motion - that distance "H"2 between the
upper edge of the cylinder head and the upper edge
of the valve spindle, see fig 3, does not exceed the
maximum value, see page 500.35.
"H"2
Fig 3.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Valve Rotator Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Dismantling, inspection and mounting of valve

rotator. Hand tools:
Small screwdriver.
Ring and open-end spanner 24 mm.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Mounting of valve spindles 505-01.05

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
5 05-01.15 Working Card

Edition 01H Valve Rotator Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Inspection of Rotocap Note! Having assembled the valve rotator in dry

condition it should be placed in clean lubricating
Dirt especially in the ball pockets due to residues in oil for a short period of time.
the oil (abrasives, combustion products), can cause
the individual parts to become stuck, and hinders
the movement of the balls.
Rotocap valve rotators need no servicing under

normal operating conditions.
Rotator performance is satisfactory when the valve

rotates visibly and evenly.
Dismantling of Rotocap
Fig 1.
See working card 505-01.05, point 3 to 9.
Overhaul of Rotator Mounting of Rotocap
1) Clean the valve rotator. See working card 505-01.05, point 3 to 9, opposite
direction.
2) Inspect for wear and ball impressions.
3) Remove the retaining ring and disassemble

the individual parts.
4) Replace parts showing wear grooves or de-

pressions formed by the balls.
5) Insert the balls and the tangential springs.
Note! All balls on the inclined races of the ball pockets

must point in the same direction, see fig. 1.
The inner ring of the spring washer should rest on

the retainer body.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ESOS
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Replacement of Valve Guide Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water
Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Dismantling and mounting of valve guide for inlet

and exhaust valve. Hand tools:
Hammer.
Nitrogen (N2), or similar.
Mandrel for knocking out the valve guide.
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 3/4 hour Plate no. Item no. Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
50501 363 4/cyl
Data: 50501 218 4/cyl

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 05H Replacement of Valve Guide Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
When to Replace the Valve Guide 4) Before mounting - cool down the new valve
guide to approx. -70°C with nitrogen or similar.
If the clearance exceeds the max. limit, see page
500.35, the valve guide must be replaced. 5) Insert the valve guide into the bore.
6) Knock slightly with the mandrel and a ham-

Dismounting of Valve Guide mer.
Note! The shoulder of the valve guide must bear
1) Knock the valve guide out from the bottom of against the cylinder head, by knocking slightly with
the cylinder head, by means of a mandrel, which the mandrel and a hammer.
has a shoulder turning that fits into the valve guide,
see fig 1.
Valve seat ring
Mandrel
Fig 2.
Valve guide
7) Before mounting of the valve spindle insert a
new O-ring in the valve guide.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Correct mounting can easily be done by the use of

two valve spindles as mounting tool, one spindle to
Fig 1. be used as support and the other spindle to be used
for pushing the O-ring downwards.
2) Clean the bore of the cylinder head carefully. Screw-drivers or other sharp tools should never be
used for this purpose.
3) Inspect for marks that can prevent mounting
of new valve guide. 8) For mounting of valve spindle, see working
card 505-01.05.
95.50 - ESOS
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Indicator Valve Edition 01H
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate No Item No Note

Shut-off fuel oil
Dismounting, inspection and mounting of indi- Ring and open-end spanner 10 mm

cator valve. Ring and open-end spanner 27 mm
Steel brush
Copaslip
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Working time : 1/2 hour Plate No Item No Qty./

Capacity : 1 man
50508 037 1/Cyl.
Data:

95.50 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Indicator Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Maintenance
Under normal working conditions the indicator valve

requires very little maintenance except inspection
in connection with the normal cylinder cover over-
haul.
Inspection of the Indicator Valve
1. Disassemble the indicator valve.
2. Check the valve seat and the cone for "burning

through".
If the valve seat in the housing is "burned", the entire

valve is to be replaced. 1. Indicator valve, complete
2. Connecting piece
3. Clean and lubricate all components before
remounting.
Fig 1 Indicator valve.
4. Ensure that the spindle is in "OPEN" position
when assembling the valve.
NOTE: Otherwise, cone and seat may be dama-

ged.
95.50 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Replacement of Sleeve for Fuel Injector Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Dismounting, inspection and mounting of sleeve

for fuel injector. Hand tools:
Brass mandrel.
Hammer.
Lub. oil.
Starting position: Two small screw-drivers.
Loctite 572.
The cylinder head has been dis-
mounted from engine 505-01.00
The fuel injector has been removed 514-01.10
Related procedure:
Mounting of fuel valve 514-01.10
Working time : 1 hour Plate No Item No Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
50501 039 1/cyl.
Data: 50501 040 1/cyl.
50501 052 1/cyl.
96.19 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Replacement of Sleeve for Fuel Injector Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dismounting of Sleeve for Fuel Injector 4) Coat the sealing ring zone in the bore with
grease or lub. oil.
1) Remove the snap ring by means of two screw-
drivers.
2) The sleeve can now be driven out of the bo-

Snap ring
re by use of a brass mandrel and a hammer.
O-ring
Sleeve
Loctite 572
Brass mandrel
Fig 2.
5) Install new sealing rings on the sleeve.
6) Coat the sealing surfaces on the sleeve with

Fig 1. loctite 572.
7) Insert the sleeve in the bore.

Inspection of Bore in Cylinder Head and Mount-
ing of the Sleeve: 8) Mount the snap ring.
3) Clean and inspect the bore in the cylinder

head. Any marks which could prevent mounting of
the sleeve, should be gently smoothed.
96.19 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (4) Replacement of Valve Seat Ring Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil 52021 501 1 piece
Shut-off cooling oil 52005 457 Extra tools
Stopped lub. oil circul. 52005 504 Extra tools
52021 466 1 piece
Description:
Replacement of valve seat ring for inlet and

exhaust valve.
Starting position:
Inlet and exhaust valves have been Hand tools:

removed 505-01.05
Ring and open-end spanner, 36 mm
Hammer.
Loctite, 572.
Lub. oil.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
50501 351 4/cyl.
Data: 50501 064 2/cyl.
50501 076 2/cyl.
05.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Replacement of Valve Seat Ring Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Dismounting of Valve Seat Rings Dismounting of a Valve Seat Ring is Carried out
According to the Following Procedure
When reconditioning of a valve seat ring no longer is
possible due to dimensions exceeding the scrapping 1) By means of the guide pin (7) the guide disc
criteria, the seat ring has to be replaced. (5) is led vertically through the valve seat ring. Then
the guide disc (5) is lifted with the guide pin (7)
Dismounting of a valve seat ring is carried out by until the latter is guided by the valve seat ring. The
means of a special extractor tool set comprising the stud (1) is then screwed in until it rests in the valve
components, see fig 1. guide.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
1 Stud 6 Eye screw Fig 2.

2 Collar nut hexagon 7 Guide pin
3 Guide disc 8 Valve guide
4 Disc 9 Hydraulic jack
5 Guide disc 10 Valve seat ring 2) The guide disc (3) is positioned so that it
bears against the bottom of the cylinder head, and
the hydraulic jack is clamped with the disc (4) and
Fig 1. the collar nut hexagon (2), see fig 1. The hydraulic
jack is the one used for main bearing caps.
05.02 - ESO
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (4) Replacement of Valve Seat Ring Edition 01H
L23/30H
3) By pumping up the pack, see working card 3) To facilitate mounting the valve seat ring is it
520-01.05 for the use of hydraulic tools, the valve cooled down, however, a min. of -25°C otherwise,
seat is pressed out max. 6 mm, and the pressure is the o-ring can be damaged.
released again. The collar nut hexagon is tightened
and the operation is continued until the valve seat 4) Place the o-ring on the valve seat ring and
ring can be removed. coat with oil/loctite as shown in fig 4, just before
positioning it in the bore.
Mounting of Valve Seat Rings
1) Prior to mounting of a new valve seat ring, the

bore must be cleaned thoroughly and inspected for Coat with
marks. Marks that can hinder mounting of the valve loctite 572
seat ring must be removed.
Valve seat ring
2) Tools for mounting of valve seat rings are

shown in fig 3. O-ring
Coat with oil
Fig 4.
5) The valve seat ring is positioned in the bore,

the handle with stud is inserted as shown in fig 5,
1 and the washer with screw is screwed tight.
2
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
1 Handle 2 Stud
Fig 3. Fig 5.
05.02 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Replacement of Valve Seat Ring Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
6) By knocking on the handle and at the same

time tightening the nut (4), the valve seat ring slides
in place in the bore and it is felt on the knocks when
it bears in the bore.
7) Prior to mounting of the valve spindle the valve

seat ring must be ground, to ensure correct centering
af the valve guide and the valve seat ring. This can
be done according to working card 505-01.05 or
505-01.10.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
05.02 - ESO
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Mounting of Cylinder Head Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil 52021 501 4 Pieces
Shut-off cooling oil 52021 155
52010 011
52021 251
Description:
Mounting of cylinder head after inspection and/or

overhaul.
Hand tools:

Starting position: Ring and open-end spanner, 17 mm.
Cylinder head is completely Lub. oil and copaslip.
assembled 505-01.05 to 505-01.35
Valve gear of respective cylinder is in right posi-
tion (valve closed)
Control of the surface on the
cylinder liner 506-01.45
Related procedure:
Adjustment of valve clearance 508-01.10

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
50501 338 2/cyl
Data: 50510 075 1/cyl
50610 079 8/cyl
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 51202 024 2/cyl
Data for torque moment (Page 500.40) 51625 097 1/cyl
Declaration of weight (Page 500.45) 51625 132 1/cyl
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Mounting of Cylinder Head Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Check to be Done before Lifting Place the spacer ring around the nuts with the slot
in
1) Check the jointing surfaces of the cylinder such a position that the tommy bar can be used.
head/cylinder liner to see that they are clean and
without damage marks, see working card 506-01.45. Tighten the hydraulic jacks and make sure that the
Fit new O-rings on the water passage, lubricate the cylinder of the jacks bears firmly against the spacer
O-rings with a little oil. ring. Tighten up all the nuts, see page 500.40. For
using the hydraulic tools, see working card 520-
2) Check all contact faces on the cylinder head 01.05.
and nuts, including threads, and make sure that
these are level and smooth and absolutely free from
foreign particles.
Mounting of Cylinder Head
3) Attach the lifting tool, see fig 1, to the cylinder

head that has been made ready for installation, and
position it carefully on the cylinder liner.
Fig 2.
7) If new studs or nuts have been fitted, the nuts

must be tightened and loosened three times, in order
to compensate for deformation of the thread and in
order to ensure a safe minimum load of the studs
through the tightening.
Adjustment of Valve Clearance

Fig 1.
8) Adjust the valve clearance, see working card
508-01.10.
Tightening of Cylinder Head Nuts
9) Fit the pipes for fuel oil, lub. oil, cooling water
and the flange for exhaust pipe.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
4) Make sure that the nuts run easily on the

threads and that they bear on their entire contact
surfaces.
Before Starting
5) Coat threads and contact faces with copaslip
before fitting the nuts. 10) Prior to starting up check for leakages. After
starting up check for leakages and oil flow.
6) Screw nuts onto the studs and tighten lightly
with the tommy bar. 11) Mount the cover for rocker arm and the front
cover for fuel pump.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Inspection of Cylinder Head Cooling Water Space Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Inspection of cylinder head cooling water

space. Hand tools:
Steel brush
Starting position:
The cylinder head dismantled

from engine 505-01.00
Related procedure:
Working time : ¼ hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Inspection of Cylinder Head Cooling Water Space Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Inspection of Cylinder Head Cool. Water Space
1) Inspect the cooling water inlet at the bottom

and the cooling water outlet at the top of the cylinder
head, see fig 1.
2) Remove all possible deposits.
3) Pour water into the cooling water outlet and

make sure that water is coming out of all the cooling
water inlet bores at the bottom of the cylinder
head.
4) If necessary, clean the cooling water inlet and

outlet by means of a steel brush. Flush the cooling
water space after cleaning.
5) Should the cylinder head cooling water space,

contrary to expectation, be blocked with deposits, Fig 1. Cylinder Head
please contact MAN B&W Diesel, Holeby for further
instructions.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Cylinder Head 50501-10H
L23/30H
302 363
255 279
218
052
243 039 267
040
231 292
280
135
147
159
111
637
123 351
351
076
064
649
338
160
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
172 015
184
196
184
07.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50501-10H Cylinder Head Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
No. Qty. Designation Benævnelse No. Qty. Designation Benævnelse
015 1/C Cylinder head (as 649) Cylinderdæksel (som 363 4/C O-ring O-ring
with brackets and 649) monteret med
rocker arms installed bukke og vippearne. 637 1/C Cylinder head with Cylinderdæksel mon-
valve guide sleeve for teret med spindelstyr,
039 1/C Sleeve Foring fuel valve and valve foring for br. ventil og
seat rings ventilsæderinge
040 1/C O-ring O-ring
649 1/C Cylinder head (as 637) Cylinderdæksel (som
052 1/C Snap ring Låsering with valve spindles, 637), monteret med
spring and rotocap ventilspindler, fjeder og
064 2/C Valve seat ring, Ventilsædering, installed rotocap
(inlet) (indstrømning)
076 2/C Valve seat ring, Ventilsædering,

(exhaust) (udstødning)
111 2/C Plug screw Propskrue
123 2/C Sealing ring Tætningsring
159 2/C Spring pin Fjederstift
160 1/C Water guide jacket Kølekappe
172 4/C Screw Skrue
196 4/C Cooling water con- Kølevandsovergang

nection
218 4/C Valve Guide Ventilstyr
231 2/C Stud Tap
243 2/C Distance pipe Afstandsstykke
255 2/C Nut Møtrik
267 2/C Stud Tap
279 2/C Nut Møtrik
292 3/C Stud Tap
302 2/C Thrust piece Trykstykke

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
When ordering spare parts, see also page 500.50. Ved bestilling af reservedele, se også side 500.50.
* = Only available as part of a spare parts kit. * = Kun tilgængelig som en del af et reservedelssæt.
Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder Antal/C = Antal/Cylinder
07.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Valve Spindles and Valve Gear 50502-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.38 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50502-01H Valve Spindles and Valve Gear Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
no. Qty. Designation Benævnelse no. Qty. Designation Benævnelse
010 2/C Valve bridge, compl. Ventilbro komplet inkl. 489 4/C Inner spring Indvendig fjeder
incl. item 022, 034, 046, item 022, 034, 046, 071,
071, 083, 095, 105, 117, 083, 095, 105, 117, 129 490 4/C Outer spring Udvendig fjeder
129 and 130 og 130
512 4/C Valve spindle, inlet Ventilspindel, inds. og
022 2/C Valve bridge Ventilbro and outlet uds.
034 2/C Spring Fjeder 524 28/C Spring Fjeder
046 2/C Ball guide Kuglestyr 536 28/C Ball Kugle
071 2/C Thrust piece Trykstykke 548 4/C Spring washer Fjederskive
083 2/C Thrust screw Trykskrue 573 2/C Bearing bush Lejebøsning
095 4/C Nut Møtrik 585 4/C Retainer ring Låsering
105 4/C Thrust piece Trykstykke 607 1/C Rocker arm shaft Aksel for vippearm
117 4/C Circlip Fjederring
178 1/C Rocker arm Buk for vippearm

bracket
201 1/C Plug Prop
237 1/C Rocker arm, exhaust, Vippearm udst. komplet

compl. incl. item 095, inkl. item 095, 249, 262,
249, 262, 286, 298, 286, 298 og 585
585
249 1/C Rocker arm, exhaust Vippearm, udstødning
262 4/C Plug Prop
298 2/C Thrust screw Trykskrue
345 1/C Rocker arm inlet, com- Vippearm inds. komplet

plete incl. item 095, inkl. item 095, 249, 262
249, 262, 286, 298, 286, 298 og 585
585
357 1/C Rocker arm, inlet Vippearm, indsugning
441 2/C Disc Skive
453 2/C Securing ring Sikringsring

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
465 4/C Conical ring in 2/2 Konisk ring 2/2
477 4/C Rotocap, compl. Rotationsgiver, kom-

plet
Qty./ = Qty./Individual Antal/ = Antal/Individuelt
02.38 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Indicator Valve 50508-01H
L23/30H
050
049
Handwheel for indicator
valve, see plate 52005
037
013
025
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50508-01H Indicator Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 1/C Connecting piece Forbindelsesstykke
025 3/C Gasket Gasket
037 1/C Gasket Gasket
049 1/C Indicator valve Indikatorventil
050 1/C Insulation glove Beskyttelseshætte
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Cylinder Head, Top Cover 50510-01H
L23/30H
087
099
063
075 110
051
038
122
014
026
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50510-01H Cylinder Head, Top Cover Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
014 1/C Coaming Karm
026 1/C Gasket Pakning
038 13/C Screw Skrue
063 1/C Top cover Topdæksel
087 3/C Handle Håndtag
110 3/C Nut Møtrik
122 13/C Washer Skive
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S
Piston/connecting rod
506/606
MAN Diesel
Description
Piston, Connecting Rod and Cylinder Liner 506.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Piston Connecting Rod
The piston, which is oil-cooled and of the monobloc The connecting rod is die-forged. The big-end has
type made of nodular cast iron, is equipped with 3 an inclined joint in order to facilitate the piston and
compression rings and 1 scraper ring. connecting rod assembly to be withdrawn up through
the cylinder liner. The joint faces on the connecting
By use of a combination of compression rings with rod and the bearing cap are serrated to ensure
different barrel-shaped profiles and chrome-plated precise location and to prevent relative movement
running surface on all rings, the piston ring pack is of the parts.
optimized for maximum sealing effect and minimum
wear rate. The big-end bearing is of the trimetal type, i.e. steel
shells lined with tin-aluminium or lead-bronze coa-
The piston has a cooling oil space close to the piston ted with a running layer. Designed as plain type or
crown and the piston ring zone. The heat transport, rillentype. The bearing shells are of the precision
and thus the cooling effect are based on the sha- type and are therefore to be fitted without scraping
ker effect arising during the piston movement. Oil or any other kind of adaption.
from the engine's lubricating oil system is used as
cooling oil. The small-end bearing is of the trimetal type and is
pressed into the connecting rod.
The piston is provided with a turned edge at the top
due to the flame ring mounted in the cylinder liner.
Cylinder Liner
Piston Pin The cylinder liner is made of fine-grained, pearlite cast

iron and is fitted in a bore in the engine frame. Repla-
The piston pin is fully floating which means that it ceable cast iron sealing rings are fitted between the
can turn freely in the pin bosses of the piston as liner and the cylinder head and between the liner and
well as in the connecting rod bush. The piston pin the frame. The liner is clamped by the cylinder head
is turned in place upwords in axial direction by two and is guided by a bore at the bottom of the cooling
circlips (seeger rings). water space of the engine frame. The liner can thus
expand freely downwards, when heated during the
running of the engine. Sealing for the cooling water
is obtained by means of silicone rubber rings which
are fitted in grooves machined in the liner.
The cylinder liner is of the socalled "stepped cylin-

der" type, provided with flame ring inserted in the
top of the liner.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.19 - ES0U
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Dismounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling oil 52006 094 2 pieces
52006 273 80-360 Nm
52010 011
Description: Tool combination for dismounting of connecting

rod screw, see working card 520-01.20.
Dismounting of piston and connecting rod as-
sembly, for inspection and/or overhaul.
Starting position: Hand tools:
Cylinder head has been dismounted Threaded pin M12.

from engine 505-01.00 Open-end spanner 24 mm.
Crankcase open. Wire.
Scraper or similar.
Small adjustable spanner.
Related procedure:
Separation of piston and connecting

rod 506-01.05
Inspection and honing of cylinder
liner 506-01.35

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Dismounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Preparations before Dismounting 2) Remove the gangway, if any installed, in order
to improve the access conditions.
1) Clean the upper part of the cylinder. If not, the
piston may get stuck during removal in the carbon 3) Turn the crankshaft to bring the crank throw
deposited in this area. concerned into a position of approx. 50 degrees
before TDC.
a) Turn the piston to the buttom.
This position is identifiable by the connecting rod
b) Place a used piston ring on top of the piston. shaft being very close to the cylinder liner shirt,
see fig. 1.
c) Mount the tube (for holding down the cylinder
liner during the piston withdrawal) on one of the 4) Clean the threaded hole in the piston top, and
cylinder head studs, screw on the nut and tighten it mount the eye screw.
slightly.
5) Mount the tube (for holding down the cylinder
d) Turn the piston in top, in order to push the liner during the piston withdrawal) on one of the
flame ring out of the cylinder by means of the piston cylinder head studs, screw on the nut and tighten it
ring. slightly.
Info: It is the used piston ring which pushes the 6) Attach a wire rope to the eye bolt by means of
flame ring out of the cylinder. a shackle, hook the wire on to a tackle and pull the
wire rope tight.
Note! If minor adjustments of the crank throw posi-

tion appear necessary for access to the connecting
rod screws, the wire rope must be slackened before
turning of the crankshaft and tightened up again in
the new crank throw position.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1. Mounting of tools (placing). Fig 2. Removal of bearing cap.
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) Dismounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H
Fig 3. Removal of upper big-end bearing shell.
Dismounting of Bearing Cap
7) Unload the connecting rod screws and unscrew

one of the upper screws.
8) Mount the guide pin for the bearing cap in

one of the threaded holes and fit a screwdriver or
similar in the hole in the guide pin, and unscrew the
screws. Fig 4. Lift of piston and connecting rod assembly.
Note! The purpose of the guide pin is to prevent

any damage of crank journal, joint faces or bearing
surface to occur during dismounting of the bearing Dismounting of Upper Big-end Bearing Shell
cap, and to facilitate easy handling when removing
the bearing cap from the crankcase. 11) Pull the piston and connecting rod assembly
upwards and remove the upper big-end bearing shell,
9) Remove the screwdriver from the guide pin, see fig 3.
and dismount the bearing cap by sliding it along
the guide pin, see fig 2. 12) Lift the piston and connecting rod assembly
up through the cylinder liner and out of the engine,
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
10) Remove the guide pin from the connecting see fig 4.
rod.
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Separation of Piston and Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H

Description:
Separation of piston and connecting rod for in-

spection or/and overhaul.
Assembly of piston and connecting rod after
inspection or/and overhaul.
Piston and connecting rod are dismounted Open-end spanner, 24 mm.

from engine 506-01.00 Wooden wedge, 2 pieces.
Wooden support.
Wire.
Related procedure:
Inspection or/and overhaul of piston 506-01.10

Inspection or/and overhaul of
connecting rod 506-01.15
Inspection of connecting rod
big-end bearing 506-01.16

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Separation of Piston and Connecting Rod Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Landing of Piston and Connecting Rod Separation of Piston and Connecting Rod
1) Land the piston and connecting rod carefully 6) Take out the securing ring, (seeger circlips),
on wooden supports to prevent damage of piston push out the piston pin and lift the connecting rod
and scraper ring, see fig 1. away.
Assembly of Piston and Connecting Rod
7) For assembly of piston and connecting rod,

see point 1-6 in reversed order.
8) Lubricate the piston pin before assembling.
Fig 1. Landing of Piston and Connecting Rod.
2) The bearing cap should be mounted with the

screws tightened only by hand, in order to protect the
serrated joint faces during handling of the assembly,
see fig 1.
3) Remove the shackle and eye screw from the

piston crown, see fig 1.
4) Place the piston and connecting rod assembly

in upright position resting on the top face of the piston
crown, see fig 2.
Note: Wooden wedges should be used to prevent the

connecting rod from swinging out and thus impact the
piston skirt during the lifting into upright position.
5) Place a wire around the big-end of the con-

necting rod. Attach a tackle and tighten the wire rope,
Fig 2. Removal of Connecting Rod and Piston Pin.
see fig 2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Piston Edition 01H
L23/30H

Cleaning and inspection of piston. Control of piston Tools for cleaning of piston, steel brush,
ring, scraper ring and ring grooves. scraper etc.
Starting position:
Piston has been dismantled from

Related procedure:
Mounting of piston and


08028-0d/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Piston Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Removal of Piston Ring Inspection of Piston
For removal of piston rings, which are to be used 1) Remove the piston and scraper rings.
again, and for all mounting of rings, only the special
ring opener which prevents local over stressing of 2) Clean and examine the piston rings to determine
the rings should be used. if reuse is acceptable, see page 3.
Straps to expand the ring gap or tools working on 3) Clean the piston on the outside and on the
the same principle must not be used, as this would inside.
result in permanent deformation which might cause
blow-by or broken rings. 4) Inspect the piston ring and scraper ring grooves
for wear, see page 3.
08028-0d/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (4) Piston Edition 01H
L23/30H
The piston has to be scrapped if: Piston and oil New ring
Ring grooves.
scraper ring. grooves.
Max. wear limit.
Nominal size. Tolerances.
A) The wear limit on the testing mandrel is ex-
ceeded, see fig 1A Piston ring New +0.14
4.0 mm 4.43 mm
1 4.0 mm +0.12
or
Piston ring New +0.11
B) The clearance between the new piston/scraper 2 4.0 mm
4.0 mm
+0.09
4.43 mm
ring and ring groove is exceeded, see fig 1B.
Piston ring New +0.11
4.0 mm 4.43 mm
3 4.0 mm +0.09
Note! At each piston overhaul:
New +0.10
- The piston and scraper ring must be ex- Scraper ring
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
+0.08
7.43 mm
changed.
- The cylinder liner must be honed according Table 1. Nominal size, new ring groove tolerance and wear
to the instructions. limit for ring grooves.
A) Testing Mandrel for Ring Grooves B) Clearance Ring/Groove
If the wear limit (2 mm mark) on the testing

mandrel is exceeded, the specified max. wear
limits are exceeded, and the piston must be
scrapped.
0.45 mm
Wear limit line.
Maximum vertical clearance

between new piston ring/scraper
ring and ring groove: 0.45 mm.
The handle is marked

with the nominal size.
08028-0d/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1. Wear limits for ring grooves.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Piston Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
Position of Piston and Scraper Rings
Piston Ring No 1:
marked with ident.
No "top 881500-3"
or "0946".
Piston Ring No 2:
marked with ident.
No "top 881502-7"
or "0947".
Piston Ring No 3:
marked with ident.
No "top 881501-5"
or "0945".
Scraper ring:
marked with ident.
No "top 881503-9"
or "0120".
Marking of Piston and Scraper Rings

08028-0d/H5250/94.08.12
Marking
Identification marks to face upwards against the piston crown when mounted.
Note! The marking may include other figures than mentioned above, for instance trade mark and
production codes.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52006 273 80-360 Nm
Shut-off fuel oil 52006 618 225-250 Nm
Description:
Cleaning, inspection and test measurement of

connecting rod.
Hand tools:
Starting position: Inside micrometer (195 mm).

Feeler gauge 0.15 - 0.20 mm.
Connecting rod has been
dismantled from piston 506-01.05
Related procedure:


08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 hour Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Connecting Rod Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Cleaning of Connecting Rod Measurement of Big-end Bore
1. Clean all machined surfaces on the connecting For check of ovalness the bearing cap has to be
rod. mounted onto the big-end bore without bearing
shells.
2. Degrease the serrated joint faces, tapped holes
and connecting rod screws with a volatile solvent and Note !! The ident. No on the connecting rod and the
blow dry with working air. bearing cap must always be the same, see fig 3.
Visual Inspection of Serrated Faces
3. Inspect the serrated joint faces.
Damages, in the form of visible wear marks and pit-

tings or even cracks, may be in the serration due to
relative movements between the surfaces.
Wear marks and cracks are visible, but not perceptible

with a fingernail. Pittings and impact marks are both
visible and perceptible.
Note!! Handle the connecting rod with care. In case

of damaged serration caused by improper handling,
the bearing cap can no longer be tightened to the con-
necting rod without ovalness of the big-end bore.
4. Register observed damages in the scheme

"Connecting Rod Inspection" for historic use only.
See page 4.
Fig. 1. Point of measurement
5. Carefully smooth single raised spots in the

serration caused by pitting and impact marks with a 8. Mount the bearing cap onto the connecting rod
filesmall. by means of the connecting rod screws.
9. Tighten the screws with the prescribed torque,

Inspection of Connecting Rod Screws see working card 506-01.25.
6. Inspect the connecting rod screws for seizures 10. Measure five different diameters in the middle
in the threads and pittings on the contact surfaces of the boring, see fig 1.
of the screwheads.
11. Register the measurements in the scheme
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
7. Turn the connecting rod screws into bottom "Connecting Rod Inspection". See page 4.
position in the threaded screw holes by hand.
12. Calculate the maximum ovalness as the dif-
If screws Then ference between biggest and smallest diameter
measured.
have seizures in Renew the screws
threads or pittings on 13. Check if maximum ovalness is exceeded, see
contact surface page 500.35.
cannot be turned into Renew the screws

bottom position by hand
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (4) Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H
If Then For connecting rod No 2 the maximum ovalness
is 0.125 mm and therefore the connecting rod is
maximum ovalness is Renew the complete rejected.
exceeded connecting rod, screws
and bearing shells.
Inspection of Connecting Rod Bush
maximum ovalness is Reuse the connecting rod
not exceeded 1. Inspect the surface of the piston pin and the
connecting rod bush.
2. Measure the clearance between the piston pin

and bush.
Connecting Rod Inspection for L23/30H
3. Check if max clearance is exceeded, see page
Cylinder no. 1 2 500.35.
Connecting rod ident no.
Running hours for connecting rod
- 0,5 - 3,0
0,01 mm
1/100 mm
A
B - 2,0 - 7,0
If the specified clearance is exceeded, contact MAN
Nominal
C - 1,5 - 5,0 B&W Diesel A/S, Holeby for replacement.
diameter
D + 5,0 + 5,5
Ø195 mm E + 3,0 + 3,5
Ovalness: Diff. between min./max. 7,0 12,5
Condition of serration Serration OK Serration OK Serration OK
Tightening for measurement see

instruction.
Inspection of Bearing Shells for Big-end
Wear Wear Wear
Cracks Cracks Cracks

Criteria for replacement of connecting rod big-end
Corrosion/
Pitting
Corrosion/
Pitting
Corrosion/
Pitting
bearing, see working card 506-01.16.
Serration
Impact mark Impact mark Impact mark
A B
C
Remarks: Remarks: Remarks:

D
to be to be
+ E reused rejected
++ ++
+
Connecting rod
Ident no.
Note ! The ident no. on the con-

necting rod and on the bearing
cap, must always be the same.
Fig 2. "Connecting Rod Inspection".
Example of Measurement Results
The example, see fig 2, shows measurements and

damage observations for two connecting rods on the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Connecting rod
scheme "Connecting Rod Inspection" (in case the Ident No
specified maximum ovalness is exceeded, contact
MAN B&W Diesel A/S, Holeby for overhaul).
For connecting rod No 1 the maximum ovalness is

0.07 mm and thus reuse is acceptable. Fig 3.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
506-01.15 Connecting Rod Working Card
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card Criteria for Replacement of 506-01.16
Page 1 (8) Connecting Rod Big-end and Main Bearing Shells Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Inspection of bearing shells.

Hand tools:
Magnifier (x30).
Starting position:
Bearing shells removed from engine:

Big-end bearing, 506-01.00 and 506-01.30
or
Main bearing, 510-01.05
Guide bearing, 510-01.10
Related procedure:
Mounting af bearing shells:

Big-end bearing, 506-01.20 and 506-01.30
Main bearing, 510-01.05
Guide bearing, 510-01.10
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/4 Hour Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

91.07 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
506-01.16 Criteria for Replacement of Working Card

Edition 03H Connecting Rod Big-end and Main Bearing Shells Page 2 (8)
L23/30H
This paper gives information about the evaluation of Wear of the bearings running surface starts primarily
the connecting rod big-end and main bearing shells in the soft overlay, where the overlay in the slots is
when wear appears on the running surface under reduced approx. 0.001 mm. The difference between
normal operating conditions. the light-alloy metal and the overlay is by further
wear almost constant, i.e. approx. 0.005 mm.
Bearing damages caused by incorrect running con-
ditions, like The gravity of the running surface’s wear must be
determined with a magnifier (x30), hereby the over-
- Scoring of the running surface due to foreign lay can be seen as the dark area and the light-alloy
particles in the lubricating oil. metal as the light area.
- Cavitation.
- Corrosion The ratio between the width of the light-alloy metal
- Overloading, overheating a.s.o. and the width of the slot as well as the dimension of
the worn area are important for determining the wear
are not described in this paper. of the bearing.
In these cases, the bearing shells must be exchang- The bearing can also operate although part of the
ed, of course, and in order to avoid further bearing overlay is missing in the slots. Practice has shown,
failures, the cause of the failure must be found and that bearings with partly empty slots can run without
eliminated. any negative influence on the operation of the bea-
ring.
By determining the condition of the bearing shell, the

overlay at a minor stressed area must be used as
Overlay comparison.
(~75%)
Light metal The valuation of the bearing shell condition is divided
(~25%) into 5 groups:
Nickel strike
(max.5%) 1. Re-use
2. Limiting case - wear
3. Limiting case - local levelling
4. Limiting case - permanent breakage on the
overlay
5. Empty slots.
In case of a combination of the above mentioned

conditions, the lowest possible limits are valid.
Fig. 1. Running surface of the bearing shell.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
A new bearing shell has a running surface with

approx. 75 % galvanic overlay and approx. 25 %
light-alloy metal, see fig. 1.
91.07 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
MAN Diesel
MAN Diesel
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
3. Limit Case - Levelling Valuation: If the limits shown in fig. 11 and 12 are
exceeded the bearing shells must be exchanged.
Condition: The slots are locally totally levelled as
shown in fig. 10.
max. 10% of width
Fig. 10.
max. 5%
of extent
max. 10% of width or
max. 5 mm
Fig. 12.
Fig. 11.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.07 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
5. Limit Case - Empty Slots Valuation: If the limits shown in the below fig. 18 and
19, are exceeded, the bearing shells must be ex-
Condition: In some areas there is no overlay in the changed.
slots, see fig. 17.
max. 10% of width or
max. 5 mm
Fig. 17.
max. 30% of width

extent
Fig. 19.
of
max. 15%
Fig. 18.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.07 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Mounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H

52006 224
Description:
Mounting of piston and connecting rod assembly,

after overhaul and/or inspection.
Piston mounted on the connecting rod, crank-shaft Open-end spanner 24 mm.

turned in the right position and the cylinder liner Clean lubricating oil.
is OK, see working card 506-01.35.
Related procedure:
Tightening of connecting rod screws 506-01.25


08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
50601 093 1/cyl
Data: 50601 103 1/cyl
50601 115 1/cyl
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 50601 127 1/cyl
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Mounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Mounting of Tools Note: A crank throw position of approx 50 degrees
before TDC will ensure this and also be suitable for
1) Mount the lifting device comprising eye screw, the further mounting procedure.
shackle and wire rope on the piston.
2) Lift up the piston and connecting rod and Mounting of Big-end Bearing
mount the piston and scraper rings, see point 14,
and working card 506-01.10. 6) Lower the piston further down, lubricate the
ends of the bearing shells (as in fig. 2) with copaslip,
3) Remove the backstop for cylinder liner and molycote pasta or similar and mount the upper shell
place the piston guide ring on top of the cylinder of the big-end bearing.
liner, see fig 1.
Fig 1.
Fig 2.
Lowering of Piston and Connecting Rod

7) Coat the crank journal with clean lubricating
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
4) When the piston approaches the guide ring, oil.

stop the lowering, coat guide ring, piston, piston rings
and scraper ring, with clean lubricating oil in order 8) Lower the piston and connecting rod slowly
to minimize friction during the subsequent lowering into correct landing on the journal.
of the assembly.
During this the connecting rod must be guided by
5) Make sure that the crank throw is in a position hand to ensure correct approach and landing on the
allowing the connecting rod to go clear of both crank journal, see fig 3.
journal and cylinder liner skirt during further lower-
ing.
92.49
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (4) Mounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Edition 01H
L23/30H
Note: The ident. No. on the connecting rod and on the

bearing cap must always be the same, see fig 4.
10) Lubricate threads and contact face of the con-

necting rod screws with copaslip, molycote pasta or
similar.
11) Mount the screws and tighten them slightly

using an open end spanner.
12) Slacken the tackle and dismount the eye

screw/shackle from the piston.
Fig 3.
Mounting of Bearing Cap
9) Mount the bearing cap with inserted lower

shell
of the big-end bearing, using the guide pin, see fig
4.
Fig 5.
Tightening of Connecting Rod Screws
13) Tighten the screws according to "Tightening

Procedure for Connecting Rod Screws", see working
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
card 506-01.25.
Fitting of Piston and Scraper Rings
14) Piston rings should only be removed from and

fitted to the piston by the use of a special tool, the
Con. Rod - Ident No.
socalled piston ring opener.
Fig 4.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Mounting of Piston and Connecting Rod Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
If the rings are opened further than necessary there Before fitting the coil spring loaded scraper ring, the
is a risk of overstressing, which means that rings will coil spring is dismantled from the ring by removal of
become permanently distorted and will not confirm the joint pin. The coil spring is placed and assembled
to the inner running surface of the cylinder. in the ring groove. Then the scraper ring is fitted in
the groove in such a way that the ring joint is approx-
The piston rings should be installed with the identi- imately 180° offset to the spring joint.
fication mark, which is stamped into the ring close
to the ring joints, facing upwords, see working card Ascertain correct assembling by checking the back
506-01.10 "Piston". clearance.The back clearance is sufficient when the
face of the ring is below the groove edge when the
ring is pressed against the bottom of the groove.
When installed on the piston the rings should be

Joint pin for pushed back and forth in the grooves to make sure
coil spring Joint coil spring to be
placed opposite to ring joint that they can move freely. It is also advisable to insert
a feeler gauge of adequate thickness between ring
and groove.
Adequate clearance is present so the feeler gauge

can be moved all the way round.
Ring joint
To prevent gas leakage through coinciding ring joints
the piston rings should be turned into positions off-
setting the ring joint 180° to each other.
Fig 6.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Tightening and Check of Connecting Rod Screws Edition 01H
L23/30H
Safety Precautions: Special Tools:

Shut-off cooling water 52006 273 80 - 360 Nm
Shut-off fuel oil
Shut-off cooling oil Tool combinations for tightening of connecting rod
Stopped lub. oil circul. screws, see working card 520-01.20.
Description:
Tightening procedure for connecting rod screws.

Check of connecting rod screws, tightening
condition.
Starting Position: Hand Tools:
Piston, connecting rod, bearing shells Open-end spanner, 24 mm.

and bearing cap preassembled. 506-01.20
Related Procedure:
Man Power: Replacement and Wearing Parts:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 Hour Plate No Item No Qty./

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

95.50 -ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Tightening and Check of Connecting Rod Screws Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Tool combinations for tightening of connecting rod
screws, see working card 520-01.20.
Tightening of Connecting Rod Screws
1st Step:
Mark on
screw collar
Tightening the screws in tightening order, illustrated
in fig 1, using an initial torque of 250 Nm. Mark on
bearing cap
60°
Fig 2.
4th Step:
Check the screw tightening in prescribed order using

a torque of 325 Nm.
Proper tightening condition is present, if the screws

are not turned further during this test.
5th Step:
Check that the bearing can easily be moved on the

journal.
Check of Connecting Rod Screws,Tightening

Condition:
Fig 1. Check of the tightening condition of connecting rod

screws has to be executed within a short running
period after remounting/mounting of the connecting
rod.
2nd Step:
This check can be fulfilled after only a few running
Once more, tightening the screws in prescribed hours at max. rpm at full load, but has to be fulfilled
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
tightening order, still using a torque of 250 Nm. not later than 200 running hours after starting-up.
3rd Step: The tightening condition is checked with a torque

of 325 Nm, executed in prescribed screw tightening
Mark the four screws and the bearing cap felt-tippen, order, see fig 1.
illustrated in fig 2.
Proper tightening condition is present, if the screws
Tightening order by turning through a 60° ± 2° angle, are not turned further during the test.
i.e. until the marks on the screw collar and the con-
necting rod coincide radially.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) Tightening and Check of Connecting Rod Screws Edition 01H
L23/30H
In order to ensure observation of any movement, the Any turning of the screws during the 325 Nm test
screws and the connecting rod should be applied with indicates insufficient tightening condition, and in this
coinciding filt-pen marks prior to the test, see fig 3. case the big-end assembly has to be dismantled and
investigated for evaluation and correction of failure.
As part of recommended overhaul and routine work,

the tightening condition of connecting rod screws
should also be checked, at certain running hours
intervals, see page 500.24.
Mark on
screw collar
Coinciding
mark on
bearing cap
Fig 3.
325 Nm
Fig 4.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Hydraulic Tightening of Connecting Rod Screws Edition 04H
L23/30H
Safety Precautions: Special Tools:

Shut-off cooling water 52021
Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Tightening procedure for connecting rod

screws. Hand Tools:
Check of connecting rod screws, tightening
condition.
Starting Position:
Piston, connecting rod, bearing shells and bearing

cap preassembled. 506-01.20
Related Procedure:
Man Power: Replacement and Wearing Parts:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 Hour Plate No Item No Qty./

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

00.28 -ES0
MAN Diesel
Edition 04H Hydraulic Tightening of Connecting Rod Screws Edition 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) Screw the studs pos. 3 down by hand into the

connecting rod body pos. 1.
2) Fit the upper part of the connecting rod pos. 2

and hold it with nuts pos. 4.
Note. Remember to fit the bearing shells (unless

the mounting is carried out for finish-machining).
3) Screw the studs to the bottom. Check the

distance 81 from surface of upper part pos. 2 to the
end of the studs pos. 3 and hand-tighten the nuts
pos. 4.
4) Mount the hydraulic jacks pos. 5.
Note. Turn the thrust piece of the jack so that the

slots for the ball handle pos. 6 are unloaded when
pressurizing the jack.
5) Connect the jacks to the hydraulic system/

pumpby using the angle piece pos. 7.
6) Load the studs with the hydraulic pressure and

tighten the nuts with the ball handle pos. 6
7) Relieve the tool pressure.
8) Re-apply the tool pressure.
9) Tighten the nuts again.
Note. Item 8 and 9 are carried out in order to elemi-

nate any harmful stresses.
10) If any clearance is still visible and the nut can

be turned, then repeat item 7, 8 and 9.
Fig. 1 Hydraulic tightening of connecting rod.
11) The pressure to be relieved and the tool to
be dismantled.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.28 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) In-situ Inspection of Connecting Rod Big-end Bearing Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling oil 52006 273 80-360 Nm
Tool combination for tightening of connecting

rod screw, see working card 520-01.20.
Description:
In-situ inspection and/or replacement of con-

necting rod big-end bearing, dismounting and
moun-ting.
Hand tools:
Open-end spanner 24 mm.

Starting position:
Fuel injection valve dismounted, 514-01.10

Crankcase open.
Top cover for cylinder head removed.
Related procedure:
Inspection of connecting rod

big-end bearing 506-01.16
Tightening and check of connecting
rod screws 506-01.25

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H In-situ Inspection of Connecting Rod Big-end Bearing Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Turning the Piston in Correct Position
1) Turn the crankshaft into a position allowing the

connecting rod to be losened.
2) Turn the crankshaft in a position allowing the

connecting rod bearing cap to be dismounted, see
fig 1.
Fig 1. Fig 2.
Dismounting of Bearing Cap 7) Lift the piston/connecting rod from the bearing
journal.
3) Remove the fuel injector.
Note: the piston/connecting rod should be lifted
4) Insert the long-eye bolt and screw it into the further then, just to allow dismounting of the upper
thread hole in the piston, see fig 2. bearing shell, see fig 2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
5) Tighten it slightly by means of a tackle, see fig

2. Inspection of Bearing Shells
8) Inspect the bearing shells, see working card

Removal of Bearing Shells 506-01.16.
6) Dismount the bearing cap and bearing shell.

For use of guide pin, see working card 506-01.00.
96.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) In-situ Inspection of Connecting Rod Big-end Bearing Edition 01H
L23/30H
11) Ascertain that the crank throw concerned is in
a position of approx 50 degrees before TDC.
12) Coat the journal with clean lubricating oil and

lower the piston and connecting rod assembly slowly
into correct landing on the journal.
While lowering the connecting rod, it must be guided

by hand to ensure a correct approach and landing
on the journal, see fig 4.
13) Lubricate the ends of the bearing shells (as in

fig 2) with copaslip, molycote or simular.
Mounting of Bearing Cap

☛ 14) Mount the bearing cap with inserted lower
Push
big-end bearing shell, using the guide pin.
15) Lubricate threads and contact face of the con-

necting rod screws with copaslip or similar.
16) Mount the screws and tighten them slightly

using an open-end spanner.
Fig 3.
17) Slacken the tackle and dismount the eye screw

from the piston crown.
Cleaning of Components before Mounting.
9) Clean all components, see working card 506- Tightening of Connecting Rod Screws
01.20.
18) Tighten the screws according to "Tightening
Procedure for Connecting Rod Screw", see working
Mounting of Upper Bearing Shells card 506-01.25.
10) The bearing shell is placed in the bore, the

contact surfaces of the shells to be in parallel to the
contact surface of the connecting rod and the bearing
cap respectively.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Inspection and Honing of Cylinder Liner Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling oil 52006 606 275-300 mm
Description:
Inspection and honing of cylinder liner with ho-

ning brush.
Hand tools:
Drilling machine 60-180 rpm.

Honing oil.
Starting position: Gas oil.
Piston and connecting rod is

removed 506-01.00
Related procedure:

Replacement of cylinder liner 506-01.40
Grinding of seal face on cylinder
head and cylinder liner 506-01.45

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.04 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Inspection and Honing of Cylinder Liner Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Measurement of Cylinder Diameter Prior to honing, deposits of coke and possible wear
edges in the top of the liner must be removed by
While the piston is removed from the cylinder, the scraping.
latter is measured to record the wear. The measure-
ments are taken by means of an inside micrometer, If the cylinder is of the flame ring type, the used
with measuring points at TDC-position for upper- flame ring has to be cleaned in water. Subsequently,
most piston ring, halfway down and at the bottom the flame ring is remounted in the cylinder before
of the cylinder liner, see fig 1 and page 4. carrying out the honing process.
Note: After the honing process has taken place

the used flame ring is discarded. A new flame ring
is always mounted in the cylinder when replacing a
piston ring.
80-160 rpm.
Fig 1.
The measurements should normally be taken in

transverse as well as in longitudinal direction.
When measuring, take care that the measuring tool

has the approximately same temperature as the liner.
When the wear of a cylinder liner exceeds the value
indicated on page 500.35, i.e. when it becomes
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
too troublesome to maintain satisfactory service

conditions, the cylinder liner in question should be
exchanged.
Fig 2.
Honing the Cylinder Liner

The honing is made by means of a flex-honer with
The renovation can be made either with dismantled fineness grains 80-120. A revolution speed between
liner in the workshop or with liner mounted in the 80 and 160 rpm is chosen.
engine frame and by the use of the belonging fun-
nel.
96.04 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
page 3 (4) Inspection and Honing of Cylinder Liner Edition 01H
L23/30H
In order to achieve the required angle between the
honing grooves, see fig 2, the vertical speed is ad-
justed to about 1 m/sec. which corresponds to about
2 sec. for one double movement (the flex- honer is
led from below up and down in 2 sec.)
The procedure is to be continued until the cylinder 60°

wall is covered by honing grooves and the surface
has a slight matt appearance without any signs of
glaze.
During the honing it is important to lubricate freely

with honing oil or cutting oil.
Fig 3.
After the honing, the liner is carefully cleaned with
gas oil. Make sure that all abrasive particles have
been removed.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.04 - ES0S
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.04 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Page 4 (4)
Engine type Report No.

Measurement of Cylinder Liner Engine No. Encl. No.
Running hours Insp. date
Plant Fuel Sign.
Cyl. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Cyl.liner ident.No.
Running hours
Inspection and Honing of Cylinder Liner
L A
e
n B
g
t C
h
63
w
A i
s
194
e
C A
r
362
B
B o
s C
s
w
i
s
e
C Liner
temp.
˚C
Remarks...
506-01.35
L23/30H
Edition 01H
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Replacement of Cylinder Liner Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Replacement of cylinder liner.

Hand tools:
Adjustable spanner.
Starting position:
Cylinder head and piston/connecting rod dis-

mantled,working card 505-01.00 and 506-
01.00.
Related procedure:

Grinding of seal face on cylinder
head and cylinder liner 506-01.45

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 11/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
50610 079 8/cyl
Data: 50610 031 1/cyl
50610 043 2/cyl
Data for torque moment (Page 500.40) See also plate 50610.
96.27 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Replacement of Cylinder Liner Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dismounting of Cylinder Liner
1) Prior to mounting of the lifting tool and dismoun-

ting from the frame, it must be ensured that the liner
and frame have been marked to match, for the sake
of a possible remounting of the liner, see fig 1.
Hole for charging air
Fig 2.
Hole for roller guide house Mounting of Cylinder Liner
Marking scratch frame 6) Check that the sealing surfaces on engine

frame, cylinder liner, and sealing rings are perfectly
Marking scratch liner clean.
7) Mount the lifting tool, attach a tackle hook to

Fig 1. the eye nut or to the wire in the cross bar and lift the
liner.
2) Mount the lifting tool as shown, see fig 2.
8) Check that the O-ring grooves are clean. Mount
the O-rings and lubricate with a little oil.
3) Turn the lifting eye nut to pull out the liner until
the upper edge of the liner lie aligned against the
9) Lower the cylinder liner carefully into the engine
copper protecting pieces of the cross bar.
frame.
4) Attach a tackle hook to the eye nut or the wire
When the first O-ring touches the sealing face,
and the cross bar, and lift the liner out from the engine
align the liner so that the scratch mark on the liner
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
frame and put it down onto wooden supports.

flange points to the scratch mark on the frame as
illustrated.
5) Clean all parts and inspect for damage and
wear according to the description. For measurement
10) Mount the piston/connecting rod and cylinder
of cylinder liner, see working card 506-01.35.
head according to working card 506-01.20 and 505-
01.40.
96.27 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card Grinding of Seal Face on 506-01.45
Page 1 (2) Cylinder Liner and Cylinder Head Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Grinding of seal face on cylinder liner and cylinder

head by hand with grinding tools and grinding Hand tools:
pasta.
Grinding pasta.
Starting position:
Cylinder head has been removed

from the engine 505-01.00
Cooling water guide jacket removed.
Related procedure:
Working time : 1 hour Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
50610 031 1/cyl.
Data:

95.50 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
506-01.45 Grinding of Seal Face on Working Card

Edition 01H Cylinder Liner and Cylinder Head Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Note! The grinding tool is used for both grinding the
groove in the liner flange (1) and the sealing surface
on the cylinder head (2), see Fig 1.
Fig 3.
Fig 1.
3) After grinding, remove all traces of abrasives

Grinding and grinding compound.
1) Loosen the sealing ring in liner flange and take 4) When having ground the contact faces, it must
it out. be observed that the gap between cylinder head
and liner is no less than 0.5 mm, i.e. the difference
2) Face-grind the sealing grooves in the cylinder between measurements y and z must not be less
liner flange, see Fig 2, and the sealing surface on than 0.5 mm, see Fig 4.
the cylinder head, see Fig 3, with the use of grinding
pasta and the grinding tool.
y - z = min. 0.5 mm
Fig 2.
To do so, move the tool back and forth and lift it out
from time to time to allow the grinding compound to Fig 4.
distribute evenly.
95.50 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card Dismantling of Piston and Cylinder Liner 506-01.50
at Low Overhaul Heights
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52050
Shut-off fuel oil 52006 094 2 pieces
Stopped lub. oil circul. 52010 011 If necessary
Tool combination for dismounting of connecting

rod screw, 520-01.20
Description:
Dismounting of piston, connecting rod and cylinder

liner for inspection and/or overhaul.
Cylinder head has been dismounting from the Inside micrometer (195 mm).
engine. Feeler gauge 0.15 - 0.20 mm.
Crankcase open.
Related procedure:
Separation of piston and connecting rod.

Inspection and honing of cylinder liner.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2 ½ hours Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

03.34 - ES0
MAN Diesel
506-01.50 Dismantling of Piston and Cylinder Liner Working Card
at Low Overhaul Heights
L23/30H
Dismantling of Piston at Low Overhaul Heights Dismantling of Cylinder Liner at Low Overhaul
Heights
1) Lift up the piston and the connecting rod
through the cylinder liner until the piston is clear of 1) Mount the normal lifting tool for cylinder li-
the liner. ners.
2) Mount the collar on the connecting rod, see 2) Carefully pull the cylinder liner half-way out of
plate 52050, item no 045. the frame.
3) Place the piston with the collar on the cylinder 3) Mount a special lifting tool for cylinder liners
liner. at low overhaul heights, see plate 52050, item no
033.
4) Mount pull-lifts on the collar.
4) Attach pull-lifts on the lifting tool for the cylinder
If Then liner, see plate 52050, item no 033.
the overhaul height is dismount the piston from 5) Take out the liner over the camshaft side.
too low to pull out piston the connecting rod, re-
and connecting rod in move the piston and pull
one piece. out the connecting rod
by the pull-lifts.
the overhaul height is remove the piston and

sufficient to pull out the connecting rod by
piston and the connect- means of the pull-lifts.
ing rod in one piece.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.34 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Piston and Connecting Rod 50601-01H
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50601-01H Piston and Connecting Rod Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
Item Item
019 1/C Piston pin incl. Stempelpind inkl.

item No 020 pos. nr. 020
020* 4/C Socket screw Kraterskrue
032 2/C Retaining ring Sikringsring
044* 1/C Plug screw Propskrue
056 1/C Bush for Plejlstangs-

connecting rod bøsning
068 1/C Connecting rod Plejlstang inkl.

incl. item Nos pos. nr.
044, 056, 152, 140 044, 056, 152, 140
081 1/C Piston Stempel
093 1/C Piston ring Stempelring
127 1/C Oil scraper ring Olieskrabering
139 1/C Connecting rod Plejlstangs-

bearing 2/2 leje 2/2
152 4/C Screw for Plejlstangs-

connecting rod skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Piston and Connecting Rod 50601-02H
L23/30H
900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50601-02H Piston and Connecting Rod Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
900 RPM
Item Item



044, 056, 152, 140 044, 056, 152, 140

152 4/C Screw for Plejlstangs-

connecting rod skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Piston and Connecting Rod (Hydraulic Tightened) 50601-05H
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50601-05H Piston and Connecting Rod (Hydraulic Tightened) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
Item Item



044, 056, 140, 152 044, 056, 140, 152
and 164 og 164


stud bolt
164 2/C Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Piston and Connecting Rod (Hydraulic Tightened) 50601-06H
L23/30H
900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50601-06H Piston and Connecting Rod (Hydraulic Tightened) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
900 RPM
Item Item



044, 056, 140, 152 044, 056, 140, 152
and 164 og 164


stud bolt
164 2/C Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Cylinder Liner 50610-01H
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50610-01H Cylinder Liner Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
Item Item
018 1/C Cylinder liner Cylinderforing
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
900 RPM
Item Item
092 1/C Flame ring Flammering
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
092 1/C Flame ring Flammering
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.08 - ES0
Camshaft
507/607
MAN Diesel
Description
Camshaft and Camshaft Drive 507.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
General The lubricating oil pipes for the gear wheels are
equipped with nozzles which are adjusted to apply
The camshaft which controls the actuation of inlet the oil at the points where the gear wheels are in
valves, exhaust valves and fuel injection pumps is mesh. The position of the nozzles is determined by
driven by a gear wheel on the crankshaft through an direction of rotation of the engine.
intermediate wheel, and rotated by a speed which
is half of that of the crankshaft, see fig. 1.
The camshaft is located in a high level housing in Engine seen from aft - fly wheel end
the engine frame.
The camshaft runs in replaceable, identical, steel-
backed bronze bushings fitted into borings of the
transverse girders in the housing.
The camshaft is built-up of sections, one for each

cylinder unit. Each section is equipped with fixed
cams for operation of fuel injection pump, air inlet
valve and exhaust valve. The sections are assem-
bled by bolting of the ample dimensioned and pre-
cision made flange connections, which also act as
bearing journals.
Except for the foremost and the aftmost ones, the

sections are identical and therefore interchangeable.
The foremost section is equipped with a clutch for
driving the fuel oil feed pump (if mounted). The gear
wheel for driving the camshaft as well as a gear
wheel connection of governor are screwed on the
aftmost section. Clockwise rotation direction
Fig. 1. Intermediate wheel

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Check of Camshaft and Camshaft Drive Edition 01H
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate no Item no Note.

Shut-off cooling water 52006 261 20 - 120 Nm.
Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Checking of gear wheels, bolted connections

and lubricating system. Hand tools:
Allen key, 12 mm.

Ring and open end spanner, 19 mm.
Socket spanner, 19 mm.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Man power: Plate no Item no Qty./

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 3 Hours 50705 099 10/eng.

Capacity : 1 man 50705 146 6/eng.
50705 195 1/eng.
Data: 50705 183 2/eng.
50705 205 2/eng.
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 51106 237 1/cyl.
Data for torque moment (Page 500.40) 51106 058 1/cyl.
Declaration of weight (Page 500.45) 51106 693
97.06 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Check of Camshaft and Camshaft Drive Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) Dismount the covers which give access to the 3) Examine all lubricating oil spray pipe nozz-
gear wheels, camshaft and crankcase. les.
Examine all gear wheels for cracks, wear and defor- 4) Start the electrical lubricating oil pump and
mations. While turning the engine to enable inspec- check the oil flow everywhere. Be particularly careful
tion allover the circumference of the gear wheels. to check that the oil jet hits the gear wheels correctly
at the points where the wheels mesh.
2) Check all screws, nuts and bolted connections,
including locking devices everywhere in the gear
wheel housing, camshaft housing and crankcase to
check that they have not worked loose. Tightening
torques, see page 500.40.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.06 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Inspection and Replacement of Camshaft Bearing Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Check of roller path of cams and check of cam-

shaft bearing. Hand tools:
Replacement of camshaft bearing.
Feeler gauge.
Starting position: Big screw driver.
Cover for camshaft and gear wheel has been

removed.
Related procedure:
Camshaft and camshaft drive, 507-01.00

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2 Hours Plate no Item no Qty. /

Capacity : 2 men
50705 038 1/eng.
Data: 50705 051 1/eng.

95.02 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Inspection and Replacement of Camshaft Bearing Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
To Check Roller Path of Cams.
1) While turning the engine, examine the cam Camshaft bearing

discs and in particular, check the roller path of all Hole for lubricating oil
cams for cracks, crackles and ruffle. Also examine
the rollers of the roller guides.
Note: if there are flat spots on the roller and if some of

the rollers may be blocked, the roller must be repla-
ced by a new one, see working card 508-01.00.
To Check Camshaft Bearings.
2) The wearing surface of the camshaft bear-

ings cannot be checked without dismounting the Locating screw
camshaft. However, ab-normal wear of one or more
Frame
bearings will become apparent in the form of burrs
of white metal at the circumference of the camshaft
journal, and in that case the bearing will in no doubt
be discoloured, as well. Fig 1.
The bearing clearance is measured with a feeler

gauge, see data sheet 500.35.
Mount a new camshaft bearing in the bore and make
sure that the hole for insertion of the locating screw
To Replace Camshaft Bearing. in the bearing is in a correct position. Lock the bea-
ring by means of the locating screw, which is to be
3) If one or several of the camshaft bearings provided with a new gasket. To facilitate the fitting
should be replaced, the camshaft must be wholly of the bearing it can be cooled down with Co2.
or partly dismantled.
Inspect the camshaft journal for seizures.
Dismount the fuel oil feed pump, if mounted, and
check that the camshaft sections are marked in If necessary, the camshaft section must be entirely
relation to each other. Disassemble the camshaft aft removed from the engine, and the journal concerned
(toward flywheel) of the bearing that is to be replaced. must be polished.
Dismount all roller guides that are located forward
of the disassembling position, see working card Coat all the journals of the camshaft section with
508-01.00 and 508-01.05. clean lubricating oil and push the camshaft into
position, making sure that the marks on the flanges
Pull the disconnected sections of the camshaft so coincide.
far a head that the bearing which is to be replaced
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
is free. Assemble the sections and fit the bolts (coated with
copaslip or similar).
Take out the locating screw of the camshaft bearing
concerned and push the bearing out of the bore in Tighten the nuts with a torque spanner, see data
the engine frame, see fig 1. sheet 500.40.
Check the lubricating oil ducts to the bearing for Mount all roller guides as well as the fuel oil feed
free flow. pump.
95.02 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Adjustment of Camshaft Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Nominal adjustment of camshaft. (Adjustment of

camshaft in relation to crankshaft). Hand tools:
Depth gauge.
Starting position:
Camshaft assembled as per timing order,

mounted in frame and roller gear house.
Related procedure:
Adjustment of the maximum

combustion pressure, 514-05.01

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 3 hours Plate no Item no Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.30 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Adjustment of Camshaft Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
If the intermediate wheel has been dismantled a
nominal adjustment of the camshaft compared to
the crankshaft (timing) must be made as follows: "Nominal size"
1) The crankshaft is turned to TDC (top dead

centre) for cylinder no 1.
Cylinder numbering, see page 500.11.
2) Roller guide for fuel oil pump cylinder no. 1 is

mounted and the camshaft is turned in a position
where the roller guide rests on the cicular part af
the cam, see fig 1.
Roller guide
Cam for
exhaust valve
Cam for fuel Fig 2.
oil pump
4) The camshaft is turned - in the engines direc-

tion of rotation (see page 500.12) - until the "nominal
size" (as described in item 3) is reduced with the
lead, mentioned in "Lead of Fuel Pump".
Seen from front edge
Note: "Lead of fuel pump" is shown in the table "Ad-
jusment after the trail" in the Shop Test Protocol.
Fig 1. 5) When items 1 - 4 are completed and correct the

intermediate wheel can be mounted and tightened
up again (torque moment, see page 500.40).
3) The "nominal size" is measured with a depth
gauge, i.e. the distance from the upper edge of the For adjustment of the single fuel oil pumps (separately
roller guide house to the thrust gauge pressed into and assembled), see working card 514-05.01.
the roller guide, see fig 2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.30 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Intermediate Wheel 50701-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50701-01H Intermediate Wheel Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
024 1/E Gear wheel, complete Tandhjul, komplet

incl. item 119, 120, 132, inkl. item 119, 120, 132,
144, 156 144, 156
048 1/E Axle journal Lejetap
061+ 3/E Fitted bolt Pasbolt
073+ 3/E Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik
119 1/E Gear wheel Tandhjul
132 1/E Bearing bush Lejebøsning
144 4/E Fitted bolt Pasbolt
156 4/E Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik
168 1/E Pipe Rør
181 6/E Locking plate Sikringsplade
193 2/E Gasket Pakning
203 1/E Connection piece Mellemstykke
215 2/E Securing washer Sikkerhedsskive
227 1/E Nipple plug Prop
239 1/E Pipe Rør
240 1/E Nipple plug Prop
252 1/E Connection piece Mellemstykke
276 1/E Cover Dæksel
288 6/E Screw Skrue
+ Item No. 061 and + Item nr. 061 og 073

073 require an indivi- kræver en individuel
dual matching, before tilpasning, før monte-
mounting, contact ring kontakt MAN B&W,
MAN B&W, Holeby Holeby
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine Antal/E = Antal/Motor
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing 50705-07H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
99.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50705-07H Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
no Qty. Designation Benævnelse no Qty. Designation Benævnelse
026 4/E Camshaft, aft/interme- Styreaksel agter/mel- 230 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter
diate, 5 cyl. engine lem, 5 cyl. motor 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
038 1/E Camshaft "fore" Styreaksel "for" 242 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter
5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
051 1/E Camshaft bearing Styreakselleje 254 4/E Camshaft , intermed- Styreaksel mellem
iate, 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
063 Camshaft bearing Styreakselleje
5/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor 266 5/E Camshaft , intermed- Styreaksel mellem
6/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor iate, 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
7/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
291 1/E Camshaft "fore" Styreaksel "for"
087 10/E Screw Skrue 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
099 10/E Spring washer Fjederskive 301 1/E Camshaft "fore" Styreaksel "for"
7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
109 10/E Screw Skrue
110 Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
40/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 325 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,
52/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor 6 cyl. eng. incl. item 6 cyl. motor inkl. item
66/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor 109, 110, 122, 134, 146, 109, 110, 122, 134, 146,
158, 171, 183, 195, 205, 158, 171, 183, 195, 205,
122 1/E Hub Nav 229, 254, 291, 374 229, 254, 291, 374
134 6/E Screw Skrue 337 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,
7 cyl. eng. incl. item 7 cyl. motor inkl. item
146 6/E Disc spring Fjederskive 109, 110, 122, 134, 146, 109, 110, 122, 134, 146,
158, 171, 183, 195, 205, 158, 171, 183, 195, 205,
158 1/E Guide ring Sikringsring 230, 266, 301, 374 230, 266, 301, 374
171 Screw Skrue 349 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,

56/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor 242, 278, 313, 374 242, 278, 313, 374
183 2/E Spring pin Fjedertap 350 Guide screw Styreskrue

195 1/E Coupling Kobling 7/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
205 2/E Screw Skrue 9/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
217 1/E Camshaft, complete Styreaksel komplet, 362 Packing ring Pakningsring
for 5 cyl. engine, incl. 5 cyl. motor, inkl. item 6/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
item 026, 038, 109, 110, 026, 038, 109, 110, 122, 7/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
122, 134, 146, 158, 171, 134, 146, 158, 171, 183, 8/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
183, 195, 205, 374 195, 205, 374 9/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
229 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter 374 1/E Shaft Aksel
99.41 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing 50705-17H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
05.24 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50705-17H Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
026 4/E Camshaft ,aft/interme- Styreaksel agter/mel- 230 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter
diate, 5 cyl. engine lem, 5 cyl. motor 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
038 1/E Camshaft "fore" Styreaksel "for" 242 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter
051 1/E Camshaft bearing Styreakselleje 254 4/E Camshaft , intermed- Styreaksel mellem
063 Camshaft bearing Styreakselleje
6/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor iate, 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
087 10/E Screw Skrue 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
099 10/E Spring washer Fjederskive 301 1/E Camshaft "fore" Styreaksel "for"
110 Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
40/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 325 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,
158, 171, 183, 195, 205, 158, 171, 183, 195, 205,
122 1/E Hub Nav 229, 254, 291, 374 229, 254, 291, 374
134 6/E Screw Skrue 337 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,
7 cyl. eng. incl. item 7 cyl. motor inkl. item
146 6/E Disc spring Fjederskive 109, 110, 122, 134, 146, 109, 110, 122, 134, 146,
158, 171, 183, 195, 205, 158, 171, 183, 195, 205,
158 1/E Guide ring Sikringsring 230, 266, 301, 374 230, 266, 301, 374
171 Screw Skrue 349 1/E Camshaft complete, Styreaksel komplet,

56/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor 242, 278, 313, 374 242, 278, 313, 374
183 2/E Spring pin Fjedertap 350 Guide screw Styreskrue

195 1/E Coupling Kobling 7/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
217 1/E Camshaft, complete Styreaksel komplet, 362 Packing ring Pakningsring
for 5 cyl. engine, incl. 5 cyl. motor, inkl. item 6/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
item 026, 038, 109, 110, 026, 038, 109, 110, 122, 7/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
122, 134, 146, 158, 171, 134, 146, 158, 171, 183, 8/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
183, 195, 205, 374 195, 205, 374 9/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
229 1/E Camshaft "aft" Styreaksel, agter 374 1/E Shaft Aksel
05.24 - ES0
Operating gear
508/608
MAN Diesel
Description
Operating Gear for Valve and Fuel Injection Pumps 508.01
Page 1(1)
Edition 06H
L23/30H
Roller Guides
The fuel injection pumps and the rocker arms for inlet
and exhaust valves are operated by the cams, on the
camshaft through roller guides. The roller guides for Valve bridge Rocker arm
fuel pump, inlet and exhaust valves are located in
bores in a common housing for each cylinder, this
housing is bolted to the engine frame.
The roller runs on a bush fitted on a pin that is pres-

sed into the roller guide and secured by means of
a lock screw.
Operating Gear for Fuel Injection Pumps

Valve spindle
The injection pumps which are mounted directly
on the roller guide housing are activated via thrust Push rod
pieces from the roller guide.
The roller is pressed down on to the cam by a spring, Roller guide

which is fixed between the roller guide and the foot housing
plate of the fuel injection pump.
Roller guide
Operating Gear for Inlet and Exhaust Valves Pin
The movment from the roller guides for inlet and Roller
exhaust is transmitted via the push rods the rocker Camshaft
arms and spring-loaded valve bridges to each of
the two valve seats. The bridge is placed between
the valve spindles and in the one end it is provided
with a pressed-on thrust shoe and in the other end Fig. 1. Valve Operating Gear.
it is fitted with a thrust screw for adjustment of the
valve clearance.
On its top the bridge is controlled by a spherical

thrust shoe on the rocker arm and at the bottom
by a guide which rests in a spherical socket in the
cylinder head.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.17 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Inspection of Valve Roller Guides Edition 07H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Dismounting, inspection and/or overhaul, and

mounting of valve roller guides.
Inspection of roller guide housing. Hand tools:

Ring and open end spanner, 24 mm
Starting position: Socket spanner, 19 mm.
Socket spanner, 10 mm
Top cover for cylinder head and cover for fuel Allen key, 3 mm.
injection pump removed. Allen key, 10 mm
Ratchet spanner.
Hammer.
Drift.
Related procedure:
Inspection of fuel injection pump

roller guide, 508-01.05
Control and adjusting of valve
clearance, 508-01.10

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
50801 185 4/cyl
Data: 50801 220 2/cyl
50801 232 1/cyl
08.17- ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 07H Inspection of Valve Roller Guides Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dismounting of Roller Guide. 5) Dismount the screws (3) which secure the roller
guide top cover, take off the cover lift out the roller
1) Turn the engine so that the roller, rests on the guide (5).
circular part of the cam.
Disconnect any pipes that may be in the way (lub.
2) Unscrew the nuts which secure the rocket arm oil and fuel oil pipes).
brackets, and lift off the rocker arm with brackets.
6) If the roller guide housing is to be dismantled,
3) Remove the push rods (1), see fig 1. the fuel injection pump and the fuel injection pump
roller guide are to be dismounted, see working card
514-01.05 and a number af lubricating oil and fuel
oil pipes are also to be disconnected.
The roller guide housing (6) cannot be dismantled

with the roller guides fitted.
1 7) If the event of any marks or scores from sei-

zures, these must be polished away.
2
8) Inspect the spherical stud for deformations
3 (replace as necessary).
4 Examine the surface of the roller for marks and other

6 deformations.
Make sure that there is free ply between the roller

and the bush and the shaft pin, and replace the
bush, if necessary.
5 Replacement of Roller, Bush and Shaft Pin.
9) Remove the lock screw which secures the roller

guide shaft pin and push out the shaft pin.
The roller, shaft pin, and bush can now be replaced

as required.
10) Blow through the lubricating ducts in roller guide

and roller guide housing, and clean the lubricating
grooves.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Mounting of Roller Guide.
Fig 1. 11) When assembling the parts, which is carried

out in the reverse order to the above care must be
exercised not to damage the o-rings when mounting
4) Loosen the lock screw for the push rod protec- the proctecting tube.
ting tube, see plate 50801, item 207, on the roller
guide top cover and lift up and remove the protecting 12) Adjusting of valve clearance, see working card
tube (2). 508-01.10.
08.17 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Inspection of Fuel Injection Pump Roller Guide 508-01.05
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Dismounting, inspection and/or overhaul, and

mounting af roller guide for fuel injection pump. Hand tools:
Allen key, 3mm.

Hammer.
Drift.
Starting position:
Cover for fuel injection pump removed.

Fuel injection pump has been
removed, 514-01.05
Related procedure:
Adjustment and/or check of max.

combustion pressure, 514-01.20

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Inspection of Fuel Injection Pump Roller Guide Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dismounting of Roller Guide. 3) Inspect the spherical stud for deformations
(replace as necessary).
1) Remove the support ring (1) and spring (2)
and take up the roller guide (3), see fig 1. Examine the surface of the roller for marks and other
deformations.
Make sure that there is free ply between the roller

and the bush and the shaft pin, and replace the bush
if necessary.
1
2 Replacement of Roller, Bush and Shaft Pin.
4) Remove the lock screw which secures the roller

guide shaft pin and push out the shaft pin.
3
The roller, shaft pin, and bush can now be replaced
as required.
5) Blow through the lubricating ducts in roller guide

and roller guide housing, and clean the lubricating
grooves.
Mounting of Roller Guide.
6) When assembling the parts which is carried

out in the reverse order.
Fig 1.
7) For adaption of the thrust piece of the roller
guide, see working card 514-01.20.
Inspection of Roller Guide.
2) If the event of any marks or scores from sei-

zures, these must be polished away.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Control and Adjusting of Valve Clearance Edition 01H
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate no Item no. Note

Shut-off cooling water 52008 022 Exhaust
Shut-off fuel oil 52008 010 Inlet
Description:
Control and/or adjusting of valve clearance.

Hand tols:

Big screw driver.
Starting position:
Cover for rocker arm are removed.

All indicator valves open.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) See also plate 50502.
96.38 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Control and Adjusting of Valve Clearance Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Adjusting of Inlet Valve Clearance.
1) Turn the engine so that the roller, rests on the

circular part of the cam, i.e. the inlet valves and the
exhaust valves are closed.
2) Loosen the adjustment screws on valve bridge

and rocker arm, see fig 1.
Fig 2.
The feeler gauge is to remain in this position when

adjusting the clearance of the other valve.
6) Place another feeler gauge, at the same size

0,50 mm above the other valve spindle, see fig 2.
Fig. 1.
7) Adjust the clearance between valve bridge and
valve spindle by means of the adjusment screw on
the valve bridge, and tighten the lock nut, see fig
3) Clearance between valve bridge and valve 2.
spindle, see page 500.40.
8) Check that the clearance is correct simultaneo-
4) Place the feeler gauge marked with "correct" usly at both valve spindles.
0,50 mm above the valve spindle nearest to the
rocker arm bracket, see fig 1.
5) Adjust the clearance between valve bridge and

valve spindle by means of the adjustment screw on
the rocker arm (above the push rod) and tighten the
lock nut.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.38 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) Control and Adjusting of Valve Clearance Edition 01H
L23/30H
Adjusting af Exhaust Valve Clearance.
9) Carry out adjustment in the same way as

described for the inlet valves, but using the feeler
gauge for exhaust valve clearance 0,90 mm.
10) The feeler gauges for checking the clearance

have two gauges which are marked "incorrect" and
"correct", the latter to be used when adjusting the
valve clearance, see fig 3.
After tightening up the counter nuts on rocker arms

and valves bridge, be sure that the feeler gauges
marked "correct" can be inserted into the two clear-
ances simultaneously as where it must not be possible
to insert the gauges marked "incorrect".
Fig 3.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.38 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Roller Guide and Push Rods 50801-07H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.16 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50801-07H Roller Guide and Push Rods Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
016+ 1/C Housing for Hus for 315 1/C Valve gear complete, Ventilbevægelse
roller guides rullestyr as shown on plate komplet, som vist på
50801 except item plate 50801 undtagen
028 1/C Roller guide for Rullestyr for pumpe 161, 173, 185, 220, 232, item 161, 173, 185, 220,
pump 244, 256, 303 232, 244, 256, 303
041 3/C Pin Tap
053 3/C Bush Foring + Item No 016 require + Item nr. 016 kræver
an individual match- en individuel tilpasning
065 3/C Roller Rulle ing before mounting, før montering, kontakt
contact MAN Diesel MAN Diesel
077 3/C Lock screw Pinolskrue
089 1/C Thrust pin Tryktap
090 1/C Washer for spring Skive for fjeder
100 1/C Spring Fjeder
136 2/C Screw Skrue
148 2/C Ball pin Kugletap
173 2/C Protecting tube Skærmrør
197 2/C Cover Dæksel
207 2/C Lock screw Pinolskrue
219 4/C Screw Skrue
244 2/C Guide pin Styrestift
256 8/C Screw Skrue
281 2/C Roller guide for Rullestyr for ventil

valve
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
293 2/C Push rod Stødstang
303 2/C Push rod comp., incl. Stødstang komplet, inkl.

item 268 and 293 item 268 og 293
08.16 - ES0
Control/safety
509/609
MAN Diesel
Description 509.01
Page 1 (2) Control and Safety Systems Edition 01H
L23/30H
Governor Should a fuel pump plunger seize in its barrel, thus
blocking the regulating guide, governing of the re-
The engine speed is controlled by a hydraulic go- maining fuel pumps may continue unimpede owing
vernor. The purpose of the governor is to regulate to the spring-loaded linkage between the blocked
the rate of delivery from the fuel pumps, so that the pump and the regulating shaft.
engine speed is kept within certain limits, indepen-
ding on the load.
Stop Screw for Max. Delivery Rate
Information about the design, function and operation
of the governor is found in the special governor The bracket for stop cylinder/limiting cylinder is fitted
instruction book. with a stop screw which prevents the fuel pumps
from being set to a higher delivery rate than what
The governor is mounted on the flywheel end of corresponds to the permissible overload rating.
the engine and is driven from the camshaft via a
cylindrical gear wheel and a set of bevel gears. This is effected by the arm on the regulating shaft
being stopped by the stop screw, see fig. 1.
Pick-up for Engine RPM

Mechanical Overspeed (SSH 81)
The pick-up for transfer of signal to the tachometer
instrument for engine RPM is mounted on the flywheel The engine is protected against overspeeding in the
end cover of the engine. event of, for instance, governor failure by means of
an overspeed trip.
A signal varying proportionally to engine RPM is
created in the pick-up by the rotating toothed im- The engine is equipped with a stopping device
pulse wheel mounted on the camshaft end. which starts to operate if the maximum permissible
revolution number is exceeded.
Pick-up for Turbocharger RPM The overspeed tripping device is fitted to the end
cover of the lubricating oil pump and is driven
See turbocharger instruction book, section 512. through this pump.
If the pre-set tripping speed is exceeded, the spring-

Regulating Shaft loaded flyweight (1), see fig. 1, will move outwards
and press down the arm (2).
The governor movements are transmitted through a
spring-loaded pull rod to the fuel pump regulating The arm is locked in its bottom position by the lock
shaft which is fitted along the engine. pin (3) which is pressed in by the spring (4).
The spring-loaded pull rod permits the governor to At the same time the arm (2) presses down the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
give full deflection even if the stop cylinder of the spindle (5), and the pneumatic valve (6) opens,
manoeuvring system keeps the fuel pump regulating whereby compressed air will be led to the Lambda
shaft at "no fuel" position. cylinder, see description 509.10, in which the piston
is pressed forward and, through the arm, turns the
Each fuel pump is connected to the common, lon- fuel pump regulating rod to STOP position, thereby
gitudinal regulating shaft by means of a two-piece, the engine stops, the spring-loaded pull rod con-
spring-loaded arm. nection to the governor being compressed.
96.38 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
509.01 Description
Edition 01H
Control and Safety Systems Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The engine can be stopped manually by pressing
down the button (7), see fig. 1, which will activate the
spring-loaded fly weight (1) through the lever (8).
If the overspeed has been activated the overspeed

must be reset before the engine can be started.
Reset is done by means of the button (10).
The overspeed alarm (SAH 81) is activated by means

of the micro switch (9).
3 8
1
2 5
1
1. Flyweight
2. Arm
3. Lock pin
9
4. Spring
5. Spindle
6. Pneumatic valve
Normal Overspeed
poisition activated 7. Button
8. Lever
9. micro switch
10. Button
2 5 3 4 10 10
Fig 1. Mechanical overspeed (SSH 81).

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.38 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Description 509.05
Page 1 (3) Instruments and Automatics Edition 01H
L23/30H
Main Instrument Panel
As standard the engine is equipped with an instru- The instrument panel is mounted flexibly on rubber
ment panel, comprising instruments for visual indi- elements and all manometer connections are con-
cation of the most essential pressures. nected to the panel by means of flexible hoses, as
Illustrated on fig. 1. shown on fig. 2.
Flexible hose
Rubber element
Valves
Push button
On the engine is as standard mounted an instrument

panel.
The following incorporating pressure gauges for the most Fig. 2. Cross section of instrument panel
essential pressures.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Pressure gauge for:

The connecting pipes to the manometers are equip-
PI 01 LT fresh water, inlet to air cooler
PI 10 HT fresh water, inlet engine ped with valves which make it possible to replace
PI 21/22 Lubricating oil, inlet/outlet to filter the manometers during operation.
PI 23 Lub. oil, inlet to turbocharger
PI 31 Charge air, outlet from cooler
PI 40 Fuel oil, inlet to engine
Fig. 1. Lay-out of instrument panel
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
509.05 Description
Edition 01H
Instruments and Automatics Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Instrumentation - too high press. drop across lub. oil filter
- too high HT FW temperature - outlet engine
As standard the engine is supplied with the following - too low starting air pressure - inlet engine
instrumentation mounted local on the engine: - too high engine speed (overspeed)
Thermometer TI 01 LT water - inlet air cooler The actual number and type of the alarm- and shut-
Thermometer TI 02 LT water - outlet from air cooler down switches for the plant can be seen in the list
Thermometer TI 03 LT water - outlet from lub. oil cooler "Engine Automatic part list" in this section.
Thermometer TI 10 HT fresh water - inlet to engine
Thermometer TI 11 HT fresh water - outlet each cylinder
Thermometer TI 20 Lubricating oil - inlet to cooler Leakage Alarm (LAH 42)
Thermometer TI 22 Lubricating oil - outlet from filter
Thermometer TI 30 Charge air - inlet to cooler Waste and leak oil from the comparement, for the
Thermometer TI 31 Charge air - outlet from cooler injection equipment, fuel valves, high-pressure pipes
Thermometer TI 40 Fuel oil - inlet to engine and engine feed pump (if mounted) is led to a fuel
Thermometer TI 60 Exhaust gas - outlet each cylinder leakage alarm unit.
Thermometer TI 61 Exhaust gas - outlet turbocharger
The actual number of the instrumentation for the

plant can be seen on the diagrams for the specific Normal leakage
plant in the sections 512-513-514-515-516.
C
For code identification see 500.20.
Pressostates and Thermostates B

Leak alarm
Normal level
The engine is supplied with a number of alarm- and
shut-down functions. The alarms shall via the alarm
panel worn against an abnormal working condition,
which can lead to break down and the shut-down
functions shall stop the engine before a break down.
I.e. a shut-down is "worse" than an alarm because A
a shut-down is given if the engine could be severe
damage by running on these conditions.
High level
As standard the engine is equipped with:
Shut-down Switches for

Leakoil
- too low lubricating oil pressure - inlet engine
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Alarm
- too high HT FW temperature - outlet engine Normal
- too high engine speed (over speed)
Alarm Switches for
- leaking fuel oil

- too low lubricating oil pressure - inlet engine
- too low prelubricating oil pressure (level
Waste oil outlet
alarm)
Fig. 4. Fuel oil leakage alarm.
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Description 509.05
Page 3 (3) Instruments and Automatics Edition 01H
L23/30H
The alarm unit consists of a box with a float switch Alarm for Prelubricating (LAL 25)
for level monitoring, see fig. 4.
Alarm for missing prelubricating, when the engine
The supply fuel oil to the engine is led through the is stopped is given by means of a level switch (LAL
unit in order to keep heated up, thereby ensuring 25) mounted in the main lubricating oil pipe.
free drainage passage even for high-viscous wa-
ste/leak oil.
Alarm and Shut-down for Overspeed
Under normal conditions there will always be a smal-
ler amount of waste/leak oil from the comparement, When the mechanical overspeed is activated, see
this will be led out through the bore "A" in the pipe 509.01 fig. 2, a micro-switch will release the alarm
"B" as illustrated. for overspeed (SAH 81) and activate the shut-down
solenoid in the governor.
In case of a larger than normal leakage, the level
in the box will rise and the level switch "C" will be The latter function is a back-up for the mechanical
activated. The larger amount of leak oil will be lead overspeed.
out through the top of the pipe "B".
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Description
Lambda Controller 509.10
Page 1 (2)
Edition 09H
L23/30H
Purpose Thus the solenoid valve (4) opens. The jet system is
activated, the turbocharger accelerates and increases
The purpose with the lambda controller is to prevent the charge air pressure, thereby pressing the piston
injection of more fuel in the combustion chamber than (3) backwards in the lambda cylinder (5). When the
can be burned during a momentary load in-crease. lambda ratio is satisfactory, the jet system will be
This is carried out by controlling the relation between de-activated.
the fuel index and the charge air pressure.
At a 50% load change the system will be activated
The Lambda controller is also used as stop cylin- for about 3-8 seconds.
der.
If the system is activated more than 10 seconds,
the solenoid valve will be shut off and there will be
Advantages a remote signal for "jet system failure".
The lambda controller has the following advan-

tages: Fuel oil limiting during start procedure
- Reduction of visible smoke in case of sud- During the start procedure the lambda controller is
den momentary load increases. used as an index limiter.
- Improved load ability. Hereby heavy smoke formation is prevented during

start procedure and further the regulating device
- Less fouling of the engine's exhaust gas cannot over-react.
ways.
- Limitation of fuel oil index during starting Air Consumption

procedure.
At 50% step load the air consumption will be as
follows:
Principles for functioning
Figure 1 illustrates the controller's operation mode. Cyl. no. 5 6 7 8

In case of a momentary load increase, the regulat-
ing device will increase the index on the injection Nm3 0.70 0.84 0.98 1.12
pumps and hereby the regulator arm (1) is turned,
the switch (2) will touch the piston arm (3) and be
pushed downwards, whereby the electrical circuit
will be closed.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
04.15 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
509.10 Lambda Controller Description

Page 2 (2)
Edition 09H
L23/30H
1. Regulating arm
2. Switch (Pick-up)
3. Piston
4. Solenoid valve
5. Lambda controller
6. Overspeed device
(mecanical activated 3/2 valve)
5 Charge air
receiver
3
2
1
~
4 Engine's
compression
air system
Fig 1 Lambda controller incl. start limitation
04.15 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description 509.35
Page 1 (1) Starting Box Edition 01H
L23/30H
Description Engine / Turbocharger RPM
The starting box is mounted on the engine's control By activating the "Engine RPM/TC RPM" button, the
side. On front of the box there are the following indication is changed.
indications/pushbuttons:
Engine RPM indication is green light-emitting diodes
- Indication of engine or turbocharger RPM and turbocharger RPM indication is red light-emit-
- Indication of electronic overspeed ting diodes.
- Pushbutton for "Manual Start"
- Pushbutton for "Manual Stop" External Indications
- Pushbutton for "Remote" *
- Pushbutton for "Local" * There are output signals for engine RPM and tur-
- Pushbutton for "Blocking" * bocharger RPM.
- Pushbutton for change-over between engine Engine: 0 - 1200 RPM ~ 4-20 mA
and turbocharger RPM TC: 0 - 60000 RPM ~ 4-20 mA
* The function chosen is indicated in the pushbut- The pushbuttons for "Remote", "Local" and "Block-
ton. See fig 1. ing" have potential free switches for external indi-
cation.
Manual Start
All components in the starting box are wired to the
The engine can be started by means of the start built-on terminal box.
button, but only if the button "Local" is activated.
The manual, local start is an electrical, pneumatic

start, i.e. when activating the start button a sole-
noid valve opens for air to the air starter, thereby
engaging the starter and starting the diesel engine.
Throughout the starting cycle the start button must
be activated.
The air starter is automatically disengaged when the

diesel engine exceeds 140 RPM. If the start button is
disengaged before the diesel engine has exceeded
140 RPM, further starting cycles are blocked, until
5 sec. after the engine is at standstill.
Remote Start
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Remote start can only take place if the pushbutton

for "Remote" is activated.
Manual Stop
The "Manual Stop" button is connected to the stop

coil on the governor.
Blocking
If "Blocking" is activated, it is not possible to start

the diesel engine. Fig 1. Starting box
94.26 - ES2S-G
MAN Diesel
Description 509.40
Page 1 (1) Converter for Engine- and Turbocharger RPM Signal Edition 01H
L23/30H
Engine RPM signal The "engine run" signals will be given through a relay.
One for synchronizing and one for start/stop of pre.
For measuring the engine's RPM, a pick-up mounted lub. oil pump or alarm blocking at start/stop.
on the engine is used giving a frequency depending
on the RPM. To be able to show the engine's RPM
on an analogue tachometer, the frequency signal Safe start
is sent through an f/I converter (frequency/current
converter), where the signal is transformed into a When the safe start signal is activated the engine
proportional 4-20 mA ~ 0-1200 RPM signal. can start. When the engine reach 140 RPM the air
starter will be shut-off.
Further, the converter has following signals:
Further, the safe start signal is a blocking function
- overspeed for the air starter during rotation.
- engine run
- safe start
- tacho fail Tacho fail
The tacho fail signal will be on when everything

is normal. If the pick-up or the converter fails the
signal will be deactivated. E.g. if there is power
supply failure.
The converter for engine RPM signal is mounted in

the terminal box on the engine.
Turbocharger RPM signal
For measuring the turbocharger RPM, a pick-up

mounted on the engine is used giving a frequency
depending on the RPM. To be able to show the
Fig 1. Converter for engine RPM. turbocharger's RPM on an analogue tachometer,
the frequency signal is sent through a f/I converter
(frequency/current converter), where the signal is
Overspeed transferred into a proportional 4-20 mA ~ 0-60000
RPM.
When the engine speed reach the setpoint for elec-
tronic overspeed the converter gives a shutdown The converter is mounted in the terminal box on
signal and a alarm signal through a relay. engine.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Engine run
When the engine speed reach 710 RPM or 200

RPM + 10 seconds the converter gives a "engine
run" signal.
The engine run signal will be deactivated when

the speed is 640 RPM. If the engine speed haven't
been over 710 RPM the signal will be deactivated
at 200 RPM. Fig 2. Converter for TC RPM.
96.30 - ES2S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card Functional Test and Adjustment of Safety, 509-01.00

Page 1 (2)
Alarm and Monitoring Equipment Edition 01H
L23/30H
Safety precautions Special tools
Stopped engine Plate No Item No Note.

Shut-off cooling water See Related Procedure
Shut-off fuel oil
Description
Function test and adjustment of safety, alarm and

monitoring equipment. Hand tools
See Related Procedure
Starting position
Related procedure
Overspeed trip 509-01.05

Pressostate 509-05.00
Thermostate 509-05.01
Level switch (LAL 25) 509-05.02
Analog pressure transmitter 509-05.03
Analog temperature transmitter 509-05.04
Man power Replacement and wearing parts

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : hours Plate No Item No Qty. /

Capacity : man
Data

03.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
509-01.00 Functional Test and Adjustment of Safety, Working Card

Alarm and Monitoring Equipment
L23/30H
Maintenance of monitoring and safety sy- For check of these functions use the working cards
stems mentioned under related procedure on page 1.
One of the most important parameters in the pre-

ventive work is that the alarm system as well as the Alarm System
shutdown and overspeed devices are functioning
100%. It is important that all alarms lead to prompt investi-
gation and remedy of the error.
If some of these functions are out of operation, No alarm is insignificant. It is therefore important
they have to be repaired immediately. If this is not that all engine crew members are familiar with and
possible because of the present working situation, well trained in the use and importance of the alarm
the engine has to be under constant observation system.
until it can be stopped. The most serious alarms are equipped with slowdown
and/or shutdown functions.
It is recommended that all functions are tested every
three months according to the mentioned working
cards.
The extent of the alarm and safety functions is

vari- able from plant to plant.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Functional Test and Adjustment of Overspeed Trip Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Functional test and adjustment of overspeed

trip. Hand tools:
Allen key, 4 mm.

Allen key, 2 mm.
Starting position:
Functional test and adjustment of safety

alarm and monitoring equipment, 509-01.00
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Functional Test and Adjustment of Overspeed Trip Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) The engine is run up manually, (on governor Turn the engine until the adjusting screw is opposite
"synchronizer") and at no load, while watching the the opening on the side of the housing. Now loosen
tachometer. the lock screw and turn the adjusting screw, using
the tubular pin spanner supplied, see fig 2.
On reaching the revolution number indicated on
page 500.30 or in "Test Report", the overspeed trip-
ping device must function, thus actuating the stop
cylinders. The fuel injection pump control rods are
now moved to zero index, and the engine stops.
2) If the overspeed device trip at a revolution

number different from that stated on page 500.30
or in the "Test Report" the overspeed device must
be adjusted.
Fig 2.
Turn the adjusting screw outwards (slacken flyweight

spring) to reduce the revolution number. Be careful
not to screw the adjusting screw so far out that it
may touch the release arm. Tighten the lock screw
and test the overspeed device again.
4) Refit the covers when the overspeed device

functions at correct revolution number.
5) The overspeed device can be tested manually

Fig 1. by depressing the button on top af the housing, see
fig 1. This will activate the flyweight and the arm for
release of the air valve for the stop cylinders and
Adjustment of Overspeed Trip. the engine should thus stop. (This test must also be
carried out without load).
3) Remove both covers on the housing of the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
overspeed tripping device, see fig 1. 6) It is recommended now and then, while the
engine is at a standstill, to move the flyweight by
means of the push button to ensure that the flyweight
can always move with sufficient ease.
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Adjustment and Test of On/Off Pressostate Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Adjustment and test of on/off pressostate. (lub.

oil,fuel oil, water etc.). Hand tools:
Screw driver.
Testing pump.
Starting position:

Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Adjustment and Test of On/Off Pressostate Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Adjustment:
1) When the pressostate cover is removed and

locking screw pos. 5, fig 1 is loosened, the range
can be set with the spindle pos. 1 while at the same
time the scale pos. 2 is read.
1. Trial flange.
2. Drain screw.
3. Valve.
1. Range spindle.
2. Range scale.
3. Differential spindle.
4. Differential scale. Fig 2.
5. Locking screw.
4) Remove the screw pos. 2.

Fig 1.
5) Mount the testing pump on the trial flange pos.
1.
2) In pressostates having an adjustable differen-
tial, the spindle pos. 3 must be used to make the
adjusment. The differential obtained can be read Alarm for Falling Pressure:
directly on the scale pos. 4.
6) Pump up the pressure until the switch has
Set points, see page 500.30. changed. The pressure will slowly be relieved and
it must be checked that the switch change back to
the pressure stated as the alarm point.
Test:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
It is possible to make a functional test of the pres- Alarm for Rising Pressure:
sure switch. This is to be carried out according to
the following procedure. 7) Pump up the pressure until the switch chang-
es, and check that it happens at the stated alarm
3) Shut off system pressure with the valve pos 3, point.
fig 2.
8) After the final check and adjustment, remove
the testing pump, mount the screw pos 2 and open
the valve pos 3.
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Adjustment and Test of On/Off Thermostate Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Adjustment and test of on/off thermostate. (lub.

oil, fuel oil, water etc.). Hand tools:
Screw driver.
Special testing devices.
Starting position:

Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Adjustment and Test of On/Off Thermostate Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Adjustment: Test:
1) When the thermostate cover is removed and 3) The funcional test of the thermostate is to be
locking screw pos. 5, fig 1 is loosened, the range carried out according to the following procedure.
can be set with the spindle pos. 1 while at the same
time the scale pos. 2 is read. 4) Take out the sensor of the pocket.
5) Test the sensor in a water bath, where the

temperature can be controlled.
Alarm for Falling Temperature:
6) Raise the temperature until the switch has

changed.
Then the temperature must slowly be reduced, and

check that the switch changes back at the tempera-
ture stated in the list page 500.30.
Alarm for Rising Temperature:

1. Range spindle.
2. Range scale.
7) Raise the temperature until the switch chang-
3. Differential spindle. es and check that is happens at the stated alarm
4. Differential scale. points.
5. Locking screw.
8) Adjust if necessary.
9) The sensor is mounted again.

Fig 1.
2) Thermostates having an adjustable differential,

the spindle pos. 3 can be used while the scale pos.
4 is read.
Set points, see page 500.30.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Function and Test of Level Switch (LAL 25) Edition 01H
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate no. Item no. Note

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Function and test of level switch, LAL 25, in

lubricating oil system. Hand tools:
Starting position:

Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

91.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Function and Test of Level Switch (LAL 25) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The level switch LAL 25, which is mounted on the

main lubricating oil pipe of the engine, gives alarm
for missing prelubricating oil. Vent pipe
Function.
1) By starting the prelubricating oil pump the main

lubricating oil pipe will be filled with lubricating oil,
which means that the level switch is lifted and the
alarm is disconnected.
Level switch
2) When the prelubricating is interrupted, the lub.
oil will run out of the system through the bearings, Main lubricating oil pipe
which means that level switch is lowered and the
alarm starts.
Fig 1.
Test:
The test is carried out when the engine is stop-

ped.
3) Start the lubricating oil pump, and let the pump

run about 5 min.
4) Stop the prelubricating oil pump. The alarm

must be released after 0 - 5 min., depending of the
oil viscosity.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Adjustment and Test of Analogous Pressure Transmitter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Adjustment and test of analogous pressure

transmitter. Hand tools:

Testing pump.
Starting position:

Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Adjustment and Test of Analogous Pressure Transmitter Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The pressure transmitter registers the actual pres- Adjustment:

sure and marks the change to an electrical signal,
which adjusts the pressure. 1) The pressure transmitter shall not be adjust-
ed, but the alarm limit must be set on the alarm
plant. Kindly see the instruction book for the alarm
plant.
Set points, see page 500.30.
Test:
2) It is possible to make a functional test of the

pressure transmitter. This is carried out according
to the following procedure:
3) Shut off system pressure with the valve pos.

3.
4) Remove the screw pos. 2.
5) Mount the testing apparatus on the trial flange

pos. 1. and pump on a pressure within the working
area of the transmitter.
1. Trial flange. If the alarm plant has an instrument unit, the pres-
2. Drain screw. sure can be read on this. Other wise the test can
3. Valve. be carried out by watching if the alarm plant gives
any alarm, when the alarm limit which is stated
on page 500.30 is exceeded (if the alarm plant is
adjusted).
Fig 1.
6) The screw pos. 2 is mounted, and the valve

pos. 3. is opened after the test is finished.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card Adjustment and Test of 509-05.04

Page 1 (2)
Analogous Temperature Transmitter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Adjustment and test of analogous temperature

transmitter, (PT 100 sensor). Hand tools:
Special testing devices.
Starting position:

Related procedure:
Mampower: Replacement and wearing parts:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
509-05.04 Adjustment and Test of Working Card

Page 2 (2)
Edition 01H Analogous Temperature Transmitter
L23/30H
The PT 100 sensor consists of a resistance wire Otherwise the test can be carried out by watching
which changes resistance depending on the tem- if the alarm plant gives any alarm, when the alarm
perature. limit which is stated on page 500.30 is exceeded
(if the alarm plant is adjusted).
Look and design varify depending on the place of
measurement and manufacture. 5) The sensor is mounted again.
Adjustment:
1) The PT 100 sensor cannot be adjusted, but

the alarm limit must be set on the alarm plant.
Set point, see page 500.30.
Test:
2) The functional trial of the PT 100 sensor can be

carried out according to the following procedure.
3) Take out the sensor of the pocket.
4) Test the sensor by diving the sensor in the

water. Compare the signal from the sensor with the
water temperature.
If the alarm plant has an instrument unit, the tempe- Fig 1.

rature can be read on this.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (3) Lambda Controller Edition 13H
L23/30H

Shut off starting air
Shut off cooling water
Shut off fuel oil
Shut off cooling oil
Description Hand tools
Adjustment of lambda controller. Adjustable spanner 10"-12"
Starting position
Related procedure
Manpower Replacement and wearing parts

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 hour Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
Data

03.13 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 13H
Lambda Controller Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Adjustment of the Lambda Controller
All adjustments are made when the engine is in

standstill position.
1) Check that the free space between the pick-

up and the band steel on the regulating arm
is min. 1 mm, see fig 1.
1. Band steel
1 2. Pick-up
3. Regulating arm
Min 1 mm free space
Fig 3 Lambda Controller

across pick-up
3
2) Turn the lever (fig 2) of the governor a few
2 times to full load with an adjustable spanner
(spring between governor and fuel rack full
com-pressed). Check that the fuel index is 17
Fig 1 Check of free space at the fuel pump.
3) In case of large deviation from index 17 ad-

justment is done by turning the regulating arm
(4), fig 3. Finally adjustment is done at the
adjustment screw (3), fig 3.
4) Adjustment completed.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Adjustment of the Stop Screw
5) Remove pipe for charge air pressure.
6) Supply air pressure until the piston rod reaches

its upper position.
7) Turn the lever (fig 2) of the governor to full load

with an adjustable spanner. Adjust the stop
screw (fig 2) to 110 % load (stationary 100%)
Fig 2 Adjustment of the stop screw according to the test bed, plus 1.5 index.
03.13 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Lambda Controller Edition 13H
L23/30H
Use the index arm on the fuel injection pump Note : In case of start failure due to wear of the fuel
nearest to the lambda controller as the control pump, the start index must be raised to a higher level
for the index. by turning the self-locking nut anticlockwise.
8) Adjustment completed.
Adjustment of Start Index, only if mounted
After adjustment of the lambda index the start index

must be adjusted.
Force the piston by the screw on the back, see fig 4.

Check that the index is 18 mm. Adjustment is made
on the self-locking nut on the back of the lambda
controller, see fig 4.
Fig 4 Adjustment of start index

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.13 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Governor and Governor Drive 50901-21H
L23/30H
393
427 For governor,

see special
instruction book
403
439
415
141
153
165
189 177
190
033
200
045
224
212+
057
069 236
070 248
082 261
094 273
285
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
297
307
332
320
06.44 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50901-21H Governor and Governor Drive Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
033 1/E Plug screw Propskrue 415 4/E Screw Skrue
045 1/E Gasket Pakning 427 1/E Shutdown solenoid Shutdown spole
057 4/E Nut Møtrik 439 1/E Governor, Europa Regulator, Europa
(900 rpm) (900 rpm)
069 2/E Stud Tap
070 1/E O-ring O-ring

+ Item No. 212 require + Item nr. 212 kræver
082 1/E Castle nut Kronemøtrik an individual match- en individual tilpasning
ing (by shims) before (med shims) før monte-
094 1/E Split pin Split mounting, contact, ring, kontakt MAN B&W,
MAN B&W, Holeby Holeby.
141 1/E Shim (set 0,1 - Mellemlæg (sæt 0,1 -
0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm) 0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm)
153 1/E Disc Skive
165 1/E Ball bearing Kugleleje
177 1/E Bevel gear wheel Konisk tandhjul
189 1/E Key Feder
190 1/E Castle nut Kronemøtrik
200 1/E Split pin Split
212+ 1/E Housing Hus
224 2/E Stud Tap
236 2/E Pin Stift
248 1/E Plug Prop
261 1/E Plug Prop
273 1/E Axle journal Akseltap
285 1/E Bush Bøsning
320 1/E Wear disc Slidskive
332 1/E Key Feder
393 1/E Synchronizing motor Synkromiseringsmotor

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
403 1/E Governor, Europa Regulator, Europa

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)
06.44 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
021 104
For governor, 116

see special 439
instruction book
128
141
153
165
189 177
190
033
200
045
224
212+
057
069 236
070 248
082 261
094 273
285
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
297
307
332
320
06.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
021 1/E Synchronnizing Synchroniserings- 320 1/E Wear disc Slidskive

motor motor
332 1/E Key Feder
033 1/E Plug screw Propskrue
439 1/E Governor Regulator
045 1/E Gasket Pakning 900 rpm 900 rpm
057 4/E Nut Møtrik

069 2/E Stud Tap an individual match- en individual tilpasning
ing (by shims) before (med shims) før monte-
070 1/E O-ring O-ring mounting, contact, ring, kontakt MAN B&W,
MAN B&W, Holeby Holeby.
104 1/E Shut down Shut-down

solenoid spole
116 1/E Governor Regulator

720/750 rpm 720/750 rpm
128 4/E Screw Skrue

0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm) 0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm)
153 1/E Disc Skive
189 1/E Key Feder
224 2/E Stud Tap
236 2/E Pin Stift
248 1/E Plug Prop
261 1/E Plug Prop

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.32 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
For actuator,
see special
instruction book
116
128
141
153
165
189 177
190
033
200
045
224
212+
057
069 236
070 248
082 261
094 273
285
297
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
307
332
320
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
033 1/E Plug screw Propskrue 320 1/E Wear disc Slidskive
045 1/E Gasket Pakning 332 1/E Key Feder
057 4/E Nut Møtrik

069 2/E Stud Tap an individual match- en individual tilpasning
ing (by shims) before (med shims) før mon-
070 1/E O-ring O-ring mounting, contact, tering, kontakt MAN
MAN Diesel A/S. Diesel A/S.
116 1/E Actuator Aktuator
128 4/E Screw Skrue

0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm) 0,3 - 0,5 - 1,0 mm)
153 1/E Disc Skive
189 1/E Key Feder
224 2/E Stud Tap
236 2/E Pin Stift
248 1/E Plug Prop
261 1/E Plug Prop

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Regulating Device 50902-06H
L23/30H
015
Governor Plate 50901
027
064
039
040
052
088
111
123
076
135
147
159
160
172
184 064
196 243
206 255
218 267
231
027
088
052 279
040 280
292
363 302
375 326 Lambda controller
387 see plate 50910
351
399 338 314
409 745
410 422 757
769
434
446
483 458
495 471
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
542
530 554
566
578
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50902-06H Regulating Device Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
015 1/R Screw Skrue 338 1/E Stop ring Stopring
027 2/R Locking plate Låseblik 351 1/E Screw Skrue
039 1/R Governor arm Regulatorarm 363 1/C Linkage Lænkeled
040 2/R Split pin Split 375 1/C Split pin Split
052 2/R Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 387 1/C Pin Stift
064 2/R Screw for ball head Skrue for kuglehoved 399 1/C Pin Stift
076 1/R Spring loaded pull Fjederbelastet træk- 409 1/C Spring arm Fjederarm
rod, complete stang, komplet
088 2/R Pull rod head Trækstangshoved
111 1/R Split pin Split
434 1/C Armholder Armholder
123 1/R Pull rod end Trækstangsende
446 1/C Screw Skrue
135 1/R Cylindrical pin Cylindrisk stift
458 1/C Bushing Bøsning
147 1/R Spring housing Fjederhus
471 1/C Bearing bracket Lejeblik
159 1/R Pointed screw Pinolskrue
160 1/R Spring Fjeder
495 2/C Screw Skrue
530 2/E Screw Skrue
184 1/R Guide ring Styrering
542 2/E Screw Skrue
554 2/E Washer Skive
206 1/R Pull rod Trækstang
566 2/E Nut Møtrik
218 1/R Nut Møtrik
578 1/E Bracket Konsol
231 1/R Locking plate Låseblik
745 1/E Regulating shaft, Reguleringsaksel,
243 1/R Arm Arm 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
255 1/R Spring pin Fjederstift 757 1/E Regulating shaft, Reguleringsaksel,
267 1/R Screw Skrue
279 1/R Guide pin Styrestift 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
280 1/R Screw Skrue
292 1/R Bearing Leje

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
302 1/R Bushing Bøsning

* = Only available as part of a spare part kit. * = Kun tilgængelig som en del af et reservedelssæt.
Qty./R = Qty./Regulating device Antal/R = Antal/Reguleringsmekanisme
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Regulating Device 50902-07H
L23/30H
015
Governor Plate 50901
027
064
039
040
052
088
111
123
076
135
147
159
160
172
184 064
196 243
206 255
218 267
231
027
088
052 279
040 280
292
363 302
375 326 Lambda controller
387 see plate 50910
351
399 338 314
409 745
410 422 757
769
434
446
483 458
495 471
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
542
530 554
566
578
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50902-07H Regulating Device Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
015 1/R Screw Skrue 338 1/E Stop ring Stopring
027 2/R Locking plate Låseblik 351 1/E Screw Skrue
039 1/R Governor arm Regulatorarm 363 1/C Linkage Lænkeled
040 2/R Split pin Split 375 1/C Split pin Split
052 2/R Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 387 1/C Pin Stift
064 2/R Screw for ball head Skrue for kuglehoved 399 1/C Pin Stift
076 1/R Spring loaded pull Fjederbelastet træk- 409 1/C Spring arm Fjederarm
rod, complete stang, komplet
088 2/R Pull rod head Trækstangshoved
111 1/R Split pin Split
434 1/C Armholder Armholder
123 1/R Pull rod end Trækstangsende
446 1/C Screw Skrue
458 1/C Bushing Bøsning
147 1/R Spring housing Fjederhus
471 1/C Bearing bracket Lejeblik
159 1/R Pointed screw Pinolskrue
160 1/R Spring Fjeder
495 2/C Screw Skrue
530 2/E Screw Skrue
542 2/E Screw Skrue
206 1/R Pull rod Trækstang
566 2/E Nut Møtrik
218 1/R Nut Møtrik
578 1/E Bracket Konsol
231 1/R Locking plate Låseblik
243 1/R Arm Arm 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
255 1/R Spring pin Fjederstift 757 1/E Regulating shaft, Reguleringsaksel,
267 1/R Screw Skrue
279 1/R Guide pin Styrestift 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
280 1/R Screw Skrue
292 1/R Bearing Leje

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
302 1/R Bushing Bøsning

* = Only available as part of a spare part kit. * = Kun tilgængelig som en del af et reservedelssæt.
Qty./R = Qty./Regulating device Antal/R = Antal/Reguleringsmekanisme
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Overspeed Device 50903-02H
L23/30H
010
022
034
046
058
071
083
105
095 117
129
130
142
178 154
191 166, 524
201
237 500 213
225
262
249
274
250
333
286
345 369
298
357
370
404 382
428 394
416
441
453
465
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
477
512 489
490
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50903-02H Overspeed Device Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
010 1/E Socket Muffe 345 1/E Spring Fjeder
022 1/E Button Knap 357 1/E Button Knap
034 1/E Spring pin Fjederstift 369 1/E Nipple Nippel
046 1/E Spring Fjeder 370 1/E Spindle Spindel
058 4/E Screw Skrue 382 1/E Spring (left) Fjeder (venstre)
071 1/E Screw Skrue 394 1/E Spindle Spindel
083 1/E Cover Dæksel 404 2/E Washer Skive
095 1/E Spindle Spindel 416 2/E Screw Skrue
105 1/E Spring pin Fjederstift 428 1/E Ball bearing Kugleleje
117 1/E Cylindrical pin Cylindrisk stift 441 1/E Elastic coupling Elastisk kobling
129 1/E Lever Arm 453 1/E Spring (right) Fjeder (højre)
130 1/E Screw Skrue 465 1/E Valve attachment Ventilholder
142 1/E Flyweight housing Hus for svingvægt 477 4/E Screw Skrue
154 1/E Adjusting screw Justeringsskrue 489 1/E Pneumatic valve Pneumatisk ventil
166 1/E Spring Fjeder 490 1/E Silencer Lyddæmper

720/750 rpm 720/750 rpm
500 1/E Overspeed device, Overspeed anordning,
178 1/E Circlip Sikringsring complete komplet
191 1/E Flyweight Svingvægt 512 1/E Spare parts kit for Reservedelskit for
item 489 item 489
201 1/E Key Not
524 1/E Spring Fjeder
213 1/E Ball bearing Kugleleje 900 rpm 900 rpm
225 1/E Housing Hus
250 4/E Screw Skrue
262 1/E Pin Stift
274 1/E Lever Arm
286 1/E Nut Møtrik

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
333 1/E Spindle Spindel
06.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Instrument Panel 50905-07H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

PI 10 HT fresh water, inlet engine
PI 21/22 Lubricating oil, inlet/outlet to filter
96.29 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
50905-07H Instrument Panel Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
No Qty. Designation Benævnelse No Qty. Designation Benævnelse
143 1/E Housing for Hus for 704 4/E Screw Skrue
instrument panel instrumentpanel
716 4/E Serrated lock washer Stjernefjederskive
155 1/E Bracket for Konsol for
instrument panel instrument-panel 728 2/E Screw Skrue
167 4/E Rubber clutch Gummikobling 741 2/E Serrated lock washer Stjernefjederskive
179 8/E Nut Møtrik 753 8/E Screw Skrue
180 8/E Spring lock Fjederskive 765 1/E Side plate Sideplade
192 2/E Pressure gauge Manometer 417 1/E Instrument panel, Instrument panel,
0-3 bar 0-3 bar complete komplet
(PI 31 and PI 23) (PI 31 og PI 23)
202 3/E Pressure gauge Manometer

0-6 bar 0-3 bar
(PI 01, PI 10, (PI 01, PI 10,
PI 21-22) PI 21-22)

0-10 bar (PI 40) 0-10 bar (PI 40)
226 6/E Needle valve Nåleventil
238 1/E 3-way valve for 3-vejsventil for

PI 21-22 PI 21-22
263 1/E Pipe Rør
275 1/E Angle union Vinkelforskruning
287 2/E Straight union Ligeforskruning
299 2/E Pressure gauge hose Manometer slange

140 mm 195 mm

195 mm 140 mm

340 mm 300 mm
322 6/E Packing ring Pakningsring
334 2/E Reduction Reduktion
346 1/E Damper (fuel oil) Dæmper (fuel oil)

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
358 2/E Coupling for Kobling for

manometer manometer
371 1/E Damper Dæmper

(charging air) (ladeluft)
96.29 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.35 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Qty. Designation Benævnelse Qty. Designation Benævnelse
143 1/E Housing for Hus for 395 4/E Lock washer Låseskive
instrument panel instrument panel
417 1/E Instrument panel, Instrument panel,
155 1/E Bracket for instrument Konsol for instrument complete, L23/30H komplet, L23/30H
panel , L23/30H panel, L23/30H
167 4/E Rubber clutch Gummikobling
179 8/E Nut Møtrik
180 8/E Spring locks Fjedrende skive
192 2/E Pressure gauge 0-3 Manometer 0-3 bar

bar (PI 31 and PI 23) (PI 31 og PI 23)
202 3/E Pressure gauge 0-6 Manometer 0-3 bar,

bar, PI 01, PI 10, PI PI 01, PI 10, PI 21-22
21-22
214 1/E Pressure gauge 0-10 Manometer 0-10 bar

bar (PI 40) (PI 40)

PI 21-22 PI 21-22
263 1/E Steel pipe Stålrør
275 1/E Screwed connection Forskruning
287 2/E Union Forskruning

140 mm 140 mm

195 mm 195 mm

340 mm 340 mm
334 2/E Reduction adapter Reduktionsforskruning
358 2/E Coupling for mano- Kobling for manometer

meter
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
371 1/E Damper Dæmper

(charging air) (ladeluft)
383 4/E Screw Skrue
When ordering spare parts, see also page 500.50. Ved bestilling af reservedele, se også side 500.50
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Qty./E = Antal/Motor
98.35 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

PI 10 HT fresh water, inlet engine
PI 21/22 Lubricating oil, inlet/outlet to filter
PI 50 Nozz. cool. oil, inlet to fuel valves
00.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
01 1/E Housing for Hus for 23 1/E Damper (charging air) Dæmper (ladeluft)
instrument panel instrument panel
43 4/E Screw Skrue
instrument panel instrument panel 44 4/E Serrated lock washer Stjernefjederskive
03 4/E Rubber clutch Gummikobling 45 2/E Screw Skrue
04 8/E Nut Møtrik 46 2/E Serrated lock washer Stjernefjederskive
05 8/E Spring lock Fjederskive 47 8/E Screw Skrue
06 2/E Pressure gauge Manometer 48 1/E Side plate Sideplade

0-3 bar 0-3 bar
(PI 31 and PI 23) (PI 31 og PI 23) 49 1/E Instrument panel, Instrument panel,
complete komplet
0-6 bar 0-3 bar
(PI 01, PI 10, PI 50, (PI 01, PI 10, PI 50,
PI 21-22) PI 21-22)

0-10 bar (PI 40) 0-10 bar (PI 40)

PI 21-22 PI 21-22
11 1/E Washer Skive
12 1/E Pipe Rør
13 1/E Angle union Vinkelforskruning
14 2/E Straight union Ligeforskruning

195 mm 195 mm

140 mm 140 mm

300 mm 300 mm

340 mm 340 mm
20 2/E Reduction Reduktion

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
22 2/E Coupling for mano- Kobling for

meter manometer
00.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Instruments 50907-17H
L23/30H
Fig. and Description Range Code L Item No.
0-8 bar PSL 22 012

PAL 10
PAL 22
6-18 bar PAL 70 024
Pressostate
20-60°C TAL 10 2m 061

5m 073
50-100°C 2m 085
5m 097
8m 107
70-120°C TAH 12 2m 119

TSH 12 5m 120
TAH 22 8m 132
TSH 22
L
Thermostate
0.2-2.5 bar PDAH 21-22 144
PDAH 43-40
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Difference Pressostate
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
50907-17H Instruments Plate

Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Fig. and Description Range Code L Item No.
0-4 bar PT 31 156
0-6 bar PT 10 168
0-10 bar PT 22 181
PT 40
0-16 bar PT 70 203
Pressure Transmitter
Needle Valve with 3/8" pipe thread 239
Needle valve with 1/2" pipe thread 240
Needle Valve
1-10 bar PAL 40 048

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Pressostate
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (3) Thermometer 50907-09H
L23/30H
Scale Length Item

Fig. Code
°F °C L L1 No.
40-240 0-120 110 100 TI 01 252
TI 02
TI 31
40-240 0-120 110 63 TI 22 264

L
TI 20
40-600 0-300 150 100 TI 30 276
L1
40-400 0-200 110 40 TI 40 288
TI 51
40-220 0-120 110 100 TI 03 311
TI 10
TI 11
L
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
L1
04.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50907-09H Thermometer Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Scale Length Item

Fig. Code
°F °C L L1 No.
100-
1300 50-650 100 115 TI 60 323
°C°F
L1
L1
Pocket 115 335
100-
1300 50-650 65 215 TI 61 347
° C° F
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Pocket 215 359
04.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 3 (3) Thermometer 50907-09H
L23/30H
Scale Length Item
Fig. Code
°F °C L L1 No.
120-1200 50-650 140 215 TI 61 360
TI 62
Thermo-
meter 372
Feeler
NiCr-Ni 384
Pocket 100 396
120-1200 50-650 165 115 TI 60 406
120-1200 50-650 190 115 TI 60 418
Feeler
NiCr-Ni 431
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Thermo-
meter 443
Pocket 200 455
04.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (1) Pick-up 50908-02H
L23/30H
Length Item
Fig. Range Code
L mm no
Working temp. SE 90 018

-25°C - 70°C
0 - 1 kHz 55 SE 89 031
Pick-up
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
101 SE 90-3 043

75
2.7
19
07.48 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lambda Controller 50910-02H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.14 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
50910-02H Lambda Controller Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
019 1/E Regulating arm, Reguleringsarm,

complete komplet
020 1/E Pick-up, Pick-up,

incl. sleeve incl. afstandsring
032 1/E Lambda cylinder, Lambdacylinder,

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.14 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Prelubricating Oil Alarm (LAL 25) 50919-01H
L23/30H
018
031
043
Switch point
055
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50919-01H Prelubricating Oil Alarm (LAL 25) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
043 1/E Loctite 577 Loctite 577
055 1/E Level switch Niveauafbryder
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Level Switch in Oil Sump (LAL/LAH 28) 50920-13H
L23/30H
777
491
501
981 430
513
525 579
789
442
549
580
789 549
454
501
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50920-13H Level Switch in Oil Sump (LAL/LAH 28) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
430 4/E Nut Møtrik
442 1/E Pipe for level Rør for niveau-

switch alarm
454 1/E Box for level Box for

alarm level alarm
491 2/E Red. adaptor Red. adapter
501 4/E Screw Skrue
513 1/E Plate Plade
549 2/E Level switch Niveaualarm

switch alarm
580 2/E Red. adaptor Red. adaptor
777 1/E Dipstick, complete Pejlestok, komplet
789 /I Loctite 577 Loctite 577
968 1/E Level switch, Level switch,

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine Qty./E = Antal/Motor
Qty./I = Qty./Individual Qty./I = Antal/Individuel
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Level Switch in Oil Sump (LAL 28) 50920-14H
L23/30H
777
466 491
501
478 430
513
525
981
442
580
789 549
454
501
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50920-14H Level Switch in Oil Sump (LAL 28) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
430 2/E Nut Møtrik

switch alarm

alarm level alarm
491 1/E Red. adaptor Red. adapter
501 4/E Screw Skrue
513 1/E Plate Plade
549 1/E Level switch Niveaualarm
580 1/E Red. adaptor Red. adaptor

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Level Switch in Oil Sump (Dipstick only) 50920-15H
L23/30H
777
466 466
501
478 478
513
525
981
454
501
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50920-15H Level Switch in Oil Sump (Dipstick only) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item

alarm level alarm
501 4/E Screw Skrue
513 1/E Plate Plade

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm (LAH 42) 50925-08H
L23/30H
035 023
059
047
060
072
084
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
096 106
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50925-08H Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm (LAH 42) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
035 1/E Packing ring Tætningsring
047 1/E Level switch Niveaukontakt
060 1/E Packing ring Tætningsring
072 1/E Fuel oil leakage alarm, Brændolie lækage-

complete (DIN) alarm, komplet (DIN)
084 1/E Fuel oil leakage alarm, Brændolie lækage-

complete (JIS) alarm, komplet (JIS)
096 1/E Instruction plate Instruktionsplade
106 2/E Screw Skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Qty./E = Antal/Motor
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Local Starting Box - No 1 50935-11H
L23/30H
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50935-11H Local Starting Box - No 1 Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
017 1/E Panel Panel
029 1/E Starting box Startboks
Qty./E = Qty./Enigne. Qty./E = Qty./Motor
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Local Starting Box - No 2 50935-12H
L23/30H
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50935-12H Local Starting Box - No 2 Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
017 1/E Panel Panel
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Local Starting Box - No 2 (incl. high lub. oil temp.) 50935-13H
L23/30H
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50935-13H Local Starting Box - No 2 (incl. high lub. oil temp.) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
017 1/E Panel Panel
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Engine Control Box 50936-13H
L23/30H
536
345 345
0 4 0 4
OUTPUT
AC/DC OUT
AC/DC OUT
1 5 1 5
INPUT
OK OK
2 6 2 6
3 7 3 7
DC INPUTS ANALOG ANALOG

Relay Relay
0 4 8 12
1 5 9 13
2 6 10 14
3 7 11 15
DC/RELAY OUT
095 585
0 4 8
-k3.2 1 5 9 -k7.0 -k8.0 -k9.0 -k9.6

2 6 10
3 7 11
573 333
11 12 13
656 644
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
GROUND
-F3.0.1
-k9.2
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
-F3.0
2
4
6
8
404 274
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99
1
3
5
7
9
394 41 42 43 44
561
142 548
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50936-13H Engine Control Box Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
no Qty Designation Benævnelse no Qty Designation Benævnelse
095 1/E Safety system, Sikkerhedssystem,

Base unit Base unit
142 1/E Terminal, earth Jordklemme
274 3/E End stop Endestop
333 1/E Analog Analog

output module outputmodul
345 2/E Digital Digital

output module outputmodul
394 2/E Fuse terminal Sikringsklemme
404 1/E End plate Endeplade
536 1/E Panel Panel
548 50/E Terminal double Klemme, dobbelt
561 1/E End plate Endeplade
573 1/E Processor unit (CPU) Processor unit (CPU)
585 1/E End cap Endestykke
644 1/E Analog Analog

input module inputmodul
656 1/E Converter Konverter
668 1/E Cable Kabel
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty/E = Qty/Engine Qty/E = Qty/Motor
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Terminal Box 50936-20H
L23/30H
619
607 620 250
)
597
SSH 81
SAH 81
X:2
UX 95
632
(
703
5K6
3K2
3K3
3K9
4K2
4K3
4K4
4K5
4K6
4K7
5K4
5K9
4P1
274
644
225 668
F1/1
F1/2
394 X:1
416
536
681
693 490 477 453 274
500 489 465 656
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50936-20H Terminal Box Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
225 1/E Conduit Ledningskanal
250 1/E Conduit Ledningskanal
274 4/E End stop Endestop
394 2/E Fuse terminal Sikringsklemme
416 2/E Fuse 2A Sikring 2A
453 2/E Cable union M16 Kabelunion M16
465 2/E Nut M16 Møtrik M16
536 1/E Panel Panel
597 1/E Speed converter, Speed converter,

engine 720 rpm motor 720 omdr
607 1/E Timer Timer
619 11/E Aux. relay Hjælperelæ
620 11/E Socket Sokkel

644 12/E Terminal Klemme
656 54/E Terminal Klemme
668 2/E Diode terminal Diode klemme

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) APM Motor Control 50948-01
General
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.13 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50948-01 APM Motor Control Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
No Qty Designation Benævnelse No Qty Designation Benævnelse
016 1/E APM motor control APM motor control
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.13 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Converter 50956-01
General
(RS-232)
021
ADAM ADAM-4520
RS-232 TO RS-422/RS-485
CONVERTER
(B) GND 10
(RS 485)
(RS 422)
(R) +Vs
DATA +
DATA -
RX +
TX +
RX -
TX -
033
045
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.37 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
50956-01 Converter Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
021 1/E Coverter Converter
033 1/E Cable, length 1.8 m Kabel, længde 1.8 m
045 1/E Cable, length 10 m Kabel, længde 10 m
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.37 - ES0
Crankshaft
510/610
MAN Diesel
Description
Crankshaft and Main Bearings 510.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Crankshaft Vibration Damper
The crankshaft, which is a one-piece forging with In special cases a vibration damper is mounted on
ground main bearing and crankpin journals, is sus- the crankshaft to limit torsional vibrations.The damper
pended in inderslung bearings. The main bearings consists essentially of a heavy flywheel totally en-
are equipped with insertion-type shells, which are closed in a light casing. A small clearance is allowed
coated with a wearing surface. To attain a suitable between the casing and the flywheel, and this space
bearing pressure the crankshaft is provided with is filled with a highly viscous fluid.The casing is rigidly
counterweights, which are attached to the crankshaft connected to the front end of the engine crankshaft
by means of two screws. and the only connection between the crankshaft
and the damper flywheel is through the fluid. Under
At the flywheel end the crankshaft is fitted with a gear conditions of no vibration, the casing and damper
wheel which through an intermediate wheel drives flywheel tend to rotate as one unit, since the force
the camshaft. Also fitted here is the flywheel and a required to shear the viscous film is consi-derable.
coupling flange for connection of a reduction gear or As the torsional vibration amplitudes increase, the
an alternator. At the opposite end there is a claw-type casing follows the movement of the crankshaft but
coupling for the lub. oil pump or a flexible gear wheel the flywheel tends to rotate uniformly by virtue of
connection for lub. oil and water pumps. its inertia, and relative motion occurs between the
flywheel and the casing. The viscous fluid film there-
fore undergoes a shearing action, and vibration
energy is absorbed and appears as heat.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0U
MAN Diesel
Working Card Checking of Main Bearings Alignment (Deflection) 510-01.00
(Hydraulic Tightened Connecting Rod)
L23/30H

Checking of main bearings alignment (autolog).
Starting position:
Turning gear in engagement. (If mounted).

Cover for crankshaft has been removed from
frame.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
510-01.00 Checking of Main Bearings Alignment (Deflection) Working Card

L23/30H
Alignment of Main Bearings. As the crankshafts of medium speed engines are very
stiff, any great deviations in the alignment will result
The lower main bearing shells should be positioned in clearance at the bottom shell of the bearings.
so that they keep the main bearing journals of the
crankshaft centered in a straight (ashore horizon- The cause of incorrect main bearing position may
tal) line. Deviations from this centre line cause the be wear of the bearings or misalignmnet of the
crankshaft to bend and increase the load on some engine.
main bearings.
If two adjacent main bearings are placed too low, the Effecting The Deflection Measurement.
crankshaft centre line will in this place be lowered to
form an arc, causing the intermediate crank throw to The deflection measurement is effected by placing a
bend in such a way that it "closes" when turned into springloaded dial gauge in the centre punch marks
bottom position and "opens" in top position. provided for this purpose, see fig. 1.
As the magnitude of such axial lengthening and "Closing" of the throw in top dead centre is regarded
shor tening during the turning of the throw increases as negative, (compression of the gauge).
in proportion to the difference in the height of the
bearing, it is measured as a check on the alignment In the example, page 3, the deflection reading is
and condition of the bearing. therefore negative.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Not for measuring (autolog)
Existing centre punch marks for

measuring (autolog)
Fig. 1 Placing of dial gauge
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
L23/30H
As during the turning of the throw, the gauge and the The total deflection ("opening-closing") of the throw
connecting rod will meet near the bottom position of during the turning from bottom to top position is
the throw, the measurement for the bottom position entered in fig. 4.
is to be replaced by the average of the two near by
positions on either side. These figures are due to vertical misalignment of
the main bearings.
The dial gauge is set to zero, when the crank throw
is in the near-bottom (x in fig. 8) and during the Similarly, horizontal misalignment procedures the
turning the throw is stopped in the position horizon- figures in the table fig. 5.
tal-top-horizontal-near bottom (P-T-S-Y in fig. 8) for
reading of the gauge. Besides misalignment of the bearings, the readings
can be influenced by ovality or eccentricity of the
journals.
Checking The Deflection Measurement.
The reading is entered in the table page 6, see Engines Equipped with Turning Gear.
example in fig. 2 - 6.
When taking these deflection readings for the three
As "bottom" reading is used the mean value of the aftmost cylinders, the turning gear should at each
two "near bottom" readings X and Y, fig. 3. stoppage be turned a little backwards to ease off
the tangential pressure on the teeth of the turning
wheel as this pressure may otherwise falsify the
readings.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Deflection of crankshaft in 1/100 mm. (0.01 mm).

Deflection from vertical
misalignment
Cyl. No.
top - bottom
Crank position 1 2 3 4 5 6
or T - B = V 2 -1.5 4 4.5 -2 2
Bottom start X 0 0 0 0 0 0
Fig. 4.
Left side P 2 0 2 0 -1 2
Top T 3 -2 4 5 -2 3
Deflection from hori-
Right side S 3 -2 2 0 0 1 zontal misalignment
Bottom stop Y 2 -1 0 1 0 2 Right side - left side

or P - S = H -1 2 0 0 -1 1
Fig. 2. Fig. 5.
Bottom (0,5 x Y) = B 1 -0.5 0 -0.5 0 1 Check on T+B= C 4 -2.5 4 5.5 -2 4

gauge
readings P+S= D 5 -2 4 0 -1 3
Fig. 3.
Fig. 6.
C and D should be nearly the same, reading for cylinder 4 to be repeated.
S P
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Y X
Front end view.

"Closing" of the crankthrow is considered Start in position X.
negative. Turn anti clockwise
Fig. 7. Fig. 8.
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
L23/30H
Measurement of Crank Throw Deflections by Means of Dial Indicator (Autolog)
Crank throw deflection = Difference in dial indicator readings in two diametrically

opposite crank throw positions, i.e. two positions dis-
placed 180°.
Vertical deflection = Difference in top-bottom readings.
Horizontal deflection = Difference in side-side readings.
Vertical of Horizontal Deflections of Crank Throws
Unless otherwise stated the values refer to cold engine.
For new or realigned aggregate Aim for + or - 3/100 mm

Acceptable + or - 5/100 mm
For aggregate in service realignment

is recommended if deflections exceed + or - 9/100 mm
Vertical Deflection of Crank Throw at Flywheel
Rigid coupling between Flexible coupling between

diesel engine and driven machine diesel engine and driven machine
For new or realigned For new or realigned

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
aggregate 0 to + 3/100 mm aggregate Aim for - 9/100 mm

Acceptable - 11/100 mm
For aggregate in service realignment is For aggregate in service

recommended if deflection measured realignment recommendable
on warm engine exceeds - 9/100 mm if deflection exceeds - 16/100 mm
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Process/Proces I.D. no.
Plant/Anlæg Page of/Side af
Engine Type/Motortype Engineer/Operatør Date/Dato
Instruction/Instruktion
Top
Right side Left side
1/100 mm
Bottom end/ Bottom start/
Bund slut Bund start
Right side Right side
Cyl. no 1 2 3 Cyl. no 1 2 3
Left side Cyl. no 1 2 3
Left side
Remarks/Bemærkninger
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel
L23/30H
Component/Komponent Type I.D. no.
Process/Proces Page of/Side af
Test place/ Test bed/prøvehal Cold/Kold

Condition
On board/Om bord Warm/Varm
Teststed/
Tilstand Plant/Maskinhal
Engine no.:
Motornr.:
Cyl. no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Bottom X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Left side P
Top T
Right side S
Bottom Y
Bottom
(0.5xY)=B
Deflection from
vertical misalign-
ment.
Top - bottom
or T - B = V
Deflection from
horizontal mis-
alignment.
Left side - Right
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
side or P - S = H
Check on gauge
readings.
T+B= C
P+S= D
00.27 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (6) Checking of Main Bearings Alignment (Autolog) Edition 05H
L23/30H

Description:
Checking of main bearings alignment (autolog).

Hand tools:
Starting position:
Turning gear in engagement. (If mounted).

Cover for crankshaft has been removed from
frame.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1 1/2 hours Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 05H Checking of Main Bearings Alignment (Autolog) Page 2 (6)
L23/30H
Alignment of Main Bearings.
The lower main bearing shells should be positioned

so that they keep the main bearing journals of the
crankshaft centered in a straight (ashore horizon-
tal) line. Deviations from this centre line cause the
crankshaft to bend and increase the load on some
main bearings.
If two adjacent main bearings are placed too low, the

crankshaft centre line will in this place be lowered to
form an arc, causing the intermediate crank throw to
bend in such a way that it "closes" when turned into
bottom position and "opens" in top position.
Fig 1. Placing of dial gauge.
As the magnitude of such axial lengthening and
shor tening during the turning of the throw increases
in proportion to the difference in the height of the Checking The Deflection Measurement.
bearing, it is measured as a check on the alignment
and condition of the bearing. The reading is entered in the table page 6, see
example in fig. 2 - 6.
As the crankshafts of medium speed engines are very
stiff, any great deviations in the alignment will result As "bottom" reading is used the mean value of the
in clearance at the bottom shell of the bearings. two "near bottom" readings X and Y, fig. 3.
The cause of incorrect main bearing position may The total deflection ("opening-closing") of the throw
be wear of the bearings or misalignmnet of the during the turning from bottom to top position is
engine. entered in fig. 4.
These figures are due to vertical misalignment of

Effecting The Deflection Measurement. the main bearings.
The deflection measurement is effected by placing a Similarly, horizontal misalignment procedures the
springloaded dial gauge in the centre punch marks figures in the table fig. 5.
provided for this purpose, see fig. 1.
Besides misalignment of the bearings, the readings
"Closing" of the throw in top dead centre is regarded can be influenced by ovality or eccentricity of the
as negative, (compression of the gauge). journals.
In the example, page 3, the deflection reading is

therefore negative. Engines Equipped with Turning Gear.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
As during the turning of the throw, the gauge and the When taking these deflection readings for the three
connecting rod will meet near the bottom position of aftmost cylinders, the turning gear should at each
the throw, the measurement for the bottom position stoppage be turned a little backwards to ease off
is to be replaced by the average of the two near by the tangential pressure on the teeth of the turning
positions on either side. wheel as this pressure may otherwise falsify the
readings.
The dial gauge is set to zero, when the crank throw
is in the near-bottom (x in fig. 8) and during the
turning the throw is stopped in the position horizon-
tal-top-horizontal-near bottom (P-T-S-Y in fig. 8) for
reading of the gauge.
01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Deflection of crankshaft in 1/100 mm. (0.01 mm).
Deflection from vertical
misalignment
Cyl. No.
top - bottom
Crank position 1 2 3 4 5 6
or T - B = V 2 -1.5 4 4.5 -2 2
Bottom start X 0 0 0 0 0 0
Fig 4.
Left side P 2 0 2 0 -1 2
Top T 3 -2 4 5 -2 3
Deflection from hori-
Right side S 3 -2 2 0 0 1 zontal misalignment
Bottom stop Y 2 -1 0 1 0 2 Left side - right side

or P - S = H -1 2 0 0 -1 1
Fig 2. Fig 5.
Bottom (0,5 x Y) = B 1 -0.5 0 0.5 0 1 Check on T+B= C 4 -2.5 4 5.5 -2 4

gauge
readings P+S= D 5 -2 4 0 -1 3
Fig 3.
Fig 6.
C and D should be nearly the same, reading for crank throw 4 to be repeated.
S P
Y X
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Front end view.

"Closing" of the crankthrow is considered Start in position X.
negative. Turn anti clockwise
Fig 7. Fig 8.
01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel
L23/30H
Measurement of crank throw deflections by means of dial indicator (Autolog)
Crank throw deflection = Difference in dial indicator readings in two diametrically

opposite crank throw positions, i.e. two positions dis-
placed 180°.
Vertical deflection = Difference in top-bottom readings.
Horizontal deflection = Difference in side-side readings.
Vertical and horizontal deflections of crank throws
For new or realigned aggregate Aim for + or - 3/100 mm

Acceptable + or - 5/100 mm
For aggregate in service realignment

is recommended if deflections exceed + or - 8/100 mm
Vertical deflection of crank throw at flywheel
Rigid coupling between Flexible coupling between

diesel engine and driven machine diesel engine and driven machine
For new or realigned For new or realigned

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
aggregate 0 to + 3/100 mm aggregate Aim for - 8/100 mm

Acceptable - 10/100 mm
For aggregate in service realignment is For aggregate in service

recommended if deflection measured realignment is recommended
on warm engine exceeds - 8/100 mm if deflection exceeds - 14/100 mm
01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel
L23/30H
Process/Proces I.D. no.
Plant/Anlæg Page of/Side af
Engine Type/Motortype Engineer/Operatør Date/Dato
Instruction/Instruktion
Top
Right side Left side
1/100 mm
Bottom end/ Bottom start/
Bund slut Bund start
Right side Right side
Cyl. no 1 2 3 Cyl. no 1 2 3
Left side Cyl. no 1 2 3
Left side
Remarks/Bemærkninger
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Component/Komponent Type I.D. no.
Process/Proces Page of/Side af
Test place/ Test bed/prøvehal Cold/Kold

Condition
On board/Om bord Warm/Varm
Teststed/
Tilstand Plant/Maskinhal
Engine no.:
Motornr.:
Cyl. no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Bottom X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Left side P
Top T
Right side S
Bottom Y
Bottom
(0.5xY)=B
Deflection from
vertical misalign-
ment.
Top - bottom
or T - B = V
Deflection from
horizontal mis-
alignment.
Left side - Right
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
side or P - S = H
Check on gauge
readings.
T+B= C
P+S= D
01.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Inspection of Main Bearing Shells Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52010 106 2 pieces
Stopped lub. oil circul. 52010 155 2 pieces
52021 501 2 pieces
52021 513
Description: 52021 202
Dismantling, inspection and/or replacement and

mounting of main bearing shells. Hand tools:
Allen key, 12 mm.

Lead hammer.
Starting position: Silastene.
Copaslip.
Related procedure:
Inspection of guide bearing shell, 510-01.10

Criteria for replacement of bearings, 506-01.16

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

96.30 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Inspection of Main Bearing Shells Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Make Ready for Dismantling of the Main Bear-
ing
1) Dismount crankcase covers in front and oppo-

site the bearing concerned.
2) Turn the engine until the crank is in a conveni-

ent position for carrying out the work.
3) Dismount the bracing screw (side screw).
4) Mount the hydraulic tools and loosen the main

bearing stud nuts. For operation of the hydraulic tools,
see working card 520-01.05.
Fig 2. Mounting of Wire Straps.
8) Lift the main bearing cap a little and unscrew

the bearing stud nut.
9) Fit guide tubes on the threads of the bearing

studs and lower the bearing cap to make it rest on
the collar of the guide tubes.
Dismantling of the Main Bearing Shells
10) Remove the locking piece from the bearing

cap and take out the bearing shell.
11) Fit the tool for upper main bearing, for dis-mant-
ling of upper main bearing shell, in the lubricating
Fig 1. Mounting of Hydraulic Tools.
hole in the crankshaft and turn out the upper bearing
shell by turning the crankshaft, see fig 3.
5) Dismount the hydraulic tools and slacken the

nuts somewhat.
Dismantling of the Main Bearing Cap
6) Fit the eye screws, diagonally, in the threaded

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
holes in the main bearing cap, see fig 2.
Pass the wire supplied through the eye screw and at-
tach it as shown, so as to keep the bearing cap in place
when the main bearing stud nuts are removed. Tool for upper main bearing
7) Work the main bearing cap loose from the

engine frame with a lead hammer or similar. Fig 3. Mounting of tool for upper main bearing.
96.30 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card 510.01-05
Page 3 (3) Inspection of Main Bearing Shells Edition 01H
L23/30H
Cleaning 16) Lubricate the end of the bearing shells with
molycote pasta or similar.
12) Clean all machined surfaces, on frame, bearing
cap, stud, nuts and bearing shells. 17) Insert the lower bearing shell in the bearing
cap and mount the locking piece.
Inspection of Main Bearing Shells Lubricate the bearing shell and journal with clean
lubricating oil.
13) Inspect the main bearing shells according to
working card 506-01.16.
Mounting of the Main Bearing Cap
Note: The bearing is marked according to size and
when replaced it must be by a new bearing of the 18) Raise the bearing cap into position, dismount
same size. the guide tubes, coat the bearing studs with molycote
pasta or similar and fit the bearing stud nuts.
Mounting of the Main Bearing Shells Make sure that the bearing cap and bearing shell
are in their correct position.
14) Push the upper bearing shell as far into position
as possible. 19) Dismantle the wire straps.
15) Fit the tool for upper main bearing in the lub- 20) Mount the hydraulic tools, see working card
ricating hole in the crankshaft and turn in the upper 520-01.05, and tighten the nuts as prescribed on
bearing shell by turning the crankshaft. page 500-40.
Make sure that the shell enters its correct position 21) Coat the back side of the bracing screws' (side
then remove the tool for upper main bearing. screws') hexagonal head with a thin coat of silastene
or similar.
22) Mount the screws and tighten with a torque

spanner as indicated on page 500.40.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.30 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Inspection of Guide Bearing Shells Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil 52010 106 2 pieces
52010 155 2 pieces
52021 501 2 pieces
Description: 52021 513
52021 202
Dismantling, inspection and/or replacement
and mounting of guide bearing shells and thrust
washer.
Hand tools:
Starting position: Allen key, 12 mm.

Lead hammer.
Silastene.
Copaslip.
Related procedure:
Inspection of main bearing shells. 510-01.05

Criteria for replacement of bearing
shells. 506-01.16

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 2 men
Data:

96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Inspection of Guide Bearing Shells Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Make Ready for Dismantling of the Guide Bea-
ring
1) Dismount the crankcase covers opposite the

bearing concerned.
2) Turn the engine until the crank is in a convenient

position for carrying out the work.
3) Dismount the bracing screw (side screw).
4) Mount the hydraulic tools, see fig 1, and loosen

the guide bearing stud nuts. For operation of the
hydraulic tools, see working card 520-01.05.
Fig 2. Mounting of Wire Straps.
9) Fit guide tubes on the threads of the bearing

studs and lower the bearing cap to make it rest on
the collar of the guide tubes.
Dismantling of the Guide Bearing Shells
10) Remove the locking piece from the bearing

cap and take out the bearing shell.
The thrust washer of the guide bearing is partially

countersunk into the engine frame and attached by
means of four screwed-on clamps which are visible
after lowering the bearing cap, see fig 3.
Fig 1. Mounting of Hydraulic Tools.
5) Dismount the hydraulic tools and slacken the

nuts somewhat. Thrust washer
Dismantling of the Guide Bearing Cap
6) Fit the eye screws, diagonally, in the threaded

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
holes in the guide bearing cap, see fig 2.
Pass the wire supplied through the eye screw and

attach it as shown, so as to keep the bearing cap
in place when the guide bearing stud nuts are
removed. Fig 3. Guide Bearing with Thrust Washer.
7) Work the guide bearing cap loose from the

engine frame with a lead hammer or similar. 11) Unscrew the clamps and push out the thrust
washers.
8) Lift the guide bearing cap a little and unscrew
the bearing stud nut.
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) Inspection of Guide Bearing Shells Edition 01H
L23/30H
Guide for mounting of upper shell.
Fig 5. Mounting of Upper Shell in Guide Bearing.

Fig 4. Dismounting of Upper Shell.
Note: Clearance in guide bearing axially, see page

12) The upper bearing shell is dismounted by 500.35.
means of special tool see fig 4.
17) Lubricate the end of the bearing shells with
molycote pasta or similar.
Cleaning of Components
18) Insert the lower bearing shell in the bearing
13) Clean all machined surfaces, on frame, bearing cap, and mount the locking piece.
cap, stud, nuts and bearing shells.
Mounting of Guide Bearing Cap

Inspection of Guide Bearing Shells
Lubricate the bearing shell and journal with clean
14) Inspect the guide bearing shells according to lubricating oil.
19) Raise the bearing cap into position, dismount
the guide tubes, coat the bearing stud with molycote
Mounting of the Guide Bearing Shells pasta or similar and fit the bearing stud nuts.
The bearing shells of the guide bearing, which are Make sure that the thrust washers, bearing shell and
identical to those of the main bearings, are narrower bearing cap are in their correct position.
than the bore for the guide bearing and it is therefore
essential that the shells are positioned perfectly cor- 20) Dismantle the wire straps.
rect in the bore.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
21) Mount the hydraulic tools, see working card

For this purpose a guide tool is supplied for positio- 520-01.05, and tighten the nuts as prescribed on
ning on the engine frame when the upper bearing page 500-40.
shell is to be fitted, see fig 5.
22) Coat the back side of the bracing screws' (side
15) Push the bearing shell into correct position screws') hexagonal head with a thin coat of silastene
through this guide tool, by using tool item 202, if or similar.
necessary use a plastic hammer.
23) Mount the screws and tighten with a torque
16) Fit the thrust washers and clamps. spanner as indicated on page 500.40.
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Vibration Damper Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Taking a silicone oil sample

Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2-4 hours Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
See plate 51004
Data:

96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Vibration Damper Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
The vibration damper is equipped with extraction 3) Rotate the engine in order to bring the extraction
plugs which provide the opportunity of testing the plugs (6) of the damper in optimal position, see fig
viscosity of the silicone oil inside the damper without 2A.
having to dismantle it.
Corresponding to the condition of the silicone oil an

approximate assessment of the damper efficiency
is possible. A
6
A silicone oil sample should be extracted as follows
by means of a special tube that can be required from
MAN B&W Holeby, see plate 51004.
1) After the engine is stopped let damper cool

down to nearly 40°C.
2) For access to the damper remove the blank

flange (A) on the front end cover (B) see fig 1. 6
In some cases it is necessary to dismount the lub. B

oil pump or the cooling water pump, for access to
the damper. 5
C
E
F
C
D
10 5 11
B
A
3
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
A. Blank flange or cooling water pump.

B. Front end cover.
C. Damper.
D. Gearwheel (if mounted) Fig 2. Vibration Damper
E. Main bearing (Frame)
F. Crankshaft.
4) Prepare the sample container (10) by removing

one of its caps (11), see fig 2 C.
Fig 1. Mounting of Vibration Damper.
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Vibration Damper Edition 01H
L23/30H
5) Unscrew and remove one of the extraction 8) Tighten both extraction plugs with thumb and
plugs (6) and replace it with the sample container forefinger then turn them further 45° (about 20 Nm).
(10). Seal both plugs by caulking their grooves.
If meeting the inertia ring (3) unscrew the container 9) Send the sample container to MAN B&W
one revolution. Holeby, att.: Service Department, together with the
label filled in with:
6) Remove the second cap from the sample
container and wait until silicone fluid (5) begins to - Name of ship.
flow out from the free end. Depending on the silicone - Engine type.
viscosity the process needs a certain amount of time. - Engine no.
If possible it, can be speeded up by means of: - Running hours.
- Data for vibration damper.
A Turning the damper until the sample contai-
ner is underneath the crankshaft. 10) For hours between taking new samples, see
B Temporarily removing the second extraction page 500.25.
plug too.
The quantity of silicone oil removed it so small that
7) As soon as the silicone fluid begins to flow, up to 10 such samples can be taken without risk.
shut the sample container by the cap. Remove the
container from the damper casing, wipe off the sea-
ling jace round the extraction hole and screw in the
plugs together with new sealing washers (7). Now
close the second side of the container.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Crankshaft 51001-04H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.34 - ES0S
Plate
51001-04H Crankshaft Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021+ 2/C Counterweight Kontravægt
069 2/W Screw for Skrue for

counterweight kontravægt
128 1/E Oil throw ring Olieafslyngningsring
153 1/W Cylindrical pin Cylindrisk stift
165 1/E Crankshaft, Krumtapaksel


(crankshaft) (krumtap)
189 1/E Crankshaft Krumtapaksel

190 1/E Crankshaft Krumtapaksel

200 1/E Crankshaft Krumtapaksel,


an individual match- en individuel tilpasning
ing before mounting før montering, kontakt
contact MAN Diesel MAN Diesel
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./W = Qty./Counterweight Antal/W = Antal/Kontravægt
98.34 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Coupling for Central Driven Lub. Oil Pump 51002-01H
L23/30H
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
279
015
027
038
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51002-01H Coupling for Central Driven Lub. Oil Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
015 1/E Coupling flange Koblingsflange
027 3/E Locking plate Låseplade
038 6/E Screw Skrue
279 1/E Flyweight Svingvægt

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Resilient Gear Wheel 51002-02H
L23/30H
243
135
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
123
111
206
088
267
052
160
196
218 147
172 111
111 159
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
231
172
184
040
111 064
172 076
06.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51002-02H Resilient Gear Wheel Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
040 3/E Distance piece Afstandsstykke
052 3/E Distance piece Afstandsstykke
064 6/E Spring Fjeder
076 6/E Spring guide Fjederstyr
088 6/E slide shoe Glidesko
111 12/E Nut Møtrik
135 2/E Screw Skrue
159 2/E Hexagon soc. screw Sætteskrue

with cup point
160 2/E Cylindrical pin Cylindrisk stift
172 18/E Locking washer Låseskive
184 6/E Screw Skrue
206 1/E Hub Nav
218 1/E Side plate Sideplade
243 1/E Resilient gear wheel, Fjederende tandhjul,

complete komplet
267 2/E Bolt Bolt
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Flywheel with Flexible Coupling and Gear Rim 51003-01H
L23/30H
071+
083
105
117
095
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51003-01H Flywheel with Flexible Coupling and Gear Rim Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
010 1/E Gear rim Tandkrans
034 12/E Self locking nut, for Selvlåsende møtrik for

item no. 046 item nr. 046
058 1/E Flywheel Svinghjul
083 1/E Flexible coupling, Fleksibel kobling,

complete komplet
095 24/E Rubber element Gummielement
105 2/E Screw Skrue

+ Item 046 and 071 + Item nr. 046 and 071

require an individu- kræver en individuel
al matching, before tilpasning, før monte-
mounting. ring
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Flywheel with Gear Rim 51003-02H
L23/30H
105
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51003-02H Flywheel with Gear Rim Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item

105 2/E Screw Skrue
+ Item 046 require an + Item nr. 046 kræver en

individual matching individuel tilpasning før
before mounting. montering.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
105
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

105 2/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
105
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

105 2/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
105
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

105 2/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
105
046+
058
Crankshaft
(Plate 51001)
034
010
022
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

105 2/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Torsional Vibration Damper 51004-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51004-01H Torsional Vibration Damper Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
016 1/E Torsional vibration Svingningsdæmper

damper, with 25 mm med 25 mm monte-
mounting flange ringsflange
028* 2/E Sealing washer Tætningsskive
041* 1/E Sample container Prøveudtagings-

beholder
053+ 1/E Sampling kit for tor- Prøvesæt for sving-

sional vibration dam- ningsdæmper
per
+ See also working + Se også arbejdskort

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
016
028*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
053
041*
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item


beholder

per

card 510-04.00 510-04.00
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.14 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Tuning Wheel 51004-02H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51004-02H Tuning Wheel Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
065 1/E Tuning wheel with, Afstemningshjul med

25 mm mounting 25 mm monterings-
flange flange
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
065
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

flange flange
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
065
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

flange flange
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
065
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item

flange flange
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.18 - ES0
Engine frame/Oil pan
511/611
MAN Diesel
Description
Engine Frame and Base Frame 511.01
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Frame On the sides of the frame there are covers for acces
to the camshaft, the charge air receiver and crank-
The engine frame is made of cast iron, and is at- case. Some of the covers are fitted with relief valves
tached to the top of the base frame by means of which will act, should oil vapours in the crankcase be
bolts. The cross girders of the frame are provided ignited, for instance in the event of a hot bearing.
with bores for the main bearings in which the crank-
shaft is underslung, i.e. it is carried by the main The charge air cooler housing is a integrated part
bearing caps. of the frame.
The main bearing caps are attached by means of

studs and nuts, which are loosened and tightened Base Frame
with the aid of hydraulic tools. After mounting, the
main bearing caps are further secured by means Engine and alternator (gear, pump) are mounted on
of bracing screws, which are screwed horizontally a common base frame which is in welded design.
into the sides of the caps and tightened against the
sides of the engine frame. The main bearings are The base frame is used as lubricating oil reservoir
equipped with replaceable shells which are fitted "wet sump".
without scraping.
The crankshaft guide bearing is located at the fly-

wheel end of the engine.
94.26 - ES0U
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Functional Test of Crankcase Safety Relief Valves Edition 10H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Functional test of crankcase safety relief val-

ves. Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
51106 058 1/cyl.
Data: 51106 071 1/relief valve
51106 740 12/relief valve
06.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 10H Functional Test of Crankcase Safety Relief Valves Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Functional Testing
Functional testing of the crankcase safety relief

valves cannot be performed during operation of the Cover
engine, but it must be checked during overhauls that
the valve flap is movable.
Relief
valve
When Painting
When painting the engine, take care not to block up

the safety relief valves with paint.
Check of Opening Pressure
To check the proper opening pressure, proceed as

follows:
1) Remove the relief valve cover from the engi-

ne.
2) Place the cover on the floor with the pressure Fig 1 Cover with relief valve
area upwards.
3) Apply a weight at 5 kg on the pressure area.
The relief valve must open under this pres-

sure.
4) Remount the relief valve cover of the engine.
If the safety relief valves are actuated, the

engine must be stopped immediately, and it
must not be restarted until the cause is detected
and the fault is detected, see also description
503.04, Ignition in Crankcase.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Frame with Main Bearings 51101-09H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51101-09H Frame with Main Bearings Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 1/E Frame Stativ 324 /I Loctite 243 Loctite 243
025 5/E Bracing bolt Sideskrue 336 /I Molykote paste Molykote
037 1/C Wear ring Slidring 397 1/E Frame complete, incl. Stativ komplet, inkl.
item 049, 062, 108, 133, item 037, 049, 062, 108,
049 4/C Nut for cylinder Møtrik for cylinder- 145, 169, 170, 182, 194, 133, 145, 169, 170, 182,
head stud dækseltap 216, 241, 290, 300, 324, 194, 216, 241, 290, 300,
348, 361, plate 50701 324, 348, 361, plate
050 4/C Protective cap Beskyttelseshætte item 048, 061, 073, 50701 item 048, 061,
276, plate 50705 item 073, 276, plate 50705
062 4/C Stud for cylinder Tap for cylinderdæk- 350, 362 item 350, 362
head sel
074 1/E Plug Prop

+ Item No 108, 182, 300 + Item nr. 108, 182, 300
086 1/E Coupling Kobling require an individual kræver en individuel
matching before tilpasning før mon-
098 2/E Plug Prop mounting, contact tering, kontakt MAN
MAN B&W, Holeby B&W,
108+ 1/C Main bearing cap Hovedlejedæksel Holeby
121 1/B Screw Skrue
133 1/B Securing piece Sikringstykke
145 1/B Spring pin Fjederstift
157 1/C Main bearing shell Hovedlejeskaller 2/2

2/2
169 2/B Main bearing stud Hovedlejetap
170 2/B Nut for main Møtrik for

bearing stud hovedlejetap
182+ 2/B Distance piece Afstandsstykke
194 6/B Screw Skrue
228 1/B Plug Prop
241 2/B Bracing bolt Sideskrue
253 2/E Thrust washer Trykskive
265 4/E Locking piece Låsestykke
290 4/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
300+ 1/E Guide bearing cap Styrelejedæksel
Qty./B = Qty./Bearing Antal/B = Antal/Leje
Qty./I = Qty./Individual Antal/I = Antal/Individuelt
00.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Frame with Main Bearings 51101-10H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51101-10H Frame with Main Bearings Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 1/E Frame Stativ 336 /I Molykote paste Molykote
025 5/E Bracing bolt Sideskrue 397 1/E Frame complete, incl. Stativ komplet, inkl.
item 049, 062, 108, 133, item 049, 062, 108, 133,
049 4/C Nut for cylinder Møtrik for cylinder- 145, 169, 170, 216, 241, 145, 169, 170, 216, 241,
head stud dækseltap 290, 300, 324, 348, 361, 290, 300, 324, 348, 361,
plate 50701 item 048, plate 50701 item 048,
050 4/C Protective cap Beskyttelseshætte 061, 073, 276, plate 061, 073, 276, plate
50705 item 350, 362 50705 item 350, 362
062 4/C Stud for cylinder Tap for cylinderdæk-
head sel
074 1/E Plug Prop + Item No 108, 300 + Item nr. 108, 300 kræ-
require an individual ver en individuel
086 1/E Coupling Kobling matching before tilpasning før mon-
mounting, contact tering, kontakt MAN
098 2/E Plug Prop MAN B&W, Holeby B&W,
Holeby
108+ 1/C Main bearing cap Hovedlejedæksel
121 1/B Screw Skrue
133 1/B Securing piece Sikringstykke
145 1/B Spring pin Fjederstift
157 1/C Main bearing shell Hovedlejeskaller 2/2

2/2
169 2/B Main bearing stud Hovedlejetap
170 2/B Nut for main Møtrik for

bearing stud hovedlejetap
228 1/E Plug Prop
241 2/B Bracing bolt Sideskrue
253 2/E Thrust washer Trykskive
265 4/E Locking piece Låsestykke
290 4/E Screw Skrue
300+ 1/E Guide bearing cap Styrelejedæksel

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./B = Qty./Bearing Antal/B = Antal/Leje
00.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Mounting of Pumps 51102-05H
L23/30H
176 211
093 188 140
High temperature
fresh water pump,
see Plate 51610
164
Low temperature
fresh water pump,
see Plate 51610
247
127
For lubricating oil pump,

103 see Plate 51501
235 451
152
223
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
260
259
152
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51102-05H Mounting of Pumps Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
093 1/E Guard end, fore Endedæksel, for
164 2/E Guide pin Styrestift
176 3/E Spray pipe Sprøjterør
211 6/E Screw Skrue
235 1/E Sealing ring Tætningsring
247 2/E Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Front Cover for Lubricating Oil Pump 51102-10H
L23/30H
081
140
For lubricating
oil pump, see
Plate 51501
247
164
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
020
451
019
032
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51102-10H Front Cover for Lubricating Oil Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
032 6/E Screw Skrue
247 2/E Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Mounting of Pumps 51102-11H
L23/30H
176 211
093 188 140
139 235
223
115 164
247
152
451
127
235
For fresh water pump,
103
see Plate 51610
223
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
152
For lubricating oil pump,

see Plate 51501
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51102-11H Mounting of Pumps Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
176 2/E Spray pipe Sprøjterør
211 4/E Screw Skrue
235 2/E Sealing ring Tætningsring
247 2/E Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (3) Covers on Frame 51106-17H
L23/30H
490
740 058
010 071
071 083
764
752
129
130 Frame
142 Plate 51101
191 249
154
201 250
262
308
286
370
298
213 274
500
225
321
166 286
178 237 298
308
333
345
249
250
357
369
428 370
788 382
308
465
453 404
441 129
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
715 477 416

058 5 cyl.
703
394
693 6 cyl.
489
7 cyl.
8 cyl.
Cover see When ordering cover for

plate 51102 crankshaft with relief valve,
please see diagram with covers.
07.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51106-17H Covers on Frame Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Item Item
010 6/D Screw Skrue 298 Handle Håndtag

058 2/C O-ring O-ring 26/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
071 12/D Washer Skive 34/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
083 6/D Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 308 Washer Skive
129 8/C Screw Skrue 28/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
130 Cover Dæksel 36/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
3/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 321 Guard intermediate Mellemskærm
3/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor 4/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor
142 Gasket Pakning 7/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
3/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 333 2/C Stud Tap
4/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor 345 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
154 Screw Skrue 357 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
66/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 369 1/E Guard Skærm
88/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor 370 14/E Screw Skrue
166 1/E Cover Dæksel 382 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
178 1/E Gasket Pakning 394 6/C Screw Skrue

only for 900 rpm kun for 900 omdr.
191 2/C Stud Tap
404 2/E Screw Skrue
201 2/E Stud Tap
416 Cover for Dæksel for
213 4/C Screw Skrue crankcase krumtaphus
225 1/C Cover for camshaft Dæksel for kamaksel- 8/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
housing hus 10/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
428 4/E Screw, 720/750 rpm Skrue, 720/750 rpm
249 5/E Screw Skrue
441 2/E Tapered dowel Styrestift
262 1/E Guard end aft Skærm, agter
465 2/E Nut Møtrik
477 6/C Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
286 Spring pin Fjederstift only for 720/750 rpm kun for 720/750 omdr.
26/E 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor 489 6/C Screw Skrue
30/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor only for 720/750 rpm kun for 720/750 omdr.
Qty./D = Qty./Safety cover Antal/D = Antal/sikkerhedsdæksel
07.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
490 Cover with safety Dæksel med sikker-hed-

valve, complete sventil, komplet
500 Guard intermediate Mellemskærm, komplet

complete, incl. item inkl. item 191, 286, 298,
191, 286, 298, 308, 308, 321, 333
321, 333
693 /I Packing Silicone

silicone paste
715 6/E Screw Skrue
740 1/D O-ring O-ring
752 Safety valve, Sikkerhedsventil,

complete komplet
764 1/D Flange Flange
788 4/E Screw, 900 rpm Skrue, 900 rpm

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
644
632
656
693
561
524
512
693
536
548
573
585
668
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
620
811
607 776
619 681
823
597
07.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
512 1/E Cover 2/2 Dæksel 2/2
548 4/E Nut Møtrik
573 4/E Screw Skrue
585 1/E Sealing ring 2/2 Tætningsring 2/2
619 2/E Nut Møtrik
644 8/E Screw Skrue

silicone paste
776 2/E Screw Skrue
811 2/E Screw, 900 rpm Skrue, 900 rpm
823 4/E Screw, 900 rpm Skrue, 900 rpm 08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.09 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
490
740 058
010 071
071 083
764
752
129
Frame
Plate 51101
191
201 249
250
262
154 286
298
213 308
500 274
225
166 321
178 286
237 298
308
Coolerbox see 333
plate 51203 345
249
250
357
369
428 370
382
308
465
453 404
441 129
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
715 477 416

058
703
394
693
489
Cover see
plate 51102
06.49 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
010 6/D Coach bolt Bræddebolt 321 Guard intermediate Mellemskærm

071 12/D Washer Skive 7/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
083 6/D Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik 333 2/C Stud Tap
129 8/C Screw Skrue 345 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
154 28/E Screw Skrue 357 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
166 2/E Cover Dæksel 369 1/E Guard Skærm
178 2/E Gasket Pakning 370 6/E Screw Skrue
191 2/C Stud Tap 382 1/E Guard end fore Skærm, for
201 2/E Stud Tap 394 6/C Screw Skrue

only for 900 rpm kun for 900 omdr.
213 4/C Screw Skrue
404 2/E Screw Skrue
225 1/C Cover for camshaft Dæksel for kamaksel-
housing hus 416 Cover for Dæksel for
crankcase krumtaphus
428 4/E Screw Skrue
441 2/E Tapered dowel Styrestift
286 Spring pin Fjederstift
22/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor 465 2/E Nut Møtrik
30/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor 477 6/C Nut Møtrik
298 Handle Håndtag 489 6/C Screw Skrue

30/E 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor 490 Cover with safety Dæksel med sikker-
34/E 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor valve, complete incl. hedsventil, komplet inkl.
item 010, 022, 034, item 010, 022, 034,
308 Washer Skive 046, 071, 083, 095, 046, 071, 083, 095,
24/E 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor 105, 117 105, 117
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.49 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
500 Guard intermediate Mellemskærm, komplet

191, 286, 298, 308, 308, 321, 333
321, 333

silicone paste
715 6/E Screw Skrue
740 1/D O-ring O-ring
752 Safety valve, Sikkerhedsventil,

complete komplet
764 1/D Flange Flange

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.49 - ES0
Turbocharger
512/612
MAN Diesel
Description
Turbocharger System 512.01
Page 1 (2)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Water washing, turbine side, inlet P7 Exhaust gas, outlet P2 M1 Charge air, inlet
P8 Water washing,
compressor side with
quick coupling, inlet
Charging air from TC

Water washing
compressor side
Exhaust gas to TC
Lambda Cylinder P6 Drain from turbocharger, outlet
Fig. 1. Diagram for Turbocharger System
Turbocharger System The charging air cooler is a compact tube-type

cooler with a large cooling surface. The cooling
The turbocharger system of the engine, which is a wa-ter is passed twice through the cooler, the end
constant pressure system, consists of an exhaust covers being designed with partitions which cause
gas receiver, a turbocharger, a charging air cooler the cooling water to turn.
and a charging air receiver, the latter being integrated
in the engine frame. The cooling water tubes are fixed to the tube plates
by expansion.
The turbine wheel of the turbocharger is driven by the
engine exhaust gas, and the turbine wheel dri-ves From the exhaust valves, the exhaust is led through
the turbocharger compressor, which is moun-ted on a water cooled intermediate piece to the exhaust gas
the same shaft. The compressor sucks air from the receiver where the pulsatory pressure from the indi-
engine room, through the air filters. vidual exhaust valves is equalized and passed to the
turbocharger as a constant pressure, and further to
Turbocharger, see separate manual. the exhaust outlet and silencer arrangement.
The turbocharger pumps the air through the char- The exhaust gas receiver is made of pipe sections,
ging air cooler to the charging air receiver. From the one for each cylinder, connected to each other, by
charging air receiver, the air flows to each cylinder, means of compensators, to prevent excessive stress
through the inlet valves. in the pipes due to heat expansion.
95.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
512.01 Turbocharger System Description

Page 2 (2)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
In the cooled intermediate piece a thermometer for To avoid excessive thermal loss and to ensure a
reading the exhaust gas temperature is fitted and reasonably low surface temperature the exhaust gas
there is also possibility of fitting a sensor for remote receiver is insulated.
reading.
95.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Description Cleaning the Turbocharger In Service 512.05

Page 1 (1)
Water Washing of Compressor Edition 01
General
Compressor Chemical cleaning will not improve the cleaning

process as this primarily is based on the mechanical
Fouling of the airways depends primarily on the pu- effect from the impact of the water droplets.
rity of the inlet air and thus, in turn, on the general
maintenance condition of the machinery, i.e. mainly Certain types of fluid solvents can give formation
of the gas and oil tightness of the engines and on the of deposits on the compressor wheel, and should
fresh air ventilation system of the engine room. under no circumstances be used.
Fouling of air filter, compressor or charging air cooler The intervals between cleaning by injection of water
may be observed as changes in performance para- should be adjusted after assessing the degree and
meters: rate of fouling in the particular plant, i.e. based on
observations and experience.
- Decreasing charging air pressure.
- Decreasing turbocharger rotor speed.
- Increasing exhaust gas temperature.
- Severe fouling of airways may even result in
compressor surge.
Regular cleaning during operation by injection of

water before the compressor wheel will reduce the
fouling rate considerably, and consequently prolong
the intervals between dismantling necessary for
mechanical cleaning.
94.26 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description Cleaning the Turbocharger in Service 512.10

Page 1 (3)
Dry Cleaning - Turbine Edition 02H
L23/30H
V28/32S
Description Cleaning System
The tendency to fouling on the gas side of turbo- The cleaning system consists of a cleaning agent
chargers depends on the combustion conditions, container (2) with a capacity of approx. 0.5 liters and
which are a result of the load and the maintenance a removable cover. Furthermore the system consists
condition of the engine as well as the quality of the of an air valve (3), a closing valve (1) and two snap
fuel oil used. on connectors.
Fouling of the gas ways will cause higher exhaust The position numbers (2) and (3) indicate the system's
gas temperatures and higher wall temperatures of "blow-gun". Only one "blow-gun" is used for each
the combustion chamber components and will also engine plant. The blow-gun is working according to
lead to a higher fuel consumption rate. the ejector principle with pressure air (working air)
at 5-7 bar as driven medium. Injection time approx.
Tests and practical experience have shown that radi- 2 min. Air consumption approx. 5 Nm3/2 min.
al-flow turbines can be successfully cleaned by the
dry cleaning method.
This cleaning method employs cleaning agents con-

sisting of dry solid bodies in the form of granules. A
certain amount of these granules, depending on the
turbocharger size, is, by means of compressed air,
blown into the exhaust gas line before the gas inlet
casing of the turbocharger.
The injection of granules is done by means of wor-

king air with a pressure of 5-7 bar.
On account of their hardness, particularly suited

blasting agents such as nut-shells, broken or artifi-
cially shaped activated charcoal with a grain size of
1.0 mm to max. 1.5 mm should be used as cleaning
agents.
1 Closing valve 2 Container
The solid bodies have a mechanical cleaning effect 3 Air valve 4 working air inlet
which removes any deposits on nozzle vanes and 5 Exhaust pipe 6 Snap coupling
turbine blades.
Fig 1 Arrangement of dry cleaning of turbocharger - Turbine
Dry cleaning can be executed at full engine load and
does not require any subsequent operating period of
the engine in order to dry out the exhaust system.
Experience has shown that regular cleaning intervals

are essential to successful cleaning, as excessive
fouling is thus avoided. Cleaning every second day
during operation is recommended.
The cleaning intervals can be shorter or longer based

on operational experience.
97.08 - ES2
MAN Diesel
512.10 Cleaning the Turbocharger in Service Description

Page 2 (3)
Edition 02H Dry Cleaning - Turbine
L23/30H
V28/32S
Dry cleaning of turbochargers
Suppliers of cleaning agents:
1. "Solf Blast Grit, Grade 14/25"
TURCO Products B.V.

Verl. Blokkenweg 12, 617 AD EDE - Holland
Tel.:08380 - 31380, Fax.: 08380 - 37069
2. Designation unknown
Neptunes Vinke B.V.

Schuttevaerweg 24, 3044 BB Rotterdam
Potbus 11032, 3004 E.A. Rotterdam, Holland
Tel.: 010 - 4373166 Fax.: 4623466
3. "Grade 16/10"
FA. Poul Auer GmbH

Strahltechnik
D-6800 Mainheim 31, Germany
4. "Granulated Nut Shells"
Eisenwerke Würth GmbH + Co.

4107 Bad Friederichshall, Germany
Tel.: 0 71 36-60 01
5. "Soft Blasting Grade 12/3a"
H.S. Hansen Eftf. Kattegatvej 2

2100 Copenhagen Ø, Denmark
Tel.:(01) 29 97 00 Telex: 19038
6. "Crushed Nutshells"
Brigantine, Hong Kong
7. "Turbine Wash"
Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Co.

Ishiko Bldg., 2-9-7 Yassu, Chuo-Ku
Tokyo 104, Japan
Tel.: 03-2 77-42 91
97.08 - ES2
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3)
Dry Cleaning - Turbine Edition 02H
L23/30H
V28/32S
8. "A-C Cleaner" (Activated Coal)
Mitsui Kozan Co. Ltd. (Fuel Dept.)

Yamaguchi Bldg., 2-1-1 Nihonbashi
Muromachi, Chuo-Ku
Tokyo 103, Japan
9. "OMT-701"
Marix KK
Kimura Bldg., 6-2-1 Shinbashi
Minato-Ku, Tokyo 105, Japan
Tel.: 03-4 36-63 71, Telex: 242-7232 MAIX J
10. "OMT-701"
OMT Incorporated
4F, Kiji Bldg., 2-8 Hatchobori,
4-chome, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo 104, Japan
Tel.: 03-5 53-50 77, Telex: 252-2747 OMTINC J
11. "Marine Grid No. 14" (Walnut)
Hikawa Marine
Kaigan-Dori 1-1-1, Kobe 650, Japan
Tel.: 0 78-3 21-66 56
12. "Marine Grid No. 14"
Mashin Shokai
Irie-Dori, 3-1-13, Hyogo-Ku
Kobe 652, Japan
Tel.: 0 78-6 51-15 81
13. Granulate
MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Stamholmen 161 DK-2650 Hvidovre
Tel.: +45 31 492501 Fax.: +45 31 494397
Telex: 31197 manbw dk
The list is for guidance only and must not be considered complete.
We undertake no responsibility that might be caused by these or other
products.
97.08 - ES2
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (1)
Water Washing - Turbine Side Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
Description
The tendency to fouling on the gas side of turbo- Heavily contaminated turbines, which where not
chargers depends on the combustion conditions, cleaned periodically from the very beginning or after
which are a result of the load on and the maintenance an overhaul, cannot be cleaned by this method.
condition of the engine as well as the quality of the
fuel oil used. If vibration in the turbocharger occur after water-wa-
shing has been carried out, the washing should be
Fouling of the gas ways will cause higher exhaust repeated. If unbalance still exists, this is presumably
gas temperatures and higher surface temperatures due to heavy fouling, and the engine must be stop-
of the combustion chamber components and will ped and the turbocharger dismantled and manually
also lead to a lower performance. cleaned.
Tests and practical experience have shown that The washing water should be taken from the fresh
radial-flow turbines can be successfully cleaned water system and not from the fresh cooling water
by injection water into the inlet pipe of the turbine. system or salt water system. No cleaning agents and
The cleaning effect is based on the water solubility solvents need to be added to the water.
of the deposits and on the mechanical action of the
impinging water droplets and the water flow rate. To avoid corrosion during standstill, the engine must,
upon completing of water washing run for at least 1
The necessary water flow is dependent on the gas hour before stop so that all parts are dry.
flow and the gas temperature. Enough water must be
injected per time unit so that, not the entire flow will
evaporate, but about 0.25 l/min. will flow off through Water Washing System
the drainage opening in the gas outlet.Thus ensuring
that sufficient water has been injected. The water washing system consists of a pipe system
equipped with a regulating valve, a manoeuvring
Service experience has shown that the above men- valve, a 3-way cock and a drain pipe with a drain
tioned water flow gives the optimal cleaning effect. If valve from the gas outlet, see illustration on working
the water flow is reduced the cleaning effect will be card 512-15.00.
reduced or disappear. If the recommended water flow
is exceed, there is a certain risk of a accumulation The water for washing the turbine, is supplied from
of water in the turbine casing, which can result in the external fresh water system through a flexible
damage on the turbocharger. hose with couplings. The flexible hose must be
disconnected after water washing.
The best cleaning effect is obtained by cleaning at
low engine load approx. 20% MCR. Cleaning at low By activating the manoeuvring valve and the regu-
load will also reduce temperature shocks. lating valve, water is led through the 3-way cock to
the exhaust pipe intermediate flange, equipped with
Experience has shown, that washing at regular inter- a channel to lead the water to the gas inlet of the
vals is essential to successful cleaning, as excessive turbocharger.
fouling is thus avoided. Washing at intervals of 100
hours is therefore recommended. Depending on the The water which is not evaporated, is led out through
fuel quality these intervals can be shorter or longer. the drain pipe in the gas outlet.
However, the turbine must be washed at the latest
when the exhaust gas temperature upstream of the
turbine has risen about 20° C above the normal
temperature.
96.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Overhaul of Charging Air Cooler Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Overhaul of charging air cooler.

Hand tools:

Starting position: Allen key, 10 mm.
Wire rope.
Tackle.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 3-4 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
51201 113 6/cooler
Data: 51201 029 1/cooler
51201 066 1/cooler
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 61203 035 1/cooler
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Overhaul of Charging Air Cooler Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The charging air cooler is normally cleaned and 4) Clean the cooler element of the water and air
overhauled at the intervals indicated in the "Planned sides.
Maintenance Program", or if observations prove that
the cooler does not work satisfactory, see section After using cleaning agents the manufacting recom-
502. mendation must be followed.
The greatest care must be exercised when dismant-

Overhaul of Charging Air Cooler. ling cleaning and mounting the cooler element, as
the thin fins of the tubes cannot stand impacts and
1) Close the cooling water inlet and outlet valves pressure.
and disconnect the pipes.
If nevertheless, the metal is bended, it should be
2) Remove the screw (1), fig 1, which secure the carefully straightened, as bent fins will increase the
end cover of the cooler element to the cooler hous- pressure drop across the cooler considerably.
ing, and pull the cooler element half-way out.
Should one ore more cooler tubes become leaky
Place a wire rope round the cooler element and at- it/they must immediately be made tight, either by
tach a tackle hook, after which the elements are lifted expending the tube ends into the tube plates or by
and pulled out of the cooler housing and landed on blanking of the tube(s) concerned with plugs.
a couple of wooden planks on the floor.
It is important that the charging air cooler is not leaky
as any sea water that leaks in will be carried along
with the air to the cylinders where the salt contained
in the water will damage valves, piston rings, and
cylinder liners.
5) Also clean end cover and coat it on the inside

with an anti-corrosion blocks agent. Inspect the anti-
corrosion (6) and renew if necessary.
Note: That paint or similar must not be applied to

these blocks.
6) Fouling and deposite in the pipes can be remo-

ved by using a hand or machine operated circular
steel brush. The pipe inner diameter is 13 mm.
7) When mounting the air cooler, renew all gas-

kets.
Out of Service Periods.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
At longer periods out of service the air cooler is

Fig 1. drained if the coolant is sea water followed by flushing
with fresh water and left with drain and venting cocks
open.
3) Remove screws (2) and end cover (3) reversal
chamber (4) and side plates (5). At fresh water coolant systems recommendations
for the entire system is followed.
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Water Washing of Compressor Side Edition 01
General

Shut-off fuel oil
Press button (Blocking - Reset)
Water washing of compressor side.

Turbocharger cleaning with engine in service.
Starting position
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
See the special instructions for turbocharger.
Data

02.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01 Water Washing of Compressor Side Page 2 (3)
General
Before Cleaning
The cleaning process is only to be carried out when 3) Fill the container with 2 litres fresh water (see
the engine is at operating temperature (see Opera- the scale on the container).
ting Data 500.30) and when it is loaded as close as
possible to full load (see Main Data 500.00).
Warning: Do not use sea water or cooling water.
See also "Cleaning the Turbocharger in Service,
Water Washing of Compressor", 512.05.
4) Mount the top cover on the container.
Cleaning Procedure 5) Blow air into the container by means of a blow

gun, until an operation pressure of 3 bar is reached
1) Run the engine with as high a load as pos- (see fig 2).
sible.
2) Discharge the excesspressure in the container The safety valve will open at a pressure of 4 bar.
by drawing out the spindle in the safety valve (see
fig. 1) before loosening the top cover. Excesspressure will discharge through the safety
valve.
The spindle returns automatically by means of a
built-in spring.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Fig 2
02.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Water Washing of Compressor Side 512-05.00
General
6) Connect the plug-in coupling of the lance to
the snap coupling on the pipe (see fig 3).
7) Depress the handle on the hand valve until

the water is completely injected into the compressor
(approx. 30 seconds).
The water will enter the compressor in atomized

condition, impinge the vanes of the compressor
wheel with high velocity and thus wash off the dirt
deposited.
8) Release the plug-in coupling and vent the

container by drawing the spindle out of the safety
valve.
After Cleaning
9) Run the engine for minimum 10 minutes at

1 Injection tube 5 Hand valve with handle unaltered high load.
2 Pipe 6 Container
3 Snap coupling 7 Charge air line
4 Plug-in coupling 10) Compare the measurements of the operating
data (see fig 4) before and after the cleaning proce-
dure (see Operating Data 500.30).
Fig 3
IF THEN
the comparison indicates success of the the water washing of the compressor side
washing procedure is finished
the comparison indicates lack of the wa- carry out the washing procedure from step
shing procedure 1 with 10 minutes interval from the initial
washing
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
severe dirt is being deposited in the com- dismantling of the compressor components
pressor for manual cleaning is necessary (see spe-
cial turbocharger manual in section 512).
Fig 4
02.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card Water Washing of Compressor Side 512-05.05
Page 1 (2) Turbocharger Type NR15/R Edition 01H
5, 6L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water Hand injector.
Shut-off fuel oil
Description:

Turbocharger cleaning with engine in service. Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Manpower:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/4 hour

Capacity : 1 man Plate no Item no Qty/
Data: See the special instructions for turbocharger.

91.45 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
512-05.05 Water Washing of Compressor side Working Card

Edition 01H Turbocharger Type NR15/R Page 2 (2)
5, 6L23/30H
Cleaning Procedure. Compressor cleaning by inspection of water with
a hand injector is sufficient if a normal degree of
The cleaning process is only to be carried out, when fouling is present.
the engine is at operating temperature and when it
is loaded as close as possible to full load. In case of serve dirt being deposited in the compres-
sor, dismantling of the compressor, is necessary.
The engine must not be shut off immediately after
cleaning but should be allowed to operate continuous- Components for mechanical and manual cleaning
ly for some time to ensure drying out of the charge are necessary.
air system.
For manual cleaning of compressor, see special
instruction.
Sequence of Operations.
For water washing of compressor side, see also
1) Run the engine with as high a load as pos- description for water washing.
sible.
2) Unscrew the plug, see fig 1, together with the

seal ring from air filter silencer.
3) Fill the hand injector with clean fresh water

and insert it through the screw plug opening.
4) Inject the complete content of the hand injector

within a period of 4 - 10 sec.
5) Run the engine for about 10 minutes at unal-

tered high load. Seal ring
Screw plug
6) Make comparative measurements of the ope- Hand injector
rating data.This comparison will indicate the success
or lack of same of the washing procedure.
If necessary, carry out the washing once more. Fig 1.
7) Screw in the plug together with the seal ring

to the air filter silencer.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.45 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card Water Washing of Compressor Side 512-05.05

Turbocharger Type NR20/R
7, 8L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:

Turbocharger cleaning with engine in service. Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
See the special instructions for turbocharger.
Data:

91.45 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
512-05.05 Water Washing of Compressor Side Working Card

Turbocharger Type NR20/R
7, 8L23/30H
Cleaning Procedure. If necessary, carry out the washing once more, but
with 10 minutes interval from the initial washing.
The cleaning process is only to be carried out, when
the engine is at operating temperature and when it Compressor cleaning by injection of water is sufficient
is loaded as close as possible to full load. if a normal degree of fouling is present.
The engine must not be shut off immediately after In case of severe dirt being deposited in the compres-
cleaning but should be allowed to operate continuous- sor, dismantling of the compressor components for
ly for some time to ensure drying out of the charge manual cleaning is necessary.
air system.
For manual cleaning of compressor side , see spe-
cial instruction.
Sequence of Operations.
For water washing of compressor side, see also
1) Run the engine with as high a load as pos- description for water washing.
sible.
2) Remove the filling plug (6), see fig 1 on the

dosage container (5) and fill the container with water.
Screw on the filling plug. 8
7
3) Activate the push buttom of the manoeuvring
valve (3) for approx. 20 sec.
Air from the compressor outlet casing will now be

supplied via the pipe connection (2) to the dosage 4 2
6
container, and will force the water through the hose
(7) to the injection tube (8).
The water will enter the compressor in atomized

condition, impinge the vanes of the compressor
wheel with high velocity and thus wash of the dirt
deposited. 5 3 1
4) Run the engine for about 10 minutes at unal- 1 Charge air line 2 Pipe
tered high load. 3 Manoeuvring valve 4 Hose or pipe
5 Dosage container 6 Filling plug
5) Make comparative measurement of the opera- 7 Hose or pipe 8 Injection tube
ting data.
This comparison will indicate the success or lack of

same of the washing procedure.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1. Arrangement for water washing.
91.45 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Water Washing of Turbine Side Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Water washing of turbine side, cleaning with

engine in service. Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 hour Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
See the special instruction for turbocharger.
Data:

91.04 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Water Washing of Turbine Side Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Cleaning Procedure. 3) Turn the 3-way cock to position 2 "Open", see
fig. 2 and check for free passage. If ok turn to the
1) Adjust the engine load to approx. 20 % and let water wash position 3 "Wash".
the engine stabilize for 10 min.
4) Connect the water supply to the water wash
2) Open the drain cock at the turbocharger outlet system.
and check for free passage, see fig 1.
5) Activate the manoeuvring valve, see fig 1.
Then open the regulating valve and adjust the water

flow until the drain flow is approx. 0,25 l/min.
3-way cock
6) Continue the water washing 5 - 10 min. or until
the drain water is free of particles.
Plate with clean-
ing instruction 7) Release the manoeuvring valve and disconnect
the water supply.
Manoeuvering
valve
Turn the 3-way cock to position 1, "Closed" and check
Regulating valve that the water drain flow has stopped.
Cleaning water
inlet 8) Continue at this load at least 5 min. before
Drain cock increasing the load to the normal condition.
9) After the water washing, the engine should run

for at least 1 hour before stop.
Fig 1. Arrangement for water washing. Note: The regulating valve has to be opened
slowly.
The manoeuvring valve must not be locked in open

position.
The water injection time mentioned in item 6 must

be not exceeded.
For water washing of turbine side, see also descrip-

tion for water washing.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 2. 3-way cock.
91.04 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Charging Air Cooler - Freshwater 51201-02H
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51201-02H Charging Air Cooler - Freshwater Page 2 (2)
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
Item Item
017 1/K Crossmember Travers
030 2/K Pipe Rør
042 1/K Cooler block Kølerblok
054 1/K Gasket end cover Pakning endedæksel
066 4/K Plug screw Propskrue
078 4/K Cu-washer Cu-skive
091 1/K End cover Endedæksel
101 4/K Nut Møtrik
113 8/K Screw Skrue
125 1/K Top plate Topplade
137 1/K Gasket reversing Pakning vendekam-

cover mer
149 1/K Reversing cover

Vendekammer
150 29/K Screw
Skrue
162 1/K Crossmember
Travers
174 3/K Screw
Skrue
186 3/K Cu-washer
Cu-skive
198 5/K Screw
Skrue
208 1/K Bottom plate
Bundplade
221 4/K Screw
Skrue
233 1/K O-ring
O-ring
245 1/K Plug
Prop
257 1/K Gasket
Pakning
282 22/K Screw
Skrue
304 1/E Charging air cooler,
complete, incl. item Ladeluftkøler, komplet,
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
017, 029, 030, 042, 054, inkl. item 017, 029, 030,
066, 078, 091, 101, 113, 042, 054, 066, 078, 091,
125, 137, 149, 150, 162, 101, 113, 125, 137, 149,
174, 186, 198, 208, 221, 150, 162, 174, 186, 198,
233 and 245 208, 221, 233 og 245
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Antal/E = Antal/Motor
Qty./K = Cooler Antal/K = Køler
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
Item Item
030 2/K Pipe Rør
101 4/K Nut Møtrik
113 8/K Screw Skrue
137 1/K Gasket reversing Pakning vendekam-

cover mer
149 1/K Reversing cover

Vendekammer
150 29/K Screw
Skrue
162 1/K Crossmember
Travers
174 3/K Screw
Skrue
186 3/K Cu-washer
Cu-skive
198 5/K Screw
Skrue
208 1/K Bottom plate
Bundplade
221 4/K Screw
Skrue
233 1/K O-ring
O-ring
245 1/K Plug
Prop
257 1/K Gasket
Pakning
282 22/K Screw
Skrue
304 1/E Charging air cooler,
complete, incl. item Ladeluftkøler, komplet,
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
017, 029, 030, 042, 054, inkl. item 017, 029, 030,
066, 078, 091, 101, 113, 042, 054, 066, 078, 091,
125, 137, 149, 150, 162, 101, 113, 125, 137, 149,
174, 186, 198, 208, 221, 150, 162, 174, 186, 198,
233 and 245 208, 221, 233 og 245
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
Item Item
030 2/K Pipe Rør
101 4/K Nut Møtrik
113 8/K Screw Skrue
137 1/K Gasket Pakning

reversing cover vendekammer
149 1/K Reversing cover Vendekammer
150 29/K Screw Skrue
174 3/K Screw Skrue
198 5/K Screw Skrue
208 1/K Bottom plate Bundplade
221 8/K Screw Skrue
233 1/K O-ring O-ring
269 1/K Ring Ring
270 1/K Drain pipe for WMC Drænrør for WMC
294 1/K Water mist catcher Vandudskiller

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
304 1/E Charging air cooler, Ladeluftkøler, komplet,

017, 029, 030, 042, 054, 042, 054, 066, 078, 091,
066, 078, 091, 101, 113, 101, 113, 125, 137, 149,
125, 137, 149, 150, 174, 150, 174, 186, 198,
186, 198, 208, 221, 233, 208, 221, 233, 269, 270
269, 270 and 294 og 294
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
Item Item
030 2/K Pipe Rør
101 4/K Nut Møtrik
113 8/K Screw Skrue
125 1/K Top plate Toplade

reversing cover vendekammer
149 1/K Reversing cover Vendekammer
174 3/K Screw Skrue
198 5/K Screw Skrue
208 1/K Bottom plate Bundplade
221 8/K Screw Skrue
233 1/K O-ring O-ring
269 1/K Ring Ring
270 1/K Drain pipe for WMC Drænrør for WMC
294 1/K Water mist catcher Vandudskiller

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
304 1/E Charging air cooler, Ladeluftkøler, komplet,

017, 029, 030, 042, 054, 042, 054, 066, 078, 091,
066, 078, 091, 101, 113, 101, 113, 125, 137, 149,
125, 137, 149, 150, 174, 150, 174, 186, 198,
186, 198, 208, 221, 233, 208, 221, 233, 269, 270
269, 270 and 294 og 294
97.06 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Exhaust Pipe Arrangement 51202-01H
5L23/30H
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
132
073 061 085 107
132 276
097
132
288
156
168
144
156
239
012-181
240
024 024
036 215
193 227
203 264
252
264
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.34 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51202-01H Exhaust Pipe Arrangement Page 2 (2)
5L23/30H
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
Item Item
012 1/C Intermediate piece, Mellemstykke, kom-

complete, incl. item plet, inkl. item 181, 193,
181, 193, 203, 215 203, 215 og 227
and 227
036 4/C Screw Skrue
061 1/E Exhaust pipe for Udstødsrør for

cyl. 1 cyl. 1
073 1/E Flange Flange
085 Compensator Kompensator

097 1/E Compensator Kompensator
107 1/E End cover, aft Endeplade, bag
144 8/E Screw Skrue
168 8/E Screw Skrue
181 1/C Intermediate piece Mellemstykke
239 1/C Screw Skrue
240 4/C Screw Skrue
252 1/C Cooling water Kølevandsnippel

nipple

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
276 Exhaust pipe Udstødsrør

288 8/E Screw Skrue
Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder Antal/C = Antal/cylinder
98.34 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Exhaust Pipe Arrangement 51202-02H
7-8L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6-7-8L23/30H-900 RPM
132
073
132
061 085 107
097
276
132
168
168
144
156
239
012-181
240
024 024
036 215
193 227
203 264
252
264
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.34 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51202-02H Exhaust Pipe Arrangement Page 2 (2)
7-8L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6-7-8L23/30H-900 RPM
Item Item
012 1/C Intermediate piece, Mellemstykke, kom-

complete, incl. item plet, inkl. item 181, 193,
181, 193, 203, 215 203, 215 og 227
and 227
036 4/C Screw Skrue
061 1/E Exhaust pipe for Udstødsrør for

cyl. 1 cyl. 1
073 1/E Exhaust pipe Udstødsrør
085 Compensator Kompensator

107 1/E End cover, aft Endeplade, bag
144 8/E Screw Skrue
156 8/E Nut Møtrik
181 1/C Intermediate piece Mellemstykke
239 1/C Screw Skrue
240 4/C Screw Skrue
252 1/C Cooling water Kølevandsnippel

nipple

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
276 Exhaust pipe Udstødsrør

Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder Antal/C = Antal/cylinder
98.34 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Turbocharging Arrangement 51203-09H
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.18 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51203-09H Turbocharging Arrangement Page 2 (2)
5L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
Item Item
018 1/E Gas outlet Gasudløb 449 2/E Gasket Pakning
031 12/E Screw Skrue 450 8/E Screw Skrue
043 1/E Bracket for Konsol for 462 1/E Diffusor Diffuser
tubocharger turbolader
055 6/E Screw Skrue
067 6/E Spring lock Låseskive
079 6/E Screw Skrue
114 1/E Shield Skærm
138 1/E Cooler box for Kølerboks for ladeluft

charge air
209 1/C Inlet pipe Indstrømningsrør
222 4/C Screw Skrue

silicone paste
391 4/E Nut Møtrik

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
401 8/E Screw Skrue
413 2/E Support Holder
437 4/E Screw Skrue
Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder Antal/E = Antal/Cylinder
03.18 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
Item Item
018 1/E Gas outlet Gasudløb 366 16/E Screw Skrue
031 16/E Screw Skrue 378 /I Packing Silicone

silicone paste
tubocharger turbolader 391 4/E Nut Møtrik
067 5/E Spring lock Låseskive 413 2/E Support Holder
079 6/E Screw Skrue 425 2/E Support Holder
092 1/E Gasket Pakning 437 4/E Screw Skrue
102 14/E Screw Skrue 449 1/E Gasket Pakning
114 1/E Shield Skærm 450 4/E Screw Skrue
126 18/E Screw Skrue 462 1/E Diffusor Diffuser
138 1/E Cooler box for Kølerboks for ladeluft 474 8/E Screw Skrue
charge air
486 8/E Nut Møtrik
521 8/E Screw Skrue
222 4/C Screw Skrue
533 1/E Flange Flange

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
5L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
5L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
Item Item
018 1/E Gas outlet Gasudløb 449 2/E Gasket Pakning
043 1/E Bracket for Konsol for 462 1/E Diffusor Diffuser
tubocharger turbolader
055 6/E Screw Skrue
067 6/E Spring lock Låseskive
079 6/E Screw Skrue
114 1/E Shield Skærm
138 1/E Inlet bend Indstrømningsbøjning
222 4/C Screw Skrue

silicone paste
391 4/E Nut Møtrik
401 8/E Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
437 4/E Screw Skrue
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H-900 RPM
7-8L23/30H-720/750/900 RPM
Item Item
018 1/E Gas outlet Gasudløb 378 /I Packing Silicone

silicone paste
391 4/E Nut Møtrik
tubocharger turbolader 401 8/E Screw Skrue
055 5/E Screw Skrue 413 2/E Support Holder
067 5/E Spring lock Låseskive 425 2/E Support Holder
092 1/E Gasket Pakning 449 1/E Gasket Pakning
114 1/E Shield Skærm 462 1/E Diffusor Diffuser
138 1/E Inlet bend Indstrømningsbøjning 486 8/E Nut Møtrik
151 1/E Compensator Kompensator 498 2/E Gasket Pakning
209 1/C Inlet pipe Indstrømningsrør 508 1/E Compensator Kompensator
210 1/C Gasket Pakning 521 8/E Screw Skrue
222 4/C Screw Skrue 533 1/E Flange Flange

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.30 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Water Washing of Compressor Side 51205-01
General
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.01 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51205-01 Water Washing of Compressor Side Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
019* 1/E Top cover with non- Topdæksel med kon- 284* 1/E Straight male stud Ligeforskruning
return valve traventil coupling
020* 1/E O-ring for top cover O-ring for topdæksel 296* 1/E Plug in coupling Kobling
032* 1/E O-ring for non-return O-ring for kontraventil 306 1/E Lance complete, incl. Lanse komplet, inkl.
valve item 272-284 and 296 item 272-284 and 296
044* 1/E Valve seat Ventilsæde 318 1/E Container complete, Beholder komplet, som
as shown on plate vist på plate
056* 1/E Spring for non-return Fjeder for kontraventil
valve
068* 1/E Cap screw for non- Omløber til kontraven-

return valve til
081 1/E Top cover with non- Topdæksel med kontra-

return valve complete, ventil komplet, inkl. item
incl. item 019-020-032- 019-020-032-044-056
044-056 and 068 and 068
093 1/E Safety valve Sikkerhedsventil
115 2/E Finger nut Fingermøtrik
127 1/E Cap Top
139 1/E Gasket for the cap Pakning for top
140* 1/E Cable binder Kabelbinder
152* 1/E Strap Gjord
164* 1/E Eye for strap Øje for gjord
176 1/E Strap complete, incl. Gjord komplet, inkl.

item 140-152 and 164 item 140-152 and 164
188 1/E Container Beholder
211 1/E Flexible pipe Fleksibel slange
223 1/E Handle with flexible Håndtag med fleksibel

pipe and cap screw slange og omløber
235 1/E Filter insert Filterinsats
247 1/E Gasket for handle Pakning til håndtag
259 1/E Hand valve Håndventil

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
260 1/E Gasket for hand val- Pakning til håndventil

ve
272* 1/E Lance Lanse
94.01 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Steam Trap 51208-01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
015
052
027
064
039
040
076
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
97.07 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51208-01H Steam Trap Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
V28/32S
Item Item
015 1/E Steam trap, Vandudlader,

complete komplet
027 1/E Packing Pakning
039 1/E Clip Klemme
040 1/E House, bottom Hus, bund
052 1/E House, top Hus, top
064 1/E Swimmer Svømmer
076 1/E Valve Ventil
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine Qty./E = Qty./Motor
97.07 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Blowgun for Dry Cleaning of Turbocharger 51210-01
L23/30H, L21/31,
L27/38, V28/32S
053
016 112 028 041 028 065 077
089 148
100
136
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.12 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51210-01 Blowgun for Dry Cleaning of Turbocharger Page 2 (2)
L23/30H, L21/31,
L27/38, V28/32S
Item Item
016 1/E Snap coupling Snapkobling
028 2/E Nipple Nippel
041 1/E Tee T-stykke
053 1/E Ball valve Kugleventil
100 1/E Container, complete beholder, komplet
112 1/E Socket Muffe
136 1/E Blowgun, complete Rensepistol, complete
148 /I Granulate Granulat
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./I = Qty./Individual Qty./I = Qty./Individuelt
01.12 - ES0
Compressed air system
513/613
MAN Diesel
Description
Compressed Air System 513.01
L23/30H
Fig 1 Diagram for compressed air system.
General Control System
The compressed air system on the engine contains The air starter is activated electrically with a pneu-
a starting system, starting control system and safety matic 3/2 way solenoid valve. The valve can be acti-
system. Further, the system supplies air to the jet vated manually from the starting box on the engine,
system. and it can be arranged for remote control, manual
or automatic.
The compressed air is supplied from the starting
air receivers (30 bar) through a reduction station, For remote activation, the starting spool is connected
where from compressed air at 7-9 bar is supplied so that every starting signal to the starting spool goes
to the engine. through the safe start function, which is connected
to the converter for engine RPM.
To avoid dirt particles in the internal system, a strainer
is mounted in the inlet line to the engine. Further, the system is equipped with an emergency
starting valve which makes it possible to activate the
air starter manually in case of a power failure.
Starting System
The engine is started by means of a built-on air

starter, which is a turbine motor with gear box, safety
clutch and drive shaft with pinion. Further, there is a
main starting valve.
00.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel
513.01 Compressed Air System Description

L23/30H
Safety System When the maximum permissible RPM is exceeded,

the overspeed device will activate a pneumatically
As standard the engine is equipped with a pneuma- controlled lambda controller, which will bring the fuel
tically/mechanically overspeed device, which starts index to zero and stop the engine.
to operate if the maximum permissible RPM is ex-
ceeded. This device is fitted to the end cover of the
engine driven lubricating pump and is driven from Emergency Starting Valve
the pump through a resilient coupling.
The emergency starting valve is activated by means
of a screw-driver or similar as illustrated in fig 2.
Pneumatic Start Sequence
When the starting valve is opened, air will be supplied

to the drive shaft housing of the air starter.
Press down Emergency
start valve The air supply will - by activating a piston - bring the
⇓
drive pinion into engagement with the gear rim on
the engine fly wheel.
When the pinion is fully engaged, the pilot air will

flow to, and open the main starting valve, whereby
air will be led to the air starter, which will start to
turn the engine.
When the RPM exceeds approx. 140, at which firing

Fig 2 Emergency start valve.
has taken place, the starting valve is closed whereby
the air starter is disengaged.
00.11 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Air Filter Edition 02
General

Shut-off fuel oil
Shut-off nozzle cooling oil
Press Blocking - Reset
Cleaning and/or maintenance of air filter.
Starting position
Related procedure
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : man
Data

08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 02 Air Filter Page 2 (2)
General
Cleaning Air Filter To replace filter element
1) Depressurize unit. 7) Depressurize unit.
2) Remove bowl and bowl guard assembly by 8) Remove bowl and bowl assembly by turning
turning counter-clockwise. counter-clockwise.
3) Inspect bowl for damage seals and replace, if 9) Unscrew baffle by turning counter-clockwise.
nessesary.
10) Remove filter element and discard.
4) If bowl becomes dirty clean it by wiping the
bowl with a soft dry cloth or mild detergent. 11) Install new filter element and reassemble in
reverse order.
5) Before returning to service, insure that all seals
have been reinstalled or replaced. 12) Before returning to service, insure that all seals
have been reinstalled or replaced.
6) Reinstall bowl and bowl guard assembly and
rotate bowl guard clockwise to securely lock in 13) Reinstall bowl and bowl guard assembly and
place. Align arrow on bowl guard with arrow on filter rotate bowl guard clockwise to securely lock in
body. place. Align arrow on bowl guard with arrow on filter
body.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Air Filter
08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (9) Overhaul, Test and Inspection of Turbine Starter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Disassembly, overhaul and assembly of the air

starter. Hand tools:
Allen key, 4 mm.

Allen key (long), 8 mm.
Screwdriver.
Starting position: Big screwdriver.
Chisel.
All connections to the air starter have been re- Retaining ring pliers.
moved, and air starter is removed. Plastic hammer.
Lubricating oil.
Copaslip or similar.
Sleeve.
Bearing puller.
Related procedure: Impact Wrench
Bearing pressing tool.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
See plate 51309.
Data:

03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Overhaul, Test and Inspection of Turbine Starter Page 2 (9)
L23/30H
General Information
1) Always mark adjacent parts on the housing

exhaust cover (1), motor housing (8), intermediate
gear case (13), gear case (28) and drive housing
(40) so these members can be located in the same
relative position when the starter is reassembled.
Note: Do not disassemble the starter any further than

necessary to replace worn or damaged parts.
Never reuse old seals or O-rings.
Never wash the inertia drive in a solvent.
2) Do not remove any part which is a press fit in

or on a subassembly unless the removal of that part
is necessary for replacement or repairs.
3) Always have a complete set of seals and O-

rings on hand before starting any overhaul of the Fig 1.
turbine starter.
4) When grasping a part in a vice, always use 5) Remove the deflector retaining screw (5), de-
copper-covered vice jaws to protect the surface of the flector retaining spring (4) and the splash deflector
part and help prevent distortion. This is particularly (3) from the housing exhaust cover (1), See fig 2.
true of threaded members.
Housing Exhaust Cover, Motor Assembly, and

Motor Housing
1) If replacing the motor assembly (12), remove

both housing plugs (10) and drain the oil from the
gearing before beginning disassembly of the starter.
Inspect the magnetic housing plugs (10) for metal
particles. Very fine metal particles are normal. Re-
move particles and reinstall plugs. Large particles or
chips are an indication of a problem. Disassemble
gear case (28) and inspect.
2) Using a screw driver, unscrew the exhaust

cover (67) from the housing exhaust cover (1).
Fig 2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
3) Using an 8 mm hex-head wrench, unscrew

and remove the starter assembly cap screws (6) 6) Tap the motor housing with a plastic hammer
and washers (7), See fig 1. to dislodge it from the intermediate gear case (13).
4) Pull the housing exhaust cover (1) from the 7) Grasp the rear of the motor assembly (12) and
motor housing (8). To dislodge the housing exhaust pull it from the rear of the motor housing (8).
cover, rotate it until the ears clear the motor housing. If the motor assembly (12) is difficult to remove, lightly
Using a plastic hammer, tap the ears alternately until push the motor pinion which is on the front of the
the housing cover can be removed from the motor motor assembly toward the exhaust side of the motor
housing. housing in order to free the motor assembly.
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
8) Tap the intermediate gear case (13) with a 13) Remove the planet gear frame assembly from
plastic hammer to dislodge it from the gear case the intermediate gear case. Using a sleeve that con-
(28). tacts the outer race of the front gear frame bearing
(17), press the planet gear frame shaft seal (16) and
9) Position the intermediate gear case (13) on a the front gear frame bearing (17) from the front end
bench in a copperfaced vice so that the intermediate and out of the rear of the intermediate gear case.
pinion (26) is secured in the jaws of the vise. Tighten
the vice only enough to hold the intermediate pinion 14) Remove the rear gear frame bearing (24) from
securely. the planet gear frame (18), using a bearing puller
and remove the gear shaft retaining washer (23),
10) Loosen the intermediate pinion retaining screw see fig 4.
(27) 1-1/2 turns only. Do not remove. Remove the planet gear shafts (22), planet gears
(19), planet gear bearings (20) and bearing spac-
Warning: If the intermediate gear case is not sup- ers (21).
ported on a bench and if the intermediate pinion
retaining screw is completely removed, the interme- 15) Remove the front bearing spacer (25), using
diate gear case and compoments could fall causing a bearing puller and the gear shaft retaining washer
injury. (23) from the front of the planet gear frame by press-
ing on the front of the planet gear frame shaft.
11) Tap the intermediate pinion lightly to back the Remove the gear shaft retaining washer only if the
planet gear frame assembly out of the intermediate washer or front bearing spacer is damaged.
gear case.
12) Remove the intermediate gear case assembly

from the vice and remove the intermediate pinion
(26). Remove the rear gear case O-ring (14) and
front gear case O-ring (15) from the intermediate
gear case (13), See fig 3.
Fig 4.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Drive Housing
1) Grasp the drive pinion (63) in a copper-faced

vice with the starter supported on the workbench.
Fig 3.
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
2) Remove the drive pinion retaining screw (61) ment is necessary and new parts are available. The
which has a right-hand thread. bearing and/or the seal will always be damaged when
removed from the drive housing.
3) Remove the starter from the vice.
15) Remove the piston ring (55) from the piston
4) Remove the drive pinion washer (62) and the (54).
drive pinion (63).
16) Press the clutch spring cup (50) down and
5) Slide the pinion spring sleeve (64) and the remove the clutch spring cup retainer (49).
pinion spring (65) off the drive shaft (57).
17) Remove the clutch spring cup and clutch spring
6) Unscrew the drive gear screw (34). Using an (51).
impact wrench with a 5/16" (8 mm) x 8" (203 mm)
log hex inserted into the end of the drive shaft. 18) Remove the two clutch jaws (52).
7) Unscrew and remove the drive housing cap 19) Remove the front drive gear bearing (30), drive
screws (38) and lock washers (39). gear cup (36), drive gear lock washer (35), drive gear
screw ring (37) and drive gear screw (34).
8) Tap the drive housing (40) with a plastic ham-
mer to help dislodge it from the gear case (28). 20) Remove the large drive shaft bearing retainer
(53) using a screwdriver.
Warning: Failure to follow this procedure could result
in injury to personnel. 21) Press the rear drive shaft bearing and drive
shaft (57) out of the piston. If the rear drive shaft
9) Place the drive housing (40) in an arbor press, bearing needs to be replaced, proceed as follows:
piston end up. Apply a load to the piston (54) using
the arbor press to compress the piston return spring a. Cut and remove the small drive shaft bear-
(59) before removing the bulkhead retainer (45). Do ing retained in the drive shaft, using a small
not use compressed air to load the piston. chisel.
b. Press the rear drive shaft bearing (58) off
10) Remove the bulkhead retainer (45). Using a the drive shaft.
screwdriver and the arbor press.
22) Place the gear case (28) on a workbench.
Caution: Make sure the tension of the spring pushes
the bulkhead out of the drive housing before removing 23) Remove the drive gear bearing retainer (32),
the drive housing from the arbor press. using retaining ring pliers and working through the
access holes in the gear web, See fig 5.
11) Remove the bulkhead (46) from the piston
(54). 24) Pull the drive gear (29) out of the gear case.
12) Remove the outer bulkhead ring (47) and the Note: Do not disassemble the drive gear and clutch
inner bulkhead ring (48). parts of the turbine powered starters. If the drive shaft
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
is defective, install a new or factory-rebuilt unit.

13) Slide the drive shaft (57) from the drive housing
(40). 25) Remove the drive gear shaft bearing retainer
(33), using retaining ring pliers.
14) Pull the piston return spring (59) off the drive
shaft. 26) Remove the rear drive gear bearing (31) from
the drive gear.
Note: Do not remove the front drive shaft bearing
(42) or the drive housing seal (43) unless replace-
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
5) Install the drive gear bearing retainer, using
retaining ring pliers and working through the access
holes in the gear web.
6) Lubricate the drive gear with approximately

240 ml of SHELL ALVANIA EPO grease.
7) Press the rear drive shaft bearing (58) onto

the drive shaft.
8) Slide the small bearing retainer, convex side

first, onto the drive shaft. Press it into position in
accordance with the instructions packaged with the
new retainer.
9) Assemble the drive gear Schrew (34), drive

Fig 5. gear lock washer (35), drive gear cup (36) and drive
gear screw O-ring (37).
Assembly of the Starter 10) Grasp the drive shaft (57) in a vice, external
splined end down. Place assembled drive shaft screw
1) Always press on the inner ring of a ball bearing Unit into the drive shaft, screwhead down. Lubricate
when installing the bearing on a shaft. the inside diameter of the drive shaft with SHELL
ALVANIA EPO grease.
2) Always press on the outer ring of a ball bearing
when pressing the bearing in a bearing recess. 11) Slide the drive gear bearing (30) into the drive
shaft.
3) Whenever grasping a part in a vice, always use
leather-covered, copper-covered vice jaws to protect 12) Lubricate with SHELL ALVANIA EPO grease
the surface of the part and help prevent distortion. and install the driving clutch jaw teeth facing up and
This is particularly true of threaded members. driven clutch jaw teeth facing down into the drive
shaft.
4) Always clean every part, and wipe every part
with a thin film of oil before installation. 13) Insert the clutch spring (51) into the drive
shaft.
Gear Case 14) Insert the clutch spring cup (50) into the drive
shaft.
1) Place the drive gear bearing retainer over the
rear end of the drive gear. 15) Press the inserted parts into the drive shaft,
and install the clutch spring cup retainer (49).
2) Press the rear drive gear bearing (31) onto the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
rear end of the drive gear, using an arbor press. Note: If it is necessary to replace the drive hous-
ing (40) and drive components, make sure that the
3) Seat the rear drive gear bearing into the gear piston seal has been removed from the rear of the
case by tapping the opposite end of the drive gear, new piston (54).The piston seal must be removed
using a plastic hammer. to prevent pressure build-up which will cause move-
ment of the planet gear frame shaft seal (16). If this
4) Install the drive gear shaft bearing retainer conditions occurs, the piston cannot retract and the
(33), using retaining ring pliers. drive pinion (63) will remain in engagement with the
flywheel, causing damage to the starter drive train
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
and/or starter motor. To remove the piston seal, in- Warning: Make sure the bulkhead retainer is properly
sert a screwdriver inside the lip of the seal and pry seated in the motor housing groove before easing off
it loose from the piston. the arbor press. Failure to do so will allow improperly
retained parts to separate when removed from the
16) Install the piston (54) onto the drive shaft until arbor press resulting in injury to personnel.
the rear drive shaft bearing seats into the piston.
27) Remove the drive housing from the arbor
17) Coil the large drive shaft bearing retainer (53) press.
into the groove of the piston to retain the outer race
of the drive shaft bearing, using a thin flat blade 28) Lubricate and install the drive housing O-ring
screwdriver to assist in this operation. (41) in the groove of the drive housing.
18) Lubricate the piston O-ring (55) and install it 29) Position the assembled gear case on a work-
in the groove of the piston. bench.The as-sembled unit must be upright to accept
the drive housing.
19) Position the drive housing in an arbor press, Carefully position the assembled drive housing (40)
pinion-end down and install the drive housing seal onto the gear case so as not to damage the piston
(43) into the drive housing. Using a pressing sleeve of seal. Align the punch marks of the gear case and
the proper size, press the seal into the drive housing drive housing.
so that the lip of the seal faces away from the drive
pinion. 30) Install the drive housing cap screw lock wash-
ers (39) and the drive housing cap screws (38) and
20) Press the bearing into the drive housing until tighten to 28 Nm torque.
it seats, using a sleeve that contacts the outer race
of the front drive shaft bearing (42). Drop the piston 31) Tighten the drive gear screw (34) 77.3 Nm
return spring seat (60) on top of front drive shaft torque, using an impact wrench with a 8 mm x 203
bearing. mm long hex inserted into the end of drive shaft.
21) Slide the piston return spring (59) onto the 32) Grease and slide the pinion spring (65) and
drive shaft and snap it into the front of the piston so the pinion spring sleeve (64) over the pinion end of
that it is against the large drive shaft bearing retainer the drive shaft.
(53).
33) Grease the pinion end of the drive shaft and
22) Lubricate and insert the assembled drive shaft install the drive pinion (63).
into the drive housing.
34) Grasp the drive pinion in a copper-covered
23) Lubricate and install the outer bulkhead O- vice with the starter supported on a workbench.
ring (47) and the Inner bulkhead O-ring (48) on the
bulkhead (46). 35) Place the drive pinion washer (62) onto drive
pinion retaining screw (61).
24) Slide the bulkhead onto the piston.
Note: The thread on the drive pinion retaining screw
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
25) With the drive housing in the arbor press, press is right-hand thread.
down on the rear face of the piston.
36) Install the drive pinion retaining screw into
Note: Feel the underside of the drive housing to make the end of the drive shaft and tighten it to 108.5 Nm
sure the drive shaft passes through the bearing. torque.
26) Install the bulkhead retainer (45), using a

screwdriver.
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Intermediate Gear Case, Motor Housing, Motor 6) Install the other planet gear shaft retaining
Assembly and Housing Exhaust Cover washer over the shaft at the rear of the planet
gear.
1) Press the front gear frame bearing (17) into
the rear of the intermediate gear case (13), using a 7) Press the rear gear frame bearing (24) on the
bearing pressing tool of the proper size. shaft at the rear of the planet gear frame, using the
proper size bearing inserting tool.
2) Press the planet gear frame shaft seal (16) into
the rear of the intermediate gear case over the front 8) Slide the planet gear frame assembly, coupling
gear frame bearing, using a sleeve which contacts end first, into the rear of the intermediate gear case
the outer ring of the seal. (13), making sure that the planet gears mesh with the
ring gear. Use care so as to not damage the seal.
Note: Make sure the flat side of the seal is installed
against the bearing. 9) Install the intermediate pinion (26), making
sure that the notches at the rear of the pinion align
3) Install the rear gear case O-ring (14) in the with the notches and tangs in the shaft of the planet
groove at the rear of the intermediated gear case gear frame.
and the front gear case O-ring (15) in the groove at
the front of the intermediate gear case. Coat both 10) Clean the threads of the intermediate pinion
O-rings. retaining screw (27) and apply 2-3 drops of Perm-
abond HM 118 to the threads approximately 3 mm
4) Install one gear shaft retaining washer (23) on from the end of the screw. Install screw and tighten
the front of the planet gear frame (18). Press the front enough to hold assembly together.
bearing spacer (25) on the front shaft of the planet
gear frame to hold the gear shaft retaining washer 11) For final tightening, position the intermediate
snugly in position. gear case so the intermediate pinion is secured in
the jaws of the copperfaced vice. Tighten the inter-
Note: Coat the front bearing spacer with gear Lube mediate pinion retaining screw to 122 Nm torque.
before installing it. Be careful not to gouge or scratch
the front bearing spacer during installation as this 12) Remove the intermediate gear case from the
could result in leakage between the planet gear vice and set it on a bench.
frame and gear case.
Note: The intermediate gear case will work in only
5) Place planet gear frame on a bench, shaft side one orientation.
down. Place the planet gear bearing (20) inside of
planet gear (19). Place bearing spacers (21) on top Align the punch marks on the intermediate gear
and bottom of bearing and gear. Slide the components case and gear case and tap the intermediate gear
into the slots in the side of the planet gear frame. case with a plastic hammer until it seats in the rear
Align holes in spacers and bearing with holes in of the gear case. Make sure the intermediate pinion
planet gear frame and insert planet gear shaft (22), meshes with the drive gear.
integral keyed end down, through the spacers and
bearing so that the larger portion of the keyed end Coat the O-rings on the motor assembly and the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
of the shaft contacts the planet gear shaft retain- inside of the cylinder before installing the motor
ing washer (23). Repeat the procedure for the two assembly.
remaining planet gears and components.
13) Install the motor assembly through the rear of
Note: Do not move or turn over the planet gear frame the motor housing with the geared end of the rotor
until step 6 and 7 have been completed. Movement toward the front.
of the planet gear frame assembly could dislodge
assembled components, making it necessary to
repeat step 5.
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Fig 6. Turbine Starter.
Note: Turn the intermediate pinion so that the gear and tap the housing exhaust cover with a plastic
on the rotor meshes with the planet gears. Make hammer until it seats.
sure that the rear of the motor assembly is installed
flush with the rear of the cylinder. 18) Install the housing exhaust cover on the rear
of the motor housing using the starter assembly cap
14) Align the punch marks on the motor housing screws (6) and cap screw washers (7). Use an 8 mm
with the punch marks on the intermediate gear case hex-head wrench to tighten each a little at a time to
and tap the motor housing with a plastic hammer until a final torque of 61 to 68 Nm increments.
it seats on the rear of the intermediate gear case.
19) Mount the exhaust cover (68) on the housing
15) Install the splash deflector (3), deflector retain- exhaust cover (1).
ing spring (4) and deflector retaining screw (5) in the
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
rear of the housing exhaust cover. Note: Use Intersoll-Rand SMB-441 pipe sealant on
all plugs.
Note: Coat the threads of the deflector retaining
screw with Ingersoll-Rand SMB-441 sealant. 20) Install the bottom housing plug (10) and the
housing plug inlet boss (11). Put the starter on its
16) Coat the exhaust cover seal (2) and install it side with the side plug hole upward. Add 175 ml
in the groove on the housing exhaust cover. automatic transmission fluid fulfilling DEXRON II D
specification, e.g. SHELL DONAX TA, through the
17) Align the punch marks on the housing exhaust side plug hole.
cover with the punch marks on the motor housing
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
Caution: Do not overfill. Remove the pressure from the “IN” port. Measure
Install the side housing plug (10) and tighten all plugs the distance form the face of the drive shaft pinion
to 6.8 to 13.6 Nm torque. to the the face of the mounting flange. It should be
Test and Inspection Procedure 45.0 +2.0 mm.
1) Clutch Ratcheting: Turn the drive shaft pinion 4) Motor Action: Secure starter in a vise and ap-
(63) by hand in the direction of the starter rotation. ply 90 psig (6.2 bar/620 kPa) pressure using a 3/8"
The clutch should rachet smoothly with a slight click- (9 mm) supply line to the inlet of the motor. starter
ing action. should run smoothly.
2) Motor and Gearing Freeness: Turn the 5) Motor Seals: Plug the exhaust and slowly apply
drive shaft pinion (63) opposite the direction of the 20 psig (1.38 bar/138 kPa) pressure to the inlet of
starter rotation. The drive shaft pinion should turn by the motor. Immerse the starter for 30 seconds in o
hand. non-flammable, bubble-producing liquid. If the starter
is properly sealed, no bobbles will appear.
Note: Inadvertent application of air pressure to the
“OUT” port will result in drive malfunction (pinion will 6) Gear Case Seals: Plug the exhaust and slowly
fail to retract). If this condition occurs, loosen the drive apply 20 psig (1.38 bar/138 kPa) pressure to the inlet
housing cap screws (38) to vent gear case (28). Also, of the motor. Immerse the starter for 30 seconds in
loosen housing plugs (10) and (11) to vent motor. o non-flammable, bubble-producing liquid.
3) Pinion Engagement: Apply 50 psig (3.4 There should be no leakage in the housing joints
bar/345 kPa) pressure to the engagement “IN” port. in the gear case area or in the shaft seal in the
drive shaft pinion (63) should move outward and air intermediate gear system. If the starter is properly
should escape from the “OUT” port. sealed, no bubbles will appear.
Plug the “OUT” port and apply 150 psig (10.3 bar/1034 7) Confirm Drive Rotation: Apply low pressure
kPa) pressure to the “IN” port. Check and make sure to the motor and observe rotation. Drive pinion (63)
that no air is escaping. must rotate in the direction stamped on the nameplate.
Chamfer on pinion teeth should be on the trailing
Measure the dimension from the face of the drive edge of the gear tooth.
shaft pinion (63) to the face of the mounting flange.
It should be 69.0 +2.0 mm).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.47 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Main Starting Valve Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Lubricating, disassembly and reassembly of main

starting valve in starting system. Hand tools:
Soft hammer.
Locking ring plier.
Allen key, 1/4".
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
51310 104 1/eng
Data:

94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
513-01.40 Main Starting Valve

Working Card
L23/30H
Warning: Disassembly:
Do not attempt any maintenance on the main start- 4) Clamp the main starting valve, in a vice with
ing valve before the starting air system has been the locking ring (9) end up.
bled off.
5) Carefully remove the locking ring (9). The end
plug (3) should spring out. If it does not, tap the valve
Important: housing (1) lightly with a soft hammer until it does.
The main starting valve should be periodically lubri- 6) Remove the end plug (3), spring (8) and piston
cated as follows: (2) assembly.
1) Blend off the air pressure. 7) Remove and discard all used O-rings, O-rings
retainer (5), bumper (7) and spring (8).
2) Remove the plug screw (A), see fig 1 and squirt
about 30 g of 10 w oil into the valve through the plug 8) Wash all other parts in a clean, nonflammable
opening. solvent.
3) Reinstall the plug.

Reassembly:
9) Using O-ring lubricant, lubricate and install

the new piston O-ring (4) and the new upper piston
B O-ring (6) on the piston (2).
6
Note: The upper piston O-ring (6) is slightly larger
1
in diameter than the end plug O-ring (11).
2 C
10) Turn the piston over and insert the new bumber
4
(7).
D 11) Using O-ring lubricant, lubricate and install the

7 5 new end plug seal O-ring (10) and the new end plug
8 O-ring (11) on the end plug (3).
11
A
12) Lubricate the lower small bore of the valve
9 housing (1) with O-ring lubricant.
10
3
13) Insert the piston assembly into the valve hou-
sing. Push on the piston until the piston O-ring seats
A Plug screw B Pilot air against the bevelied face.
C Starting air outlet D Starting air inlet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
14) Install the new O-ring retainer (5) with the large
1 Valve housing 2 Piston opening over the piston O-ring.
3 End plug 4 Piston o-ring
5 O-ring retainer 6 Piston o-ring
7 Bumper 8 Spring 15) Place the new piston spring (8) on the pi-
9 Retaining ring 10 O-ring ston.
11 O-ring
16) Place the end plug assembly on the piston
spring.
Fig 1. Main starting valve.
17) Using a press to hold down the end plug as-
sembly, install the end plug locking ring (9).
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Check of Compressed Air Piping System Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Check of compressed oil piping system. Screwdriver.
Starting position:
Compressed air connected to the engine.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time: ½ hour Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

94.21 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Check of Compressed Air Piping System Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
With air connected. With air disconnected and stopped engine.
1) Examine the piping system for leaks. 6) Move all valves and cocks in the piping system.
Lubricate valve spindles with graphite or similar.
2) Retighten all bolts and nuts in the piping system.
7) Connect the air supply and make a function test
3) Drain the system for condensed water. - This of the emergency valve. See description 513.01.
should be based on observations.
4) Check flexible connections for leaks and dama-

ges.
5) Check manometers.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.21 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (3) Turbine Starter 51309-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51309-01H Turbine Starter Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Item Item
014 1/S Housing exhaust Hus for udstøds-dæk- 254 1/S Bearing spacer Ligemellemstykke
cover sel
266 1/S Planet gear shaft Planetgearaksel
026 1/S Exhaust cover seal Tætningsring for ud-
stødsdæksel 278 2/S Gear shaft retainer Spænderingsskive for
washer gearaksel
038 1/S Splash deflector Stænk deflektor
291 1/S Rear gear frame Bagerste gearstelleje
051 1/S Deflector return Returfjeder for de- bearing
spring flektor
301 1/S Front bearing spacer Forreste gearstelleje
063 1/S Deflector retaining Spændeskive for
screw deflektor 313 1/S Intermediate pinion Mellemtandhjul
075 4/S Starter assembly cap Dækselskrue for mon- 325 1/S Intermediate pinion Spændeskrue for mel-
screw tage af starter retaining screw lemtandhjul
087 4/S Cap screw washer Skive for dækselskrue 337 1/S Gear case Gearkasse
099 1/S Motor housing Motorhus 349 1/S Drive gear Drivgear
109 1/S Housing plug Prop til motorhus 350 1/S Front drive gear Forreste drivgearleje
bearing
110 1/S Housing plug inlet Tilgangsknast for prop
boss til motorhus 362 1/S Rear drive gear Bagerste drivgearleje
bearing
122 1/S Motor assembly Motor samling
374 1/S Drive gear bearing Spændskrue for driv-
134 2/S Cylinder o-ring seal. O-ringstætning for retainer gearleje
cylinder
386 1/S Drive gear shaft Spændskrue for driv-
146 2/S Housing o-ring seal. O-ringstætning for bearing retainer gearakselleje
motorhus
398 1/S Drive gear screw Drivgearskrue
158 1/S Intermediate gear Mellem gearkasse
case 408 1/S Drive gear lock Skive for drivgear
washer
171 1/S Rear gear case o- Bagerste gearkasse
ring o-ring 421 1/S Drive gear cup Dæksel for drivgear
183 1/S Front gear case Forreste gearkasse 433 1/S Drive gear screw O-ring for drivgearskrue
o-ring o-ring o-ring
195 1/S Planet gear frame Tætningsring for pla- 445 8/S Drive housing cap Dækselskrue for driv-
shaft seal. netgearakselstel screw gear
205 1/S Spacer ring Afstandsring 457 8/S Drive housing cap Skive for dækselskrue
screw lock washer til drivgearhus
217 1/S Front gear frame Forreste gearstelleje
bearing 469 1/S Drive housing kit Drivgearhus
229 1/S Planet gear frame Planetgearstel 470 1/S Drive housing o-ring O-ring for drivgearhus
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
230 1/S Planet gear Planetgear 482 1/S Front shaft bearing Forreste akselleje
242 1/S Planet gear needle Nålevalse for planet- 494 1/S Drive housing seal. Tætningsring for driv-
roller gear gearhus
Qty.//E = Qty./Engine Qty./E = Qty./Motor
Qty./S = Qty./Turbine Starter Qty./S = Qty./Turbinestarter
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 3 (3) Turbine Starter 51309-01H
L23/30H
Item Item
504 1/S Drive housing vent Afluftningsprop for 768 Spare parts kit, incl. Reservedelssæt inkl.
plug drivgearhus item 026, 134, 146, item 026, 134, 146, 171,
171, 183, 195, 205, 183, 195, 205, 217, 254,
516 1/S Bulkhead retainer Skotholder 217, 254, 278, 291, 278, 291, 301, 470, 516,
301, 470, 516, 541, 541, 553, 624, 685 og
528 1/S Bulkhead kit Skotsæt 553, 624, 685 and 697
697
541 1//S Outer bulkhead Ydre skot o-ring
o-ring
553 1/S Inner bulkhead Indre skot o-ring

o-ring
565 1/S Clutch spring cup Fjedertallerken holder

retainer
577 1/S Clutch spring cup Fjedertallerken
589 1/S Clutch spring Koblingsfjeder
590 1/S Clutch jaw kit Koblingssæt
600 1/S Large drive shaft Stor lejespændering

bearing retainer for drivaksel
612 1/S Piston kit Stempelsæt
624 1/S Piston o-ring Stempel o-ring
636 1/S Drive shaft kit Drivakselsæt
648 1/S Rear drive shaft Bagerste drivakselleje

bearing
661 1/S Piston return spring Stempel returfjeder
673 1/S Seat Sædering
685 1/S Drive pinion retain- Tandhjulsspænde-

ing screw skrue
697 1/S Drive pinion washer Tandhjulsskive
781 1/S Drive pinion Tandhjul
707 1/S Pinion spring sleeve Tandhjulsbøsning
719 1/S Pinion spring Tandhjulsfjeder
720 1/S Inlet flange kit Tilgangsflangesæt
732 3/S Cover Dæksel

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
744 1/S Self drilling screws Selvborende skruer
756 1/E Turbine starter, Turbinestarter, komplet

complete
Qty./E = Qty./Motor Qty./E = Qty./Motor
Qty./S = Qty./Turbine Starter Qty./S = Qty./Turbinestarter
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Main Starting Valve 51310-01H
L23/30H
045*
021*
057* 033*
069*
082*
094
070*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51310-01H Main Starting Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021* 1/V O-ring O-ring
033* 1/V O-ring retainer O-ring holder
057* 1/V Bumper Stødfanger
069* 1/V Spring Fjeder
094 1/E Main starting valve, Hovedstartventil,

complete komplet
104 1/V Spare part kit Reservedelssæt

Item No. 021, 033, Item nr. 021, 033, 045,
045, 057, 069, 070 057, 069, 070 and
and 082. 082.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./V = Qty./Valve Antal/V = Antal/Ventil
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Muffler 51312-01H
L23/30H
010
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51312-01H Muffler Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
No. Qty. Designation Benævnelse No. Qty Designation Benævnelse
010 1/S Muffler Dæmper
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./S = Qty./Starting air motor Antal/S = Antal/Startemotor
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Emergency Starting Valve 51313-01H
L23/30H
053*
016
089* 100*
090*
028*
041*
077*
065*
100*
136
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51313-01H Emergency Starting Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
016 1/E Emergency starting Nødstarteventil,

valve, complete komplet
028* 1/V Piston Stempel
041* 1/V Washer Skive
053* 4/V Screw Skrue
065* 1/V Nut Møtrik
089* 1/V Gasket Pakning
112 1/V Repair kit, incl. item Reservedelssæt, inkl.

053, 089, 090 and 100 item 053, 089, 090
og 100

028, 041, 065, 077 item 028, 041, 065, 077
and 112 og 112
136 1/V Silencer Lyddæmper
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Starting Valve 51314-01H
L23/30H
084*
011
059*
060
023*
072*
047*
035*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51314-01H Starting Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
011 1/E Starting valve, Starteventil,

complete komplet
023* 1/V Armature, complete Anker, komplet
059* 1/V Guide pipe, complete Styrerør, komplet
060 1/V Solenoid Spole
084* 1/V Nut Møtrik
096* 1/V Repair kit, incl. item Reservedelssæt, inkl.

023, 035, 047, 072 item 023, 035, 047, 072
and 084 og 084

059 and 096 item 059 og 096
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Main Stop Valve 51315-03
L21/31,
L23/30H, L27/38
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.41 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51315-03 Main Stop Valve Page 2 (2)
L21/31,
L23/30H, L27/38
Item Item
042 1/E Stop valve, Stopventil,

complete komplet
066 1/V Gasket Pakning
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.41 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Air Strainer 51316-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51316-01H Air Strainer Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
012 1/F Housing Hus
024 1/F Cover Dæksel
036 1/F Filter Filter indsats
048 4/F Stud Tap
061 4/F Nut Møtrik
073 1/E Air strainer, Filter, komplet

complete
085 1/F Gasket Pakning
097 1/F Plug screw Propskrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Antal/E = Antal/Motor.
Qty./F = Qty./Filter. Antal/F = Antal/Filter.
94.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Safety Valve 51319-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51319-01H Safety Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
019 1/E Safety valve, Sikkerhedsventil,

(10 bar) (10 bar)
020 1/E Safety valve, Sikkerhedsventil,

(15 bar) (15 bar)
032 1/E Protective device Beskyttelseshætte
044 3/E Screw Skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) ON-OFF Valve for Jet System 51320-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51320-01H ON-OFF Valve for Jet System Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
014 1/V Coil Spole
026 1/V Housing Hus
038 1/E Valve, complete ¾" Ventil, komplet ¾"

connecting branch tilslutningsstuds
051 1/E Valve, complete 1" Ventil, komplet 1"

Connecting branch Tilslutningsstuds
063 1/E Valve, complete 1 ¼" Ventil, komplet 1 ¼"

075 1/E Valve, complete 1 ½" Ventil, komplet 1 ½"

087 1/E Valve, complete 2" Ventil, komplet 2"

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./V = Qty./Valve. Antal/V = Antal/Ventil.
94.22 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Air Filter 51321-03
General
190
08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51321-03 Air Filter Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
190 1/E Filter complete Filter komplet
200 1/F Repair kit Reparationssæt

(filter and O-ring) (filter og O-ring)
08.21 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Pressure Reduction Valve 51322-02H
L16/24
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
99.03 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51322-02H Pressure Reduction Valve Page 2 (2)
L16/24
L23/30H
Item Item
015 1/V Cover Dæksel
027 10/V Screw Skrue
039* 2/V Filter Filter
040 1/V Tube incl. o-ring Rør, inkl. o-ring
064* 1/V Diaphragh Membran
111 1/V Valve, complete Ventil, komplet
135* 1/V Valve spring Ventilfjeder
160 1/V Bottom plug, incl. Bundprop, inkl.

o-ring o-ring
172 2/V Pipe plug Rørprop
196 1/V Repair kit, incl. item Reparationssæt, inkl.

039, 052, 064, 076, 088, item 039, 052, 064, 076,
123, 135, 147, 159, 088, 123, 135, 147, 159,
and 184 and 184
206 1/E Reduction valve, Reduktionsventil,

complete komplet
218 1/E Pilot valve, complete Styreventil, komplet
231 1/V Repair kit for item Reparationssæt for

218 item 218
243 2/V Screw Skrue
255 1/V Manometer Manometer

0-25 bar - PI 70 0-25 bar - PI 70
267 1/E Pressure reduction Trykreduktionsventil,

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty/E = Qty/Engine Antal/E = Antal/Motor
Qty/V = Qty/Valve Antal/V = Antal/Ventil
99.03 - ES0-G
Fuel oil system
514/614
MAN Diesel
Description 514.01
Page 1 (3) Internal Fuel Oil System Edition 01H
L23/30H
Flywheel end
Cyl. 1
Leak from
Fuel oil fuel valve
feed
pump
Fuel oil
return
Waste tray
Fuel oil
Drain High pump
from cyl. pressure
head pipe Fuel oil
inlet
Fuel leakage alarm Leak from

Fuel oil fuel pump
filter
A3 A2 A1
Waste oil, Fuel oil, Fuel oil,
inlet outlet inlet
Fig. 1. Diagram for Fuel Oil System
General
The internal built-on fuel oil system consists of the The safety filter is a duplex filter of the split type with
following parts: a filter fineness of 50 my. The filter is equipped with a
common three-way cock for manual change of both
- the fuel oil feed system the inlet and outlet side.
- the high-pressure injection equipment,
comprising fuel oil injection pumps, fuel oil During normal operation both filters should be in
injection valve and fuel oil high pressure operation. Single operation only to be used when
pipe dismantling one of the filters for manual cleaning
- the waste oil system or inspection.
The feed pump (if part of the delivery,) which is of the

Internal Fuel Oil Feed System gear wheel type, is equipped with a spring-loaded
adjustable by-pass valve.
The fuel oil is led to the injection pumps through a
safety filter by means of the engine driven feed pump The outlet pressure of the feed pump can be adjusted
(if part of the delivery). by means of an adjusting screw in the by-pass valve
assembly.
94.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
514.01 Description
Edition 01H
Internal Fuel Oil System Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
For circulation of fuel during stand-still of the engine, The injection valve is for "deep" building-in to the
a by-pass line is mounted with a non-return valve centre of the cylinder head.
parallel to the feed pump.
Fuel Oil Injection Valve

Fuel Injection Equipment
The fuel oil injection valve consists of a nozzle holder
Each cylinder unit has its own set of injection equip- and a nozzle connected by a union nut. The nozzle
ment, comprising injection pump, high-pressure pipe holder includes a threaded pipe stub for mounting
and injection valve. the high-pressure pipe. It is led through a boring in
the cylinder head, together with an adjusting screw,
The injection equipment and the distribution supply a spring and spring spindle for the initial tensioning
pipes are housed in a fully enclosed compartment of the nozzle needle.
thus minimizing heat losses from the preheated
fuel. The initial tension of the spring, which determines the
opening pressure of the nozzle, can be adjusted by
This arrangement reduces external surface tempera- means of the centrally-mounted adjusting screw.
tures and the risk of fire caused by fuel leakage.
On the uppermost thick part of the holder, there are
three sealing O-rings.
Fuel Oil Injection Pump
Between the two lowest O-rings, the leak oil from the
The fuel oil injection pump is installed on the roller nozzle needle is led out into the space between the
guide housing directly above the camshaft, and it is high-pressure pipe and the protection tube.
activated by the cam on the camshaft through roller
guides fitted in the roller guide housing. The nozzle and needle are lapped together as a
pair, and cannot be replaced individually. The noz-
The injection amount of the pump is regulated by zle is controlled by two pins attached to the bottom
transversal displacement of a toothed rack in the of the holder.
side of the pump housing.
The joint surface between the nozzle and holder is
By means of a gear ring, the pump plunger with the two machine-lapped to make it oil-tight.
helical millings, the cutting-off edges, is turned.
The fuel injector is mounted in the cylinder head by
Hereby the length of the pump stroke is reckoned means of the integral flange in the holder and two
from when the plunger closes the inlet holes until the studs with distance pieces and nuts.
cutting-off edges again uncover the holes.
A bore in the cylinder head vents the space below
The release of high pressure through the cutting-off the bottom rubber sealing ring on the injection valve,
edges presses the oil with great force against the wall thus preventing any pressure build-up due to gas
of the pump housing. At the spot, two exchangeable leakage, but also unveiling any malfunction of the
plug screws are mounted. bottom rubber sealing ring for leak oil.
The amount of fuel injected into each cylinder unit

is adjusted by means of the governor.
It maintains the engine speed at the preset value

by a continuous positioning of the fuel pump racks,
via a common regulating shaft and spring-loaded
linkages for each pump.
94.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Description 514.01
Page 3 (3) Internal Fuel Oil System Edition 01H
L23/30H
Fuel Oil High Pressure Pipe Waste Oil System
The connection between injection pump and fuel Waste leak oil from the compartment, fuel valve and
injector is a shielded high pressure pipe. The high engine feed pump is led to a fuel leakage alarm
pressure pipe is equipped with connection tapers unit.
matching to simiular taper facings on the threaded
connectors on the injection pump and the fuel in- The alarm unit consists of a box with a float switch
jector. for level monitoring. In case of a larger leakage than
normal leakage, the float switch will initiate alarm.
The supply fuel oil to the engine is led through the
unit in order to keep this heated up, thereby ensur-
ing free drainage passage even for high-viscous
waste/leak oil.
94.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Fuel Injection Pump and Fuel Injection Pipe 514-01.05
L23/30H
Stopped engine Plate No. Item No. Note

52006 261 20-120 Nm
52006 273 80-360 Nm
Description:
Dismounting, inspection/overhaul and mounting

of fuel injection pump. Inspection of fuel injection
pipe.
Hand tools:
Starting position:
Ring and open end spanner 13 mm
Cover in front of fuel injection pump has been Ring and open end spanner 14 mm
removed. Ring and open end spanner 17 mm
Allen key 8 mm, 10 mm
Plier for lock ring.
Tools for cleaning.
Related procedure: Clean kerosene or gas oil.
Clean lubricating oil.
Inspection of roller guide for Anti seize product (Copaslip, Molykote GN Plus
fuel injection pump, 508-01.05 or similar).
Manpower:
Spare and wearing parts:
Working time : 4 hours
Capacity : 1 Man Plate No. Item No. Qty./
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
51401 189 1/pump

51401 190 1/pump
Data: 51401 236 1/pump
51401 248 1/pump
08.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
514-01.05 Fuel Injection Pump and Fuel Injection Pipe Working Card
L23/30H
Dismounting of fuel injection pump 8. Take out the plunger spring (L), upper spring plate
(K) and pinion (J). If necessary remove the lock ring (R)
1. Dismount the fuel injection pipe pos. 1 fig 1 and guide pin (I) and dismount the regulating rod (H) as
and the fuel inlet pipe pos 2. well as the cap screw in the opposite end of the regulating
rod (H).
2. Separate the spring loaded lever from the
regulating rod on the fuel injection pump.
A
1 2
B
D, F
2
G
M
E
3
5
6 I
J R
Fig 1 View from Control Side K H
L
N
3. Remove the pipe for lub.oil and drain.
O
4. Remove the screws in the bottom flange (4 P
pieces) and take the fuel injection pump away.
2. O-ring inside dia. 37 mm x 3
Separation of fuel injection pump.
5. If necessary, clean the exterior of the injection

pump. Fig 2 Cross Section of Fuel Injection Pump
6. Mount the injection pump in the clamping

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
bracket PYO-W020 (see plate 52014 item 037), on

9. Unscrew the four screws (A) and remove the
the test pump.
connecting piece (B). Take out the valve spring (D)
and the non-return valve (F).
7. Press the thrust cap (N) fig. 2 downwards and
remove the securing ring (P). Remove the thrust cap
10. Loosen and remove the four screws (C) and
(N) with lower spring plate (O) and plunger (M). Be
take out the barrel (E).
sure not to damage the plunger.
11. Remove all the O-rings from the injection
pump.
08.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Working Card
Fuel Injection Pump and Fuel Injection Pipe 514-01.05
L23/30H
12. All parts must be cleaned, using kerosene or Assembling of fuel injection pump:
gas oil and a hand brush (not a steel brush).
Blow through the holes for sealing oil in the pump 17. When assembling the injection pump, proceed
houses and the barrel (E). in the reverse order to disassembling. Pay attention
to the following:
Inspection of fuel injection pump: A. At initial tightening up of new parts the following
(C) for barrel (E).
13. Insert plunger (M) and non-return valve (F) into Tighten screws to 55-65 Nm.
the barrel (E) after wetting with clean gas oil. Plunger
and non-return valve must slide into the barrel by B. Renew all sealing rings. For placing of the rings,
their own weight. see fig 2.
14. The axial clearance between lower spring plate C. Coat all the threads with an anti seize pro-
and plunger foot must not exceed 0.25 mm. The duct.
clearance between lower spring plate and plunger
foot is 0.05 to 0.1 mm when new. See fig 3. D. Wipe dry with paper plane sealing surface on
barrel (E) and connecting piece (B).
E. Before inserting the pinion (J), the easy mo-

tion of the plunger (M) in the barrel (E) must be
checked.
Plunger (M)
Max. 0.25 mm
Spring (L)
Lower spring
Plate (O)
Marking on
regulating rod
Tooth with chamfer
Fig 3 Clearance between Lower Spring Plate and Plunger Marking on pinion
15. Check the cavitation plugs (G) for wear and

renew if necessary.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 4 Mounting of Regulating Rod Mechanism

16. Barrel (E), plunger (M) and non-return valve
(F) are manufactured to very close tolerances.
Any attempt to refinish these parts causes altera- F. When assembling the pinion (J), ascertain that
tions of the tolerances and must therefore NOT be the tooth (recognizable by the chamfer) will enter
carried out. the space of the regulating rod (H) marked by two
If during the visual inspection of the parts, heavy sings, see fig 4.
abrasion symptoms or damage can be observed,
the part in question must be replaced.
08.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
514-01.05 Fuel Injection Pump and Fuel Injection Pipe

Working Card
L23/30H
G. The marking on the guide cam of the plunger 20. Reconnect the regulating rod (H) to the spring
(M), must be in line with the marking in the slots of loaded lever and all the pipes to the fuel pump.
the pinion (J). (Not shown on fig 4).
18. After assembling, the easy motion of the re- Fuel injection pipe:
gulating rod (H), must be checked and the plunger
(M) must be moved from the no-load stop to full-load By normal working conditions the fuel injection pipe
stop. require very little maintenance except replacement
of O-rings and gasket in connection with the normal
overhaul of fuel injection equipment.
Mounting of fuel injection pump:
19. Before mounting the fuel injection pump, clean

the roller guide spring and washer for spring in the
roller guide housing.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Fuel Injection Valve Edition 02H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water 52006 261 20-120 NM
52014 300 Extra tools
52014 361
52014 407
Description:
Dismounting, overhaul, pressure testing and

mounting of fuel injection valve.
Top cover on the cylinder head and front cover on Ring and open end spanner 12 mm
the fuel injection pump has been dismounted. Ring and open end spanner 24 mm
Fuel injection pipe dismounted 514-01.05 Socket spanner 24 mm
Socket spanner 30 mm
Tools for cleaning.
Clean kerosene or gas oil.
Antiseizure product.
(Copaslip, Molykote GN Plus or similar).
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Capacity : 1 man
51402 116 3/valve
Data:

95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 02H Fuel Injection Valve Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
The fuel injection valve is the single component that 3. Clean the lower part of the nozzle (J) from
has the greatest influence on the diesel engine con- carbonized oil deposits before dismantling the nozzle
dition. Various forms of operation and quality of fuel nut (H). Remove the nozzle nut (H) and the nozzle
oil affect the overhaul intervals. In some cases it may (J).
be necessary to shorten the prescribed intervals.
Dismounting and cleaning: D
1. Dismount the fuel injection valve from the cy- B

linder head by means of the special tool as shown
in fig. 1.
B. Lock nut F
C. Sealing ring
D. Adjusting screw G
E. Sealing ring
F. Nozzle spring H
G. Spring spindle
H. Nozzle nut J
J. Nozzle
Fig 2 Fuel injection valve.
Attention!
Do not damage the lapped surface.
4. The nozzle spring (F) and the spring spindle

(G), are to be taken out by loosening the adjusting
Fig 1 Dismounting of fuel injection valve from cylinder head. screw (D), completely.
5. All parts must be cleaned with kerosene or gas

2. Mount the fuel injection valve into the clamping oil and a hard brush (not a steel brush).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
bracket VTO-W020 (see plate 52014, item 025) on

the pressure testing pump, and loosen the lock nut 6. Clean the nozzle holes of charred coke by
(B) fig 2. means of the supplied special drill (see plate 52014-
Unstress the nozzle spring by turning the adjusting 01H item 108) with holder.
screw (D).
7. Clean the cooling chamber and the cooling
ducts in the nozzle guide and injector body by placing
these in a cleaning liquid and then blow through the
parts with dry working air.
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (4) Fuel Injection Valve Edition 02H
L23/30H
Inspection of the parts: Pressure testing of fuel injection valve:
8. Nozzles are matched by lapping and are the- 14. The most effective checking of the fuel valves
refore only interchangeable as units. Insert nozzle is obtained through pressure testing, preferably
needle with gas oil in the needle guide. It must be carried out after each overhaul and also in case
controlled whether the nozzle needle slides down of irregularities in operation. The pressure testing
by its dead weight on its seat. is carried out in the following way by means of the
pressure testing apparatus supplied.
9. If the holes are oval worn, which is checked
with of a magnifying glass, the nozzle must be scrap- 15. Mount the fuel injection valve in the bracket
ped. VTO-W020 (see plate 52014 item no. 25) again. The
bracket to be in such a position that the nozzle of
10. The best way, however, to check if the holes the injector is pointing downwards.
are worn out is to control the flow rate of the nozzle
which, in general, only can be made at the manu- 16. For test of the injection pressure and ato-
facturer's works on a special test stand. mizing mount the test pipe VTO-W021 (see plate
52014 item 049), increase pressure by means of
11. Every effort to refinish will result in alterations the lever on the test pump, and adjust the opening
of these values and malfunction of the nozzle. If pressure to 320 bar, by the adjusting screw (D), see
heavy abrasion symptoms, respectively damages fig 2, then tighten lock nut (B) and check opening
are observed at the visual inspection of the parts, pressure again.
the parts in question must be replaced. Do not expect chattering, but make sure that the
nozzle spray from all holes in the same angle. The
nozzle might chatter if the lever is worked very fast,
Reassembling: actually by hitting it.
Do not expect a nozzle tip with more than 1000
12. When all parts have been overhauled, found running hours to perform like a new nozzle in the
in good order and carefully cleaned, assemble the test pump.
fuel injection valve again. Then increase the pressure to 300 bar and keep the
pressure by working the lever slowly downwards.
13. When assembling the injection valve, proceed When the pressure is kept at 300 bar, there should
in the opposite order compared to the disassembly. be no more than one drip from the nozzle tip for
Pay attention to the following: approx. 3-5 sec.
A. Lubricate the threads on the adjusting screw WARNING: Keep out of the fuel jets as they will
(D) with lub. oil, and the threads of the nozzle holder penetrate the skin. Fuel which has penetrated
for the nozzle nut. The shoulder of the nozzle which the skin can cause painful inflammations (blood
is in contact with the nozzle nut, must be lubricated poisoning).
with an antiseizure product.
B. The sealing plane surface of body and nozzle

must be wiped dry with paper.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
C. Renew the sealing rings (C) and (E).
D. Tighten torque for nozzle nut (see page

500.40.)
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
514-01.10 Fuel Injection Valve Working Card

L23/30H
Mounting of the fuel injection valve in cylinder 19. Mount the high pressure pipe before tightening
head: the nuts then it is easier to fit the threads.
20. Put on the distance pieces, fit the nuts and

tighten up with a torque spanner (for torque moment,
see page 500.40).
Fig 3 Grinding tools for seat and liner for fuel injection valve.
17. Before mounting the fuel valve, clean and

inspect the valve sleeve in the cylinder head. If ne-
cessary, grind the seating face with the grinding tool
(see fig 3).
18. Coat the O-rings and the lower part of the valve Fig 4 Grinding tools for fuel injection valve (extra tools).
with an antiseizure product, place the valve in the
cylinder head and press it down to the seat.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
95.50 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Fuel Oil Split Filter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Disassembly, cleaning and assembly of fuel oil

split filter. Hand tools:

Kerosene, gas oil or similar.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 1/2 hour Plate no Item no Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

91.08 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Fuel Oil Split Filter Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) During normal operation both filters should be 3) Position of three way cock, see fig 2.
in operation, single operation only to be used when
dismantling one of the filters for manual cleaning or
inspection.
2) Normally the filters are cleaned during opera- 4 5

tion by turning the handle, (1) see fig 1, on the filter
housing top a couple of turns. (clockwise).
Simultaneously with turning of the handle, the drain

cock, (2) in bottom of the filter housing should be
opened in order to drain of the dirt being scraped of
the filter element, (3).
Left Filter Both filters in Right Filter

1 This position is operation. This position is
only for cleaning only for cleaning
of the right filter, of the left filter,
not for continu- not for continu-
ous operating. ous operating.
5
Fig 2. Fuel oil split filter (top view).
3
Note: Shut-off fuel oil, before dismantling filter ele-
ment.
4) If no drainage occurs when the drain cock is

opened, the filter housing should be dismantled for
manual cleaning. Remove the nuts (5), and take out
the filter element (3).
2
5) Clean the filter element in kerosene gas oil or
similar and blow it dry with working air.
Fig 1 Fuel oil split filter 6) Mount the filter element again.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
7) The filter element itself should never be dis-

mantled, but has to be replaced if damage or mal
function is experienced.
91.08 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Check of Fuel Oil Piping System Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S

Shut-off fuel oil
Description
Check of fuel oil piping system.

Hand tools
Starting position
Engine is running.
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time: ½ hour Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
Data

92.04 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Check of Fuel Oil Piping System Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
V28/32S
Fuel Oil System 4) Move all valves and cocks in the piping sy-
stem.
1) Dismount the covers to the injection pumps. Lubricate valve spindles with graphite or si-
Blow-through drain pipes. milar.
2) Examine the piping system for leaks. 5) Check flexible connections for leaks and da-
mages.
3) Retighten all bolts and nuts in the piping sy-
stem. 6) Check the condition of the lower O-ring for the
fuel injecting valves by means of the venting
pipe.
For fuel oil condition, see section 504.
Venting pipe
Fig 1. Cross section of cylinder head

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
92.04 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Adjustment of The Maximum Combustion Pressure Edition 01H
L23/30H

Description:
Adjustment of the maximum combustion pressure

for the cylinders one by one and for all cylinders
in total.
Hand tools:
Starting position: Ring and open end spanner, 19 mm.

Camshaft mounted and adjusted in Depth gauge.
relation to the crankshaft (lead), 507-01.20 Plastic hammer.
Intermediate wheel mounted.
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2-5 hours Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
50801 124 1 set/cyl
Data:

91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Adjustment of The Maximum Combustion Pressure Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
If fuel oil valve, piston, inlet and exhaust valves as well Thinner and/or fewer shims (increase of the distance
as turbocharger and charge air cooler are working “X”) results in a delayed injection timing and a lower
correct and the compression pressure Pcomp is normal Pmax.
the maximum combustion pressure will indicate the
injection timing for the fuel oil pump. Thicker and/or more shims (reduction of the distance
“X”) results in an advanced injection timing and a
If Pmax is too low it indicates that the injection timing higher Pmax.
is delayed.
If the distance “X” is to be changed the trigger (1) is
If Pmax is too high it indicates that the injection timing used for dismantling of the thrust piece (2), where-
is advanced. after the thickness and/or the number of shims (3)
can be changed.
The injection timing can be altered by inserting or
removing shims under the thrust piece on the roller By changing “X” with 0.10 mm the maximum combu-
guide, thus changing the measure “X”, see fig 1. stion pressure is changed with - see page 500.35.
After replacement of shims the thrust piece is re-

mounted in the roller guide (4) with a soft hammer
(5).
Measure "x"
1 5
1
2 2
3 2
Total height 3
3
4
4 4
1 Extractor 2 Thrust piece

3 Shims 4 Roller guide
5 Soft hammer
Fig 1
Fig 3
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Action Results
Total height Distance Injection Max. combustion

on roller guide "x" timing pressure
increased ↑ Reduced ↓ Advanced ↑ increased ↑

Reduced ↓ increased ↑ Delayed ↓ Reduced ↓
Fig 2
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (3) Adjustment of The Maximum Combustion Pressure Edition 01H
L23/30H
When changing “X” it must be ensured that the di-
stance between the upper edge of the roller guide
housing and the thrust piece on the roller guide is not
exceeded, when the roller is resting on the circular
part of the fuel cam, see page 500.35.
In all cases “X” must be checked and adjusted, if

necessary, when fuel oil pump, roller guide, roller
guide housing and/or camshaft section have been
replaced/dismantled.
Note: If several fuel oil pumps, roller guides, rol-

ler guide housings and/or camshaft sections are
dismantled at the same time it is advisable to num-
ber the parts in order to facilitate remounting and
adjustment.
If the maximum combustion pressure differs from the

test bed records after adjustment of each individual
pump the camshafts placement can be changed,
as the camshafts gear wheels are provided with
oblonged holes so that they can be turned in relation
Fig. 4
to the hub.
The gear wheel is provided with an engraved scale,

see fig 4, and the hub of the cam shaft is provided If the crankshaft is turned in the engines normal
with a mark. direction of rotation the maximum combustion pres-
sure P-max. is reduced.
When the screws, which fasten the gear wheel, are
loosened the gear wheel is turned (by turning the If the crankshaft is turned against the engines normal
crankshaft) in relation to the camshaft. By reading direction of rotation the maximum combustion pres-
the angle in which the gear wheel is displaced in
relation to the camshaft the altered Pmax can be
calculated. A line on the scale corresponds to: see
page 500.35.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (3) Fuel Oil Feed Pump Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Disassembly, overhaul and assembly of fuel oil

feed pump. Hand tools:
Adjustment of fuel oil pressure.
Allen key, 8 mm, 10 mm, 22 mm.
Starting position: Big screwdriver.
Adjustable spanner.
All pipe connections to the feed pump have been Puller.
disconnected, and the feed pump is removed Hard brush.
from the engine. Gas oil.
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 4 Hours Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
51410 049 1/pump
Data: 51410 050 4/pump
51410 108 1/pump
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 51410 265 1/pump
96.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Fuel Oil Feed Pump Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Disassembly. 7) Renew the sealing ring in cover (11).
1) Remove the coupling part (14), see fig. 1, by 8) Inspect all other parts for wear and damage,
means of a puller. and renew, if necessary.
2) Remove screws (12) and dismount the cover

(11) with locking ring, sealing ring, o-ring and rotating Assembly:
packing (9).
9) Mount the gear wheel (5 and 7), coat the sea-
3) After removal of the screws (4) (6 pcs.) the ling lip with silastene or similar and mount the cover
cover (3) is dismantled and the gear wheels (5 and (3).
7) are pulled out.
10) Mount the rotating packing (9) and the cover
4) Dismounting of the spring loaded adjustable (11) with sealing ring, o-ring, locking ring and coupling
by-pass valve. (14).
Remove the cap nut (21), nut (20), spring housing 11) Mount the spring loaded by-pass valve, nut (20),
(19), spring (18) and the cylinder (23). If the piston gasket (16), cap nut (21) and plug screw (15).
(17) cannot be pulled out from the same side the
plug screw (15) can be removed and the piston 12) Mount the feed pump on the engine and con-
can be pressed from this side with a screw driver nect all the pipes.
or the like.
Adjusting of Fuel Oil Pressure.

Overhaul:
13) The outlet pressure of the feed pump, can be
5) Clean all the parts with gas oil and a hard adjusted by means of an adjusting screw in the by-
brush. pass valve.
Warning: Never use a steel brush. Remove the cap nut (21) and loosen the nut (20).
The parts are blown clean with working air. By turning the spring housing clockwise the pres-
sure is raised and reverse the pressure is lowered
6) If the bearing bush are to be removed the by turning the spring housing (19) anti-clockwise.
existing bearing bush is plugged out, the bores are When the correct pressure is reached, see page
cleaned and new bearing bush is mounted, see fig. 500.30, the spring housing (19) is locked with nut
2. (20) and finally the gasket (16) and cap nut (21) are
mounted.
Before the gear wheels can be mounted the bearing
bush must be adjusted with a reamer or a bearing
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
scraper, so that the gear wheel can run easily when

the pump is assembled.
96.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Fuel Oil Feed Pump Edition 01H
L23/30H
Fig. 2. Mounting of bearing bush.
Fig. 1. Fuel oil feed pump.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Pump 51401-10H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.36 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51401-10H Fuel Injection Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021 1/P Pump housing Pumpehus 319 1/P Gear rim Tandkrans
033 2/P Screw Skrue 344+ 1/P Screw Skrue
045 2/P Packing ring Pakningsring 356+ 1/P Packing ring Pakningsring
057 1/C Fuel injection pump, Fuel indsprøjtnings- 368 2/P Screw Skrue
complete pumpe, komplet
069 1/P Plunger and barrel Stempel og cylinder

incl. non-return valve inkl. kontraventil + Are not included in + Indgår ikke i fuel ind-
fuel injection pump, sprøjtningspumpe,
070 1/P Joint washer Pakning complete komplet
082 2/P Washer Skive
094 4/P Screw Skrue
104 1/P Circlip Låsering
116 1/P Regulating rod Reguleringsstang
128 1/P Guide pin Styretap
141 1/P Upper spring plate Øverste fjederplade
153 1/P Spring Fjeder
165 1/P Lower spring plate Nederste fjederplade
177 1/P Thrust cap Trykhætte
189 1/P O-ring O-ring
200 1/P Circlip Låsering
224 1/P Connecting piece Forbindelsesstykke
261 1/P Pointer Viser
273 1/P Nut Møtrik
285 4/P Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
297 1/P Cap screw Hætteskrue
307 1/P Securing ring Beskyttelsesring
Qty./P = Qty./Pump Antal/P = Antal/Pumpe
03.36 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Valve 51402-16H
L23/30H
141
153
189
165
104
189
021*
094
177
116
045
082
033*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
069
057
* When ordering, please state IMO-17.02
07.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51402-16H Fuel Injection Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021 1/V Injector housing, plea- Ventilhus, venligst oplys

se state IMO-17.02 IMO-17.02
033 1/V Nozzle, complete, Forstøver, komplet, ven-

please state IMO- ligst oplys IMO-17.02
17.02
045 2/V Dowel pin Styrestift
057 1/V Screw cap Omløber
069 1/V Thrust spindle Trykspindel
082 1/V Spring Fjeder
094 1/V Adjusting screw Justeringsskrue
104 1/V Nut Møtrik
116 3/V O-ring O-ring
141 1/V Cap nut Hættemøtrik
153 1/V Bolt Bolt
165 1/V Washer Skive
177 1/C Fuel injection valve, Brændselsventii,

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./V = Qty./Valve Qty./V = Qty./Ventil
Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder. Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder.
07.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Valve 51402-17H
L23/30H
141
153
189
165
104
189
021*
094
177
116
045
082
033*
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
069
057
07.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51402-17H Fuel Injection Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021 1/V Injector housing, plea- Ventilhus, venligst oplys

se state IMO-17.06 IMO-17.06
033 1/V Nozzle, complete, Forstøver, komplet, ven-

17.06
057 1/V Screw cap Omløber
069 1/V Thrust spindle Trykspindel
104 1/V Nut Møtrik
153 1/V Bolt Bolt
177 1/C Fuel injection valve, Brændselsventii,

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51402-03H Fuel Injection Valve - NICO Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
190 1/V Plug screw Propskrue
221 1/V Injector body Brændstofsventil
248 1/V Atomizer, complete Forstøver, komplet
261 1/V Nozzle nut Forstøver
285 1/V Nut Møtrik
320 1/V Spindle Spindel
325 1/V Fuel Injection Valve, Brændstofsventil,

Complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
00.13 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Valve - NICO 51402-18H
L23/30H
273
190
200 285
297
325
221*
224
307
236
319
248*
320
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
261
07.20 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Valve - NICO 51402-19H
L23/30H
273
190
200 285
297
325
221*
224
307
236
319
248*
320
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
261
07.20 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51402-19H Fuel Injection Valve - NICO Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
190 1/V Plug screw Propskrue
221 1/V Injector body, Brændstofsventil, ven-

17.05
248 1/V Atomizer, complete, Forstøver, komplet, ven-

17.05
261 1/V Nozzle nut Forstøver
285 1/V Nut Møtrik
320 1/V Spindle Spindel
325 1/V Fuel Injection Valve, Brændstofsventil,

Complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.20 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Oil Filter Duplex 51403-03H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51403-03H Fuel Oil Filter Duplex Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
015 1/E Fuel oil filter duplex, Brændselsoliespalte-

complete filter, komplet
027 2/F Filter element, Filterelement, komplet

complete
052 8/F Nut Møtrik
064 2/F O-ring O-ring
088 2/F Plug screw Propskrue
123 2/F Drain cock, Aftapningshane,

complete komplet
147 1/F Fixing screw Fastspændingsskrue
159 2/F Disc Skive
172 2/F Counter nut Omløbsmøtrik
184 2/F Sealing screw Tætningsskrue
196 2/F Handle Håndtag
206 2/F Split pin Split
218 2/F Washer Skive
231 2/F Nut Møtrik
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Qty./E = Qty./Engine.
Qty./F = Qty./Filter Qty./F = Qty./Filter.
02.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Injection Pipe 51404-01H
L23/30H
130
237
010
178 250
262
142
130
178
166
154 262
142
154
166
095
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
201
213
225
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51404-01H Fuel Injection Pipe Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
010 1/C Fuel injection pipe, Højtryksrør,

complete komplet
095 1/C Sleeve Styrebøsning
142 2/C Flange Flange
154 4/C Screw Skrue
201 2/C Sleeve in 2/2 Bøsning 2-delt
213 2/C Wire lock ring Wire låsering
225 1/C Nut Møtrik
237 1/C Screwed socket Gevindmuffe
250 1/C Nut Møtrik
262 4/C Locking washer Låseskive
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Fuel Oil Feed Pump 51410-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51410-01H Fuel Oil Feed Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 1/P Housing Hus
025 1/P Cover Dæksel
037 1/P Gear wheel Tandhjul
050 4/P Bush Foring
062 1/P Key Feder
074 1/P Coupling, complete Kobling, komplet
086 2/P Cap nut Kapselmøtrik
098 2/P Gasket Pakning
108 1/P Rotating sealing Roterende pakning
121 6/P Screw Skrue
145 1/P Plug screw Propskrue
169 2/P Cylindrical pin Cylindrisk stift
170 1/P Cap nut Kapselmøtrik
182 1/P Nut Møtrik
194 1/P Spring housing Fjederhus
204 1/P Plunger Stempel
228 1/P Flange Flange
241 3/P Screw Skrue
253 6/P Screw Skrue
265 1/P Sealing ring Tætningsring
289 4/P Screw Skrue
290 1/E Pump, complete Pumpe, komplet
300 1/P Circlip Sikringsring

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
312 1/P Cylinder Cylinder
Qty./P = Qty./Pump. Qty./P = Qty./Pumpe.
Qty./E = Qty./Engine. Qty./E = Qty./Motor
96.20 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Pipes on Cylinder Section 51430-01H
5L23/30H
07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
51430-01H Pipes on Cylinder Section Page 2 (2)
5L23/30H
Item Item
012 1/E Fuel oil Br. olie 240 1/C Clamp Holder
distributor pipe fordelingsrør
252 2/C Spring lock Låsefjeder
024 1/C Branch pipe Stikrør
cylinder section cylindersektion 264 2/C Nut Møtrik
036 1/C Straight male Ligeforskruning 276 1/C Bracket Beslag

stud coupling
288 1/C Pipe clamp Rørholder
048 1/E Fuel oil return Br. olie
pipe returrør 311 2/C Pipe clamp Rørholder
061 1/C Branch pipe Stikrør 323 1/C Pipe clamp Rørholder
cylinder section cylindersektion
335 1/C Hexagon screw Skrue
073 1/C Screwed Vinkel-
connection forskruning 347 2/C Hexagon screw Skrue
085 1/E Fuel oil Br. olie 359 2/C Hexagon screw Skrue
return pipe returrør
097 1/C Lub. oil pipe Smøreolierør
372 1/C Screwed connection Forskruning
cylinder section cylindersektion 384 1/C Screwed connection Forskruning
119 1/C Straight male Ligeforskruning 396 1/C Screwed connection Forskruning
stud coupling
120 1/C Straight male Ligeforskruning
stud coupling 418 1/C Screwed connection Forskruning
132 2/C Plug screw Propskrue 431 1/C Pipe clamp Rørholder
with SRG
443 1/C Bracket, complete Beslag, komplet
144 2/C Packing ring Pakningsring
156 1/E Lub. oil Smøreolie-

distribution pipe fordelingsrør


stud coupling
193 1/E Sealing oil Spærreolie-


lub. oil smøreolie

stud coupling
227 1/C Pipe from fuel Rør for

pump drain br. olie pumpedræn
239 1/C Banjo coupling Banjo forskruning
Qty./E = Engine Antal/E = Motor
07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H
07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
6L23/30H
Item Item

stud coupling
stud coupling
with SRG



stud coupling


lub. oil smøreolie

stud coupling

07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
7L23/30H
07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
7L23/30H
Item Item

stud coupling
stud coupling
with SRG



stud coupling


lub. oil smøreolie

stud coupling

07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
8L23/30H
07.17
MAN Diesel
Plate
8L23/30H
Item Item

stud coupling
stud coupling
with SRG



stud coupling


lub. oil smøreolie

stud coupling

07.17
Lubricating oil system
515/615
MAN Diesel
Description
Internal Lubricating Oil System 515.01
L23/30H
C3
C16 C15
PDT PT TE
21-22 22 22
PDAH PAL TAH PSL TI LAL
Hand wing pump 21-22 22 22 22 22 25
Filter
Prelub. El. Driven pre- Centri-
oil inlet lub. oil pump fugal B
TC filter Drain from
LAH LAL oil vapour
28 28 discharge
PI
23
To main bearing C13
TE TE TE TE TE
Lub. oil cooler 29 29 29 29 29
TI Cyl. 1
20
To pump To
drive piston
A To
camshaft Governor
drive drive
To rocker arms
TE
20
TAH
20
Forced oil
Engine driven Boring in
lub. oil pump camshaft
PI
21-22
C4 C9
Separate full flow filter
A When full flow filter

Standard
B 1 piece for 5-6 cyl. engines,
2 pcs. for 7-8 cyl. engines Optionals
C7 C8
Fig 1 Diagram for internal lubricating oil system.
General
Pipe description for connection at the engine
C3 Lubricating oil from separator DN25 As standard the lubricating oil system is based on
C4 Lubricating oil to separator DN25 wet sump lubrication.
C7 Lubricating oil from separate filter DN65
All moving parts of the engine are lubricated with
C8 Lubricating oil to separate filter DN65
oil circulating under pressure in a closed built-on
C9 Back-flush from full-flow filter DN20
system.
C13 Oil vapour discharge* DN50
C15 Lubricating oil overflow DN50 The lubricating oil is furthermore used for the purpose
C16 Lubricating oil supply DN25 of cooling the pistons.
The standard engine is equipped with built-on:

Flange connections are as standard according to DIN 2501
– Engine driven lubricating oil pump

– Lubricating oil cooler
* For external pipe connection, please see section
– Lubricating oil thermostatic valve
for crankcase ventilation.
– Duplex full-flow depth filter
– Pre-lubricating oil pump
07.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
515.01 Internal Lubricating Oil System Description

L23/30H
Oil Quantities 3 – Camshaft drive

4 – Governor drive
The approximate quantities of oil necessary for a new
engine, before starting up are given in the table, see 5 – Rocker arms
"B 12 01 1 / 504.06 Lubricating Oil in Base Frame"
6 – Camshaft
(max. litre H3)
If there are connected external, full-flow filters etc., 1) For priming and during operation, the turbochar-
the quantity of oil in the external piping must also be ger is connected to the lubricating oil circuit of
taken into account. the engine, the oil serves for bearing lubrication
and also for dissipation of heat.
Max. velocity recommendations for external lubrica-
ting oil pipes: The inlet line to the turbocharger is equipped
with an orifice in order to adjust the oil flow and
– Pump suction side 1.0 - 1.5 m/s a non-return valve to prevent draining during
– Pump discharge side 1.5 - 2.0 m/s stand-still.
The non-return valve has back-pressure func-

Lubricating Oil Consumption tion requiring a pressure slightly above the prim-
ing pressure to open in normal flow direction.
The lubricating oil consumption is 0.6 - 1.0 g/kWh, In this way overflooding of the turbocharger is
see "Specific Lubricating Oil Consumption - SLOC, prevented during stand-still periods, where the
B 12 15 0 / 504.07" pre-lubricating pump is running.
It should, however, be observed that during the run- 2) Lubricating oil for the main bearings is sup-plied
ning in period the lubricating oil consumption may through holes drilled in the engine frame. From
exceed the values stated. the main bearings it passes through bores in
the crankshaft to the connecting rod big-end
bearings.
Quality of Oil
The connecting rods have bored channels for
Only HD lubricating oil (Detergent Lubricating Oil) supply of oil from the big-end bearings to the
should be used, characteristic stated in "Lubricating small-end bearings, which has an inner circum-
Oil Specification B 12 15 0 / 504.01". ferential groove, and a pocket for distribution
of oil in the bush itself and for supply of oil to
the pin bosses and the piston cooling through
System Flow holes and channels in the piston pin.
The lubricating oil pump draws oil from the oil sump From the front main bearings channels are
and presses the oil through the cooler and filter to bored in the crankshaft for lubricating of the
the main lubricating oil pipe, from where the oil is pump drive.
distributed to the individual lubricating points. From
the lubricating points the oil returns by gravity to 3) The lubricating oil pipes, for the camshaft drive
the oil sump. gear wheels, are equipped with nozzles which
are adjusted to apply the oil at the points where
The main groups of components to be lubricated the gear wheels are in mesh.
are:
4) The lubricating oil pipe, and the gear wheels
for the governor drive are adjusted to apply the
1 – Turbocharger
oil at the points where the gear wheels are in
2 – Main bearings, big-end bearing etc. mesh.
07.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
L23/30H
5) The lubricating oil to the rocker arms is led
through pipes to each cylinder head. It con- A
tinuous through bores in the cylinder head
and rocker arm to the movable parts to be
lubricated at rocker arms and valve bridge.
Further, lubricating oil is led to the movable
parts in need of lubrication.
6) Through a bore in the frame lubricating oil is led

to the first camshaft bearing and through bores
C B
in the camshaft from where it is distributed to
the other camshaft bearings.
Lubricating Oil Pump
The lubricating oil pump, which is of the gear wheel Fig 2 Thermostatic Valve
type, is mounted on the front end of the engine and
is driven by means of the crankshaft through a cou-
pling. The oil pressure is controlled by an adjustable If the filter chamber in operation needs to be servi-
spring- loaded relief valve built-on the oil pump. ced, the operation can be switched to the other filter
chamber without any interruption in lubricating oil
supply to the engine.
Thermostatic Valve
Servicing is generally restricted to replacing of the
The thermostatic valve is designed as a T-piece with paper cartridges, cleaning of the radial mesh insert
the inlet in the cover (A) under which the thermostatic and inspection of sealings, the latter to be replaced
elements are located. if damages observed.
The outlet to the engine (by-passing cooler) is Each filter chamber is equipped with 1 or 2 replaceable
marked (B) and outlet to the cooler is marked (C). paper cartridges of fineness 10-15 microns.
In the warming up period, the oil is by-passing the
cooler. When the oil from the engine reaches the In the centre of each filter chamber a filter basket
normal temperature see "Operation data & set points (central element) is situated. This filter basket is
500.30" a controlled amount af oil passes through acting as a safety filter, having a fineness of about
the cooler. 60 microns.
The thermostatic elements must be replaced if the During operation an increased pressure drop across
temperature during normal operation deviates es- the filter will be observed as dirt particles will deposit
sential from the one stated in the test report. on the filtration surfaces of the paper cartridges and
thus increase the flow resistance through the filter.
The valve cannot be set or adjusted, and it requires
no maintenance. If the pressure drop across the filter exceeds 2.0
bar, a release valve will open and by-pass the 10-15
microns filter element, and the engine will run with
Built-on Full-flow Depth Filter only the 60 microns safety filter.
The lubricating oil filter is a double filter which is To ensure safe filtering of the lubricating oil, none of
generally used with only one filter chamber being in the by-pass valves must open during normal service
operation, the other filter chamber being stand-by. and the elements should be replaced at a pressure
drop across the filter of 1.5 bar.
07.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
515.01 Internal Lubricating Oil System Description

L23/30H
Servicing is essential the exchange of the paper However, if a manifold arrangements is used, its
cartridges. arrangements are to be as follows:
When exchanging cartridges, it is advisable to release 1) The vent pipe from each engine is to run
any old oil remaining in the filter housing by means indepently to the manifold, and be fitted with
of the drain plug provided for this purpose, and to corrosion resistant flame screen within the
wipe out the housing with a cloth. manifold.
The filter chambers can be serviced successively du- 2) The manifold is to be located as high as practi-
ring operation or when the engine is at standstill. cable so as to allow substantial length of piping
separating the crankcase.
It is essential to follow the instructions in work card
515-01.10 closely when replacing filter cartridges. 3) The manifold is to be vented to the open air,
such that the vent outlet is fitted with corrosion
Filter cartridges must under no circumstances be resistant flame screen, and the clear open area
cleaned and used again. of the vent outlet is not less than the aggregate
area of the individual crankcase vent pipes
entering the manifold.
Pre-lubricating
4) The manifold is to be provided with drainage
As standard the engine is equipped with an electric- arrangement.
driven pre-lubricating pump mounted parallel to the
main pump.The pump must be arranged for automatic The ventilation pipe should be designed to eliminate
operation, ensuring stand-still of the pre-lubricating the risk of water condensation in the pipe flowing back
pump when the engine is running, and running dur- into the engine and should end in the open air:
ing engine stand-still in stand-by position.
– The connection between engine (C13) and the
Running period of the pre-lubricating pump is prefer- ventilation pipe must be flexible.
ably to be continuous. If intermittent running is requi- – The ventilation pipe should be continuously
red for energy saving purpose, the timing equipment inclined (min. 5 degrees).
should be set for shortest possible intervals, say 2 – A continuous drain has to be installed near the
minutes of running, 10 minures of stand-still, etc. engine. The drain must not be lead back to the
Further, it is recommended that the pre-lubricating engine.
pump is connected to the emergency switch board – Dimension of the flexible connection DN50.
thus securing that the engine is not started without – Dimension of the ventilation pipe after the flex-
pre-lubrication. ible connection min. DN65.
Draining of the Oil Sump Optionals

It is recommended to use the separator suction pipe Besides the standard components, the following
for draining of the lubricating oil sump. optionals can be built-on:
– Level switch for low/high level in oil sump

Crankcase Ventilation (LAL/LAH 28)
– Centrifugal by-pass filter
The crankcase ventilation is not to be directly con- (standard for stationary engines)
nected with any other piping system. It is preferable – Hand wing pump
that the crankcase ventilation pipe from each engine
is led independently to the open air. The outlet is Pressure differential transmitting
to be fitted with corrosion resistant flame screen – PDT 21-22 Lubricating oil inlet across filter
separately for each engine.
07.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
L23/30H
Temperature alarm high

– TAH 20 Lubricating oil inlet before cooler
Pressure transmitting
– PT 22 Lubricating oil inlet after cooler
Temperature element
– TE 20 Lubricating oil inlet before cooler
Temperature element
– TE 22 Lubricating oil inlet after cooler
Temperature element
– TE 29 Lubricating oil inlet main bearings
Branches for:
– External fine filter

– External full/flow filter
Branches for separator is standard.
07.47 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Description
Lubricating Oil Cooler 515.06
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
Principle of the Plate Heat Exchanger Plates
The built-on lubricating oil cooler is a plate heat After clamping of the plate pack, the plates - which
exchanger. are fitted gaskets - ensure an effective seal between
fluids and atmosphere. In addition, intermixing of the
The plate heat exchanger consist of a number of fluids is eliminated by a double gasket seal around
cold pressed plates which are compressed between the inlet ports.
a frame plate (head) and the pressure plate (follow)
by means of tie bolts. Every second plate is turned through 180°. This
means that the double gasket seal occurs around
The plates are made with special corrugations, every second inlet to the channels between the
which ensures turbolent flow and high heat transfer plates.
cofficients.
The plate pack now forms a series of parallel flow
channels in which the fluids flow in a counter cur-
rent regime.
96.26 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Centrifugal By-Pass Filter 515.15
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
Description
The centrifugal filter is a by-pass filter mounted directly For proper filtration, it is important that the rotor is
at the engine base frame. The centrifugal filter is a always correctly balanced.
supplement to the main filter.
An out-of-balance condition can occur as a result
During service, a part of the lubricating oil supplied of an uneven built-up of sludge or as a result of ex-
from the engine driven lubricating oil pump enters cessive bearing or spindle wear.
the centrifugal filter and returns to the oil sump in
the base frame.
The centrifugal filter relies on the centrifugal force

and can therefore remove high density, sub-micron
particles.
Principle of Operation
D
Oil enters the base of the filter and depresses the
B
cut-off valve (A) which has a pre-set pressure valve.
The cut-off valve is fitted to ensure that at low pres- E
sure and flow conditions the entire oil pump output
C
is supplied to the engine working parts. Having
depressed the cut-off valve the oil travels up the
centre of the spindle. Through holes at the top (B)
and enters the rotor (C) at the maximum height above
F
the stand tube. The oil completely fills the cleaning
chamber (D) and travels through the strainer (E)
into the drive chamber (F), leaving under pressure A
via diametrically opposed tangential nozzles in the
bottom of the rotor.
The reaction of the oil leaving the nozzles provides

A Cut-off valve D Cleaning chamber
the driving force causing the rotor to spin about the
B Top E Strainer
spindle at high speed. The oil leaving the nozzles is C Rotor F Drive chamber
then allowed to drain back to the sump, by gravity
at atmospheric pressure.
Fig 1. Diagram showing Principle of Operation.
The centrifugal force field within the spinning rotor
forces the contaminants to travel to the inner wall of
the rotor, where they form a dense rubber-like sludge
which is easily removed.
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (3) Lubricating Oil Pump, Engine Driven Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Disassembly, overhaul and assembly of lubrica-

ting oil pump, engine driven.
Adjusment of lub. oil pressure. Hand tools:

Starting position: Ring and open end spanner, 46 mm.
(Socket spanner, 46 mm).
All pipe connections to the lub. oil pump have Allen key, 8 mm, 4 mm.
been disconnected, and the lub. oil pump is re- Plier for locking ring.
moved from the engine. Soft hammer.
Big screw driver.
Adjustable spanner.
Puller.
Related procedure: Silastene or similar.
Hard brush.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 6-8 hours Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
51501 234 1/pump
51501 055 5/pump
Data: 51501 151 1/pump

96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Lubricating Oil Pump, Engine Driven Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Disassembly: Before the gear wheels (7 and 8) can be mounted
the bearing bush must be adjusted with a reamer
1) Remove the coupling part or gear wheel (1), or a bearing scraper, so that the gear wheel can run
see fig. 2, by means of a puller or a soft hammer. easily when the pump is assembled.
2) Remove screws (2) and dismount the cover 8) Inspect all other parts for wear and damage,
(3). and renew, if necessary.
3) Dismount the locking ring (4), screws (5) and

remove the cover (6) with the overspeed device.
4) Remove the gear wheel (7 and 8).
5) Dismounting of the spring loaded adjustable

by-pass valve.
Remove the cap nut (9), nut (10), spring housing

(11), spring (12) and the cylinder (13). If the piston
(14) cannot be pulled out from the same side, the
plug screw (15) can be removed and the piston can
be pressed out from this side with a screw driver
or the like.
Fig. 2.
Assembly:
9) Mount the gear wheel (7 and 8).
Coat the sealing lip with silastene or similar and

Fig. 1. mount the cover (6) with gear wheel and locking
ring (4).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Overhaul. 10) Mount the cover (3) with gasket.
6) Clean all the parts with gas oil and a hard 11) Mount the gear wheel or coupling part (1).
brush, (never use a steel brush). The parts are blown
clean with working air. For tightening the nut for gear wheel, see page
500.40.
7) If the bearing bush is to be removed the
existing bearing bush is plugged out by means of 12) Mount the spring loaded by-pass valve, nut
a mandrel, the bores are cleaned and new bearing (10) with gasket, cap nut (9) and plug screw (15).
bush is mounted, see fig. 1.
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Lubricating Oil Pump, Engine Driven Edition 01H
L23/30H
Adjusting of Lub. Oil Pressure. By turning the spring housing clockwise the pressure
is raised and reverse the pressure is lowered by
13) The outlet pressure of the lub. oil pump, can turning the spring housing (11) anti-clockwise. When
be adjusted by means of a adjusting screw in the the correct pressure is reached , see page 500.30,
by-pass valve. the spring housing (11) is locked with nut (10) and
finally the gasket and cap nut (9) are mounted.
Remove the cap nut (9) and loosen the nut (10).
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (3) Prelubricating Pump Edition 08
General
Stopped engine Plate No Item No Note.

Shut-off fuel oil
Hand tools
Description
Bench vice.
Dismounting, replacement of the rotary shaft seal Spanner.
and assembly of prelubricating pump. Torque spanner.
Plier for lock ring.
Soft hammer.
Starting position
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2-3 Hours Plate No Item No Qty./

Capacity : 1 man
See plate 51504.
Data:

02.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Edition 08 Prelubricating Pump Page 2 (3)
General
Overhauls We advise not to change the bearing bushes. In
connectin with damages on the bearings it is normal
Overhauls for the purpose of avoiding functional that also the shafts and the parts in the gear box will
trouble are not normally necessary for the prelubri- be damaged.
cating pumps, when properly used, there is very little
wear on the pump gear shaft. When ordering spare parts, do not forget to state
the factory no. of the pump.
Spare Parts
Replacement of mechanical seal
Before any overhaul is done, please note the fol-
lowing: 1) Disconnect the cable and pipe connection to
the pump.
If a pump gets unusable by wear, it must be repla-
ced. Installation of spare parts cannot bring it back 2) Remove the pump from the engine base
to normal condition. frame.
It pays to keep extra pumps in stock or to have repairs 3) Separate the pump and the el-motor.
(overhauls) carried out at our repair shop.
4) Remove the coupling part and key (109), see
The shaft seal needs only to be replaced in case fig. 1, from the driving gear shaft (051).
of leakage or after dismounting of drive shaft. The
marks from the seal do not necessarily mean that 5) Tighten the pump to the flange. Pressure control
the sealing is defective, but there is a risk of leakage valve (038) upwards.
after replacement of sealing.
6) Loosen screws (075) and take off the pressure
control valve (038).
109 099 122 014 051 026 038 075

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1. Prelubricating Pump
02.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Prelubricating Pump Edition 08
General
7) Take off the gear box (026), if necessary use Mounting
a soft hammer for separation.
13) The mounting process follows in reverse order,
8) Remove the gear wheels from the cover (014). it is stressed that an exact cleaning works is
Dismounting is only possible by disturbing the necessary.
rotor shaft seal and by breaking the bearing
bush. Especially the sealing faces must be clean.
9) Remove the security ring (099) and take off Tightening of screw pos. (075):
the rotary shaft seal (122).
R25 10 Nm
10) Press out the driving gear shaft bearing bush, R35 50 Nm
pull out the running bearing bush with the inner
wheel puller. In connection with the bearing bush, attention must
be paid to the placement of the butt joint and the
11) Gear box (026). Dismounting is only possible mounting depth.
by damaging the shaft bush. Press out the
shaft bushes. The new shaft seal cannot be pressed into the pro-
tection cover before exact mounting of the pump.
12) Pressure control valve (038). The pressure
control valve can be dismounted also without O-ring must be changed.
dismounting the pump.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (3) Lubricating Oil Filter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Replacement of paper filter element(s).

Cleaning of safety filter and filter housing. Hand tools:

Starting position: Adjustable spanner.
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2 hours Plate no Item no Qty. /

Capacity : 1 man
51502 013 See plate 51502
Data: 51502 290 1/Filter.

91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Lubricating Oil Filter Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
The lubricating oil filter is dimensioned so that each of 4) Filter housing cap is dismantled.
the two filter parts has sufficent capacity to treat the
amount of lubricating oil delivered by the pump. 5) Remove the inner safety element. Clean the
element with detergent. Check that it is intact.
The three-way valve positioned is determining
whether the left hand or the right hand filter chamber 6) Remove the outer element(s). Filter element is
is in operation, and also gives the possibility of having of disposable type. It change always to new original
both filter chambers in operation simultaneously. filter.
The three-way valve is marked with flow directions 7) Clean the filter housing and the cap. Be careful
and the figure indicates the operation modes accor- of not to let the oil from the dirty side to go into the
ding to valve positions. clean oil channel in the middle of bottom.
Three-way valve positions 5 6 5
Left hand filter cam- Right hand filter

ber in operation. camber in opera-
tion. 8 1 2 8
7
4
3
Both filter camber in
operation.
1 Left hand filter camber 2 Right hand filter chamber

Fig 1. Three-way valve positions. 3 Inlet 4 Outlet
5 Vent screw 6 Three-way valve/
switch valve
7 Fill-up valve 8 Drain plug
Service Procedure.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
1) Turn the three-way valve, see fig 2, into the

position setting the stand-by filter chamber in ope- Fig 2.
ration and the filter chamber requiring service out
of operation.
2) Open the vent screw (5) on the top of the filter 8) Check the seal on the bottom of the filter hou-
to get the pressure out of the filter half. sing and in the cap. Change if needed.
3) Open the drain plug (8) under the filter housing 9) Assemble the filter in opposite order.
and drain off oil.
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3) Lubricating Oil Filter Edition 01H
L23/30H
10) Let the air valve be open and fill the filter hou-
sing with oil by means of the slow fill-up valve (7)
Fill-up valve positions in position FILL, see fig 3. This valve is inside the
three-way valve and by using it, the filling can be
Operation Changing over
made so slowly that the pressure on the other part
of the filter does not drop too much.
11) Close the vent screw (5) after the housing is

filled up with oil.
12) Open the three-way valve (6) and close the

Switch in normal Switch in fill fill-up valve (7) by turning it to position CLOSED,
operation position position see fig. 3.
13) The filter just serviced is now ready to be set

in operation.
Fig 3. Fill-up valve position.
Inspect for oil leakages in order to ascertain all
sealings to be tight.
Check that pressure drop across filter is correct.
Clean the other side of the filter correspondingly.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
91.45 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil, Thermostatic Valve Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Inspection of thermostatic valve and replacement

of elements. Hand tools:

Copaslip
Tools and cleaning preparation for cleaning.
Starting position:
Lubricating oil drained from engine (if neces-

sary).
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Manpower:
Working time : 2 hours Replacement and wearing parts:

Capacity : 1 Man
Plate No Item No Qty/
Data:
51503 020 2/engine
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 51503 044 2 /engine
Data for torque moment (Page 500.40) 51503 093 3/engine
92.05 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Lubricating Oil, Thermostatic Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The thermostatic valve cannot be adjusted and un- Replacement of elements:

der normal working conditions maintenance is not
required. However, in some cases it is necessary to 1) Remove nuts (1) and washers (2), 4 or 6 pcs.
replace the elements in the thermostatic valve. See fig 1.
2) Disconnect upper and lower part of the hou-

sing.
1
2 3) Remove the assembled elements (3) and the
3 elements O-ring sealing.
5 4) Remove the gaskets between the upper and
lower part of the housing.
4
5) The upper and lower part of the housing are
thoroughly cleaned inside and on the gasket sur-
faces.
6) The sealing rings (4) for the elements in the

housing are replaced and lubricated with a thin layer
of copaslip.
7) Remount the assembled elements in the hou-

sing by wriggling these somewhat over side.
8) Upper and lower part of the housing are as-

sembled with a new gasket (5), the nuts (1) are
1. Nut
mounted and tightened "cross-wise".
2. Washer
3. Element
Note:
4. O-rings sealing
5. Gasket
After inspection or replacement of the elements the
lub. oil temperature is checked to ensure that the
elements are working correctly.
Fig 1 Thermostatic valve
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
92.05 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Check of Lubricating Oil Piping System Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Check and examination of the lubricating oil

piping system. Hand tools:
Starting position:
Engine running.
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : ½ hour Plate no Item no Qty /

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

92.04 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Check of Lubricating Oil Piping System Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Checks to be carried out. 4) Blow-through drain pipes.
1) Examine the piping system for leaks. 5) Check flexible connections for leaks and dama-
ges.
2) Retighten all bolts and nuts in the piping system.
6) Check manometers and thermometers for pos-
3) Move all valves and cocks in the piping system. sible damages.
Lubricate valve spindles with graphite or similar. For lubricating oil condition, see section 504.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
92.04 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (4) Lubricating Oil Cooler Edition 02H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Separation, cleaning and assembling.

Replacement of plates and gaskets. Hand tools:

Starting position: Adjustable spanner
Cooling water and lub. oil have been drained from

cooler/engine. All pipes are disconnected.
Related procedure:
Manpower:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 4 hours Replacement and wearing parts:

Capacity : 1 man
Plate No Item No Qty./
Data:
51506 111/279 4/cooler
96.39 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 02H Lubricating Oil Cooler Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Introduction Manual Cleaning
Cleaning of the cooler has to take place, when the Clean the plates with a soft brush and a suitable
pressure drop on the oil and water side is larger detergent. In case of dense coating of scale or
than allowable and/or if the oil cannot be sufficiently organic materials, the plates must be put in a bath
cooled. of detergent.
Note: Never use a steel brush, metal scraper or

Separation the like.
Cooling and Pressure Relief A high-pressure cleaner can be used with care, how-
ever, never with sand or other abrasives added.
Before opening the plate heat exchanger, it has
to be cooled down to below 40o C and be without
pressure! Detergents
The cooling must not exceed 10o C per minute. A detergent is suitable, if it will remove any coating
The pressure drop must not exceed 10 bar per on the plates without causing any damage to plates
minute. and gaskets.
Note: If these norms are exceeded, the guarantee Note: It is of great importance that decomposition
will cease to be valid. of the protective film on the stainless steel
does not take place - the film preserves the
corrosion resistancy of the steel.
Separation of Edge-clamped Frame
Do not use chlorine-containing agents such
Upon completion of the procedure “Cooling and as hydrochloricacid (HCI)!
Pressure Relief”, separate the frame by retaining
two or four diagonally placed bolts. Oil and fats are removed by using a water emulsify-
ing oil solvent, e.g. BP-system cleaner.
Note: Take care that the pressure plate does not
tilt! Organic and greasy coatings are removed by using
sodium hydroxide (NaOH):
Loosen the bolts uniformly and diagonally (max. 10
mm at a time), then push the pressure plate towards - max. concentration 1.5%
the end support. When the pressure plate is not tight (1.5% concentration corresponds to 3.75
anymore, the plates can be removed. l 30% NaOH per 100 l water).
- max. temperature 85o C.
Note: When using plate heat exchangers on board
ships, the pressure plate have to be secured Stone and lime/calcareous deposits are removed by
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
in order to avoid danger due to the movements using nitric acid (HNO3):
of the ship.
- max. concentration 1.5%
(1.5% concentration corresponds to 1.75 l
Cleaning 62% HNO3 per 100 l water).
- max. temperature 65o C.
The capacity and corrosion resistance of the plate
heat exchangers depend on the purity of the plates. Note: The nitric acid has an important constructive ef-
Any coating on the plates can be removed manu- fect on the protective film of stainless steel.
ally.
96.39 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (4) Lubricating Oil Cooler Edition 02H
L23/30H
Control of Cleaning Fluid Concentrations Replacement of Glued Gaskets
Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution is tritrated with On Plate 51506 are stated gasket and glue quan-
0.1 n hydro-chloric acid (HCI) with methyl orange or tity.
methyl red as indicator.
Please use a degreasing agent on the new gas-
Nitric acid (HNO3) solution is titrated with 0.1 n sodium kets.
hydroxide (NaOH) with phenolphtalin as indicator.
The first plate after the end cover and the connector
The concentration of the cleaning fluid in % can be grid must have gaskets in all grooves. The gaskets
calculated from the titration result by means of the are to be cut according to the existing gaskets.
following formula:
Loosen the glued gaskets by heating the plate in
Concentration = bxnxm % water at 100o C. Clean the plates and remove the
a x 10 coatings, if any.
a : ml cleaning fluid taken out for titration

b : ml titration fluid used as cover Cleaning of New Gaskets and Plates
n : the molecular concentration of titration fluid
m : The molecular weight of the cleaning fluid New gaskets and gasket grooves of the plates are
(NaOH) molecular weight 40, HNO3 molecular cleaned with a cloth moistened with degreasing
weight 63) agent. The glue surfaces must be absolutely clean
- without finger prints etc.
Replacement of Plates and Gaskets Please use our cleaning fluid, which is according to
suppliers recommendations.
Marking
Alternatively, please use:
The plates are marked with material codes and refer-
ence numbers at each end, plus codes for non-glue - Trichloroethylene
gaskets, if any, and stamped with the letter V and H - Chlorothene VG
at either end (Fig 1). - Acetone
- Methyl ethyl ketone
Looking towards the gasket side, the plate is des- - Ethylacetat
ignated as a left plate, when the letter V is turning
upwards - and a right plate when the letter H is turn- It is important that all degreasing agent has evapo-
ing upwards. Inlets and outlets of the V-plates are rated, before the glue is applied. This will normally
taking place through the corner holes Nos 1 and 4. take approx. 15 min. at 20o C.
Inlets and outlets of the H-plates are taking place
through the corner holes Nos 2 and 3. Clean the new gaskets on the glue surfaces with
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
fine-grain sandpaper instead of the degreasing

agent supplied.
Replacement of Plates
Before mounting a spare plate in the plate stack,

please make su-re that the spare plate is identical
with the defective plate.
Note: The same corner holes must be open and the

letters V and H must be placed correctly.
96.39 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Edition 02H Lubricating Oil Cooler Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
Gluing Assembling
Pliobond 25, which is a nitrile rubber glue on solvent If the plates have been dismounted, they have to
basis (25% solids). The glue is applied with a brush be correctly assembled according to the plate item
in a thin layer on the backs of the gaskets and the numbers.
gaskets are to dry in a clean place free of dust.
The fixed cover has number 1 and the serial numbers
Apply a thin layer of glue on the gasket grooves for the subsequent plates and intermediate frames,
of the plates and press the gaskets down into the if any, have the numbers 2, 3, 4, 5 etc.
gasket grooves.
The serial number are stamped in the right top corner
The insertion of gaskets starts at both ends of the of the plates. Further, please note that the gasket
plate - and continues with the straight sections along side must face the fixed cover.
the edges.
The gluing process is most easily effected by placing

the gaskets and the plates on a table. After having Serial number
pressed the gaskets into the grooves of a plate, it (please state when
is stacked. Material Code ordering single plates)
A487G 15
The plates with the gaskets are now mounted in
the frame which is lightly clamped. In case of use 1 4211H 2
of rubber grooves, they are assembled to the mini- 20
61
mum measure stated on the engine sign plus 0.2
mm per plate.
Heat up the plate heat exchanger to 90-100o C by

means of water or steam.
Four last digits Four last digits are the
H ref. number of the plate.
are the ref.
Please note: number of plate
or (only on plates for non-
V glue gasket)
- The temperature must be kept for 1½-2
Fig. 1.
hours.
- The liquid pressure must be kept as low as
possible.
Fastening
If there is no possibility of heating the plate heat
exchanger, it must be placed in a spot as warm as Fasten the plate heat exchanger until the movable
possible with dismounted connections. cover touches the duct spacers.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
The drying time will at 20o C be approx. 48 hours.

At for instance 40o C, the drying time is reduced to
approx. 24 hours.
96.39 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (3) Centrifugal Bypass Filter Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Cleaning procedure, cleaning intervals.

Maintenance intervals and procedures. Hand tools:
Big adjustable spanner.

Tools for cleaning.
Starting position:
Isolate the filter for lub. oil inlet
Related procedure:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Manpower:
Working time : 1 hour

Capacity : 1 man Replacement and wearing parts:
Data: Plate no Item no Qty/
Data for pressure and tolerance (Page 500.35) 51515 398 1/Filter
Data for torque moment (Page 500.40) 51515 408 1/Filter
Declaration of weight (Page 500.45) 51515 421 1/Filter
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Centrifugal Bypass Filter Page 2 (3 )
L23/30H
Cleaning Procedure, see Plate 51515 Note: Failure to do so could cause an out-of-
balance condition which will accelerate bearing
and spindle wear.
1) Isolate the filter by closing the valve for lubri-
cating oil inlet to the filter. 7) Clean nozzle with brass wire. Examine top and
bottom bearings in tube assembly. If damaged or
2) Slacken cover clamp ring (266). Unscrew worn - replace tube assembly complete. Examine
cover fixing nut and lift off cover. O-ring (063) and renew if damaged.
3) Lift off rotor assembly having allowed oil to 8) Reassemble rotor complete and tighten top
drain from nozzles. The rotor should be removed and nut.
replaced on the spindle with extreme care in order
to ensure that the bearings are not damaged. 9) Examine spindle journals. If damaged or worn
- replace with body assembly complete.
4) Unscrew rotor cover nut (026) and separate
cover (038) from body. 10) Reassemble filter complete checking that rotor
revolves freely. Then replace filter body cover. Tighten
cover nut and secure safety clamp. The clamp ring
should be securely fitted at all times and the filter
026 should not be run without the clamp ring fitted.
038 11) Open for lubricating oil.
12) With filter running check all joints for leakage.

Check for excessive vibration.
Maintenance - Bearings and Spindle

075
All rotors are correctly balanced before leaving the

266 factory. An out-of-balance condition can occur as a
result of an uneven build up of sludge in the rotor or
as a result of excessive bearing or spindle wear.
Dependent on the conditions, wear will eventually

take place on the spindle and bearings and these
should be replaced with factory fitted assemblies
only.
Fig 1 Centrifugal Bypass Filter
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
5) Remove stand tube (075) and clean.
6) Remove sludge from inside the rotor by means

of a spatula and wipe clean. Ensure that all rotor
components are throughly cleaned and free from
deposits of dirt before reassembling the rotor.
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel

Page 3 (3 ) Centrifugal Bypass Filter Edition 01H
L23/30H
To Check Bearing Clearances The maximum clearances when new are 0,08 mm at
top and 0,06 mm at bottom bearing. If the clearance
This is most easily done by applying a dial gauge exceeds 0,25 mm top or 0,2 mm bottom then check
to the outside of the rotor opposite each bearing in the sizes of the individual components and replace
turn and measuring the total play thus: as necessary.
1) Apply dial gauge and measure play. Spindle top journal diameter 14,98 mm Min.
Spindle bottom journal diameter 21,63 mm Min.
2) Turn rotor 90° and repeat measurement. Top bearing bore diameter 15,06 mm Max.
Bottom bearing bore diameter 21,69 mm Max.
3) Re-apply dial gauge at 90° to previous position
and repeat. The spindle and body assembly and the rotor
bearing tube assembly are factory assembled
4) Turn rotor 90° and repeat. items and should only be replaced with complete
assemblies.
The highest reading is the play in the bearing.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Pump (Central driven) 51501-01H
5-6-7L23/30H 720/750 RPM

L23/30H-900 RPM
079
317
067
018
271
163
234
175
234 199
305
187 210
209 329
330
055
234
043 222
366
031
055
258
138
126 246
283
114
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
126
092 342
151 13 080
354 102
295
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51501-01H Lubricating Oil Pump (Central driven) Page 2 (2)
5-6-7L23/30H 720/750 RPM

L23/30H-900 RPM
Item Item
018 1/P Pump housing Pumpehus 317 6/P Screw Skrue
031 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand- 329 2/P Nut Møtrik
wheel, long hjul, lang
330 1/E Lub. oil pump, Smøreoliepumpe,
043 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand- complete komplet
wheel, short hjul, kort
342 1/P End cover Endedæksel
055 5/P Bush Bøsning
067 1/P Coupling Kobling
366 1/P Key Feder
079 1/P Dog Medbringer
080 1/P Cog wheel Konisk tandhjul
126 2/P Ball bearing Kugleleje
138 1/P Socket Muffe
163 1/P Cap nut Hættemøtrik
175 1/P Nut Møtrik
187 1/P Adjusting screw Justerskrue
209 1/P Piston Stempel
258 1/P Pin Stift
271 1/P Key Feder
283 10/P Screw Skrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
295 6/P Screw Skrue
305 2/P Guide pin Styrestift
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Pump (Central driven) 51501-02H
8L23/30H
720/750 RPM
079
317
067
018
271
163
234
175
234 199
305
187 210
209 329
330
055
234
043 222
366
031
055
258
138
126 246
283
114
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
126
092 342
151 13 080
354 102
295
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51501-02H Lubricating Oil Pump (Central driven) Page 2 (2)
8L23/30H
720/750 RPM
Item Item
018 1/P Pump housing Pumpehus 317 6/P Screw Skrue
031 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand- 329 2/P Nut Møtrik
043 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand- complete komplet
wheel, short hjul, kort
067 1/P Coupling Kobling
366 1/P Key Feder
079 1/P Dog Medbringer
175 1/P Nut Møtrik
187 1/P Adjusting screw Justerskrue
246 2/P Cylindical pin Cylindrisk stift
258 1/P Pin Stift
271 1/P Key Feder

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
295 6/P Screw Skrue
94.22 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Pump (Gear driven) 51501-10H
5-6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6-7-8L23/30H-900 RPM
6L23/30H-900 RPM (High Capacity)
079
067
317 271
163
234 018
175
234
234
401 222
330
305
055
329
391
043
366
031
055
258
138
126 246
114 283
126
092 342
151
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
080
354 102
295
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51501-10H Lubricating Oil Pump (Gear driven) Page 2 (2)
5-6L23/30H-720/750 RPM
6-7-8L23/30H-900 RPM
6L23/30H-900 RPM (High Capacity)
Item Item
018 1/P Pump housing Pumpehus 354 1/P Cover Dæksel
031 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand- 366 1/P Key Feder
043 1/P Shaft with gear Aksel med tand-
wheel, short hjul, kort 401 1/P Piston, complete Trykregulerings-
stemple, komplet
079 1/P Nut Møtrik
175 1/P Nut Møtrik
222 1/P Plug screw Pakning
234 3/P Gasket Cylindrisk stift
246 2/P Cylindrical pin Stift
258 1/P Pin Feder
271 1/P Key Skrue
295 6/P Screw Cylinder
317 6/P Screw Skrue
329 2/P Nut Møtrik

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

complete komplet
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
7-8L23/30H-720/750 RPM
5-6L23/30H-720/750 RPM (High Capacity)
7-8L23/30H-900 RPM (High Capacity)
079
067
317 271
163
234 018
175
234
234
401
222
330
305
055
329
391
043
366
031
055
258
138
126 246
283
114
126
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
092 342
151 080
354 102
295
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51501-11H Lubricating Oil Pump (Gear driven) Page 2 (2)
7-8L23/30H-720/750 RPM
7-8L23/30H-900 RPM (High Capacity)
Item Item
stempel, komplet
079 1/P Nut Møtrik
175 1/P Nut Møtrik
222 1/P Plug screw Pakning
234 3/P Gasket Cylindrisk stift
246 2/P Cylindrical pin Stift
258 1/P Pin Feder
271 1/P Key Skrue
295 6/P Screw Cylinder
317 6/P Screw Skrue
329 2/P Nut Møtrik

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

complete komplet
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
079
067
317 271
163
234 018
175
234
401 234
222
330
391
055
043
366
031
055
258
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
138
126 246
283
114
126
092 342
151 080
354 102
295
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51501-22H High Capacity Lubricating Oil Pump (Gear driven) Page 2 (2)
Item Item
stempel, komplet
079 1/P Nut Møtrik
080 1/P Conical wheel Konisk tandhjul
092 1/P Conical wheel Konisk tandhjul
175 1/P Nut Møtrik
258 1/P Pin Stift
271 1/P Key Feder
295 6/P Screw Skrue
317 6/P Screw Skrue
329 2/P Nut Møtrik

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

complete komplet
07.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Filter (Type A) 51502-07H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.16 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51502-07H Lubricating Oil Filter (Type A) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 2/F Paper element Papirelement 300 1/E Lub. oil filter, Smøreoliefilter, kom-
complete plet
025 2/F Safety element Sikkerhedselement
037+ 1/F Valve housing, incl. Ventilhus, inkl.

item 074 and 216 item 074 og 216
049 2/F Housing, incl. O-ring Hus, inkl. O-ring
050+ 2/F Cap, complete, incl. Dæksel , komplet, inkl.

item 133, 348, 361, 373 item 133, 348, 361, 373
and 407 og 407
062 1/F Spindle, incl. item 121, Spindel, inkl. item 121,
312 and 444 312 og 444
074 2/F Thrust ring Trykring
086+ 2/F By-pass code, incl. By-passventil, inkl. item

item 324, 336, 385, 432 324, 336, 385, 432
and 493 og 493
108 2/F Vent screw, incl. item Luftskrue, inkl. item 228
228 and 241 og 241
121 1/F Fill-up valve Opfyldningsventil
133 4/F Sealing ring Tætningsring
145 12/F Stud Støttetap
157 12/F Screw Skrue
169 4/F Screw Skrue
170 12/F Nut Møtrik
216 5/F Pin Tap
228 6/F Pin Tap
277 2/F Opening guard, incl. Åbningsbeskyttelses-

vent screw skærm, inkl. luftskrue
289 2/F Drain plug Drænskrue

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
290 1/F Seal kit, not shown Pakningssæt, ikke vist

on the front side of på forsiden af platen
the plate
Qty./F = Qty./Filter Antal/F = Antal/Filter
02.16 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Filter (Suppl. for Plate 51502-06H/07H) 51502-02H
L23/30H
V28/32S
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.16 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51502-02H Lubricating Oil Filter (Suppl. for Plate 51502-06H/07H) Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
V28/32S
Item Item
312 1/F Cap Dæksel
324 2/F By-pass valve seat By-passventilsæde
336 2/F By-pass valve spool By-passvnetilspindel
348 2/F Flange Flange
361 2/F Flange Flange
373 2/F Screw Skrue
385 2/F By-pass valve spring By-passventilfjeder
397 8/F Seal Tætningsring
407 2/F Spring Fjeder
419 2/F Spring Fjeder
420 6/F Pin Stift
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.16 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Valve 51503-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
51503-01H Lubricating Oil Thermostatic Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
019 4/T Screw Skrue
020 2/T O-ring O-ring
032 2/T Thermostatic Følerelement

element
056 2/T Sleeve Bøsning
068 4/T Washer Skive
081 16/T Nut Møtrik
093 3/T Gasket Pakning
103 12/T Screw Skrue
115 1/E Thermostatic Termostatventil,

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./T = Qty./Thermostatic valve Antal/T = Antal/Termostatsventil
94.23 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Prelubricating Pump with El-Motor 51504-02H
General
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
51504-02H Prelubricating Pump with El-Motor Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
254 1/P Driving cover Medbringerdæksel
266 1/P Gear casing Gearhus
278 1/P End cover, complete, Endedæksel, komplet

incl. item 386, 398, 408, inkl. item 386, 398, 408,
421, 433, 445, 457, 469 421, 433, 445, 457, 469
and 470 og 470
291 1/P Driving gear shaft Drivende gearaksel
301 1/P Gear shaft Gearaksel
313 4/P Screw Skrue
325 2/P Parallel pin Styrestift
337 1/P Retaining ring Sikringsring
349 1/P Parallel key Not
362 1/P Rotary shaft seal Roterende akseltæt-

ning
374 1/E Pumpe, complete Pumpe, komplet uden

without El-motor el-motor
408 1/P Spindle Spindel
421 1/P Dome nut Lukkemøtrik
445 1/P Pipe nut Rørmøtrik
457 2/P Screwed plug Propskrue
482 1/P Coupling, complete Kobling, komplet
494 1/E El-motor, complete El-motor, komplet
504 1/E Pre.lub oil pump, Forsmørepumpe,

complete with el- komplet med el-motor
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
motor
516 1/E Ball bearing, rear Kugleleje, bagside
528 1/E Ball bearing, front Kugleleje, forside
94.23 - ES0S-L
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Prelubricating Pump with El-Motor 51504-08H
General
109 099 122 014 087 063 051 026 134 110 038 075
266
183
230
205
230
171
242
195
146
254 158
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
217
229
02.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51504-08H Prelubricating Pump with El-Motor Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
014 1/P Driving cover Medbringerdæksel
026 1/P Gear casing Gearhus
038 1/P End cover, complete, Endedæksel, komplet

incl. item 21 to 29 inkl. item 21 til 29
051 1/P Driving gear shaft Drivende gearaksel
063 1/P Gear shaft Gearaksel
075 4/P Screw Skrue
087 2/P Parallel pin Styrestift
109 1/P Parallel key Not
122 1/P Rotary shaft seal Roterende akseltæt-

ning
134 1/E Pump, complete
without El-motor Pumpe, komplet uden
el-motor
146 1/P End cover
Endedæksel
158 1/P Piston
Stempel
171 1/P Spindle
Spindel
183 1/P Dome nut
Lukkemøtrik
195 1/P Spring
Fjeder
205 1/P Pipe nut
Rørmøtrik
217 2/P Screwed plug
Propskrue
229 2/P Sealing ring
Tætningsring
230 2/P Sealing ring
Tætningsring
242 1/P Coupling, complete
Kobling, komplet
254 1/E El-motor, complete
El-motor, komplet
266 1/E Pre.lub. oil pump,
complete with el- Forsmørepumpe,
motor komplet med el-motor
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.39 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Cooler 51506-01H
L23/30H
015
016
017
027
040
039
Note: When ordering

plates, please state
the serial numbers of
the plates. The serial
numbers of the plates
can be found in the
top right-hand corner
of the plates. (See 052
Working Card 515-
06.00)
B
064
Husk: Ved bestilling 065
af plader angives 066
serienummeret på
pladen. Serienum- 076
meret er stemplet i 077
toppen af pladen til 078
højre. (Se arbejdskort 079
515-06.00) 080
081
082
088
172 111
173
174 123
175
176
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
177
178 160 147
159
135
351
07.06 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51506-01H Lubricating Oil Cooler Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
015 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 081 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke
5-6-7-8 cyl. engine 5-6-7-8 cyl. motor 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 082 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke
016 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 088 1/K Frame plate Stativplade
017 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 111 4/K Gasket Pakning

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 123 2/K Screw Skrue
027 4/K Washer Skive 135 1/K Glue Lim
039 4/K Washer Skive 147 2/K Guide bar Styrepind

(for dismantling) (for demontering)
040 1/K Pressure plate Trykplade
052 /I Gasket Pakning
160 1/E Lubricating oil cooler, Smøreoliekøler,
064 2/K Guide bar Styrepind complete komplet
5-6-7-8 cyl. engine 5-6-7-8 cyl. motor
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og 172 /I Plates Plader
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)
065 2/K Guide bar Styrepind 173 /I Plates Plates

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)
076 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke 175 /I Plates Plates

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
080 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke 351 Cleaning fluid Rensevæske

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

(900 rpm) (900 rpm)
Qty./K = Qty./Cooler Antal/K = Antal/Køler
Qty./I = Qty./Individual Antal/I = Antal/Individuel
07.06 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Combined Lubricating Oil Cooler 51506-02H
L23/30H
196 184
218 321
206
Gasket, model A,
mounting between
A frame plate and
Plate No 2.
Note: When ordering

can be found in the
top right-hand corner 321
of the plates. (See
Working Card 515-
06.00)
Gasket, model B,
B mounting between
243
the rest of the plates.
Husk: Ved bestilling
af plader angives
serienummeret på
pladen. Serienum-
meret er stemplet i
toppen af pladen til
515-06.00)
267
321
338 279
280
Gasket, model C,
mounting between
C plate No 26 and
326 302
314 No 27.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
292
363
All the gaskets are delivered as model C.

Gasket A and B must be unreeved from
model C.
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51506-02H Combined Lubricating Oil Cooler Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
184 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt
196 4/K Washer Skive

All the Gaskets are de- Alle pakningerne leve-
livered as model C. res som model C.
Gasket A and B must Pakning A og B skal
be unreeved from mo- skæres ud fra model
del C. C.
243 2/K Guide bar Styrepind
255 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke
267 1/K Frame plate Stativplade
280 2/K Screw Skrue
292 1/K Glue Lim


complete komplet
338 /I Plates Plader
363 /I Cleaning fluid Rensevæske
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
015
016
017
027
040
039
Note: When ordering

can be found in the
Working Card 515-
06.00)
B
064
serienummeret på
515-06.00) 080
081
082
172 088
173 111
174
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
175 123
176
177
178
160 147
159
07.06 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
015 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 081 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke
5-6-7-8 cyl. engine 5-6-7-8 cyl. motor 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 082 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke
016 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 088 1/K Frame plate Stativplade
017 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 111 4/K Gasket Pakning


040 1/K Pressure plate Trykplade complete komplet
052 /I Gasket Pakning 172 /I Plates Plader

064 2/K Guide bar Styrepind (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og 173 /I Plates Plates
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

(900 rpm) (900 rpm)
07.06 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
015
027
040
039
Note: When ordering

can be found in the
Working Card 515-
06.00)
064
065
066
B
399
af plader angives
serienummeret på
515-06.00) 080
081
082
088
172 111
173
174 123
175
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
176
177
178 160 147
159
135
351
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
015 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 088 1/K Frame plate Stativplade
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og 111 4/K Gasket Pakning
6-7-8 cyl. engine 6-7-8 cyl. motor
027 4/K Washer Skive 135 1/K Glue Lim

064 2/K Guide bar Styrepind complete komplet
(720/750 rpm) and (720/750 rpm) og 172 /I Plates Plader
(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)

(720/750 rpm) (720/750 rpm) (900 rpm) (900 rpm)
080 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke 351 /I Cleaning fluid Rensevæske

(900 rpm) (900 rpm) 399 2/K Rubber linning Gummipakning
081 4/K Distance piece Afstandsstykke 411 2/K Rubber linning Gummipakning
(900 rpm) (900 rpm)

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

(900 rpm) (900 rpm)
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
184
196 375
321
206
218
Gasket, model A,
mounting between
A frame plate and
Plate No 2.
Note: When ordering

can be found in the
Working Card 515-
06.00)
Gasket, model B,
B mounting between
243
244 the rest of the plates.
serienummeret på
515-06.00) 259
260
261
267
338 321
339 279
340 280
341
342 Gasket, model C,
343 mounting between
344 C plate No 26 and
302
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
326 No 27.
314
292
363

model C.
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
184 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 326 1/E Lubricating oil cooler, Smøreoliekøler,
complete komplet
338 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
206 4/K Washer Skive 5 cyl. engine 5 cyl. motor
218 1/K Pressure plate Trykplade 339 /i Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
All the Gaskets are de- Alle pakningerne leve- 340 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
livered as model C. res som model C. 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
be unreeved from mo- skæres ud fra model 341 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
del C. C. 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
243 2/K Guide bar, Styrepind, 342 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
720/750 rpm 720/750 rpm 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
244 2/K Guide bar, 6-7 cyl. Styrepind, 6-7 cyl 343 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
900 rpm 900 rpm 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
245 2/K Guide bar, 8 cyl. Styrepind, 8 cyl 344 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
255 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke, 363 /I Cleaning fluid Rensevæske

720/750 rpm, 5 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 5 cyl.
375 3/K Rubber linning Gummipakning
256 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke,
720/750 rpm, 6 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 6 cyl.

720/750 rpm, 7 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 7 cyl.

720/750 rpm, 8 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 8 cyl.

900 rpm, 6 cyl. 900 rpm, 6 cyl.

900 rpm, 7 cyl. 900 rpm, 7 cyl.

900 rpm, 8 cyl. 900 rpm, 8 cyl.
280 2/K Screw Skrue
292 1/K Glue Lim

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
184 375
387
196
321
206
218
Gasket, model A,
mounting between
A frame plate and
Plate No 2.
Note: When ordering

can be found in the
Working Card 515-
06.00)
243
244 Gasket, model B,
B mounting between
the rest of the plates.
serienummeret på 411
515-06.00) 259
260
261
267
338 321
339 279
340 280
341
342 Gasket, model C,
343 mounting between
344 C plate No 26 and
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
326 302 No 27.

314
292
363

model C.
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Item Item
184 4/K Hexagon screw Bolt 338 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
339 /i Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
206 4/K Washer Skive 6 cyl. engine 6 cyl. motor
218 1/K Pressure plate Trykplade 340 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
243 2/K Guide bar, Styrepind,
720/750 rpm 720/750 rpm 341 /I Plates, 720/750 rpm Plader, 720/750 rpm
6 cyl., 900 rpm 6 cyl., 900 rpm 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
244 2/K Guide bar, 7-8 cyl. Styrepind, 7-8 cyl 342 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
255 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke, 343 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
720/750 rpm, 5 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 5 cyl. 7 cyl. engine 7 cyl. motor
256 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke, 344 /I Plates, 900 rpm Plader, 900 rpm
720/750 rpm, 6 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 6 cyl. 8 cyl. engine 8 cyl. motor
257 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke, 363 /I Cleaning fluid Rensevæske

720/750 rpm, 7 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 7 cyl.
720/750 rpm, 8 cyl. 720/750 rpm, 8 cyl. 387 2/K Rubber linning Gummipakning
259 4/K Distance piece, Afstandsstykke, 399 2/K Rubber linning Gummipakning
900 rpm, 6 cyl. 900 rpm, 6 cyl.
900 rpm, 7 cyl. 900 rpm, 7 cyl.

900 rpm, 8 cyl. 900 rpm, 8 cyl.
280 2/K Screw Skrue
292 1/K Glue Lim


All the Gaskets are de- Alle pakningerne leve-
livered as model C. res som model C.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
be unreeved from mo- skæres ud fra model

del C. C.

complete komplet
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Centrifugal By-Pass Filter 51515-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51515-01H Centrifugal By-Pass Filter Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
014 1/F Rotor, complete incl. Rotor, komplet inkl. item 291 1/F O-ring O-ring
item 026, 038, 063, 026, 038, 063, 075, 109,
075, 109, 110, 171, 195 110, 171, 195 og 205 301 1/F Circlip Låsering
and 205
026 1/F Cover nut Dækselmøtrik
325 1/F Body cover, complete Dæksel, komplet inkl.
038 1/F Rotor cover Rotordæksel incl. item 087, 266, 278, item 087, 266, 278, 291,
291, 301 and 313 301 and 313
051 1/F Body Sokkel
337 Centrifugal by-pass Centrifugal by-pass
063 1/F O-ring O-ring filter, complete filter, komplet
1/E 5-6 cyl. 5-6 cyl.
075 1/F Stand tube Standrør 2/E 7-8 cyl. 7-8 cyl.
087 1/F Pin Stift 349 4/F Nut Møtrik
099 1/F Paper insert Papirindsats 350 4/F Screw Skrue
109 1/F Rotor body Rotorsokkel 362 1/F Bracket for mounting Konsol for montering
110 2/F Nozzle Dyse 374 4/F Screw Skrue
122 1/F Plug (cut off valve) Prop (modtryksventil) 386 1/F Gasket Pakning
134 1/F Spring (cut off valve) Feder (modtryksventil) 398 1/F Spare parts kit, incl. Reservedelssæt, inkl.
item 087, 278, 291 item 087, 278, 291
146 1/F Gasket (cut Pakning (modtryks- and 301 og 301
off valve) ventil)
408 1/F Spare parts kit, incl. Reservedelssæt, inkl.
158 1/F Shuttle (cut Ventilkegle (modtryks- item 122, 134, 146 item 122, 134, 146
off valve) ventil) and 158 og 158
171 1/F Bearing, complete Lejemontering, komplet 421 1/F Spare parts kit, incl. Reservedelssæt, inkl.
incl. item 195 and inkl. item 195 og 205 item 063, 146, 229, 230 item 063, 146, 229, 230
205 and 291 og 291
195 1/F Circlip Låsering
205 1/F Pin Stift
242 1/F Spindle Spindel
254 1/F Body, complete incl. Sokkel, komplet inkl.

item 051, 122, 134, item 051, 122, 134, 146,
146, 158, 229, 230 158, 229, 230 og 242
and 242
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
266 1/F Cover clamp ring Dækselspændering
278 1/F Cover fixing nut Dækselmøtrik
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Hand Wing Pump 51525-01H
L23/30H
019
08028-0E/H5250/94.08.12
94.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51525-01H Hand Wing Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
019 1/E Hand wing pump, Håndvingepumpe,

complete komplet
08028-0E/H5250/94.08.12
94.20 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Lubricating Oil Separator 51530-04H
L23/30H
077
053
089
090
041
100
065 112
124
207
136
148
161
173
185
219
220
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
232
07.08 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51530-04H Lubricating Oil Separator Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
041 1/F Breather with Ånderør med

flange flange
065 4/F Screw Skrue
077 8/F Screw Skrue
100 1/F Insert for oil Indsats for

separator olieudskiller
112 1/F Housing for Hus for

oil separator olieudskiller
124 4/F Screw Skrue
148 1/F Bend Bøjning
161 4/F Nut Møtrik
173 1/F Oil trap Olielås
185 1/F Union Forskruning
207 1/F Union Forskruning
219 4/F Screw Skrue
220 1/E Oil separator, com- Olieseparator, komplet

plete, incl item 077, inkl. item 077, 089,
089, 090, 100, and 090, 100 og 112
112

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.08 - ES0
Cooling water system
516/616
MAN Diesel
Description 516.01
Page 1 (1) Cooling Water System Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
Description High Temperature Circuit
The cooling water system consists of two separate The high temperature circuit is used for cooling of
systems. The low temperature (LT) and the high the cylinder units.
temperature (HT) circuits.
Cooling water is led through a distributing pipe to
the bottom of the cooling water space between the
Low Temperature Circuit liner and the frame of each cylinder unit. The water
is led out through bores in the top of the frame via
The low temperature circuit is used for cooling of the the cooling water guide jacket to the bore.
charge air and the lubricating oil, and the alternator
if the latter is water cooled.
96.03 - ES0U-G
MAN Diesel
Description
Cooling Water Thermostatic Valve 516.04
Page 1 (1)
Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
Thermostatic Valve The thermostatic valve cannot be set or adjusted,
and requires no maintenance.
The thermostatic valve in the high temperature cir-
cuit is mainly located imediately after the outlet of In some plants a corresponding thermostatic valve
the engine, but alternatively in the external cooling is installed in the low temperature circuit. The ther-
system near the fresh water cooler. mostatic elements of this valve have an other tem-
perature range.
The cooling water enters through the cover (A) under
which the thermostatic elements are located.
The number of elements depends on the size of

A
the valve.
The outlet to the suction side of the pump is marked

(B) and outlet to the cooler is marked (C).
In the warming-up period the cooling water is by-

passing the cooler. When the outlet water from the
cylinder heads reaches the normal temperature
(75-85° C) a controlled amount of water passes C B
through the cooler.
The thermostatic elements must be replaced if the

cooling water temperature during normal operation
deviates essentially from the one stated in the test
report. Fig. 1 Thermostatic Valve
94.26 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Check of Cooling Water System Edition 04H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Check of cooling water system.
Starting position
Engine is running
Related procedure
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : ½ hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : 1 man
Data

05.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 04H Check of Cooling Water System Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Checks to be carried out
4) Check flexible connections for leaks.
1) Examine the piping system for leaks.
5) Check manometers and thermometers for pos-
2) Retighten all bolts and nuts in the piping system. sible damages.
3) Move all valves and cocks in the piping system. For check of the fresh water condition, see section
Lubricate valve spindles with graphite or similar. 504.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
05.41 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Cooling Water, Thermostatic Valve Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Inspection of thermostatic valve and replacement

of elements. Hand tools:

Copaslip
Tools and cleaning preparation for cleaning.
Starting position:
Cooling water drained from engine (if neces-

sary).
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : 2 hours Plate No Item No Qty/

Capacity : 1 Man
51604 031 1/engine
Data: 51604 055 2 or 4/engine
51604 092 3/engine
94.29 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Cooling Water, Thermostatic Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The thermostatic valve cannot be adjusted and un- Replacement of elements:
der normal working conditions maintenance is not
required. However, in some cases it is necessary to 1) Remove nuts (1) and washers (2), 4 or 6 pcs.
replace the elements in the thermostatic valve. See fig. 1.
2) Disconnect upper and lower part of the hou-

sing.
1
2 3) Remove the assembled elements (3) and the
3 elements O-ring sealing.
5 4) Remove the gaskets between the upper and
lower part of the housing.
4
5) The upper and lower part of the housing are
thoroughly cleaned inside and on the gasket sur-
faces.
6) The sealing rings (4) for the elements in the

housing are replaced and lubricated with a thin layer
of copaslip.
7) Remount the assembled elements in the hou-

sing by wriggling these somewhat over side.
8) Upper and lower part of the housing are as-

sembled with a new gasket (5), the nuts (1) are
1. Nut mounted and tightened "cross-wise".
2. Washer
3. Element Note:
4. O-rings sealing
5. Gasket After inspection or replacement of the elements the
cooling water temperature is checked to ensure that
the elements are working correctly.
Fig. 1 Thermostatic valve
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.29 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Cooling Water Thermostatic Valve 51604-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51604-01H Cooling Water Thermostatic Valve Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
018 4/T Screw Skrue
043 2/T Thermostatic Følerelement

element
067 2/T Sleeve Bøsning
079 4/T Washer Skive
080 16/T Nut Møtrik
092 3/T Gasket Pakning
102 12/T Screw Skrue
114 1/E Thermostatic Termostatventil,

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./T = Qty./Thermostatic valve Antal/T = Antal/Termostatsventil
94.23 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) High Temperature Fresh Water Pump 51610-01H
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.36 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51610-01H High Temperature Fresh Water Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
720/750 RPM
Item Item
010 1/P Pump housing Pumpehus
022 1/P Bearing housing Lejehus
034 1/P Shaft Aksel
046 1/P Impeller Løbehjul
071 1/P Self locking nut Selvlåsende møtrik
083 1/P Rotating sealing Roterende pakdåse
129 2/P Key Feder
130 1/P Locking washer Låseskive
178 1/P Ball valve Kugleventil
191 8/P Screw Skrue
201 1/E Fresh water pump, Ferskvandspumpe,

complete komplet
225 4/E Screw Skrue 08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.36 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) High Temperature Fresh Water Pump 51610-02H
L23/30H
900 RPM
083 191 095 022 034 105 058 130
178
154-166
010
046
071
129
117 129 142
201
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
93.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51610-02H High Temperature Fresh Water Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
900 RPM
Item Item
034 1/P Shaft Aksel
129 2/P Key Feder
130 1/P Locking washer Låseskive
191 8/P Screw Skrue

complete komplet
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
93.05 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Low Temperature Fresh Water Pump 51610-05H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.36 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51610-05H Low Temperature Fresh Water Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
034 1/P Shaft Aksel
129 2/P Key Feder
191 8/P Screw Skrue

complete komplet
225 8/E Screw Skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.36 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Low Temperature Fresh Water Pump 51610-13H
L23/30H
154-166 083 213 191 095 022 225 034 105 058
071
129
046
010
178
201 117 129 142
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.06 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51610-13H Low Temperature Fresh Water Pump Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
034 1/P Shaft Aksel
129 2/P Key Feder
191 8/P Screw Skrue

complete komplet
225 8/E Screw Skrue
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.06 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Pipes on Cylinder Head 51625-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
94.25 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
51625-01H Pipes on Cylinder Head Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
012 1/E H.T. collecting pipe, H.T. samlerør,

5 cyl. 5 cyl.

6 cyl. 6 cyl.

7 cyl. 7 cyl.

8 cyl. 8 cyl.
061 1/C Packing, oval Pakning, oval
073 2/C Screw Skrue
085 1/C Thermometer piece Termometerstykke
107 2/C Screw Skrue
119 2/C Screw Skrue
120 2/C Nut Møtrik
144 1/C Thermometer Termometer
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty./E = Qty./Cylinder Qty./C = Qty./Cylinder
94.25 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Preheater - Fresh Water 51635-04H
L23/30H
V28/32S
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.46 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51635-04H Preheater - Fresh Water Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
V28/32S
Item Item
353 1/E Pipe for preheater Rør for forvarmer
365* 1/E Preheater Forvarmer

5 L23/30H, 5 L23/30H,
stationary stationær

6, 7 L23/30H, 6, 7 L23/30H,

8 L23/30H, 8 L23/30H,

5 L23/30H, 5 L23/30H,
marine marine
400* 1/E Preheater Forvarme

6, 7 L23/30H, 6, 7 L23/30H,
marine marine

8 L23/30H, 8 L23/30H,
marine marine

12 V28/32S 12 V28/32S

16, 18 V28/32S 16, 18 V28/32S
* At ordering please * Ved ordre oplyses

inform of voltage (V) spænding (V) og ef-
and output (W) fekt (W)
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
07.46 - ES0
Specific plant
information
519/619
MAN Diesel
Description
Resilient Mounting of Generating Sets 519.03
L23/30H
Resilient Mounting of Generating Sets The support of the individual conical mounting can
be made in one of the following three ways:
On resilient mounted generating sets, the diesel
engine and the generator are placed on a common 1) The support between the bottom flange and
rigid base frame mounted on the ship's/erection the foundation of the conical mounting is made
hall's foundation by means of resilient supports, with a loose steel shim. This steel shim is ad-
type Conical. justed to an exact measurement (min. 40 mm)
for each conical mounting.
All connections from the generating set to the external
systems should be equipped with flexible connec-
tions, and pipes, gangway etc. must not be welded
to the external part of the installation.
Resilient Support
A resilient mounting of the generating set is made

with a number of conical mountings. The number
and the distance between them depend on the size
of the plant. These conical mountings are bolted to
brackets on the base frame (see fig 1).
The setting from unloaded to loaded condition is nor-

mally between 5-11 mm for the conical mounting.
The exact setting can be found in the calculation of

the conical mountings for the plant in question.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Resilient mounting of generating sets.
Fig 2 Support of conicals.
02.23 - ES1
MAN Diesel
519.03 Description
Edition 07H Resilient Mounting of Generating Sets Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
2) The support can also be made by means of two Adjustment of Engine and Generator on
steel shims, at the top a loose shim of at least Base Frame
40 mm and below a shim of approx. 10 mm
which are adjusted for each conical mounting The resilient mounted generating set is normally
and then welded to the foundation. delivered from the factory with engine and generator
mounted on the common base frame. Eventhough
3) Finally, the support can be made by means of engine and generator have been adjusted in the fac-
chockfast. It is recommended to use two steel tory with the generator rotor correctly placed in the
shims, the top shim should be loose and have a stator, and the crankshaft bend of the engine (autolog)
minimum thickness of 40 mm, the bottom shim within the prescribed tolerances, it is recommended
should be cast in chockfast with a thickness of to make an autolog before starting up the plant.
at least 10 mm.
Irrespective of the method of support, it is recommen-

ded to use a loose steel shim to facilitate a possible
future replacement of the conical mountings.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
02.23 - ES1
MAN Diesel
Working card 519-03.00

Page 1 (4) Fitting Instructions for Resilient Mounting of GenSets Edition 27H
L23/30H
L27/38

Shut-off fuel oil
Stopped lub. oil circulation
Description
Mounting and adjustment instruction for new

GenSets, and adjustment instruction for existing
plants. Hand tools

Starting position Allen key, 6 mm
Feeler gauge, 1-2 mm
The foundation should be welded and milled off Measurement tool
on shim surfaces. Hydraulic jack (if necessary)
Related procedure
Check of main beraings alignment

(autolog)
510-01.00
Replacement of conicals 5 1 9 -
03.00
Man power
Working hours : 2 Hours

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Capacity : 2 Men Spare and wearing parts
Plate No. Item No. Qty./
Data 51903 013 1/conical mount.

51903 025 4/conical mount.
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel
519-03.00 Working card

Edition 27H Fitting Instructions for Resilient Mounting of GenSets Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
L27/38
Mounting and Adjustment Instructions for 7) Turn all the internal buffers (2), see fig 1, to
New Generating Sets (Method 1) check that they can move freely.
Make Ready for Adjustment of Conical Ele- If all internal buffers Then
ments
Can move freely Let conical elements
If the conical elements have not been mounted by settle for 48 hours.
the factory, they must be mounted on the prepared
brackets on the base frame. In case they have Cannot be moved Turn the four jacking
been mounted by the factory, please start with item bolts in the base casting
number 2. clockwise or anticlock-
wise to release the inter
1) Fit the conical elements to the bracket on the nal buffer.
base frame by means of four bolts screwed
into the tapped holes on the top casting (5),
see fig 1. Adjustment of Conical Elements after 48
Hours Settling
2) Remove fixing bolt (7), spring washer (8) and
top lock ring (6) from the conical element, see After the conical elements have been deflected un-
fig 1. der static load for 48 hours, the laden height (H1)
see fig 2, should be measured and compared to the
3) Position the four jacking bolts in the tapped recommended laden height.
holes (9) see fig 1, in the base casting (1).
4) Position the jacking bolts with a through-going

of minimum 40 mm, see fig 2.
5) Lower the generating set until it rests completely

on the foundation.
6) Check that all jacking bolts have full contact

with the foundation.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 2 Conical mounting.

Fig 1 Conical element
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
8) Care must be taken, during levelling of the 12) Lift the generating set with crane or hydraulic
installation, to ensure that individual mountings jack.
are not overloaded.The variation in laden height
should not exceed 2 mm and should ideally 13) Remove all the jacking bolts.
be less. The laden height can be measured
between top and base casting at H, on two 14) Position each completed steel shim.
sides (see fig 1).
15) Lower the generating set until it rests completely
Example: in itself.
H1 + H2 + H3 ----- HN
Average = Number of conical elements 16) Number each steel shim together with each
conical element.
If Then
Adjustment of Internal Buffer
Difference exceeds Level the conical ele-
ment 17) Turn the internal buffer clockwise (downwards)
2 mm. by adjusting the jacking until it makes contact with the steel shim or
bolts - commencing with foundation.
the conical element with
the largest deviation. 18) Turn the internal buffer anticlockwise (upwards)
until it obtains contact with the base casting.
Difference does not ex- The height of the steel
ceed 2 mm shim can be measured. This must be four full turns.
19) Turn the internal buffer two full turns clockwise

The difference between the two sides of a conical (downwards) and check with a feeler gauge
mounting should not be more than 0.6 mm. between the base casting of the conical ele-
ment and the steel shim that the internal buffer
(2), see fig 1, does not touch the steel shim or
Measuring of Steel Shim foundation.
9) Measure the steel shim on several points to 20) Lock the internal buffer by remounting the top
obtain the highest possible accuracy during lock ring (6) and turn it to the nearest thread
preparation. hole - then secure with fixing bolt (7) and spring
washer (8), see fig 1.
Fabricating Steel Shim

Mounting of Conical Elements on the Foun-
10) Make sure that the minimum height of the steel dation
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
shim is 40 mm to secure a future replacement

of the conical element. 21) Drill four mounting holes in the foundation for
each conical element, either
Drill the mounting holes in the steel shim according
to the conical base casting dimensions. a) Mark the positions of the mounting holes on
the foundation through the conical element and
the steel shim.
Mounting of the Completed Steel Shim
(Re)move the set completely so that the mark-
11) Turn the internal buffer anticlockwise until it ings can be reached by drilling with conventional
contacts the base casting to secure the laden tools.
height of each conical element.
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Place the set on its former position by aligning The drilling has to be done on beforehand and
it with the drilled holes. the set must be aligned with the foundation
holes before the work starts to avoid further
or removal of the set.
b) Drill the mounting holes in the foundation by 22) Fix all the conical elements and the steel shims
means of the drilling pattern from the installa- to the foundation with four bolts per conical.
tion drawing.
Note! After completion of all works the buffer clear-
ance must be checked, see points 17, 18, 19 and
20.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38

Shut-off fuel oil
Description

plants. Hand tools

Related procedure

(autolog)
510-01.00
03.00
Man power

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Mounting and Adjustment Instructions for 5) Position the jacking bolts with a through-going
New Generating Sets (Method 2) of minimum 10 mm, see fig 2.
Make Ready for Adjustment of Conical Ele- 6) Lower the generating set until it rests completely
ments on the foundation.
If the conical elements have not been mounted by 7) Check that all jacking bolts have full contact
the factory, they must be mounted on the prepared with the foundation.
brackets on the base frame. In case they have
been mounted by the factory, please start with item 8) Turn the internal buffer (2), see fig 1 to check
number 2. that it can be moved freely.
1) Fit the conical elements to the bracket of the

base frame by means of four bolts screwed If all internal buffers Then
into the tapped holes on the top casting (5),
see fig 1. Can move freely Let conical elements
settle for 48 hours.
A supporting steel shim with a minimum height of 40
mm, to secure a future replacement of the conical Cannot be moved Turn the three jacking
element, complete with tapped holes for three jacking freely bolts in the supporting
bolts and mounting holes drilled according to conical steel shim clockwise, or
base casting dimensions, is required. anticlockwise to release
the internal buffer.
2) Remove fixing bolt (7), spring washer (8) and
top lock ring (6) from the conical element, see
fig 1.
3) Position the supporting steel shim as per fig

2 and locate the conical element by means of
dowel pins.
4) Position the three jacking bolts in the tapped

holes in the supporting steel shim as per fig
2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Adjustment of Conical Elements after 48 Drill the mounting holes in the steel shim according
Hours Settling to the mounting holes in the conical base casting and
the mounting holes in the supporting steel shim.
After the conical elements have been deflected un-
der static load for 48 hours, the laden height (H1)
see fig 2, should be measured and compared to the Mounting of the Completed Steel Shim
recommended laden height.
12) Lift the generating set 1 mm totally be means
9) Care must be taken, during levelling of the of the three jacking bolts.
installation, to ensure that individual mountings
are not overloaded.The variation in laden height 13) Position each completed steel shim.
should not exceed 2 mm and should ideally
be less. The laden height can be measured 14) Re-lower the generating set by means of the
between top and base casting at H, on two three jacking bolts until it rests completely in
sides (see fig 1). itself.
Example:
Adjustment of Internal Buffer
H1 + H2 + H3 ----- HN
Average = Number of conical elements 15) Turn the internal buffer clockwise (downwards)
until it makes contact with the steel shim or
foundation.
If Then
16) Turn the internal buffer anticlockwise (upwards)
Difference exceeds Level the conical ele- until it obtains contact with the base casting.
ment
2 mm. by adjusting the jacking This must be four full turns.
bolts - commencing with
the conical element with 17) Turn the internal buffer two full turns clockwise
the largest deviation. (downwards) and check with a feeler gauge
between the base casting of the conical ele-
Difference does not ex- The height of the steel ment and the steel shim that the internal buffer
ceed 2 mm shim can be measured. (2), see fig 1, does not touch the steel shim or
foundation.
The difference between the two sides of a conical 18) Lock the internal buffer by remounting the top
mounting should not be more than 0.6 mm. lock ring (6) and turn it to the nearest thread
hole - then secure with fixing bolt (7) and spring
washer (8), see fig 1.
Measuring of Steel Shim
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
10) Measure the steel shim on several points to Mounting of Conical Elements on the Foun-
obtain the highest possible accuracy during dation
preparation.
19) Remove the dowel pins.
Fabricating Steel Shim 20) Drill four mounting holes in the foundation for
each conical element, either
11) Make sure that the minimum height of the steel
shim is 10 mm. a) Mark the positions of the mounting holes on
the foundation through the conical element and
the steel shims.
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
(Re)move the set completely so that the mark- The drilling has to be done on beforehand and
ings can be reached by drilling with conventional the set must be aligned with the foundation
tools. holes before the work starts to avoid further
removal of the set.
Place the set on its former position by aligning
it with the drilled holes. 21) Fix all the conical elements and the supporting
steel shims/steel shims to the foundation with
or four bolts per conical.
b) Drill the mounting holes in the foundation by 22) Weld the lowest steel shim of approx. 10 mm
means of the drilling pattern from the installa- height to the foundation.
tion drawing.
Note! After completion of all works, the buffer clear-
18.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38

Shut-off fuel oil
Description

plants. Hand tools

Related procedure

(autolog)
510-01.00
03.00
Man power

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

03.50 - ES0
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Mounting and Adjustment Instructions for 5) Position the jacking bolts with a through-going
New Generating Sets (Method 3) of minimum 10 mm plus permitted thickness,
as specified from the chockfast supplier, see
Make Ready for Adjustment of Conical Ele- fig 2.
ments
6) Lowed the generating set until it rests com-
If the conical elements have not been mounted by pletely on the foundation.
the factory, they must be mounted on the prepared
brackets on the base frame. In case they have 7) Check that all jacking bolts have full contact
been mounted by the factory, please start with item with the foundation.
number 2.
8) Turn the internal buffer (2), see fig 1, to check
1) Fit the conical elements to the bracket of the that it can be moved freely.
base frame by means of four bolts screwed
into the tapped holes on the top casting (5) If all internal buffers Then
see fig 1.
Can move freely Let conical elements
A supporting steel shim with a minimum height of settle for 48 hours.
40 mm, complete with tapped holes for three jacking
bolts, four mounting holes and four tapped holes, Cannot be moved Turn the three jacking
drilled according to the conical base casting dimen- freely bolts in the supporting
sion, is required see fig 2. steel shim clockwise, or
anticlockwise and
2) Remove fixing bolt (7), spring washer (8) and slacken the four
top lock ring (6) from the conical element, see holddown bolts
fig 1. to release the internal
buffer.
3) Position the supporting steel shim as per fig
2 and locate the conical element by means of
four hold-down bolts.
4) Position the three jacking bolts in the tapped

holes in the supporting steel shim as per fig
2.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Adjustment of Conical Element after 48 Fabricating Steel Shim
Hours Settling
Make sure that the minimum height of the steel shim
After the conical elements have been deflected un- is 10 mm.
der static load for 48 hours, the laden height (H1) 11) Drill the mounting holes in the steel shim accord-
see fig 2, should be measured and compared to the ing to the mounting holes in the conical base
recommended laden height. casting and in the supporting steel shim.
9) Care must be taken, during levelling of the

installation, to ensure that individual mountings Adjustment of Internal Buffer
are not overloaded.The variation in laden height
should not exceed 2 mm and should ideally 12) Turn the internal buffer clockwise (downwards)
be less. The laden height can be measured until it makes contact with the steel shim or
between top and base casting at H, on two foundation.
sides (see fig 1).
13) Turn the internal buffer anticlockwise (upwards)
Example: until it obtains contact with the base casting.
H1 + H2 + H3 ----- HN
Average = Number of conical elements This must be four full turns.
14) Turn the internal buffer two full turns clockwise

If Then (downwards) and check with a feeler gauge
between the base casting of the conical ele-
Difference exceeds Level the conical element and the steel shim that the internal buffer
ment 2 mm. by adjusting the jacking (2), see fig 1, does not touch the steel shim or
bolts - commencing with foundation.
the conical element with
the largest deviation. 15) Lock the internal buffer by remounting the top
lock ring (6) and turn it to the nearest thread
Difference does not ex- The height of the steel hole - then secure with fixing bolt (7) and spring
ceed 2 mm shim and the chockfast washer (8), see fig 1.
can be measured.
Mounting of Conical Elements on the Foun-

The difference between the two sides of a conical dation
mounting should not be more than 0.6 mm.
16) Drill four mounting holes in the foundation for
each conical element according to the sup-
Measuring of Steel Shim and Chockfast porting steel shim/steel shim, either
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
10) The steel shim should be at least 10 mm a) Mark the positions of the mounting holes on
high. the foundation through the conical element
and the shims.
Check the minimum permitted thickness of chock-
fast for the load and surface of this application with (Re)move the set completely so that the mark-
chockfast supplier. ings can be reached by drilling with conventional
tools.
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

L23/30H
L27/38
Place the set on its former position by aligning The drilling has to be done on beforehand and
it with the drilled holes. the set must be aligned with the foundation
holes before the work starts to avoid further
or removal of the set.
b) Drill the mounting holes in the foundation by Make sure that the mounting bolts are isolated from
means of the drilling pattern. the chockfast.
Note! After completion of all works, the buffer clear-

15.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
03.50 - ES1
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Replacement of Conicals Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Replacement of conicals.
Hand tools:
Starting position: Ring and open-end spanner, 22 mm

Safety precautions. Hydraulic jack
Related procedure:
Fitting instructions for resilient mounting.
Manpower: Spare and wearing parts:
Working hours : xxx hours Plate No Item No Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Data:

96.03 - EO0S-G
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Replacement of Conicals Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Replacement of Conicals
1. Loosen all conicals in one side. 3. Lift the GenSet until the steel shim can be
removed. This will give enough space for removing
damaged conical.
2. Mount a jack under the base frame, see fig
1.
4. Mount the GenSet conical.
Note! Conicals should only be replaced in pairs, see

fig 2 and plate 51903.
5. Lower the GenSet again.
6. Repeat items 1-5 for the other side.
7. Adjust the conicals, see Working Card 519-

03.00 "Fitting Instructions for Resilient Mounting of
GenSet.
Fig 1 Removal of conicals
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 2 The conicals must be pairs
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Replacement of Conicals Edition 05H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description
Replacement of conicals.
Hand tools
Starting position Ring and open-end spanner, 22 mm

Safety precautions. Hydraulic jack
Related procedure
Fitting instructions for resilient mounting.
Manpower Spare and wearing parts
Working hours : hours Plate No Item No Qty/

Capacity : 2 men
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Data

08.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 05H Replacement of Conicals Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Replacement of Conicals
1. Loosen all conicals in one side. 3. Lift the GenSet until the steel shim can be
removed. This will give enough space for removing
damaged conical.
2. Mount a jack under the base frame, see fig
1.
4. Mount the GenSet conical.
Note! Conicals should only be replaced in pairs, see

fig 2 and plate 51903.
5. Lower the GenSet again.
Steel shim 6. Repeat items 1-5 for the other side.
Foundation
7. Adjust the conicals, see Working Card 519-
Deck
03.00 "Fitting Instructions for Resilient Mounting of
GenSet.
Jack
Fig 1 Removal of conicals
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
One pair
Fig 2 The conicals must be pairs
08.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (2) Maintenance of Conicals Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Control and adjustment of conicals.

Hand tools:
Ring and open-end spanner.

Feeler gauge, 1-2 mm.
Hexagon socket key 6 mm.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Check of crankshaft deflection (autolog).
Manpower: Plate no Item no Qty/

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data:

96.27 - EO0S-G
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Maintenance of Conicals Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1. Visual Check 2.2. Result of Clearance Check
1.1. What to Check If Then
everything is OK check is completed

Check for oil deposits on the rubber element.
Check for loose mounting bolts. everything is not OK adjust conicals which do not
Check for damage in the rubber element. comply with the clearance
demands
acc. to item 2.3.
Recheck all conicals acc. to
1.2. Result of Visual Check item 2.1.
If Then everything is still not OK replace conical acc. to

everything is OK continue to next conical
oil deposits on rubber clean rubber element

element are observed 2.3. Adjustment of Conicals
loose mounting bolts fasten mounting bolts
a. Remove protective cap (No 10).
damage to conicals replace conical according to
is observed Working Card 519-03.05 b. Remove fixing bolt (No 9) and top locking ring
(No 7).
2. Clearance Check c. Turn buffer clockwise until it makes contact

with the steel shim (No 1).
2.1. What to Check
d. Turn buffer anti-clockwise until it makes contact
Check clearance on all conicals between steel shim with the conical base casting (No 2). This must be
and internal buffer through the slot in the base ca- done in four full rotations.
sting of the conical (see fig 1) with a feeler gauge
of approx. 2 mm. e. Turn buffer two full rotations clockwise. This
will ensure full vertical movement for the buffer.
f. Check all conicals again.
g. Replace top locking ring, fixing bolt and protec-

tive cap etc.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Conical
96.27 - EO0S-G
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description
Control and adjustment of conicals.

Hand tools
Ring and open-end spanner

Hexagon socket screw 12 mm
Starting position
Related procedure
Check of crankshaft deflection (autolog).
Replacement and wearing parts
Manpower Plate no Item no Qty/

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : 1 man
Data

08.17 - ES0
Edition 05H Maintenance of Conicals Page 2 (3)
L23/30H
Visual Check Periodical Inspection
Maintenance of the rubber element should be done Visual inspection

in accordance with DIN 7716, to achieve the best
possible lifetime of the rubber element. 1) Inspect the rubber part visually for oil conta-
mination, ozon cracking, swelling and mechanical
Under normal working conditions and professional damages.
lay-out of the mounting system a lifetime expectancy
of 8 to 12 years of the rubber element is realistic. 2) Check if the installation is free to move on
The actual lifetime is influenced by (dynamic) load the mounts. No obstructions should be traceable
and environment. between the mounts foundation and the suspended
machinery.
The functional lifetime of the rubber element is de-
termined by the vibration behaviour of the supported Note! The rubber element should be replaced either
mass for which the ISO 10816-6 section 6A/B gives when the rubber element is swollen due to conta-
a good guidance. mination or cracks and tears in the surface. In case
The maximum working deflection due to nominal of replacement of the rubber element, attention is
load, creep and thermal loads that the mount would made to the identification number and plate on the
accept is stated in the tables below for each individual mount. When ordering spare parts allways mention
type and compound. The mentioned values are to be the stamped numbers and type designation, to allow
measured at 20° C rubber temperature. us to supply an identical product.
T90 45 51.5 ±0.75 mm 23.0 mm 28.5 mm

Deflection Inspection
T90 50 51.5 ±0.75 mm 21.0 mm 30.5 mm
T90 55 51.5 ±0.75 mm 19.0 mm 32.5 mm The resilient mounts are subjected to a constant load
T90 60 51.5 ±0.75 mm 18.0 mm 33.5 mm and present a deflection determed by the amount
T90 65 51.5 ±0.75 mm 17.0 mm 34.5 mm
of elastic deformation and permanent deformation
in time (creep). This deformation is influenced be
environmental conditions as temperature, static
The environmental influences on the lifetime can be and dynamic load, etc. For this reason periodical
minimised by periodical visual inspection of the rub- inspections are necessary to be registered in the
ber part for oil contamination and damages. Any oil enclosed form (Annex 1), in order to evaluate the
contamination should be cleaned with conventional deflection of the rubber element.
mild household cleaning agents.
Cleaning of the rubber element should be done in 1) Check the dimensions TB1/2 in unloaded
accordance with 7716, to achieve the best possible mount condition.
lifetime of the rubber element.
2) Check the dimensions TB1/2 in loaded mount
Under no circumstance the rubber element can be condition, directly after loading the mounts.
cleaned with solvent cleaning agents, if the direct
environment of the rubber element is cleaned with 3) Check the dimensions TB1/2 in loaded mount
these aggresive solvents, the rubber element must condition 7-10 days after installation of the mounts
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
be cleaned afterwards with the above mentioned under the suspended machinery.
cleaning agent.
4) Check the dimensions TB1/2 in loaded mount
Rubbersurface temperature of the mounts must be condition after first seatrial.
within +70° C / -20° C.
08.17 - ES0
L23/30H
5) Check the dimensions TB1/2 in loaded con- Then tighten the bolts in the same sequence with a
dition periodically together with the clearance of torque prescribed in the below table.
the internal limiter. This should be integrated in the
normal maintenance schedules of the suspended
Tightening torque
machinery. Re-adjustment of the clearance according
to the installation instructions. T90 M8-8.8, 24 Nm
Note! The resilient mount has to be replaced if the f) Fit pos no (9) to the mount, we advice to use
values measured at TB1/2 are out of the limits as set water resistant grease to the contact faces.
in the maintenance instructions. In case of replace-
ment of the rubber element, attention is made to the g) Insert the foundation bolts though the 4 holes
identification number and plate on the mount. When in the base casting and foundation, use bolt material
ordering spare parts allways mention the stamped quality 8.8 or higher, tightening torques as per below
numbers and type designation, to allow us to supply table.
an identical product.
Tightening torque
Clearance Check T90 M20-8.8, 400 Nm
a) Now the central buffer clearance can be set. Note! The rubber element must not be painted, if
Fit the 12 mm hexagon socket screw to screw pos painted is carried out on the supported machinery, the
no (8) and turn it up (anticlockwise) until the greater rubber element must be shielded from the paint.
torque, max. torque = 50 Nm, is felt. From the position
the central buffer assembly must be turned down
(clockwise) 2 revolutions. It is adviced to mark the 9 6
position of screw pos no (8) relative to top casting
pos no (2) prior to turning it down. 7
b) Check if the bolt ends pos no (6) do not protude 8

from lock ring pos no (7), correct if necessary.
2
c) Fit lock ring pos no (7) to screw pos no (8) and
turn it clockwise until it is in conntact with top casting
pos no (2). 5
d) Correct the position of screw pos no (8) if 3

necessary,
e) Tighten the bolts pos no (6) in 2 steps:
at first handtight starting at a bolt, the next 4 1

bolt to tighten is the direct opposite one, then the
third bolts is found in clockwise direction from the 1 Base casting 6 Cylinder head bolt
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
last, repeating the same sequence until all bolts are 2 Top casting 7 Lock ring
handtight. 3 Element 8 Hex. socket set screw
4 Central buffer 9 Cap
5 Rubber bushing
08.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Flexible External Connections 51902-01H
L23/30H
Item
Figure Designation Connection
No
Waste oil, outlet A3 018
Nozzle cooling oil, inlet A7 031
Nozzle cooling oil, outlet A8 043
Lubricating oil from separator, C3 055

inlet
Lubricating oil to separator, C4 067

outlet
Back flush from full-flow filter, C9 079

inlet
Lub. oil from by pass filter, C11 080

inlet
Lub. oil to by pass filter, outlet C12 092
Lub. oil overflow C15 102
Lub. oil supply, inlet C16 114
Venting to expansion tank F3 126
HT fresh water from preheater, F5 138

inlet
HT fresh water to preheater, F6 151

outlet
Fresh water for filling/draining F7 163
Inlet from expansion tank F15 175
Compressed air, inlet K1 187
Control air, inlet K2 199
Fuel oil, inlet A1 209
Fuel oil, outlet A2 210
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51902-01H Flexible External Connections Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item
Figure Designation Connection
No
Oil vapour discharge, outlet C13 222
Lubricating oil from full-flow C7 234

filter, inlet
Lubricating oil to full-flow filter, C8 246

outlet
HT fresh water, inlet F1 258
HT fresh water, outlet F2 271
LT fresh water/raw water, G1 283

inlet
LT fresh water/raw water, G2 295

outlet
Seawater, Inlet G3 305
Seawater, outlet G4 317
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Conical Element 51903-01H
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Note! When ordering be aware that conical elements Bemærk! Ved bestilling af conicals elementer
always should be replaced in pairs. State manufac- skal
turing No of existing conical elements. conicals elementer altid udskiftes parvis. Opgiv fabri-
kationsnr. på eksisterende conicals elementer.
96.03 - EO0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
51903-01H Conical Element Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
013 4/M Screw Skrue
025 4/M Washer Skive
037 1/M Conical element Konisk understøtning
049 4/M Adjusting screw Justerskrue
050 1/M Protecting cap Beskyttelseskapsel
062 1/M Fixing ring Fiksering ring
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty/M = Qty/Conical mounting. Antal/M = Antal/Conical montering.
96.03 - EO0S-G
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Conical Element 51903-06H
General
VULKAN-DMR R
VULKAN
[email protected]
TYPE:
ID.NUMBER:
MANUF.DATE:
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Note! When ordering be aware that conical elements Bemærk! Ved bestilling af conicals elementer skal
always should be replaced in pairs. State manufac- conicals elementer altid udskiftes parvis. Opgiv fabri-
turing No of existing conical elements. kationsnr. på eksisterende conicals elementer.
07.10 - EO0
MAN Diesel
Plate
51903-06H Conical Element Page 2 (2)
General
Item Item
013 4/M Screw Skrue
025 4/M Washer Skive
037 1/M Conical element Konisk understøtning
049 4/M Adjusting screw Justerskrue
050 1/M Protecting cap Beskyttelseskapsel
062 1/M Fixing ring Fiksering ring
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty/M = Qty/Conical mounting. Antal/M = Antal/Conical montering.
07.10 - EO0
Tools
520/620
MAN Diesel
Description 520.01
Page 1 (1) Introduction to Spare Part Plates for Tools Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S
The contents of these spare part plates with tools However, some tools such as torque spanners, hy-
are a summary of STANDARD TOOLS for normal draulic tools etc. may also have other applications.
maintenance and EXTRA TOOLS for reconditioning, Information about the exact use of the tools appears
which can be supplied by MAN B&W Diesel A/S, from the relevant sections in the instruction book.
Holeby. Thus, the list comprises the total extent of
tools available for this engine type. Note: The table on the spare part plates is marked
with an S or an E. An S means that the tools are
For each specific plant the amount of tools delivered supplied when ordering Standard tools and an E
depends of the contractual specifications. means that the tools are supplied when ordering
Extra tools, i.e. Tools for Reconditioning (extra tools
The tools listed are assembled in sections corres- are not standard delivery)
ponding to the chapters of the instruction book.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Page 1 (7) Function of the Hydraulic Tools Edition 02
General

Shut-off fuel oil
Safety hints and function of hydraulic tools.
Starting position
Application of hydraulic tools 520-01.06
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : men
Data

99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Edition 02 Function of the Hydraulic Tools Page 2 (7)
General
Function of the Bolt Tensioning Device 8. The operation and handling of the device are
to be carried out by expert staff only.
In order to achieve an optimal result with one or
several devices, some rules have to be considered. 9. The given max. operation pressure is not to
We expressly point out that a conscientious handling be exceeded in any case and is to be watched
of the device as well as the accessories is of high- at the manometer of the pressure generator
est importance. To ignore these rules or separate during the complete tensioning or loosening
hints means danger to life or danger of injuries! See procedure. When having achieved the given
Safety Hints. pressure, stop the pressurization immedi-
ately.
Safety Hints 10. During the pressurization when tensioning or

loosening the bolt connection, always watch
Beside regarding the general accident-prevention the admissible stroke of the device. Exceed-
rules, the safe handling of the device and the hydraulic ing this stroke is connected with insufficient
accessories demand especially the consideration of generating of tensioning force because the
the following hints. When disregarding even single device is tensioned in itselve or the hydraulic
items, you can cause danger to life and/or danger pressure is bleeded automaticly.
of injuries!
11. On principle, when connecting high-pressure
1. When leakages occur during the pressuriza- hoses it has to be taken care that the connec-
tion, bleed pressure immediately and seal the tions are correct (see also separate hints).
leakage or replace defect parts.
12. The hydraulic hoses have to be installed in a
2. In case of repair, use exclusively original spare way that they are not run over by vehicles or
parts. Inexpert substitution of damaged parts unnecessarily walked over by people. Never lay
by non-original spare parts is prohibited. hoses across sharp objects (danger of cuts)
and never bend or jam them in.
3. All assembly parts are to be handled in corre-
spondence to the working cards only. A change 13. Never hold or transport the device by using the
in the procedure or another operation of the high-pressure hoses.
device is not allowed.
14. An incorrect working manometer that doesn´t
4. Make sure that the components to be tensioned show the right pressure leads to overstressing
do not exceed the admissible strain. of the parts and to an incorrect bolt connec-
tion. Apart from damaged parts an incorrect
5. In order to use the device, the thread has to bolt connection can also cause conditions that
be sufficiently exceeding in order to avoid that are danger to life. Therefore take care that
the turn of a thread cracks, see item 4. the manometer shows the right value or the
tensioning force is checked in an other way
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
6. During the pressurization the people involved (for example by using a master manometer).
have to remain in an appropriate distance. Tensioning forces can be checked for example
Staying in direction towards the bolt axis is by measuring the linear deformation. Damaged
forbidden. manometers have to be exchanged immedi-
ately.
7. Tensioning pressures or tensioning forces are
to be given or changed by authorized personnel
only while considering the admissible compo-
nent loads, see item 4.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
General
Working Hints
In order to achieve a bolt connection of high precision,

it is vital to consider the following working hints:
- Prior to setting the device, clean all threads and

remove possible damages in order to avoide
a “freeze on”.
- The base plate for the device must be plain

and free of dirt. Further check the squareness
towards the bolt axis in order to avoid that the
bolt has a bending stress during the pressuri-
zation (tensioning).
- The stroke of the device may not at any point

be exceeded.
- For transporting the device it is necessary to

uncouple all high-pressure hoses. Fig. 1. Turnable connection unit.
- After each pressurization, bring the device

back to zero, see also Piston Return Stroke. Exchange of the Seals
Should leakages show up at the connection unit, it

Turnable Connection Unit might be necessary to exchange the seals.
For doing so, loosen the securing ring and take the
In order to simplify the connection of the hydraulic disc off the bolt nipple. Having removed the seals,
hose, a turnable connection unit is mounted on clean the components with fluff-free cleaning material.
some devices. You can also apply compressed air. Having checked
The turnable connection unit consists of the follow- the components for damages and oiled them slightly,
ing components: apply new seals by help of the entry guide and reas-
semble the turnable connection unit.
- bolt nipple
- disc Hint: - For the cleaning, never use aggressive
- seal cleaning liquids.
- securing ring - For oiling the parts, use exclusively hydraulic
oil.
Furthermore, an entry guide is available or contained - For replacements, use exclusively new
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
in the scope of supply, see fig.1. seals.
Coupling of the High-Pressure Hoses
- Only couple when the hydraulic system is in a

pressureless condition.
- To produce a high-pressure connection, put

one coupling and one nipple into each other
while the coupling socket is pulled back. When
letting the coupling socket go, there is a form
fit barring the connection.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Edition 02 Function of the Hydraulic Tools Page 4 (7)
General
- By drawing the hose with a manual force of that the max. admissible stroke of the device is not
about 100 N make sure that the connection is exceeded. Beside that, it has to be ensured that the
correctly barred. cylinder and the support sleeve remain centrically
towards each other (consider centering shoulder).
- For decoupling the high-pressure hose in
a pressureless condition, first pull back the Having made all hydraulic connections correctly,
coupling socket and then take off the hose. see fig. 2, start the pressurization for the tensioning
procedure. If the necessary pressure is achieved
stop pressurization. The inducted force causes the
bolt to extend or an edging of the components to
be tensioned so that the main nut is lifted from the
flange. Screw it back to the flange, see fig. 3. Check
by help of a feeler gauge leaf whether the main nut
really fits tight to the flange. After that, bleed hydraulic
pressure. Now the connection is tensioned.
Fig. 2. Coupling of the high-pressure hoses. Having brought the piston to its zero position, see fig.
4, the hydraulic hoses can be decoupled. In order to
prevent impurities, it is advisable to close coupling
Hoses with fast-lock coupling sockets avoid, also sockets and coupling nipples at once by protecting
when uncoupled, that oil runs out. When the hoses caps. The device can be unscrewed from the bolt.
get heated, there can be an inside pressure in the
uncoupled condition making a coupling impossible. ● Always consider the safety and working
By loosening one screw connection (see fig. 2) the hints!
pressure can be bleeded
- To avoid a contamination use protecting caps Loosening Procedure

for the sockets.
In order to loosen an existing bolt connection, screw
the device onto the bolt. First put the support sleeve
Tensioning Procedure on the bolt and align it centrically to the bolt axis.
When screwing on the device take care that the
Prior to the tensioning procedure make sure that support sleeve at the cylinder is correctly centered
the components to be tensioned are correctly posi- (consider centering shoulder).
tioned towards each other. Then screw the device
onto the bolt. The piston of the device must be at its zero position.
Having screwed the device down until the support
First put the support sleeve on the bolt and align it sleeve or the support cylinder fits tight to the flange,
centrically to the bolt axis. When screwing on the de- turn back the device by at least the value (slit meas-
vice take care that the support sleeve at the cylinder
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
ure) which the bolt and the components spring back

is correctly centered (consider centering shoulder). elastically during the loosening procedure.
Screw the device until the support sleeve or the sup- Hint: The adjusted slit measure may never exceed
port cylinder fits exactly to the flange. The piston of the admissible stroke of the device! Furthermore,
the device must be at its zero position. Furthermore, take care that the window for the adjusting rod are
take care that the hydraulic connector and the window well accessible.
for the adjusting rod is well accessible. Having made all hydraulic connections correctly, see
If necessary, turn back the device, but make sure fig. 2, start the pressurization.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel

General
During the pressurization, a slight turn-back momen- Hint:
tum is applied to the main nut with the adjusting rod.
At the moment, when the main nut can be loosened, a) Should it be impossible to unscrew the device
interrupt the pressurization. Should it not be possible after the depressurization, it has been turned
to loosen the main nut when achieving the original back by a too low measure prior to the pres-
tensioning pressure, interrupt the pressurization im- surization. Pressurize again until the original
mediately. Find the cause with expert staff. tensioning pressure is reached, turn the main
nut and bleed the pressure again (tensioning
Having achieved the loosening pressure, turn back procedure). Now you can turn back the device
the main nut by the value that the bolt and the com- further. (Attention: consider the admissible
ponents spring back during the loosening procedure. stroke of the device!) Now repeat the loosening
The slit measure, however, must be lower than the procedure explained above.
slit measure adjusted at the device before, see also
hint b. b) Should it be impossible to loosen the main nut
after the depressurization, it has been turned
The main nut may never be turned back until it fits back by a too low measure prior to the pres-
to the piston or the cylinder since then the device surization. Pressurize again and turn the main
can be tensioned in itself. nut further back. Bleed the pressure again.
Having turned back the main nut, the pressure can Hint: Never screw the main nut back until it fits to
be bled. The bolt connection is loosened. Before the piston since the device can be tensioned
unscrewing the device, bring the piston back to its in itself.
zero position, see fig. 4. After that, the hydraulic hoses
can be decoupled. In order to prevent impurities, it
is advisable to close coupling sockets and coupling Adjustment and Turn Back of the Main Nut
nipples at once by protecting caps. The device can
be unscrewed from the bolt. During the pressurization of the device, the bolt
is being extended by the tensioning force and the
● Make sure that no operational forces (e.g. components are being edged. The result is that the
inner pressure) affect the components to be main nut does no longer fit to the flange.
loosened since only part of the bolts take over
these forces and thus the bolts, which are not Having achieved the necessary pressure, adjust the
yet loosened, might be overburdened. main nut - when tensioning - until it fits to the flange
again before bleeding the pressure, see Tensioning
● The pressure when the main nut can be loos- Procedure. When loosening the bolts, turn back the
ened may never exceed the tensioning pressure main nut after the pressurization according to the
by help of which the connection was tensioned! bolt and component deformations, (see Loosening
Should it not be possible to loosen the main nut Procedure.
when reaching the original tensioning pressure
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
interrupt the pressurization immediately. Find Hint: During the loosening procedure, never turn
the cause with expert staff. back the main nut until it fits to the piston or the
cylinder since the main nut sticks after the depres-
● Always consider the safety and working surization.
hints!
The main nut is equipped with several radial bores
where the adjusting rod can be put in. The main nut
is accessible through the window in the support
sleeve.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
520-01.05 Function of the Hydraulic Tools Working Card

General
During the piston return stroke, considerable back-
pressures can occur in the piston area of the device
since quite large quantities of oil have to flow back
through the small cross sections of the high-pres-
sure connections.
In order not to unnecessarily increase the force for

the piston return stroke turn the piston slowly. On
principle the piston of the device has to be pushed
back until it fits to the cylinder again.
Exchange of the Seals

Fig. 3 Adjustment and turn back of the main nut.
Should leakages occur at the piston of the device,
an exchange of the seals might be necessary.
Piston Return Stroke Drive out the piston by carefully beating with a hammer
while using a plastic spacer in order to protect the
After each pressurization it must be ensured that device from unnecessary damages. After removing
the piston of the device is brought back to its zero the hydraulic connector, you can also carefully lead
position. On principle, it has to be considered that compressed air into the piston area.
hydraulic oil is being displaced from the piston area.
In order to enable the oil to flow back to the tank of Attention: Sudden input of compressed air can lead
the pressure generator, the corresponding hydraulic to the piston’s uncontrolled outlet.
connections must be done. After removal of the piston, the seals and the backup
rings can be removed from the piston and the cyl-
The piston return stroke is done by a screw-down at inder.
the bolt itself before the device is taken off.
Carefully clean the components with fluff-free mate-
Hint: When using fast lock coupling elements, the rial and check them for damages. If necessary, use
oil’s running out and thus a piston return stroke in compressed air for the cleaning, but never aggres-
an uncoupled condition is impossible! sive cleaning liquids. After that, slightly oil these
components with hydraulic oil and assemble new
backup rings as well as new seals to the piston and
the cylinder according to the drawing.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig. 4. Piston return stroke.
Fig. 5. Exchange of the seals.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel

General
As shown in the picture, first assemble the backup
ring, then put the seal onto the backup ring. Piston
and cylinder can now be assembled again by putting
the components together. By slightly hammering on
the piston (with plastic spacer), it can be driven in
until it fits tightly to the cylinder (piston in its zero
position). It is essential that the piston does not tilt
during being driven in since this might damage the
seals as well as the components. When assembling
the piston it has to be taken care that the air can
come out of the piston area.
Maintenance and Storage
Regular maintenance of the device is not necessary,

but you should consider the following points:
a) Storage
After each operation, repair possible damages and

clean the device in order for it to be ready for the
next operation immediately. In order to avoid a cor-
rosion it is advisable to oil the device and especially
its thread. All coupling nipples, coupling sockets and
also loosened screw connections are to be closed
by protecting caps.
In addition, check the components of the device and

its accessories for completion.
Keep the device in the tool box also offering protec-
tion from mechanical damages.
The temperature must be between -20 C and +70 C
in order to exclude a damage of the seals.
b) Start-up of the device
Prior to the device’s operation, repair possible dam-

ages and clean the device.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Check the components of the device and its acces-

sories for completion.
The operating manual has to be read by all users.
99.43 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Application of Hydraulic Tools for Connecting Rod Edition 03H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water See page 2
Shut-off fuel oil
Application of hydraulic tools for connecting

rod.
Starting position
Function of hydraulic tools 520-01.05
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : men
Data

00.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 03H Application of Hydraulic Tools for Connecting Rod Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
This working card gives the information for applica-
tion of hydraulic tools, to be used in connection with
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Connecting rod.
00.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Working Card Application of Hydraulic Tools 520-01.06

Page 1 (2)
for Cylinder Head and Main Bearing Edition 04H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling water See page 2
Shut-off fuel oil
Application of hydraulic tools for cylinder head

and main bearing.
Starting position
Function of hydraulic tools 520-01.05
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : men
Data

00.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
520-01.06 Application of Hydraulic Tools Working Card

Page 2 (2)
Edition 04H for Cylinder Head and Main Bearing
L23/30H
This working card gives the information for applica-
tion of hydraulic tools, to be used in connection with
Please note:
The numbers refer to the
plate items in section 520.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Fig 1 Hydraulic tools.
00.20 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (4) Hand Lever Pump Edition 01
General

Shut-off fuel oil
Application of hydraulic tools.
Starting position
Related procedure

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12

Capacity : men
Data

00.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 01 Hand Lever Pump Page 2 (4)
General
Warning: The hand lever pump is not equipped with Initial Start-up and Venting
a pressure relief valve.
Never use the pump without a mounted manometer. In general and venting
Always pay attention to the given pressure of the
connected pressure consumers. Do never exceed Please make sure that all parts of the pump, espe-
this pressure or the max. pressure of the hand lever cially the manometer and the pressure port, are in a
pump. perfect condition. Defect parts are to be exchanged
against new ones immediately.
Important: Except for hydraulic oil, never use different
liquids such as petrol, water, diesel oil, alcohol or brake Turn the carrying handle with counter-clockwise
liquid, since these can lead to damages or even to rotation out of his fixing. Then turn it into the hand
destruction of the pump and/or the parts connected lever of the pump against the stopping face.
with it. Choose a place of assembling and operation
where the pump can always stand safe and firm on Attention: If the carrying handle is not srewed-in
a horizontal plain. There should always be sufficient into the hand lever, it can cause injuries while using
space for operating the pump. the pump.
Never handle the pump lever with oiled hands and
never use hand lever extensions. Never expose the Open the oil filler cap and check the oil level. If nec-
pump to great heat, fire or extreme coldness, since cessary, fill up the tank with hydraulic oil according
this leads to damages or even destruction. Protect to IS0 VG 32. Never overfill the tank. Close the oil
the pump from falling objects and avoid hard blows filler cap.
or pushes. Open the tank breather with the square wrench
(included in the scope of supply) by about one turn.
Attention - Danger to life Now loosen the breather screw at the pump on the
Check the manometer of the pump for the needed left side on the pump housing with an allen key SW
hydraulic pressure, given by an authorized person, 2,5 by about one turn. Close the depressurization
not to be exceeded. Make sure that the pressure valve tightly. Seal the nipple on the pump with a hose
you want to generate is also admissible for all con- and pump at the hand lever until oil flows out of the
nection parts. breather screw bladder-free. Only then are you al-
lowed to close the breather screw. The pump is now
All pressure connections and connecting elements vented and ready for operation.
have to be clean and undamaged. High-pressure
connections from the pump to the tools have to be After each operation and for the transport, close
established correctly prior to any pressurization. the tank breather in order to avoid the hydraulic oil’s
Disregard leads to danger to life. Please see working running out.
card 520-01.06.
Attention - Danger on injuries Pressurization

Loads being lifted by the pump may never be held
by the pump valves alone. Use additional non-return
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
- Open the tank breather with the square wrench

valves or safety relief valves and secure the load by approx. one turn.
sufficient support against falling.
Remark: The pump is only to be operated with open
tank breather.
- Close the depressurization valve at the pump

when turning clockwise by handoperation.
00.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 3 (4) Hand Lever Pump Edition 01
General
Remark: The depressurization valve is designed Below of the pressure relief valve is an adjusting screw
for manual operation. The use of any tools at the with inner hexagon (wrench size 10 mm). Turning out
depressurization valve could cause damages of the counter-clockwisely the adjusting screw minimizes
valve or the valve seat. the change-over pressure, turning in clockwise ma-
ximizes the change-over pressure.
- Pump at the hand lever until the wanted pres-
sure is achieved. Check the pressurization Attention: Inside of the adjusting screw is another
at the manometer and take care of possible grub screw with inner hexagon (wrench size 4 mm) to
leakages. limit the stroke of the change-over piston inside of
the pump block. It is absolutely necessary, to screw
Remark: The pump works with two stages. The out the grub screw approx. 2 times before turning
change from the first stage to the second stage the adjusting screw!
happens automatical at a system pressure of about
30 bar. The regulation of the adjusting screw follows gra-
dually in approx. 10° - steps. After everv adjusting
Attention: The pump is not equipped with an internal step the grub screw is to screw in until it fits closely
pressure relief valve.The use of a manometer and the and approx. a l/4 turn to loosen.
control of the system pressure during pressurization
is indispensable. Check by carefully pumping if the change-over pres-
sure wanted has been reached. If necessary, repeat
Attention: Do not stand directly over the moving the procedure as described above.
line of the pump lever. Under arising circumstances
the lever can “hit back”. To avoid accidents stand
sideways the pump.
Attention - High-pressure hydraulic

On principle, tihen leakages occur during the pressu-
rization, immediately release the hydraulic pressure
and seal the leakage or renew defect parts.
Depressurization
- Open the depressurization valve slowly by a

turn to the left.
- Make sure that the hydraulic pressure at the

manometer has been completely released.
Consider the returning time of the hydraulic
oil.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Adjustment of change-over pressure from

stage 1 to stage 2
In exeptional case, it can be useful to adjust the

change-over pressure from stage 1 to stage 2 (factory
adjusted at approx. 30 bar).
00.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 01 Hand Lever Pump Page 4 (4)
General
Analysis and Correction of Malfunction Pressure Port
Correction of malfunctions The pressure port of the pump is produced accor-

ding to our customers’ wishes. In addition, there is a
In case of malfunctions at the pump, the following variety of possibilities to connect the pump with one
points are to help you with the analysis of the problem or more pressure consumers.
and correcting it yourself.
For this, uncouple or unscrew all consumer and Attention - Danger to life
high-pressure hoses from the pump. Prior to the pump’ s start-up please make sure that,
no matter which pressure port you chose, all con-
nection elements are in a perfect condition. Convince
yourself of the fact that these are correctly connected
Malfunction Correction
and suitable for the necessary pressure.
No pressurization 1. Check the oil level and, if
necessary, fill it up as Attention - High-pressure hydraulic
described in chapter On principle, when leakages occur during the pressu-
maintenance and storage.
2. Close depressurization valve. rization, immediately release the hydraulic pressure
3. Visual inspection whether and seal the leakane or renew defect parts.
there are leakages. If so,
seal them.
4. Vent the pump as described
in chapter initial start-up and Maintenance and Storage
venting.
The pump should be lubricated frequently at the
Insufficient pressurization 1. Check the oil level and, if
necessary, fill it up, as
movable parts. Protect it from contamination because
described in chapter dirt in the oil or in the pressure port can lead to the
(prior to any corrections, mainteance and storage. pump’ s failure. A dry storage avoids the steel parts’
open de-pressurization 2. Close depressurization valve. getting rusty.
valve and release hydraulic 3. Visual inspection whether ther
pressure completely) are leakages. If so, seal them.
The storage and transport of the pump should always
4. Vent the pump as described be done in a horizontal position. Thus, you avoid a
in chapter initial start-up and possibly necessary venting of the pump during its
venting. start-up.
Pressure drop 1. Visual inspection whether
there are leakages. If so, For checking the oil level, please open the depres-
(prior to any corrections, seal them. surization valve and let the oil completely flow back
open de-pressurization 2. Close depressurization valve. into the tank. Open the oil filler cap and fill up hydraulic
valve and release hydraulic
pressure completely).
oil according to IS0 VG 32, if neccessary. Do not
overcharge the tank. Close the oil filler
If the problem cannot be solved, please contact cap.
MAN Diesel.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
The use of the pump in a dirty area requires a regular

oil change. Fill the pump with clean hydraulic oil and
lubricate all moving parts (hinges) regulary.
00.45 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Maintenance of Hydraulic Tools Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Maintenance of hydraulic tools and pressure

testing of hoses. Hand tools:
Allen key, 6 mm.

Clean lub. oil.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Plate no Item no Qty/

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Man power:
52021 430 Hydraulic tool.
Working time : 1/2 hour 52021 442 Hydraulic tool.
Capacity : 1 man 52021 299 Hydraulic tool.
52021 309 Hydraulic tool.
Data:

96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Maintenance of Hydraulic Tools Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) The hydraulic jacks require no maintenance
except replacement of defective sealing rings, each
of which consists of an o-ring and a back-up ring
fitted in ring grooves in the piston and cylinder.
The piston and cylinder are easily separated by taking

out the bleed screw and pressing the parts apart by
means of working air.
Work.
air
Compression tool
Fig 2.
Fit the sealing rings and lubricate with clean lub.

Fig 1. oil. The piston and cylinder are pressed together by
means of the tool supplied. See that the rings do not
get stuck between the piston and cylinder.
Make sure that there are no marks or scratches on
the sliding surfaces of the parts. The presence of
metal particles will damage the sealing rings. Pressure Testing of Hoses
2) The sealing rings are to be fitted with the o- To avoid working accidents caused by emission of
rings nearest to the pressure chamber and with the pressure oil from the hydraulic hoses, the hoses
back-up rings away from the pressure chamber. should be pressure tested at 1200 bar once a
year.
Note: During the pressure testing the hoses must

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
be covered carefully.
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Tightening with Torque Spanner Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off fuel oil
Description:
Hand tools:
Starting position:
Related procedure:

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Working time : hour Plate no Item no Qty/

Capacity : man
Data:

96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Edition 01H Tightening with Torque Spanner Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
1) Before the nuts are screwed on, the threads and 7) For setting the spanner at the torque required,
the contact faces should be greased with copaslip there is a ball on a small arm at the end of the
or similar, the tightening torques being based on a handle.
coefficient of fiction in the threads.
8) When pulling the ball with the arm outwards,
2) The nuts should fit easily on the thread, and a small crank handle is formed.
it should be checked that they bear on the entire
contact face. A spring-loaded slide in the handle provided with a
mark which, when turning the crank handle, can be
3) In the case of new nuts and studs, tighten and set at the required torque on the scale.
loosen the nuts 2 or 3 times so that the thread may
assume its difinite shape, thus obviating the risk of The torque spanner functions are as follows:
loose nuts.
9) The above-mentioned spring activates a pawl
4) Nuts secured with a split pin are tightened to the system in the handle, and when using the spanner,
stated torque and then to the next split-pin hole. this pawl system will be released when the pre-
set torque has been reached, at which moment a
5) The following instructions apply to the use and small jerk is felt in the spanner and a small click is
maintenance of the torque spanner. heard.
10) The torque spanner must not be used for torque

Torque Spanner higher than those stamped on it, and it must not be
damaged by hammering on it or the like.
6) The handle of the torque spanner is provided
with a scale indicating the torque at which the span-
ner can be set.
Scale for torque moment Key for adjusting

of torque moment
Fig 1. Torque spanner.

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S-G
MAN Diesel
Working Card Tool Combinations for Tightening 520-01.20
Page 1 (2) of Connecting Rod Screws Edition 01H
L23/30H

Shut-off cooling oil 52006 381 24 mm.
Tool combinations for tightening and checking

connecting rod screws.
Starting position:
Related procedure:
Dismounting of piston and connecting

rod 506-01.00
Tightening and check of connecting
rod screws 506-01.25
On-situ inspection of connecting
rod big-end bearing 506-01.30
Working time : hours Plate no. Item no. Qty. /

Capacity : man
Data:

96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
520-01.20 Tool Combinations for Tightening Working Card

Edition 01H of Connecting Rod Screws Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
The tightening procedure for connecting rod screws The 24 mm socket to be used must be a socalled
can be executed with the tools originally delivered specially designed for socket use with mechanical
with the GenSets. or pneumatic impact tools.
The enclosed pages illustrate tool combinations ap- Compared to sockets for manually operated span-
plicable to tightening of connecting rod screws. ner, the power top has increased dimensions, see
fig. 2.
It is also acceptable to execute the turning of the
screws through a 60° angle, by means of a pneu- The connecting rod screws are situated very closely,
matic impact spanner, with power and dimensions, leaving only minor space between collars and hexa-
if available. gonals of the screw heads.
Tool combinations for tightening of screws, see fig. Dependent of the manufactures, it can be necessary
1. to adapt the power top to the limited space conditions
around the screws.
In such case only the absolutely necessary machin-

ing should be executed.
1. Torque spanner, 80-360 Nm.
2. Ratchet, (only for tightening).
3. Socket, 24 mm.
Connecting rod screws
Connecting rod
3 2 1
Special socket
(power top)
Fig. 1. Tool combinations for tightening of screws.
Fig. 2. Special socket.
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Page 1 (2) Max Pressure Indicator Edition 01H
L23/30H
V28/32S

Shut-off cooling water 52005 109 Max. press.
Shut-off fuel oil indicator
Description
Operation.
Overhaul intervals.
Dismantling, overhaul and assembly. Hand tools
Allen key, 3 and 6 mm.

Copaslip or similar.
Starting position
Related procedure
Manpower
Working time : 1/2 hour

Capacity : 1 man
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Replacement and wearing parts
Data Plate no Item no Qty/
Data for pressure and tolerance See Plate 52005

Data for torque moment
Declaration of weight
96.03 - ES0
MAN Diesel

Edition 01H Max. Pressure Indicator Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
V28/32S
Operation
1) Open the indicator valve and blow through 1

shortly.
2) Connect the max pressure indicator to the

indicator valve and open the valve.
3) After 3-5 seconds read the max. pressure on 2

the gauge. 5
Attention: The indicator valve has to be open while

reading the max. pressure on the gauge. The meas- 4
uring period should not exceed 30 seconds.
3
4) Close the indicator valve and open the valve
screw (5), fig 1.
1 Housing 2 Allen screw
5) Disconnect the max. pressure indicator and 3 Sealing 4 Screw
close the valve screw (5), fig 1. 5 Valve screw
6) Measure the remaining cylinders by following Fig 1 Pressure Indicator.

step 1 to 5.
4) After separation of the upper and lower part,

Overhaul Intervals take off the non-return valve assembly.
1) Dismount and clean the non-return valve after 5) Lap the valve and the valve seat.
200 measuring periods. If the pressure drop is
more than 5 bar within 60 seconds (test pres- 6) Renew the sealing ring (3) and screws (2), if
sure 100 bar) it is recommended to relap the necessary.
non-return valve.
7) When mounting the upper and lower part, use
2) Check the pressure gauge after 1,000 measur- only original screws.
ing periods or after 12 months use.
8) Coat the screws (2) with copaslip or similar
Attention: Use only exhaust gas or nitrogen gas and tighten to 10 Nm.
and never oil for testing the pressure drop and the
pressure gauge. By using oil carbon will deposit 9) After assembly the instrument can be used
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
inside the measuring instrument. without any new calibration.
Dismantling and Assembly Check of the Pressure Gauge
1) Dismount the valve screw (5), fig 1. 10) Testing of the instrument should only be made
by skilled specialists, and it is recommended
2) Turn the screw (4) into the instrument to enable to send the instrument to MAN Diesel for cali-
dismounting of the housing (1). bration.
3) Loosen the screws (2) (4 pieces) for separating

upper and lower part.
96.03 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (4) Tools for Cylinder Head 52005-04H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
Illustration of Tools Designation
A B C No
Lifting tool for cylinder head,

complete. 139 113 68 S 014
Mounting tool for valves,

complete. 248 65 ø72 S 051
Max. pressure indicator. S 109
Spare Parts:
Valve screw 110

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Non-return valve, complete incl.

seals and housing screws. 122
Connecting nut incl. wedge for

mounting 134
Pressure gauge 0-180 bar. 146
S = Standard E = Extra
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52005-04H Tools for Cylinder Head Page 2 (4)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Extractor for valve seat ring

(complete). ø137 290 E 504
Grinding table for cylinder head,

with bracket for wall mounting,
complete. 846 426 648 E 254
Grinding table for cylinder head,

with frame for floor mounting,
complete. 833 1050 744 E 301
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 3 (4) Tools for Cylinder Head 52005-04H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Grinding machine for valve seat

ring, complete. E 350
Spare Parts:
Stone 362
Guide 374
Grinding machine for valve

spindle, complete. E 408
Spare Parts:
Stone 421
Mounting tool for valve seat rings,

complete. ø78 315 E 457
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.16 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52005-04H Tools for Cylinder Head Page 4 (4)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Grinding tool for cylinder head

and cylinder liner. 399 470 S 205
Tools for grinding of valves. ø110 95 S 553
Hand wheel for indicator valve. 107 110 NV17 S 673

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (6) Tools for Piston , Connecting Rod and Cylinder Liner 52006-06H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Eye screw for lifting of piston. M12 ø30 20.5 S 021

C
B A
Shackle for lifting of piston. 28 60 S 033
Eye bolt for piston lift at check

of connecting rod big-end M12 54 410 S 070
bearing.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52006-06H Tools for Piston , Connecting Rod and Cylinder Liner Page 2 (6)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Back stop for cylinder liner,

2 pieces. 280 ø60.3 75 S 094
Guide ring for mounting of pi- ø298 110 S 116

ston.
Only for 900 rpm and

720/750 Stationary
Guide ring for mounting of pi- ø275 85 S 117

ston.
Only for 720/750 rpm Marine

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Piston ring opener. 105 260 S 141
Testing mandrel for piston ring

and scraper ring grooves.
A Grooves for piston ring. 4.43 S 153
Grooves for scraper ring. 7.43 S 165
A Plier for piston pin lock ring. 550 25 ø3.5 S 200
B
C
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Torque spanner 20-120 Nm 463 ½" S 261

A
Torque spanner 80-360 Nm 718 ¾" S 273
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Socket. 24 55 ¾" S 381
Pneumatic impact spanner 3/4" E 415
Lifting tool for cylinder liner. 370 930 S 452

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Honing brush incl. woodenbox ø228 850 S 488
Wooden box
L x B x H = 269 x 269 x 250 mm
Funnel for honing of cylinder

liner. ø258 1615 S 511
Magnifier (30 x). 140 50 S 559

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Inside micrometer:
Measuring range
225-250 mm E 618
20
275 80
15
10
Grinding tool for cylinder liner 350 503 S 655
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
08.01 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate Tools for Operating Gear for Inlet Valves, 52008-04H

Page 1 (1)
Exhaust Valves and Fuel Injection Pumps
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C no
Feeler gauge for inlet valves. 0.5 0.6 S 010
Feeler gauge for exhaust val- 0.9 1.0 S 022

ves.
(2 sets of each)
Extractor for thrust piece on

roller guide for fuel pump. 49 ø29.5 M24 S 058
x1.5
Distance piece 98.5 ø30 ø24.5 S 071

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.51 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate Tools for Control and Safety Systems

Page 1 (1) Automatics and Instruments 52009-02H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Spanner for adjusting of

overspeed stop. 125 ø20 100 S 016
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Tools for Crankshaft and Main Bearing 52010-04H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Turning rod. 925 ø42.4 S 011
Crankshaft alignment gauge

(autolog). 210 150 S 059
Dismantling tool for main

bearing, 2 pieces. ø60 125 M12 S 106
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52010-04H Tools for Crankshaft and Main Bearing Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Lifting straps for main and guide

bearing cap, 2 pieces. 1000 M16 15 S 155
Dismantling tool for guide bearing

shells. 250 32 S 202
Tool for upper main bearing. ø50 51.5 S 214
O-ring. ø7.9 ø2.6 S 226

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (2) Tools for Fuel Oil System and Injection Equipment 52014-03H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No.
Pressure testing pump, compl.

GOU-G001. S 013
Clamping bracket for fuel

injector, VTO W020. S 025
Clamping bracket for fuel

injection pump, PYO-W017. S 037
Fuel pipe, VTO-W021. S 049
Fuel pipe, VWM-W007. S 050
Cleaning tool for fuel injector

consists of: 84 ø22.5 S 108
1 pc. needles.
1 pc. holder.
1 pc. box.
Spanner for fuel injection 184 S 204

pump.
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.35 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
52014-03H Tools for Fuel Oil System and Injection Equipment Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No.
Grinding tool for fuel injection

valve. 25 ø18 ø55 E 300
Grinding tool for seat for fuel

injection valve. ø18 533 ø70 S 361
Extractor for fuel injector valve. 150 185 240 S 407

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
98.35 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (1) Tools for Lubricating Oil System 52015-01H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Guide bar for dismantling of

lubricating oil cooler. ø30 305 M20 S 019
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
96.03 - ES0S
MAN Diesel
Plate
Page 1 (5) Hydraulic Tools 52021-10H
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Pressure pump, complete, with

wooden box S 011
Manometer 023
Gasket for Item 096 118
Quick coupling 096
Distributor 059
Distributing piece for cylinder

head, complete. S 155
Gasket 167
Quick coupling 179
Distributing piece for main bea-

ring, complete. S 202
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Gasket 167
Quick coupling 179
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52021-10H Hydraulic Tools Page 2 (5)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Quick coupling 179
Venting screw 275
Ball 645
Adapter 657
Stroke indicator band 669
Hydraulic tools for connecting

rod with wooden box, com- S
plete 633
Piston for hydraulic jack 704
Set of O-rings with back-up

ring 716
Adjusting rod 728
Cylinder for hydraulic jack 741
Spacer piece 753
Angle piece complete, incl. item

765, 777, 789, 790 621
O-ring 765
Adapter 777
Coupling socket 789
Hydraulic jack as item nos. 179,

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
275, 645, 657, 669, 704, 716,

728, 741, 753 586
Quick coupling 790
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Quick coupling 179
Hydraulic tools for cylinder head

with wooden box, complete S 251
Allen key, 7 mm 263
Venting screw 275

ring 299
O-ring 309
Spacer piece 800
Tommy bar 334
Hydraulic jack as Item Nos. 179,

275, 287, 299, 309, 310, 645,
657, 812 358
Ball 645
Adapter 657

08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
52021-10H Hydraulic Tools Page 4 (5)
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Quick coupling 179
Allen key, 7 mm 263
Venting screw 275
Tommy bar 334
Ball 645
Adapter 657
Hydraulic tools for main

bearings with wooden box,
complete S 405
Spacer piece 417

ring 430
Hydraulic jack as Item 179, 275,

429, 430, 454, 645, 657, 824 466
Disc 586
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Guide 574
05.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate
L23/30H
Dimensions Item
S/E
A B C No
Hose for hydraulic tools, 4 pie-

ces complete 600 ø27 S 501
Hose for hydraulic tools, 1 pie-

ces complete 3000 ø27 S 513
Hose 3000 537
Quick coupling with protecting

cap 549
Hose 600 525
Adapter 836
Air-driven high pressure pump

for hydraulic tools 367 256 326 E 608
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
06.25 - ES0
MAN Diesel
Plate Tools for Low Overhaul Height, 52050-02H

Page 1 (2)
Piston, Cylinder Liner and Connecting Rod
L23/30H
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
01.17 - ES0-G
MAN Diesel
Tools for Low Overhaul Height, Plate

52050-02H Piston, Cylinder Liner and Connecting Rod Page 2 (2)
L23/30H
Item Item
021 2/E Pull-lift Pull-lift
033 1/E Lifting tool for cylin- Løfteværktøj for cylin-

der liner, complete derforing, komplet
045 1/E Collar for connecting Halsjern for plejlstang,

rod, complete komplet
057 2/E Shackle Sjækel
08028-0D/H5250/94.08.12
Qty/E = Qty/Engine. Qty./E = Qty./Motor.
01.17 - ES0-G

L23 30H

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

L23 30H

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

L23 30H

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MAN Diesel

Text Index Drawing No.

Engine data 500/600

Warning Description A500

Operation of engine 501/601

Operating Description 501.01 (01H)

Performance and condition 502/602

Engine performance and condition Description 502.01 (01H)

Trouble shooting 503/603

Starting failures Description 503.01 (02)

Media specification 504/604

Text Index Drawing No.

Cylinder head 505/605

Cylinder head Description 505.01 (01H)

Piston/connecting rod 506/606

Piston, connecting rod and cylinder liner Description 506.01 (01H)

Text Index Drawing No.

Camshaft and camshaft drive Description 507.01 (01H)

Operating gear 508/608

Control and safety systems Description 509.01 (01H)

Text Index Drawing No.

Crankshaft and main bearings Description 510.01 (01H)

Engine frame/Oil pan 511/611

Engine frame and base frame Description 511.01 (01H)

Turbocharger system Description 512.01 (01H)

Text Index Drawing No.

Compressed air system 513/613

Compressed air system Description 513.01 (05H)

Fuel oil system 514/614

Internal fuel oil system Description 514.01 (01H)

Text Index Drawing No.

Lubricating oil system 515/615

Internal lubricating oil system Description 515.01 (11H)

Cooling water system 516/616

Cooling water system Description 516.01 (01H)

Specific plant information 519/619

Resilient mounting of generating sets Description 519.03 (07H)

Text Index Drawing No.

Conical element Plate 51903-01H

Introduction to spare part plates for tools Description 520.01 (01H)

(Marine engines only)

It is important that all MAN Diesel engines are oper-

In accordance with Chapter I of the Code of Federal

Cyl. Nos. available : 5-6-7-8

Power range : 650-1280 kW (885-1740 BHP)

Speed : 720/750/900 rpm

Stroke/bore ratio : 1.33:1

Piston area per cyl. : 398 cm2

Swept volume per cyl. : 11.9 ltr.

Compression ratio : 13:1

Max. combustion pressure : 130 bar*

Turbocharging principle : Constant pressure system and intercooling

Fuel quality acceptance : HFO up to 700 cSt/50° C (BSMA 100-M9)

Power lay-out MCR version

Speed rpm 720 750 900

Mean piston speed m/sec. 7.2 7.5 9.0

Mean effective pressure bar 18.2 18.1 17.9

Max. combustion pressure bar 130 130 130*